SERVICE MANUAL
Field Service
1050/1050P/
1050e/1050eP
2006.11
Ver. 3.0
FIELD SERVICE TOTAL CONTENTS
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS ..............................................................S-1
IMPORTANT NOTICE ................................................................................................S-1
DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR DANGER, WARNING AND CAUTION .........................S-1
SAFETY WARNINGS .................................................................................................S-2
SAFETY INFORMATION ...............................................................................................S-11
IMPORTANT NOTICE ..............................................................................................S-11
INDICATION OF WARNING ON THE MACHINE .....................................................S-12
MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT ....................................................S-16
Composition of the service manual ................................................................................. C-1
Notation of the service manual ....................................................................................... C-2
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P/1050e/1050eP
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 7
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ........................................................................................... 317
TROUBLESHOOTING................................................................................................ 533
APPENDIX.................................................................................................................. 651
* For particulars, see the contents of the main body.
DF-603
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 5
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 27
* For particulars, see the contents of DF-603.
PF-701/PP-701
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 3
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 51
* For particulars, see the contents of PF-701/PP-701.
FD-501
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 5
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 49
* For particulars, see the contents of FD-501.
LS-501/502
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 5
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 23
* For particulars, see the contents of LS-501/502.
i
FS-503
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 5
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 39
* For particulars, see the contents of FS-503.
SD-501
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 9
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 63
* For particulars, see the contents of SD-501.
PB-501
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 3
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 55
* For particulars, see the contents of RC-501.
RC-501
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 3
* For particulars, see the contents of PB-501.
IC Unit
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 3
ADJUSTMENT / SETTING ........................................................................................... 23
TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................................................................. 25
* For particulars, see the contents of IC Unit.
ii
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
Read carefully the Safety and Important Warning Items described below to understand them before doing service work.
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Because of possible hazards to an inexperienced person servicing this product as well as the risk of damage to
the product, Konica Minolta Business Technologies, INC. (hereafter called the KMBT) strongly recommends that
all servicing be performed only by KMBT-trained service technicians.
Changes may have been made to this product to improve its performance after this Service Manual was printed.
Accordingly, KMBT does not warrant, either explicitly or implicitly, that the information contained in this Service
Manual is complete and accurate.
The user of this Service Manual must assume all risks of personal injury and/or damage to the product while servicing the product for which this Service Manual is intended.
Therefore, this Service Manual must be carefully read before doing service work both in the course of technical
training and even after that, for performing maintenance and control of the product properly.
Keep this Service Manual also for future service.
DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR DANGER,
WARNING AND CAUTION
In this Service Manual, each of three expressions "
DANGER", "
WARNING", and "
CAUTION" is defined
as follows together with a symbol mark to be used in a limited meaning.
When servicing the product, the relevant works (disassembling, reassembling, adjustment, repair, maintenance,
etc.) need to be conducted with utmost care.
DANGER: Action having a high possibility of suffering death or serious injury
WARNING: Action having a possibility of suffering death or serious injury
CAUTION: Action having a possibility of suffering a slight wound, medium trouble and
property damage
Symbols used for safety and important warning items are defined as follows:
:Precaution when using the copier.
:Prohibition when using the copier.
:Direction when using the copier.
General precaution
General prohibition
General instruction
Electric hazard
High temperature
Do not touch with wet hand Do not disassemble
Unplug
Ground/Earth
S-1
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
SAFETY WARNINGS
1.
MODIFICATIONS NOT AUTHORIZED BY
KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
Konica Minolta brand products are renowned for their high reliability. This reliability is achieved through highquality design and a solid service network.
Product design is a highly complicated and delicate process where numerous mechanical, physical, and electrical aspects have to be taken into consideration, with the aim of arriving at proper tolerances and safety factors.
For this reason, unauthorized modifications involve a high risk of degradation in performance and safety. Such
modifications are therefore strictly prohibited. the points listed below are not exhaustive, but they illustrate the
reasoning behind this policy.
Prohibited Actions
DANGER
• Using any cables or power cord not specified by KMBT.
• Using any fuse or thermostat not specified by KMBT. Safety will not be
assured, leading to a risk of fire and injury.
• Disabling fuse functions or bridging fuse terminals with wire, metal clips, solder or similar object.
• Disabling relay functions (such as wedging paper between relay contacts)
• Disabling safety functions (interlocks, safety circuits, etc.) Safety will not be
assured, leading to a risk of fire and injury.
• Making any modification to the product unless instructed by KMBT
• Using parts not specified by KMBT
S-2
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
2.
POWER PLUG SELECTION
In some countries or areas, the power plug provided with the product may not fit wall outlet used in the area. In
that case, it is obligation of customer engineer (hereafter called the CE) to attach appropriate power plug or
power cord set in order to connect the product to the supply.
Power Cord Set or Power Plug
WARNING
• Use power supply cord set which meets the following criteria:
- provided with a plug having configuration intended for the connection
AC230V
to wall outlet appropriate for the product's rated voltage and current,
and
- the plug has pin/terminal(s) for grounding, and
- provided with three-conductor cable having enough current capacity,
and
- the cord set meets regulatory requirements for the area.
Use of inadequate cord set leads to fire or electric shock.
AC208V
240V
• Attach power plug which meets the following criteria:
- having configuration intended for the connection to wall outlet appropriate for the product's rated voltage and current, and
- the plug has pin/terminal(s) for grounding, and
- meets regulatory requirements for the area.
Use of inadequate cord set leads to the product connecting to inadequate power supply (voltage, current capacity, grounding), and may result
in fire or electric shock.
• Conductors in the power cable must be connected to terminals of the plug
according to the following order:
• Black or Brown:
L (line)
• White or Light Blue:
N (neutral)
• Green/Yellow:
PE (earth)
Wrong connection may cancel safeguards within the product, and results
in fire or electric shock.
S-3
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
3.
CHECKPOINTS WHEN PERFORMING ON-SITE SERVICE
Konica Minolta brand products are extensively tested before shipping, to ensure that all applicable safety standards are met, in order to protect the customer and CE from the risk of injury. However, in daily use, any electrical equipment may be subject to parts wear and eventual failure. In order to maintain safety and reliability, the CE
must perform regular safety checks.
1.
Power Supply
Connection to Power Supply
WARNING
?V
• Check that mains voltage is as specified.
Connection to wrong voltage supply may result in fire or electric shock.
• Connect power plug directly into wall outlet having same configuration as
the plug.
Use of an adapter leads to the product connecting to inadequate power
supply (voltage, current capacity, grounding), and may result in fire or
electric shock.
If proper wall outlet is not available, advice the customer to contact qualified electrician for the installation.
• Plug the power cord into the dedicated wall outlet with a capacity greater
than the maximum power consumption.
If excessive current flows in the wall outlet, fire may result.
• If two or more power cords can be plugged into the wall outlet, the total load
must not exceed the rating of the wall outlet.
If excessive current flows in the wall outlet, fire may result.
• Make sure the power cord is plugged in the wall outlet securely.
Contact problems may lead to increased resistance, overheating, and the
risk of fire.
• Check whether the product is grounded properly.
If current leakage occurs in an ungrounded product, you may suffer electric shock while operating the product.
Connect power plug to grounded wall outlet.
S-4
kw
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
Power Plug and Cord
WARNING
• When using the power cord set (inlet type) that came with this product,
make sure the connector is securely inserted in the inlet of the product.
When securing measure is provided, secure the cord with the fixture properly.
If the power cord (inlet type) is not connected to the product securely, a
contact problem may lead to increased resistance, overheating, and risk
of fire.
• Check whether the power cord is not stepped on or pinched by a table and
so on.
Overheating may occur there, leading to a risk of fire.
• Check whether the power cord is damaged. Check whether the sheath is
damaged.
If the power plug, cord, or sheath is damaged, replace with a new power
cord or cord set (with plug and connector on each end) specified by
KMBT.
Using the damaged power cord may result in fire or electric shock.
• Do not bundle or tie the power cord.
Overheating may occur there, leading to a risk of fire.
• Check whether dust is collected around the power plug and wall outlet.
Using the power plug and wall outlet without removing dust may result in
fire.
• Do not insert the power plug into the wall outlet with a wet hand.
The risk of electric shock exists.
• When unplugging the power cord, grasp the plug, not the cable.
The cable may be broken, leading to a risk of fire and electric shock.
S-5
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
Wiring
WARNING
• Never use multi-plug adapters to plug multiple power cords in the same outlet.
If used, the risk of fire exists.
• When an extension cord is required, use a specified one. Current that can
flow in the extension cord is limited, so using a too long extension cord may
result in fire.
Do not use an extension cable reel with the cable taken up. Fire may
result.
2.
Installation Requirements
Prohibited Installation Place
WARNING
• Do not place the product near flammable materials or volatile materials that
may catch fire.
A risk of fire exists.
• Do not place the product in a place exposed to water such as rain.
A risk of fire and electric shock exists.
When not using product for a long time
WARNING
• When the product is not used over an extended period of time (holidays,
dust collected around the power plug and outlet may cause fire.
Ventilation
CAUTION
• The product generates ozone gas during operation, but it will not be harmful
to the human body.
If a bad smell of ozone is present in the following cases, ventilate the
room.
a. When the product is used in a poorly ventilated room
b. When taking a lot of copies
c. When using multiple products at the same time
S-6
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
Fixing
CAUTION
• Be sure to lock the caster stoppers.
In the case of an earthquake and so on, the product may slide, leading to
a injury.
Inspection before Servicing
CAUTION
• Before conducting an inspection, read all relevant documentation (service
manual, technical notices, etc.) and proceed with the inspection following
the prescribed procedure in safety clothes, using only the prescribed tools.
Do not make any adjustment not described in the documentation.
If the prescribed procedure or tool is not used, the product may break
and a risk of injury or fire exists.
• Before conducting an inspection, be sure to disconnect the power plugs
from the product and options.
When the power plug is inserted in the wall outlet, some units are still
powered even if the POWER switch is turned OFF. A risk of electric shock
exists.
• The area around the fixing unit is hot.
You may get burnt.
Work Performed with the product Powered
WARNING
• Take every care when making adjustments or performing an operation
check with the product powered.
If you make adjustments or perform an operation check with the external
cover detached, you may touch live or high-voltage parts or you may be
caught in moving gears or the timing belt, leading to a risk of injury.
• Take every care when servicing with the external cover detached.
High-voltage exists around the drum unit. A risk of electric shock exists.
S-7
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
Safety Checkpoints
WARNING
• Check the exterior and frame for edges, burrs, and other damages.
The user or CE may be injured.
• Do not allow any metal parts such as clips, staples, and screws to fall into
the product.
They can short internal circuits and cause electric shock or fire.
• Check wiring for squeezing and any other damage.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or fire.
• Carefully remove all toner remnants and dust from electrical parts and electrode units such as a charging corona unit.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of product trouble or fire.
• Check high-voltage cables and sheaths for any damage.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or fire.
• Check electrode units such as a charging corona unit for deterioration and
sign of leakage.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of trouble or fire.
• Before disassembling or adjusting the write unit (P/H unit) incorporating a
laser, make sure that the power cord has been disconnected.
The laser light can enter your eye, leading to a risk of loss of eyesight.
• Do not remove the cover of the write unit. Do not supply power with the
write unit shifted from the specified mounting position.
The laser light can enter your eye, leading to a risk of loss of eyesight.
• When replacing a lithium battery, replace it with a new lithium battery specified in the Parts Guide Manual. Dispose of the used lithium battery using the
method specified by local authority.
Improper replacement can cause explosion.
• After replacing a part to which AC voltage is applied (e.g., optical lamp and
fixing lamp), be sure to check the installation state.
A risk of fire exists.
S-8
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
Safety Checkpoints
WARNING
• Check the interlock switch and actuator for loosening and check whether
the interlock functions properly.
If the interlock does not function, you may receive an electric shock or be
injured when you insert your hand in the product (e.g., for clearing paper
jam).
• Make sure the wiring cannot come into contact with sharp edges, burrs, or
other pointed parts.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or fire.
• Make sure that all screws, components, wiring, connectors, etc. that were
removed for safety check and maintenance have been reinstalled in the original location. (Pay special attention to forgotten connectors, pinched cables,
forgotten screws, etc.)
A risk of product trouble, electric shock, and fire exists.
Handling of Consumable
WARNING
• Toner and developer are not harmful substances, but care must be taken
not to breathe excessive amounts or let the substances come into contact
with eyes, etc. It may be stimulative.
If the substances get in the eye, rinse with plenty of water immediately.
When symptoms are noticeable, consult a physician.
• Never throw the used cartridge and toner into fire.
You may be burned due to dust explosion.
S-9
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
Handling of Service Materials
CAUTION
• Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet.
Drum cleaner (isopropyl alcohol) and roller cleaner (acetone-based) are
highly flammable and must be handled with care. A risk of fire exists.
• Do not replace the cover or turn the product ON before any solvent remnants on the cleaned parts have fully evaporated.
A risk of fire exists.
• Use only a small amount of cleaner at a time and take care not to spill any
liquid. If this happens, immediately wipe it off.
A risk of fire exists.
• When using any solvent, ventilate the room well.
Breathing large quantities of organic solvents can lead to discomfort.
S-10
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
SAFETY INFORMATION
IMPORTANT NOTICE
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration implemented
regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1, 1976. Compliance is mandatory for products marketed in the United States.
This copier is certified as a "Class 1" laser product under the U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance Standard according to the Radiation
Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968. Since radiation emitted inside this copier is completely confined
within protective housings and external covers, the laser beam cannot escape during any phase of normal user
operation.
S-11
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
INDICATION OF WARNING ON THE MACHINE
Caution labels shown below are attached in some areas on/in the machine.
When accessing these areas for maintenance, repair, or adjustment, special care should be taken to avoid burns
and electric shock.
For metric area:
This product employs a Class
3B Laser Diode that emits an
invisible laser beam. The cover
should not be opened when
the power is turned on.
This area generates high votage. Be
careful not to touch here when the
power is turned on to avoid getting an
electric shock.
1050sa001e
S-12
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
For inch area:
This product employs a Class
3B Laser Diode that emits an
invisible laser beam. The cover
should not be opened when
the power is turned on.
This area generates high votage. Be
careful not to touch here when the
power is turned on to avoid getting an
electric shock.
1050sa050e
S-13
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
This product employs a Class
3B Laser Diode that emits an
invisible laser beam. The
cover should not be opened
when the power is turned on.
1050sa002e
S-14
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
CAUTION
The paste tank
unit is very hot.
To avoid getting
burned DO NOT
TOUCH.
1050sa005e
CAUTION:
You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep yourself away from. Do not remove caution labels. And also, when the caution label is peeled off or soiled and
cannot be seen clearly, replace it with a new caution label.
S-15
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF
AN ACCIDENT
1. If an accident has occurred, the distributor who has been notified first must immediately
take emergency measures to provide relief to affected persons and to prevent further damage.
2. If a report of a serious accident has been received from a customer, an on-site evaluation
must be carried out quickly and KMBT must be notified.
3. To determine the cause of the accident, conditions and materials must be recorded
through direct on-site checks, in accordance with instructions issued by KMBT.
4. For reports and measures concerning serious accidents, follow the regulations given in
"Serious Accident Report/Follow-up Procedures."
S-16
Composition of the service manual
This service manual consists of the following sections and chapters:
<Theory of Operation section>
OUTLINE:
System configuration, product specifications, unit configuration, and
paper path
COMPOSITION/OPERATION:
Configuration of each unit, explanation of the operating system,
and explanation of the control system
This section gives, as information for the CE to get a full understanding of the product, a rough outline of the
object and role of each function, the relationship between the electrical system and the mechanical system,
and the timing of operation of each part.
<Field service section>
OUTLINE:
System configuration, and product specifications
MAINTENANCE:
Service schedule *, maintenance steps,
list of service tools and directions for use *,
firmware version up method *,
and removal/reinstallation methods of major parts
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING:
Utility mode *, service mode *, security *, mechanical adjustment and
TROUBLESHOOTING *:
List of jam codes, their causes, operation when a jam occurs and its
POD corresponding adjustment
release method, and list of error codes, their causes, operation when a
warning is issued and estimated abnormal parts.
APPENDIX *:
Parts layout drawings, connector layout drawings, timing chart, overall
layout drawing
This section gives, as information required by the CE at the site (or at the customer's premise), a rough outline of the service schedule and its details, maintenance steps, the object and role of each adjustment, error
codes and supplementary information.
The details of items with an asterisk "*" are described only in the service manual of the main
body.
C-1
Notation of the service manual
1. Product name
In this manual, each of the products is described as follows:
(1) IC board:
Standard printer
(2) KonicaMinolta bizhub PRO 1050/1050P/1050e/1050eP:Main body
(3) PS-502 PostScript3 Option:
PS3 Option
(4) Microsoft Windows 95:
Windows 95
Microsoft Windows 98:
Windows 98
Microsoft Windows Me:
Windows Me
Microsoft Windows NT 4.0:
Windows NT 4.0 or Windows NT
Microsoft Windows 2000:
Windows 2000
Microsoft Windows XP:
Windows XP
When the description is made in combination of the OS's mentioned above:
Windows 95/98/Me
Windows NT 4.0/2000
Windows NT/2000/XP
Windows 95/98/Me/ NT/2000/XP
2. Brand name
The company names and product names mentioned in this manual are the brand name or the registered
trademark of each company.
3. Electrical parts and signals
Those listed by way of example below are not exhaustive, but only some instances among many.
Classification Load symbol
Ex. of signal name
Description
IN
PS
Sensor
PS
Door PS1
Sensor detection signal
SIG
102 PS
24V
Solenoid
SD
DRV
SOL
24V
Clutch
CL
DRV
SOL
Motor
M
Drive signal
Power to drive the clutch
Drive signal
24V
Power to drive the motor
CONT
Drive signal
DRV1
DRV2
D1
D2
C-2
Power to drive the solenoid
Drive signals of two kinds
Classification Load symbol
Ex. of signal name
Description
_U
_V
_W
DRV1
Drive signals (control signals) of three kinds
DRV2
DRV3
D1
D2
D3
D4
DRV A
DRV A
DRV B
Drive signals (control signals) of four kinds
DRV B
Motor, phases A and B control signals
A
Motor
M
/A
B
/B
AB
BB
CLK, PLL
PLL control signal
LCK, Lock, LD
PLL lock signal
FR
Forward/reverse rotation signal
EM, Lock, LCK, LD
Motor lock abnormality
BLK
Drive brake signal
P/S
Power/stop
S/S
SS
Fan
Others
Ground
FM
Operating load start/stop signal
CW/CCW, F/R
Rotational direction switching signal
ENB
Effective signal
TEMP_ER
Motor temperature abnormality detection signal
24V
Power to drive the fan motor
CONT, DRIVE
Drive signal
HL
Speed control signal (2 speeds)
EM, Lock, LCK, FEM
Detection signal
TH1.S, ANG
Analog signal
SG, S.GND, S_GND
Signal ground
PG, P.GND
Power ground
C-3
Classification Load symbol
Serial communication
Ex. of signal name
Description
DCD
Data carrier detection
SIN
Serial input
SOUT
Serial output
DTR
Data terminal operation available
GND
Signal ground (earth)
DSR, DSET
Data set ready
RTS
Transmission request signal
CTS
Consent transmission signal
RI
Ring indicator
TXD
Serial transmission data
RXD
Serial reception data
4. Paper feed direction
When the direction in which paper is fed is in parallel with the longer side of paper, the paper feed direction
like this is referred to as the longitudinal feed.
And the paper feed direction that is perpendicular to the longitudinal feed is referred to as the transverse
feed.
When specifying the longitudinal feed, "S (abbreviation for Short Edge Feeding)" is added to the paper size.
For the transverse feed, no specific notation is employed.
However, when only the longitudinal feed is specified for one and the same paper size with no specification
made for the transverse feed, "S" is not added even when being fed longitudinally.
<Example>
Paper size
A4
A3
C-4
Feed direction
Notation
Transverse feed
A4
Longitudinal feed
A4S
Longitudinal feed
A3
SERVICE MANUAL
Field Service
1050/1050P/
1050e/1050eP
Main body
2006.11
Ver. 3.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the corresponding page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left ass they are.
Revision due to the addition of a new optional unit (PB)
2006/11
3.0
2005/04
2.0
2004/10
1.0
—
Date
Service manual Ver.
Revision mark
Revision due to the minor changes for enhancing its reliability
Revision due to the addition of a new option (SD, RC)
Issue of the first edition
Descriptions of revision
CONTENTS
CONTENTS
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P/1050e/1050eP
OUTLINE
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.2
Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.3
Type of paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.4
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.5
Machine data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.6
Operating environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
MAINTENANCE
3. PERIODIC CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.1
Life value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.2
Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.3
3.4
3.5
Maintenance item . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.3.1
Main body. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.3.2
DF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.3.3
PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.3.4
FD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.3.5
LS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.3.6
FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
3.3.7
SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3.3.8
PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
3.3.9
RC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Replacement parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.4.1
Main body. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.4.2
Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
3.4.3
Spot replacement parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Maintenance procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.5.1
External section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.5.2
Photo conductor section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
3.5.3
Developing section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
3.5.4
Toner supply section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
3.5.5
Cleaning/toner recycle section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
3.5.6
Paper feed section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
3.5.7
Vertical conveyance section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
3.5.8
ADU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
3.5.9
Fusing section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
3.5.10
Paper exit section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
4. SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
4.1
Service material list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
4.2
Jig list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
4.3
Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
4.4
Mail remote notification system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
i
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
CONTENTS
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
4.4.1
Outline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
4.4.2
Operating environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
4.4.3
Major functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
4.4.4
Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
4.4.5
Operating instructions of the mail remote notification system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
4.4.6
Mail sending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
5.1
ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
5.1.1
5.2
Outline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
5.1.2
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
5.1.3
Installation of the ISWTrns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
5.1.4
Usage of the ISWTrns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
5.1.5
Error list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
5.1.6
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Internet ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
5.2.1
Outline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
5.2.2
Operating environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
5.2.3
Major functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
5.2.4
Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
5.2.5
Internet ISW using the Web Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
5.2.6
Notes for use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
5.2.7
Internet ISW using the touch panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
5.2.8
Authentication of the proxy server in Internet ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
6. OTHERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
Items not allowed to be disassembled and adjusted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
6.1.1
Scanner section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
6.1.2
CCD unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
6.1.3
Writing section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
6.1.4
Developing unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
6.1.5
Transfer/separation charger unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
6.1.6
Main body (write position adjusting shaft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
List of parts to be disassembled and reassembled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Disassembling/reassembling procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
6.3.1
Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
6.3.2
Scanner section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
6.3.3
Writing section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
6.3.4
Paper feed section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
6.3.5
Registration section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
6.3.6
ADU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
6.3.7
HDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Commercially available parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
6.4.1
Status indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
6.4.2
Coin vendor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
PCS corresponding parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
6.5.1
PCS corresponding parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
6.5.2
PCS corresponding parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
6.5.3
Procedure for reinstallation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
6.5.4
Periodic maintenance of the PCS corresponding parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
CMS corresponding parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
6.6.1
ii
CMS corresponding parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
CONTENTS
6.6.2
CMS corresponding parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
6.6.3
CMS corresponding parts counter management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
7. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT / SETTING SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
7.1
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
8. LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
9. UTILITY MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
9.1
List of utility modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
10. SERVICE MODE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
10.1
Setting method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
10.1.1
Start and exit service mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
10.2 List of service mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
10.3
Machine adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
10.3.1
Tray adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
10.3.2
Magnification adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
10.3.3
Timing adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
10.3.4
Centering adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
10.3.5
Warp adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
10.3.6
Non-image area erase check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
10.3.7
ADF adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
10.3.8
Recall standard data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
10.4
Process adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
10.4.1
High voltage adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
10.4.2
Drum peculiarity adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
10.4.3
Drum peculiarity manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
10.4.4
User paper setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
10.4.5
Recall standard data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
10.5
Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
10.5.1
PM count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
10.5.2
Data collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
10.5.3
Copy count of part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
10.6
Machine condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
10.6.1
10.7
10.7.1
10.8
I/O check mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
List output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
List output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Test mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
10.8.1
Test pattern output mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
10.8.2
Test pattern density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
10.8.3
Running test mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
10.9
System setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
10.9.1
Software DIPSW setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
10.9.2
Telephone number setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
10.9.3
Serial number setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
10.9.4
Setting date input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
10.10 ROM version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
10.11 CS Remote Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
10.11.1 Outline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
10.11.2 Setup procedure of the CS Remote Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
10.11.3 List of combinations of E-Mail CS Remote Care and Mail remote notification system. . . . . . . 454
iii
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
CONTENTS
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
10.11.4 Detailed setup procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
10.11.5 Software DIPSW setting for CS Remote Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
10.11.6 Mail address setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
10.11.7 Modem First Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
10.11.8 Receiving the initial connection mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
10.11.9 Setup confirmation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
10.11.10 Maintenance call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
10.11.11 Center call from manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
10.11.12 Confirm communication log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
10.11.13 Initialization of RAM for CS Remote Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
10.11.14 Error code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
10.11.15 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
10.12 ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
10.13 Finisher adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
10.13.1 Staple Finisher adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
10.13.2 Multi folder (hole-punch) adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
10.13.3 Multi folder (Fold) adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
10.13.4 Multi folder (PI) adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
10.13.5 Stacker adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
10.13.6 Saddle stitcher adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
10.13.7 Perfect binder adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
10.13.8 Recall standard data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
10.14 Machine manager setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
10.14.1 Manager authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
10.14.2 Machine manager password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
10.15 CE Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
10.15.1 CE authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
10.15.2 CE password setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
10.16 IP HDD format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
11.1 Paper feed section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
11.1.1 Tray centering adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
11.1.2 Separation pressure adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
11.1.3 Pick-up roller load adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
11.1.4 Pick-up roller height adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
11.1.5 Paper feed pick-up amount adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
11.1.6 Paper lift plate skew adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
11.2 REGISTRATION SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
11.2.1
Registration roller paper skew adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
11.3 ADU section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
11.3.1 Pre-transfer roller nip pressure adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
12. ADJUSTMENT FOR POD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
12.1 Before using the adjustment for POD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
12.2 The front and back registration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
12.2.1
The front and back registration (printer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
12.2.2
The front and back registration (scanner) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
12.2.3
The front and back registration (ADF). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
12.2.4
The front and back registration by user (by paper brand) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
12.2.5
The front and back registration by user (for fine adjustments). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
12.3 Image density adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
iv
CONTENTS
12.3.1
Darken image density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
12.3.2
Lighten image density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
12.4
Transfer jitter adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
12.5
Overlay printing adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
12.6
User setting of each paper brand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
12.7
Settings for feeding carbonless paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
TROUBLESHOOTING
13. JAM CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
13.1
Jam code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
14. MALFUNCTION CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
14.1
Malfunction code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
APPENDIX
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
15.1
Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
15.2
DF-603 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
15.3
PF-701 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 678
15.4
FD-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683
15.5
LS-501/502. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
15.6
FS-503 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695
15.7
SD-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
15.8
PB-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713
16. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728
16.1
Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728
16.2
DF-603 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 738
16.2.1
16.3
16.3.1
16.4
Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
SD-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
16.7.1
16.8
Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745
FS-503 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
16.6.1
16.7
Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 741
LS-501/502. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745
16.5.1
16.6
Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740
FD-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 741
16.4.1
16.5
Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 738
PF-701 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740
Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
PB-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 751
16.8.1
Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 751
17. TIMING CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
17.1
Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
17.2
DF-603 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 755
17.3
PF-701 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 757
17.4
FD-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 758
17.5
LS-501/502. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 766
17.6
FS-503 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 770
17.7
SD-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 773
17.8
PB-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 779
18. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
18.1
Main body 1/4
v
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
CONTENTS
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
18.2 Main body 2/4
18.3 Main body 3/4
18.4 Main body 4/4
18.5 DF-603
18.6 PF-701
18.7 FD-501
18.8 LS-501/502
18.9 FS-503
18.10 SD-501 1/4
18.11 SD-501 2/4
18.12 SD-501 3/4
18.13 SD-501 4/4
18.14 PB-501 1/4
18.15 PB-501 2/4
18.16 PB-501 3/4
18.17 PB-501 4/4
19. PAPER SETTING
19.1 Relationship between the optimum value and the control of each of setting items by paper brand
(U.S.A. paper) (for fusing hard roller)
19.2 Relationship between the optimum value and the control of each of setting items by paper brand
(U.S.A. paper) (for fusing soft roller)
19.3 Relationship between the optimum value and the control of each of setting items by paper brand
(European paper) (for fusing hard roller)
19.4 Relationship between the optimum value and the control of each of setting items by paper brand
(European paper) (for fusing soft roller)
19.5 Conversion table of paper weight
vi
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
„ OUTLINE
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
A. System configuration
[3]
[4]
[14]
[8]
[1]
[2]
[5]
[9]
[13]
[10]
[6]
[12]
[7]
[11]
1050to1001ea
2
1
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
[1]
Main body
[2]
Large capacity paper feed unit (PF-701)
[9]
Expanded memory: 256 MB (EM-701) for
the image controller
[3]
Double sided original auto feeder (DF-603) *1
[10]
[4]
Flat stapling finisher (FS-503)
[11]
Side cover *2
Hand cart (LC-501)
[5]
Punch and multi folding finisher (FD-501)
[12]
Simplified perfect binding machine (PB-501)
[6]
Large capacity stacker (LS-501)
[13]
Saddle stitching trimmer finisher (SD-501)
[7]
Large capacity stacker (LS-502)
[14]
Overlay printing kit (PP-701)
[8]
Toner recycle cut kit (RC-501)
*1
In the case of the 1050P, no scanner/DF function is provided.
*2
Attach the side cover when PF-701 is not connected. The side cover is available as the service parts.
B. Option coupling formation
NOTE
• The option can be connected. However, be sure to take note of the AC connection mode.
Coupling combination of the main body and the finisher option
Main body
2
Main body
3
Main body
4
Main body
5
Main body
FD-501
6
Main body
FD-501
SD-501
FS-503
7
Main body
FD-501
SD-501
PB-501 External (FD-501/SD-501/PB-501)
8
Main body
9
Main body
LS-502
AC power to be connected to
1
FD-501
—
FS-503
External (FD-501)
SD-501
External (FD-501/SD-501)
SD-501
FD-501
External (SD-501)
PB-501
FS-503
LS-501
External (FD-501/PB-501)
External (FD-501/SD-501)
—
LS-501
FS-503
External (1st tandem LS-501)
External (2nd tandem LS-501)
10
Main body
LS-501
LS-502
External (LS-501)
11
Main body
LS-501
FS-503
External (LS-501)
12
Main body
LS-501
PB-501
External (LS-501/PB-501)
13
Main body
14
Main body
SD-501
PB-501
External (SD-501/PB-501)
15
Main body
SD-501
FS-503
External (SD-501)
16
Main body
LS-501
SD-501
External (LS-501/SD-501)
17
Main body
FD-501
LS-502
External (FD-501)
18
Main body
FD-501
PB-501
External (PB-501)
LS-501
FS-503
NOTE
• Any coupling formation other than the above is unavailable.
• PF-701 can be either connected or disconnected.
2
2
External (FD-501/LS-501)
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
2.1
Type
Type:
Console type (floor-mounted type)
Copying method:
Indirect electrostatic method
Original stand:
Fixed
Original alignment:
Left rear standard
Photosensitive material:
OPC
Sensitizing method:
Laser writing
Paper feed trays:
Two trays (1,500 sheets x 2, 20lb, 80 gsm)
PF-701 (2,000 x 3, 80 gsm) *1
*1
The PF-701 is optional.
2.2
Functions
Original:
Maximum original size:
Copy size:
Tray /1, /2:
*1
Sheet, book, solid object
A3, or 11 x 17
Inch: 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11R, 51/2 x 81/2, A3, B4,
A4, B5, B5S, 8 x 13, 81/4 x 131/4, 81/4 x 13, 81/2 x 13, wide paper *1
(up to 324 mm x 460 mm), standard index paper
Metric:A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x
11, 8 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4 , 81/4 x 13, 81/2 x 13, wide paper (up to 324
mm x 460 mm), standard index paper
ADU:
A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 51/2
x 81/2, 81/2 x 11R, 8 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 81/4 x 13, 81/2 x 13, wide paper (up to
324 mm x 460 mm)
When use wide paper as a cover paper in the perfect binding mode: up to 307 mm x 460 mm
Magnification:
Fixed magnification:
Special magnification setting:
Zoom magnification:
Vertical magnification:
Horizontal magnification:
Warm-up time
First copy out time
Continuous copy speed:
Continuous copy count:
Copy density selection:
Resolution:
Scan:
Write:
Memory:
Interface section:
Inch: x 1.000, x 2.000, x 1.545, x 1.294, x 1.214, x 0.785, x 0.772,
x 0.647, x 0.500
Metric:x 1.000, x 2.000, x 1.414, x 1.224, x 1.154, x 0.866, x 0.816,
x 0.707, x 0.500
3 types
x 0.250 to x 4.000 (at the step of 0.1%)
x 0.250 to x 4.000 (at the step of 0.1%)
x 0.250 to x 4.000 (at the step of 0.1%)
Hard roller: Less than 6 min. (under 20°C, at rated voltage)
Soft roller: Less than 8 min. (under 20°C, at rated voltage)
Hard roller: Less than 3.0 sec.
Soft roller: Less than 9.0 sec.
105 copies/min. (for A4/81/4 x 11)
Up to 9,999 sheets
AE/AES, manual (9 steps), user density (2 steps)
600 dpi x 600 dpi
600 dpi x 600 dpi
256 MB (DRAM) + 10 GB (HDD1)
RJ45 Ethernet, Serial port (RS232-C): Main body right side
2
3
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Serial port (USB Type B), Parallel port: Mounted on the Image processing board (IPB)
No. of originals to be stored:
More than 10,000 sheets
Under the following conditions:
Original: FAX#4CHART/A4
Density: Manual 5
Mode: Text/photo
2.3
Type of paper
Plain paper *2:
60 g/m2 to 90 g/m2, high-quality paper
Special paper *3:
OHP film, label paper, *4
coated paper, 60 g/m2 to 90 g/m2 recycled paper,
40 g/m2 to 60 g/m2, 16lb, high-quality paper (thin), *5
91 g/m2 to 300 g/m2, 25lb to 72lb, high-quality paper (thick) *6
*2
Standard specified paper:
*3
Inch:
Hammermill Tidal MP (75 g/m2),
Metric:
Konica Minolta Profi (80 g/m2),
Special paper/recommended paper:
Thick paper:
Inch:
HM-Cover65lb (176 g/m2), XeroxDigitalLasr65lb (176 g/m2),
Metric:
RDEREY200 (200 g/m2), RDEREY160 (160 g/m2), NEUCOLOR-
DomterCdor65lb, COUGARCOVER65lb (176 g/m2)
COPY (200 g/m2), XeroxColotech (200 g/m2), Xerox3R91798
(160 g/m2)
Thin paper:
Label paper:
Coated paper:
Inch:
Domter16lb (Doqupach16lb)
Metric:
Clair Mail (60 g/m2)
Inch:
AVERY 5160
Metric:
AVERY DSP24
Inch:
KROMEKOTE PLUSLASER HIGH GROSS 183 g/m2 (Smart
Paper Company),
Futural Laser 105 g/m2 (Stora Enso Paper Company)
Metric:
*4
—
Label paper is loaded and fed one sheet at a time.
*5
Carbonless paper is only for the A4S size in the simplex mode.
Carbonless paper and recycled high-quality paper are only for character image.
Carbonless paper output is only for the main tray output of the FS-503.
245 g/m2 to 300 g/m2 paper is available only for the middle stage tray of the PF-701.
*6
2.4
4
Maintenance
Maintenance:
Once every 750,000 prints
Machine service life:
40,000,000 prints or 7 years (whichever earlier)
2
2.5
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Machine data
Power source:
Power consumption:
Inch:
AC208V to 240V ± 10%, 60Hz
Metric:
AC230V ± 10%, 50Hz
Inch:
Less than 3600W (full option)
Metric:
Less than 3450W (full option)
Weight:
1050/1050e: Approx. 330 kg (with DF provided) /
1050P/1050eP: Approx. 310 kg
Dimensions:
1050/1050e:
W 895 mm x D 775 mm x H 1190 mm
1050P/1050eP:
W 895 mm x D 775 mm x H 1020 mm
1050/1050e + PF-701 + FD-501 + FS-503:
W 2902 mm x D 775 mm x H 1190 mm
1050P/1050eP + PF-701 + LS-501 + LS-502:
W 3292 mm x D 775 mm x H 1020 mm
(with no operation board included in each case)
2.6
Operating environment
Temperature:
10°C to 30°C (50°F to 86°F)
Humidity:
10% RH to 80% RH
NOTE
• The information herein May be subject to change for improvement without notice.
2
5
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Blank page
6
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
„ MAINTENANCE
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.1
Life value
A. Life value of materials
Item
No. of prints
Driving time
Drum
1,000,000
220h
Developer
1,000,000
220h
Definition of driving time
The time during which the drum is being driven.
Idling time* is included in this time period.
The time during which the developing roller is being
driven.
Idling time* is included in this time period.
B. Life value
The life value is a value for the number of prints or a value for the drive time, whichever is earlier.
The relationship between the driving time mentioned above and the actual number of prints has certain conditions. It is decided according to the amount of copy time and also idling time*. Accordingly, the number of prints
can vary substantially for the same amount of rotation time.
*
Idling time: Time period during which the drum or developing roller is rotating with no image created.
Reference: Relationship between the number of prints and the drive time
220 hours drive at A4 continuous output of 11 sheets per job is equivalent to 1,000,000 prints.
Caution:
• Developer/drum replacement icon is generated only by print count or running time. The trigger
can be switched between print count and running time by setting of the DIPSW 15-7 in the service
mode.
1
7
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.2
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Schedule
Guarantee period (7 years or 40,000,000 prints)
Service item
No. of
Main body
Maintenance 1
Every 750,000 prints
z
Maintenance 2
Every 1,000,000 prints
z
z
Maintenance 3
Every 1,500,000 prints
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z z xxxzxxx z
z
53
times
39
times
z
26
times
xxxzxxx
z
xxxzxxx
13
times
z
xxxzxxx
8 times
xxxzxxx
6 times
Maintenance 8
Every 10,000,000 prints
z z xxxzxxx
3 times
Maintenance 9
Every 15,000,000 prints
xxxzxxx
2 times
z
Maintenance 1
Every 750,000 prints
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
Maintenance 2
Every 2,250,000 prints
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
Maintenance 3
Every 4,500,000 prints
Maintenance 1
Every 750,000 prints
z
xxxzxxx
z
z
Maintenance 7
Every 6,000,000 prints
DF
z
z
Maintenance 6
Every 4,500,000 prints
PF
z
xxxzxxx
Maintenance 5
Every 3,000,000 prints
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
xxxzxxx
z
z
xxxzxxx
z
z
53
times
17
times
8 times
z
xxxzxxx
8 times
Maintenance 4
Every 10,000,000 prints
z z xxxzxxx
3 times
Maintenance 5
Every 15,000,000 prints
xxxzxxx
2 times
z
Maintenance 1
Every 2,250,000 prints
Maintenance 2
Every 5,250,000 prints
z
z
xxxzxxx
17
times
17
times
z
xxxzxxx
7 times
Maintenance 3
Every 10,000,000 prints
z z xxxzxxx
3 times
LS
z
z
Maintenance 1
Every 15,000,000 prints
xxxzxxx
2 times
FS
z
z
53
times
z
z
z
z
xxxzxxx
Maintenance 3
Every 4,500,000 prints
z
xxxzxxx
z
z
z
17
times
z
z
z
z
z
z
xxxzxxx
Maintenance 2
Every 2,250,000 prints
FD
z
executions
z
Maintenance 4
Every 2,250,000 prints
Maintenance 1
Every 750,000 prints
Maintenance 2
Every 3,000,000 prints
Maintenance 3
Every 5,250,000 prints
8
z
xxxxxx
3800
3825
3850
3900
3950
3975
0
75
100
150
200
225
250
300
350
375
400
450
500
525
550
600
650
675
700
750
800
825
850
900
950
975
1000
2000
x 10,000 prints
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
xxxzxxx
z
z
z
53
times
xxxzxxx
13
times
xxxzxxx
7 times
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Service item
No. of
SD
Maintenance 1
Every 750,000 prints
z
Maintenance 2
Every 1,500,000 prints
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
Maintenance 3
Every 4,000,000 prints
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
Maintenance 4
Every 8,000,000 prints
z
z
PB
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
executions
53
times
26
times
z
z xxxzxxx
9 times
z
xxxzxxx
4 times
z
z
z
1 time
xxxzxxx
z
z
z
53
times
xxxzxxx
6 times
z z xxxzxxx
3 times
z
Maintenance 4
Every 20,000,000 prints
1 times
z
Maintenance 5
Every 30,000,000 prints
RC
z
xxxzxxx
Maintenance 3
Every 10,000,000 prints
Maintenance 2
Every 10,000,000 prints
z
z
Maintenance 2
Every 6,000,000 prints
Maintenance 1
Every 750,000 prints
xxxzxxx
z
Maintenance 5
Every 20,000,000 prints
Maintenance 1
Every 750,000 prints
xxxxxx
3800
3825
3850
3900
3950
3975
0
75
100
150
200
225
250
300
350
375
400
450
500
525
550
600
650
675
700
750
800
825
850
900
950
975
1000
2000
x 10,000 prints
1 times
xxxzxxx
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
xxxzxxx
z
z
z
53
times
3 times
z z xxxzxxx
2
9
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.3
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Maintenance item
Caution:
• For cleaning of the tools used, be sure to use a vacuum cleaner appropriate for cleaning toner.
NOTE
• For the part number of periodically replaced parts, see "Parts guide manual."
• For the replacement procedure of periodically replaced parts, see "3.5 Maintenance procedure".
3.3.1
Main body
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 750,000 prints)
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Preparations
Image check
2
Photo conductor
Cleaning of the photo
section
conductor section
Cleaning/
Toner seal board
recycle section
Cleaning blade
3
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
z
Vacuum cleaner
z
Cleaning pad
z
2
z
Setting powder
Blade set mode
(in service mode)
56UA5351#
Cleaning of the inside of
Vacuum cleaner
z
the cleaning unit
Cleaning of the inside of
z
the recycle pipe
4
Charger
Cleaning of the back
Cleaning pad/drum
z
plate
cleaner/cotton
swab/blower brush
Charger control plate
1
z
2
z
2
z
2
z
2
z
56UA2508#
Charger wire
56UA2509#
Charger wire vibration
proof rubber
55VA2527#
Charger cleaning unit
55VA-255#
C-clip
45AA2040#
5
Developing
Cleaning of the devel-
section
oping suction section
Replacing of the suction
Vacuum cleaner
z
1
z
filter
56UA3108#
Cleaning of the developing section
10
z
Vacuum cleaner
No.
Unit
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Description
classification
5
Developing
Reinstallation to the
section
photo conductor sec-
Quantity
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
tion
6
7
Writing
Cleaning of the dust-
section
proof glass
z
Cleaning pad
ADU
Cleaning of each sensor
z
Blower brush
Cleaning of the pre-
z
transfer roller
Cleaning of the loop
Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad
z
roller
Cleaning of the ADU
z
exit roller
Cleaning of the ADU
z
conveyance roller /2
Cleaning of the ADU
z
conveyance roller /3
Cleaning of the ADU
z
conveyance roller /4
Cleaning of the ADU
z
conveyance roller /1
Cleaning of the ADU
z
reverse roller
Cleaning of the ADU
z
reverse/exit roller
Cleaning of the ADU
z
acceleration roller
Cleaning of the paper
z
exit roller /1
Cleaning of the paper
z
exit roller /2
Cleaning of the fusing
z
exit roller
Cleaning of the convey-
z
ance section
8
Registration
Cleaning of the paper dust
section
removing brush for the
z
Vacuum cleaner/
blower brush
registration roller /Lw
Cleaning of the paper dust
z
removing brush for the
registration roller /Up
Cleaning of the registra-
z
Blower brush
tion sensor section
Cleaning of each sensor
z
11
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
No.
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
9
Transfer/sep-
Cleaning of the back
aration
plate
charger
Cleaning of the transfer
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
Cleaning pad/drum
z
cleaner/cotton
swab/blower brush
z
assist sheet assembly
Discharge wire
3
z
3
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
3
z
56UA2613#
Transfer presser rubber
56AA1783#
Transfer cleaning
assembly
56GA-276#
Separation cleaning
assembly /1
56GA-277#
Separation cleaning
assembly /2
56GA-278#
C-clip
45AA2040#
10 Fusing
section
Cleaning of the fusing
Roller cleaner/
z
claw /Up
cleaning pad/drum
Cleaning of the fusing
cleaner
z
claw /Lw
Cleaning web
1
z
56UA5351#
Fixing cleaning web
counter reset
(in service mode)
11 Paper feed
Cleaning of each sensor
z
Blower brush
Cleaning of the paper
z
Vacuum cleaner/
z
Blower brush
z
Blower brush
z
Drum cleaner/
z
Blower brush/drum
section
12 Vertical
conveyance
dust removing brush
section
Cleaning of each sensor
13 Paper exit
section
blower brush
Removal of the paper
exit section
Cleaning of the paper
exit sensor
Cleaning of the main
body paper exit roller
14 Scanner
section
15 Toner supply
section
12
Cleaning of the original
cleaning pad
glass
cleaner/cleaning
Cleaning of the slit glass
z
pad
Cleaning of the toner
z
Vacuum cleaner/
bottle insertion opening
blower brush
No.
Unit
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Quantity
Description
classification
16 Main body
Cleaning of the cover/
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
Drum cleaner/
z
machine internal
17 Final check
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
cleaning pad
Check of the image and
z
the paper through (with
various types of adjustments included)
PM counter reset
z
(in service mode)
B. Maintenance 2 (Every 1,000,000 prints)
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
1
Preparations
Image check
2
Photo conductor
Replacing of the drum
section
DR010
every 1,000,000
• Sensitive drum
prints or 220 h. of
z
1
z
counter reset (in ser-
Replace it once for
driving time, which-
vice mode)
ever is earlier.
Cleaning of the photo
Drum cleaner/clean-
z
conductor section
ing pad/vacuum
cleaner
Replacing of the drum
3
z
claw
57GA2919#
3
Cleaning/
Cleaning of the clean-
recycle section
ing unit
Developing
Cleaning of the devel-
section
oping section
Cleaning pad/
z
blower brush/vacuum cleaner
4
Cleaning pad/vac-
z
uum cleaner
Developer
z
every 1,000,000
• Developer counter
prints or 200 h. of
reset (in service
driving time, which-
mode)
5
Main body
Cleaning of the cover/
ever is earlier.
Drum cleaner/
z
machine internal
6
Final check
Replace it once for
DV010
Check of the image
cleaning pad
z
and the paper through
(with various types of
adjustments included)
13
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
C. Maintenance 3 (Every 1,500,000 prints)
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Toner supply
Agitator plate assem-
section
bly /1
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
z
Cleaning pad
56UA-347#
Agitator plate assem-
z
bly /2
56UA-348#
2
Cleaning/
Cleaning of the clean-
recycle section
ing unit
Toner guide brush
Vacuum cleaner/
z
Cleaning pad
1
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
2
z
2
z
1
z
2
z
6
z
1
z
assembly
56UA-574#
Scattering prevention
felt
55VA5568#
Seal plate /Fr
56UA-559#
Seal plate /Rr
56UA-558#
3
Transfer/
Replacing of the trans-
separation
fer assist sheet assem-
charger
bly
56UA-281#
4
Fusing
Fusing roller /Up
section
56UA5304#
Tri-flow (soft roller)
(hard roller)
56UA5470#
(soft roller)
Heat insulating sleeve
45405339#
Fusing bearing /Up
45407504#
Fusing roller assembly
/Lw
56UA-528#
Fusing claw /Lw
25AA5329#
Fusing claw /Up
56UA5453#
Fusing cleaning sheet
assembly
56UA-547#
Cleaning of the fusing
heating roller
14
2
z
Cleaning pad/blower
brush
3. PERIODIC CHECK
D. Maintenance 4 (Every 2,250,000 prints)
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Paper feed
Pick-up roller
section
55VA-484#
Paper feed roller
2
2
55VA-483#
Separation roller
2
55VA-483#
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
z
Actual replacement
cycle: 500,000
z
z
E. Maintenance 5 (Every 3,000,000 prints)
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Photo conductor
Replacing of the drum
section
temperature sensor
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
1
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
2
z
2
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
56GA-209#
2
Cleaning/
Toner seal board
recycle section
56UA-568#
Toner guide plate
assembly
56UA-561#
3
Fusing
Fusing heater lamp /1
section
55VB8302#
Fusing heater lamp /2
56UA8303#
Fusing heater lamp /3
55VA8304#
Fusing heating roller
55UA5307#
Heating roller bearing
56UA7507#
Heat insulating sleeve /
Lw
26AA5315#
Thermistor /2
55VA8804#
Thermistor /4
55VA8806#
4
Toner supply
Toner supply sleeve /1
section
55VA-334#
Toner supply sleeve /2
55VA-335#
1
15
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
F.
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Maintenance 6 (Every 4,500,000 prints)
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Vertical
Pre-registration clutch /1
conveyance
56AA8201#
section
Pre-registration clutch /2
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
z
1
Actual replacement
cycle: 3,000,000
1
z
1
z
1
z
2
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
56AA8201#
Vertical conveyance
clutch
56AA8201#
Paper dust guide brush
assembly
55VA-574#
2
Main body
Ozone filter /A
56UA1121#
Ozone filter /K
56UA1128#
Conveyance suction filter
56UA1129#
Developing suction filter
56UA1122#
z
Cleaning of the cover/
Drum cleaner/
machine internal
cleaning pad
G. Maintenance 7 (Every 6,000,000 prints)
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Charger
Charger unit
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
1
z
1
z
1
z
56UA-250#
2
Developing
Developing suction
section
assembly
56UA-325#
Developing unit
56UA-300#
3
ADU
z
Cleaning of the ADU
Blower brush
paper reverse sensor /1
z
Cleaning of the ADU
paper reverse sensor /2
Paper exit roller /1
1
z
56UA47432E
Paper exit roller /2 assem-
cycle: 6,000,000
1
z
1
z
bly
56UA-035#
ADU acceleration roller
56UA4740#
16
Actual replacement
No.
Unit
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Description
Quantity
classification
3
ADU
ADU reverse/exit roller
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
1
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
2
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
56UA4741#
ADU reverse roller
Actual replacement
cycle: 6,000,000
56UA4741#
ADU conveyance roller /1
56UA47442E
ADU conveyance roller /2
56UA47442E
ADU conveyance roller /3
56UA4595#
ADU conveyance roller /4
56UA4683#
ADU exit roller
56UA4683#
Fusing exit roller
56UA4595#
4
Registration
Registration roller /Up
section
56UA46061E
Registration bearing
56UA7602#
5
Transfer/
Transfer/separation
separation
charger unit
charger
56UA-270#
TSL
55VA8308#
6
Fusing
Fusing gear
section
56UA7783#
Web motor
56GA8017#
Fusing actuator
56UA5383#
7
Paper exit
Cleaning of the paper
section
exit sensor
Main body paper exit
Blower brush
z
1
z
1
z
roller
56UA45571E
8
Cleaning/
Cleaning gear /A assem-
toner recycle
bly
section
56GA-556#
2
17
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
H. Maintenance 8 (Every 10,000,000 prints)
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
ADU
Reverse gate
7
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
z
56UA4760#
2
Vertical
Conveyance roller /1
conveyance
56UA4413#
section
Conveyance roller /2
Actual replacement
cycle: 10,000,000
1
z
Actual replacement
cycle: 6,000,000
1
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
4
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
56UA44141E
Conveyance roller /3
56UA44641E
Pre-registration roller /1
56UA44111E
Pre-registration roller /2
56UA44111E
Conveyance exit roller
56UA4412#
Pre-registration bearing
56UA7603#
Paper dust guide brush
gear assembly
56UA-478#
3
Toner supply
Pump unit /Rt
section
56UA-790#
Pump unit /Lt
56UA-780#
I.
Maintenance 9 (Every 15,000,000 prints)
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Paper feed
Paper feed clutch /1
section
56AA8201#
Paper feed clutch /2
1
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
z
cycle: 3,000,000
1
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
56AA8201#
Separation clutch /1
56AA8201#
Separation clutch /2
56AA8201#
2
Cleaning/
Cleaning gear /B
toner recycle
55VA7921#
section
18
2
Actual replacement
3.3.2
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
DF
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 750,000 prints)
No.
Unit
Quantity
Description
classification
1
Preparations
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
Original through check
z
Cover
2
3
z
Paper feed
Pick-up roller
z
Drum cleaner/
section
Paper feed roller
z
cleaning pad
Paper feed assist roller
z
Cleaning pad
z
Registration roller
z
Pre-handling rubber
z
Original count sensor
z
Original size sensor /Lt
z
Original size sensor /Rt
z
Conveyance
Original registration
z
section
sensor /Lt
Original registration
Blower brush
z
sensor /Rt
4
Read
Original conveyance
section
sensor
z
Original skew sensor /
z
Rr
5
Original skew sensor /Fr
z
Paper exit
Mirror on the driven
z
section
roller assembly
Original reverse sensor
z
Reverse jam sensor
z
Original reverse/exit
z
sensor
6
Final check
Paper through check
z
Cleaning of the cover
Drum cleaner/
z
cleaning pad
B. Maintenance 2 (Every 2,250,000 prints)
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Paper feed
Separation roller
section
13GA4606#
1
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
z
Actual replacement
cycle: 400,000
19
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
C. Maintenance 3 (Every 4,500,000 prints)
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Paper feed
Pick-up roller
section
13GA4604#
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
1
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
Actual replacement
cycle: 800,000
Paper feed roller
15AS4605#
Paper feed assist roller
15AS4601#
Torque limiter
13GA-135#
3.3.3
PF
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 750,000 prints)
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
1
Preparations
Paper through check
2
Tray section
Cleaning of each sensor
z
3
Conveyance
Cleaning of each sensor
z
z
Blower brush
section
4
Final check
Paper through check
z
Cleaning of the cover
Drum cleaner/
z
cleaning pad
B. Maintenance 2 (Every 2,250,000 prints)
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Tray section
Pick-up roller
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
3
z
3
z
3
z
55VA-484#
Paper feed roller
cycle: 500,000
55VA-483#
Separation roller
55VA-483#
20
Actual replacement
3. PERIODIC CHECK
C. Maintenance 3 (Every 4,500,000 prints)
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Conveyance
Pre-registration clutch /1
section
56AA8201#
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
1
z
Actual replacement
cycle: 3,000,000
Pre-registration clutch /2
1
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
3
z
56AA8201#
Pre-registration clutch /3
56AA8201#
Intermediate clutch /Up
56AA8201#
Intermediate clutch /Lw
56AA8201#
2
Tray section
Paper dust removing
brush
15BY5604#
D. Maintenance 4 (Every 10,000,000 prints)
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Preparations
Paper through check
2
Conveyance
Pre-registration roller
section
15BA45071E
Bearing
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
z
3
z
6
z
4
z
1
z
2
z
Actual replacement
cycle: 6,000,000
56UA7603#
Conveyance roller
15BA45081E
PFU paper exit roller
15BA5011#
Torque limiter
57GA4430#
3
Final check
Paper through check
Cleaning of the cover
z
z
Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad
2
21
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
E. Maintenance 5 (Every 15,000,000 prints)
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Tray section
Paper feed clutch /1
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
1
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
56AA8201#
Paper feed clutch /2
Actual replacement
cycle: 3,000,000
56AA8201#
Paper feed clutch /3
56AA8201#
Separation clutch /1
56AA8201#
Separation clutch /2
56AA8201#
Separation clutch /3
56AA8201#
Forced separation
clutch
56AA8201#
F.
Spotted replacement part (Every 50,000 cycle)
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Tray section
Pick-up roller
(PP-701)
A08R5621#
Feed roller
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
1
z
1
z
1
z
A08R5622#
Separation roller
A08R5622#
22
2
3.3.4
3. PERIODIC CHECK
FD
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 2,250,000 prints)
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Preparations
Paper through check
2
PI section
Paper feed rubber
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
z
2
z
2
z
50BA-575#
Actual replacement
cycle: 100,000
Separation rubber
13QN-443#
3
Tray up/down
Cleaning of each sensor
z
Cleaning of each sensor
z
Cleaning of each sensor
z
Cleaning of each sensor
z
Blower brush
section
4
Punch
section
5
Conveyance
section
6
Final check
Paper through check
z
Cleaning of the cover
Drum cleaner/
z
cleaning pad
B. Maintenance 2 (Every 5,250,000 prints)
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Preparations
Paper through check
2
PI section
Pick-up rubber
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
z
6
z
Actual replacement
1
z
Actual replacement
50BA-574#
3
4
Tray up/down
Tray up down motor
section
129U-108#
Final check
Paper through check
Cleaning of the cover
cycle: 200,000
cycle: 5,000,000
z
z
Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad
23
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
C. Maintenance 3 (Every 10,000,000 prints)
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Preparations
Paper through check
2
Punch
Punch motor
section
15AG-573#
Conveyance
Roller solenoid /1
section
15AG-493#
3
Roller solenoid /2
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
Actual replacement
cycle: 5,000,000
15AG-493#
Roller solenoid /3
15AG-493#
Roller solenoid /4
15AG-493#
4
Final check
Paper through check
Cleaning of the cover
z
z
Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad
24
3.3.5
3. PERIODIC CHECK
LS
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 15,000,000 prints)
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Preparations
Paper through check
2
Conveyance
Paper press solenoid /3
section
15AV8255#
Paper press solenoid /1
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
1
z
Actual replacement
cycle: 5,000,000
15AV8252#
Paper press solenoid /2
15AV8251#
Rear stopper solenoid
15AV8253#
Stacker tray up down
motor
15AV8003#
Cleaning of each sensor
3
Final check
Cleaning of the cover
Blower brush
z
Paper through check
z
z
Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad
25
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.3.6
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
FS
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 750,000 prints)
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
1
Preparations
Paper through check
2
Main tray
Paper exit roller /A
section
122H4825#
Stacker
Cleaning of each sensor
z
Blower brush
z
Vacuum cleaner/
3
z
8
z
section
4
5
6
Conveyance
Cleaning of the paper
section
dust removing brush
Stapler
Cleaning of staple
section
scraps box
Final check
blower brush
z
Paper through check
z
Cleaning of the cover
Drum cleaner/
z
cleaning pad
B. Maintenance 2 (Every 3,000,000 prints)
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Stapler
Stapler unit /Fr
section
15AA4222#
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
1
z
1
z
Actual replacement
cycle: 500,000
Stapler unit /Rr
15AA-450#
C. Maintenance 3 (Every 5,250,000 prints)
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Stacker
Intermediate roller
section
release solenoid
15AA-449#
26
2
1
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
z
3.3.7
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
SD
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 750,000 prints)
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
2
Right angle
Right angle conveyance
conveyance
sensor /1
section
Right angle conveyance
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
Blower brush
z
z
sensor /2
3
Right angle conveyance
Drum cleaner/
z
roller /1
4
cleaning pad
Right angle conveyance
z
roller /2
5
Right angle conveyance
z
roller /3
6
Right angle conveyance
z
roller /4
7
Folding
Folding main scan align-
section
ment home sensor /Fr1
Folding main scan align-
8
Blower brush
z
z
ment home sensor /Fr2
9
Folding entrance roller /1
z
Drum cleaner/
10
Folding entrance roller /2
z
cleaning pad
11
Folding entrance roller /3
z
12 Saddle
Saddle stitching paper
z
stitching
Blower brush
sensor
13 section
Bundle sensor /1
z
14 Bundle pro-
Bundle sensor /2
z
15 Trimmer
Trimmer scraps full sensor
z
16 section
Trimmer board assembly
cessing section
z
15AN5282#
Actual replacement
cycle: 18,900 cuts
B. Maintenance 2 (Every 1,500,000 prints)
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Trimmer
Trimmer blade assembly
section
15AN-570#
1
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
z
Actual replacement
cycle: 37,500 cuts
2
27
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
C. Maintenance 3 (Every 4,000,000 prints)
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Trimmer
2
section
Slide block /Rt
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
z
Actual lubricated
Slide block /Lt
z
cycle: every
3
Trimmer blade drive screw /Up
z
100,000 cuts or 0.5
4
Trimmer blade drive screw /Lw
z
5
Trimmer stopper /Rt
z
6
Trimmer stopper /Lt
z
year (whichever
comes first.)
MOLYKOTE EM-30L
D. Maintenance 4 (Every 8,000,000 prints)
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Trimmer
Trimmer blade motor
section
15AN8002#
2
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
1
z
Actual replacement
cycle: 200,000 cuts
Trimmer press motor
1
z
15AN8002#
3
Trimmer board gear
z
Actual lubricated
4
Trimmer blade gear /Up
z
cycle: every
5
Trimmer blade gear /Lw
z
200,000 cuts or 1
6
Press drive screw /Rt
z
7
Press drive screw /Lt
z
8
Trimmer press plate guide rail /Rt
z
9
Trimmer press plate guide rail /Lt
z
year (whichever
comes first.)
MOLYKOTE EM-30L
E. Maintenance 5 (Every 20,000,000 prints)
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
2
Right angle
Roller release solenoid /1
conveyance
15AN8251#
section
Roller release solenoid /2
1
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
z
cycle: 5,000,000
1
z
15AN-239#
3
Right angle gate solenoid
5
Saddle
Stapler assembly /Rt
stitching
15AN-550#
section
Stapler assembly /Lt
1
z
7
Actual replacement
cycle: 5,000,000
1
z
Actual replacement
cycle: 1,000,000
1
z
15AN-550#
6
Actual replacement
cycle: 5,000,000
15AN-249#
4
Actual replacement
Actual replacement
cycle: 1,000,000
Folding
Roller release solenoid /3
section
15AN8251#
Bundle pro-
Bundle press stage
cessing sec-
gear
cycle: 500,000 books
tion
15AN7719#
(Bundle exit tray
1
z
Actual replacement
cycle: 5,000,000
1
z
Actual replacement
exit)
28
2
3.3.8
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
PB
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 750,000 prints)
No.
Unit
Description
classification
Quantity
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
1
Conveyance
Entrance sensor
z
2
section
SC entrance sensor
z
3
Sub tray conveyance roller
z
Drum cleaner/
4
Intermediate conveyance roller
z
cleaning pad
5
Entrance conveyance roller
z
6
Cover paper conveyance roller
z
Glue tank
z
7
Glue tank
Blower brush
z*2
Tweezers, industrial
section
8
wiper, multemp FF-RM
Filter
z
A0753724#
9
Cover paper
Cover paper folding
section
plate
10
Book spine backing
z*1
Tweezers, industrial wiper
z*1
plate
11
Book exit belt /Rr
z
Drum cleaner/
12
Book exit belt /Fr
z
cleaning pad
Cover paper
z
13
conveyance roller /Rt
14
Cover paper
z
conveyance roller /Lt
15
Cover paper table
z
entrance roller
16
Paper dust removing
Blower brush
z
brush
17
z*3
Cover paper alignment
Plas guard No.2
plate shafts
18 Glue supply
Pellet hopper
z
19 Book stock
Book load limit sensor
z
20 section
Book upper limit LED
z
21
Book conveyance belt /Rr
z
Drum cleaner/
22
Book conveyance belt /Fr
z
cleaning pad
23
Book movement belt
z
Paper dust removing
z
24 Cover paper
tray section
25
Blower brush
Blower brush
brush
Paper dust removing
z
roller
26
Conveyance roller
z
Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad
2
29
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
31 SC section
Switchback roller
13GQ4519#
32
Switchback assist roller /Rr
z
33
Switchback assist roller /Fr
z
*1
*2
*3
*4
*5
B.
No.
1
z
Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad
Cleaning of the cover paper folding plate and the book spine backing plate is an abbreviated cleaning.
Remove adhered glue as necessary.
Lubricate the glue apply roller motor drive connecting gear.
Lubricate the cover paper alignment plate shafts.
Lubricate the clamp pressure plate shafts.
Lubricate the guide shaft/Rt and /Lt.
Maintenance 2 (Every 6,000,000 prints)
Unit
classification
SC section
Description
Quantity
Implementation classification
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
SC switchback release
motor
13GQ8005#
Materials
Tools used
z
C. Maintenance 3 (Every 10,000,000 prints)
No.
Unit
classification
Description
Quantity
Implementation classification
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1
Cutter section
Roller cutter blade Assy
A0754421#
z
2
Sub tray
section
Sub tray exit solenoid
15ANR714#
z
Materials
Tools used
D. Maintenance 4 (Every 20,000,000 prints)
No.
1
Unit
classification
SC section
2
Description
Quantity
Implementation classification
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
SC pressure arm solenoid
A075B746#
z
FD alignment solenoid
15AA8251#
z
Materials
Tools used
E. Maintenance 5 (Every 30,000,000 prints)
No.
1
F.
Unit
classification
Glue tank
section
Description
Quantity
Implementation classification
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Cover paper glue roller
drive gear bearing
A0753977#
4
z
Materials
Tools used
Actual replacement
cycle: every 6,000
hours
Spotted replacement part (Every 500,000 cycle)
No.
1
Unit
classification
Cover paper
tray section
Description
2
Implementation classification
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Pick-up roller
55VA-484#
1
z
Paper feed roller
55VA-483#
1
z
Separation roller
1
z
55VA-483#
29-1
Quantity
Materials
Tools used
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
D. Spotted replacement part (Every 3,000,000 cycle)
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Cover paper
Cover paper pick up
tray section
clutch
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
1
z
56AA8201#
3.3.9
RC
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 750,000 prints)
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Waste toner
Hose /3
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
Drum cleaner/
z
conveyance
cleaning pad
section
2
Waste toner
Waste toner collecting
collecting
box
box
14RT-970#
1
z
B. Maintenance 2 (Every 10,000,000 prints)
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
2
Waste toner
Accumulator
conveyance
14RT-230#
section
Recycle pump
14RT-210#
30
2
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
1
z
1
z
Blower brush
3.4
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Replacement parts list
NOTE
• For the part number of periodically replaced parts, see "Parts guide manual."
• For the replacement procedure of periodically replaced parts, see "3.5 Maintenance procedure".
• The parts count No. given in the table below represents the number of the fixed parts number in
the service mode.
3.4.1
No.
Main body
Classification
Part name
Part number
Qt.
Actual
Parts count
replacement
No.
cycle
1
Ozone filter /A
56UA1121#
2
4,500,000
32
2
Main body
Ozone filter /K
56UA1128#
1
4,500,000
32
3
Conveyance suction filter
56UA1129#
1
4,500,000
33
4
Developing suction filter
56UA1122#
1
4,500,000
33
22
5
Photo con-
Drum temperature sensor
56GA-209#
1
3,000,000
6
ductor section
Drum
DR010
1
* 1,000,000
Drum claw
57GA2919#
3
1,000,000
9
Charger unit
56UA-250#
1
6,000,000
34
Charger control plate
56UA2508#
1
10
Charger wire
56UA2509#
2
750,000 3
11
Charger rubber vibration isolator
55VA2527#
2
750,000
12
Charger cleaning unit
55VA-255#
2
750,000 5
13
C-clip
45AA2040#
2
750,000
Developing unit
56UA-300#
1
6,000,000
36
6,000,000
37
7
8
Charger
9
14
Developing
750,000 4
section
15
Developing suction assembly
56UA-325#
1
16
Suction filter
56UA3108#
1
17
Developer
DV010
1
18
Agitator plate assembly /1
56UA-347#
1
1,500,000
153
19
Agitator plate assembly /2
56UA-348#
1
1,500,000
153
Toner supply sleeve /1
55VA-334#
1
3,000,000
23
3,000,000
24
20
Toner supply
750,000 6
* 1,000,000
section
21
Toner supply sleeve /2
55VA-335#
1
22
Pump unit /Lt
56UA-780#
1
10,000,000 52
10,000,000 51
23
*
Pump unit /Rt
56UA-790#
1
24
Cleaning/
Cleaning blade
56UA5351#
2
25
recycle sec-
Toner seal board
56UA-568#
1
3,000,000
25
26
tion
Toner guide brush assembly
56UA-574#
1
1,500,000
12
750,000 2
27
Scattering prevention felt
55VA5568#
1
1,500,000
28
Seal plate /Fr
56UA-559#
1
1,500,000
14
29
Seal plate /Rr
56UA-558#
1
1,500,000
13
The actual replacement cycle of the drum and developer is 1,000,000 prints or 220 hours of use, whichever is earlier.
2
31
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
No.
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Part name
Part number
Qt.
Actual
Parts count No.
replacement
cycle
30
Cleaning/recy-
Toner guide plate assembly
56UA-561#
1
3,000,000
26
31
cle section
Cleaning gear /A assembly
56GA-556#
1
6,000,000
167
Cleaning gear /B
55VA7921#
1
15,000,000
172
32
32
33
Paper feed sec-
Pick-up roller
55VA-484#
2
500,000 53,57
34
tion
Paper feed roller
55VA-483#
2
500,000 54,58
35
Separation roller
55VA-483#
2
500,000 54,58
36
Paper feed clutch /1
56AA8201#
1
3,000,000
55
37
Paper feed clutch /2
56AA8201#
1
3,000,000
59
38
Separation clutch /1
56AA8201#
1
3,000,000
56
39
Separation clutch /2
56AA8201#
1
3,000,000
60
40
Vertical con-
Conveyance roller /1
56UA4413#
1
6,000,000
82
41
veyance sec-
Conveyance roller /2
56UA44141E
1
6,000,000
83
42
tion
Conveyance roller /3
56UA44641E
1
6,000,000
83
43
Pre-registration roller /1
56UA44111E
1
6,000,000
84
44
Pre-registration roller /2
56UA44111E
1
6,000,000
85
45
Conveyance exit roller
56UA4412#
1
6,000,000
77
46
Paper dust guide brush assembly
55VA-574#
1
4,500,000
76
47
Pre-registration bearing
56UA7603#
4
6,000,000
48
Pre-registration clutch /1
56AA8201#
1
3,000,000
79
49
Pre-registration clutch /2
56AA8201#
1
3,000,000
81
50
Vertical conveyance clutch
56AA8201#
1
3,000,000
80
51
Paper dust guide brush gear assembly
55UA-478#
1
10,000,000
6,000,000
52
Transfer/sepa-
Transfer/separation charger unit
56UA-270#
1
53
ration charger
Discharge wire
56UA2613#
3
750,000 7
54
Transfer presser rubber
56AA1783#
3
750,000
55
Transfer cleaning assembly
56GA-276#
1
750,000 8
56
Separation cleaning assembly /1
56GA-277#
1
750,000 8
57
Separation cleaning assembly /2
56GA-278#
1
750,000 8
58
C-clip
45AA2040#
3
750,000
59
Transfer assist sheet assembly
56UA-281#
1
1,500,000
10, 11
60
TSL
55VA8308#
1
6,000,000
39
38
61
Registration
Registration roller /Up
56UA46061E
1
6,000,000
40
62
section
Registration bearing
56UA7602#
2
6,000,000
40
63
ADU section
Paper exit roller /1
56UA47432E
1
6,000,000
44
64
Paper exit roller /2 assembly
56UA-035#
1
6,000,000
65
ADU accelerate roller
56UA4740#
1
6,000,000
41
66
Reverse/exit roller
56UA4741#
1
6,000,000
42
67
ADU reverse roller
56UA4741#
1
6,000,000
43
68
ADU conveyance roller /1
56UA47442E
1
6,000,000
45
2
No.
Classification
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Part name
Part number
Qt.
Actual
Parts count
replacement
No.
cycle
69
ADU conveyance roller /2
56UA47442E
1
6,000,000
45
70
ADU section
ADU conveyance roller /3
56UA4595#
1
6,000,000
45
71
ADU conveyance roller /4
56UA4683#
1
6,000,000
45
72
ADU exit roller
56UA4683#
1
6,000,000
45
46
73
Fusing exit roller
56UA4595#
4
6,000,000
74
Reverse gate
56UA4760#
7
10,000,000
75
Fusing sec-
Cleaning web
56UA5351#
1
76
tion
Fusing heater lamp /1
55VB8302#
1
750,000 1
77
Fusing heater lamp /2
56UA8303#
1
3,000,000
78
Fusing heater lamp /3
55VB8304#
1
3,000,000
79
Fusing roller /Up
56UA5304#
1
1,500,000
15
19
3,000,000
56UA5470#
80
Heat insulating sleeve
45405339#
2
1,500,000
81
Fusing bearing /Up
45407504#
2
1,500,000
20
82
Heating roller bearing
56UA7507#
2
3,000,000
28
83
Fusing gear
56UA7783#
1
6,000,000
48
84
Fusing roller /Lw assembly
56UA-528#
1
1,500,000
16
85
Fusing heating roller
56UA5307#
1
3,000,000
31
86
Heat insulating sleeve /Lw
26AA5315#
2
3,000,000
27
87
Fusing claw /Up
56UA5453#
6
1,500,000
17
88
Fusing claw /Lw
25AA5329#
2
1,500,000
18
89
Thermistor /2
55VA8804#
1
3,000,000
29
90
Thermistor /4
55VA8806#
1
3,000,000
30
91
Fusing actuator
56UA5383#
1
6,000,000
50
92
Web motor
56GA8017#
1
6,000,000
49
Fusing cleaning sheet assembly
56UA-547#
1
1,500,000
21
Main body paper exit roller
56UA45571E
1
6,000,000
47
93
94
Paper exit
section
33
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.4.2
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Option
No.
Classification
Part name
Part number
Qt.
Actual
Parts count No.
replacement
cycle
1
Pick-up roller
13GA4604#
1
800,000 141
2
Paper feed roller
15AS4605#
1
800,000 142
3
Paper feed auxiliary roller
15AS4601#
1
800,000 144
4
Separation roller
13GA4606#
1
400,000 143
5
Torque limiter
13GA-135#
1
800,000 145
Pick-up roller
55VA-484#
3
500,000 61,66,71
7
Paper feed roller
55VA-483#
3
500,000 62,67,72
8
Separation roller
55VA-483#
3
500,000 62,67,72
9
Paper dust removing brush
15BY5604#
3
3,000,000
10
Paper feed clutch /1
56AA8201#
1
3,000,000 63
11
Paper feed clutch /2
56AA8201#
1
3,000,000 68
12
Paper feed clutch /3
56AA8201#
1
3,000,000 73
13
Separation clutch /1
56AA8201#
1
3,000,000 64
14
Separation clutch /2
56AA8201#
1
3,000,000 69
15
Separation clutch /3
56AA8201#
1
3,000,000 74
16
Forced separation clutch
56AA8201#
1
3,000,000 70
17
Pre-registration clutch /1
56AA8201#
1
3,000,000 90
18
Pre-registration clutch /2
56AA8201#
1
3,000,000 91
19
Pre-registration clutch /3
56AA8201#
1
3,000,000 92
20
Torque limiter
57GA4430#
2
6,000,000
21
Intermediate clutch /Up
56AA8201#
1
3,000,000 93
22
Intermediate clutch /Lw
56AA8201#
1
3,000,000 94
23
Pre-registration roller
15BA45071E
3
6,000,000 86,87,88
24
Bearing
56UA7603#
6
6,000,000
25
Conveyance roller
15BA45082F
4
6,000,000 86,88
26
PFU paper exit roller
15BA5011#
1
6,000,000 89
Pick-up rubber
50BA-574#
6
200,000 114,117
28
Paper feed rubber
50BA-575#
2
100,000 116,119
29
Separation rubber
13QN-443#
2
100,000 115,118
30
Roller solenoid /1
15AG-493#
1
5,000,000 121
31
Roller solenoid /2
15AG-493#
1
5,000,000 121
32
Roller solenoid /3
15AG-493#
1
5,000,000 122
33
Roller solenoid /4
15AG-493#
1
5,000,000 122
34
Punch motor
15AG-573#
1
5,000,000 120
35
Tray up down motor
129U-108#
1
5,000,000 123
Stacker tray up down motor
15AV8003#
1
5,000,000 128, 133
37
Paper press solenoid /1
15AV8252#
1
5,000,000 124, 129
38
Paper press solenoid /2
15AV8251#
1
5,000,000 126, 131
39
Paper press solenoid /3
15AV8255#
1
5,000,000 125, 130
6
27
36
34
DF
PF
FD
LS
2
No.
Classification
Part name
Part number
Qt.
Actual
Parts count
replacement
No.
cycle
40
LS
Rear stopper solenoid
15AV8253#
1
5,000,000 127, 132
41
FS
Intermediate roller release solenoid
15AA-449#
1
5,000,000 113
42
Stapler unit /Fr
15AA4222#
1
500,000 111
43
Stapler unit /Rr
15AA-450#
1
500,000 112
44
Paper exit roller /A (sponge roller)
122H4825#
8
750,000
Roller release solenoid /1
15AN8251#
1
5,000,000 139
46
Roller release solenoid /2
15AN-239#
1
5,000,000 140
47
Roller release solenoid /3
15AN8251#
1
5,000,000 140
48
Right angle gate solenoid
15AN-249#
1
5,000,000 138
49
Stapler assembly /Rt
15AN-550#
1
1,000,000 134
50
Stapler assembly /Lt
15AN-550#
1
1,000,000 135
51
Trimmer blade assembly
15AN-570#
1
37,500 136
52
Trimmer board assembly
15AN5282#
1
18,900 137
53
Trimmer blade motor
15AN8002#
1
200,000
54
Trimmer press motor
15AN8002#
1
200,000
55
Bundle press stage gear
15AN7719#
1
500,000
Switchback roller
13GQ4519#
1
750,000 158
57
Roller cutter blade Assy
A0754421#
1
100,000 163
58
Filter
A0753724#
1
750,000 164
59
Sub tray exit solenoid
15ANR714#
1
10,000,000 154
60
SC switchback release motor
13GQ8005#
1
6,000,000 155
61
FD alignment solenoid
15AA8251#
1
20,000,000 156
62
SC pressure arm solenoid
A075B746#
1
20,000,000 157
63
Cover paper glue roller drive gear bearing A0753977#
4
30,000,000 173
Recycle pump
14RT-210#
1
10,000,000 151
65
Accumulator
14RT-230#
1
10,000,000 152
66
Waste toner recycle box
(including the waste toner filter)
14RT-970#
1
750,000 150
45
56
64
SD
PB
RC
3.4.3 Spot replacement parts list
No.
Classification
Part name
Part number
Qt.
Actual
Parts count
replacement
No.
cycle
1
Pick-up roller
55VA-484#
1
500,000 159
2
Paper feed roller
55VA-483#
1
500,000 160
3
Separation roller
55VA-483#
1
500,000 160
4
Cover paper pick up clutch
56AA8201#
1
3,000,000 161
5
Cover paper separation clutch
56AA8201#
1
3,000,000 162
Pick-up roller
A08R5621#
1
50,000
61,66,717
7
Paper feed roller
A08R5622#
1
50,000
62,67,72
8
Separation roller
A08R5622#
1
50,000
62,67,72
6
PB
PF (PP-701)
2
35
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.5
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Maintenance procedure
Caution:
• When replacing periodically replaced parts, be sure to unplug the power cord of the main body
from the power outlet.
3.5.1
External section
A. Replacing the ozone filters /A, /K and the conveyance suction filter
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Ozone filter /A: Every 4,500,000 prints
• Ozone filter /K: Every 4,500,000 prints
• Conveyance suction filter: Every 4,500,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1.
[1]
Loosen 2 screws [1] and remove the exhaust
cover [2].
[2]
1050fs2053c
2.
[1]
/K [2], and the conveyance suction filter [3].
3.
[2]
[3]
1050fs2054c
36
Remove 2 ozone filters /A [1] and the ozone filter
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Replacing the developing suction filter
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Developing suction filter: Every 4,500,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1.
Loosen 2 screws [1] and remove the filter cover
[2].
[1]
[2]
1050fs2055c
[1]
2.
3.
Remove the developing suction filter [1].
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
1050fs2056c
37
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.5.2
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Photo conductor section
A. Removing/reinstalling the photo conductor section
NOTE
• When the drum section has been removed, be sure to store it in a dark place with the drum cover
provided.
• When removing/reinstalling the photo conductor section, be careful not to rotate the drum in any
direction other than the specified direction. Rotating it in the opposite direction to the rotational
direction while printing may cause damage to the cleaning blade.
• When removing/reinstalling the photo conductor section, be absolutely sure not to touch the drum
claw.
(1) Procedure
1.
2.
[1]
Open the front doors /Rt and /Lt.
Bring down lever A of the ADU.
(See P.112)
3.
Loosen 3 screws [1] and remove the photo conductor section cover [2].
[2]
1050fs2089c
[3]
4.
5.
[2]
Remove screw [1].
Loosen screw [2] and pull out the intermediate
toner hopper [3].
[1]
1050fs2090c
38
3. PERIODIC CHECK
6.
[2]
Release the lock [1] and open the intermediate
toner hopper [2].
[1]
1050fs2091c
7.
8.
[1]
Remove the 2 screws [1].
Remove the screw [2], pull the knob [3] toward
you and lock the toner recycle pipe [4] while raising it up in the arrow-marked direction.
[4]
[3]
[2]
1050fs2092c
9.
[5]
Remove the screw [1] and pull out the coupling
[2].
10. Hold the sections marked with [3] and [4] and
pull out the photo conductor section [5].
11. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
NOTE
• For reinstallation of the coupling, see "B.
Cleaning/reinstallation of the coupling" in the
next section.
[3]
[1]
[2]
[4]
1050fs2093c
39
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. Cleaning/reinstallation of the coupling
NOTE
• Be sure to conduct this operation when removing the photo conductor section.
(1) Procedure
1.
[1]
Clean the periphery of the coupling with drum
cleaner.
2.
Insert the coupling so that the protrusions [2] of
the coupling [1] get into the depressed portions
[4] of the drum [3].
[2]
NOTE
• An detent [5] is provided on the inside of the
coupling [1]. So be sure to set it into the key
groove [7] of the drum shaft [6].
[4]
[7]
[3]
[6]
[2]
[5]
40
fs503fs2094c
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.
While attaching a plus driver lightly to the coupling [1], rotate the coupling [1] clockwise until its
meshing surface fits the external surface of the
bearing [2].
[1]
[2]
1050fs2420c
4.
Tighten the coupling [2] with the screw [1].
[2]
[1]
1050fs2095c
41
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
C. Replacing the charger unit
NOTE
• When removing the charger unit, be careful not to touch the mesh portion of the charger control
plate with bear hands.
• When cleaning the charger control plate, blow off dirt with the blower brush.
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Charger unit: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1.
[3]
Pull the photo conductor section out of the main
body. (See P.38)
2.
Disconnect the connector [1] and remove the
wiring harness of the charger from the harness
clamps [2] at the 3 places.
3.
[2]
Hold the portions marked with [3] and [4] and
remove the charger unit [5].
4.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1]
[5]
[4]
42
1050fs2096c
3. PERIODIC CHECK
D. Replacing the charger control plate
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Charger control plate: Every 750,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1.
Remove the charger unit.
(See P.42)
2.
Slide the lever [1] in the arrow-marked direction
[2] to release the lock [3] and remove the charger
control plate [4].
[4]
NOTE
• Be sure to avoid loosening or removing the
screw [5] that fastens the lever.
3.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[3]
[5]
[4]
[1]
[2]
1050fs2104c
43
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
E. Replacing the charger wire/charger vibration proof rubber
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Charger wire: Every 750,000 prints
• Charger vibration proof rubber: Every 750,000 prints
(2) Procedure
[2]
1.
2.
3.
[5]
Remove the charger unit. (See P.42)
Remove the charger control plate. (See P.43)
Remove the spark arrester plates /Fr [1] and /Rr
[2].
4.
Remove the springs [3], one each, and then
remove the charger wires [4] and the charger
vibration proof rubber [5], one each.
NOTE
• When reinstalling the charger wire, be sure to
insert each of the wires into the cut [6] of the
[6]
[4]
[5]
charger vibration proof rubber.
• Be sure to reinstall the charger wires so that
the hook [7] of each spring turns to the inside.
5.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[7]
[4]
44
[3]
[1]
[7]
1050fs2105c
F.
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Replacing the charger cleaning unit/C-clip
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Charger cleaning unit: Every 750,000 prints
• C-clip: Every 750,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
[4]
[3]
Remove the charger unit.(See P.42)
Remove the charger control plate. (See P.43)
Remove the charger wire. (See P.44)
Remove the C-clip [3], one each, from the shaft
[2] of the charger cleaning unit [1].
[2]
5.
Reverse the charger unit [4] and remove the 2
charger cleaning units.
6.
Remove the collar [5] from the shaft of each of
the charger cleaning units.
7.
When the charger back plate is stained, clean it
with drum cleaner and a cleaning pad.
[4]
[1]
NOTE
• Be careful that the collar inserted into the
shaft of the charger cleaning unit does not
[6]
drop off.
• Be sure to reinstall the charger cleaning unit
so that the marking "F" [6] turns in the same
direction as shown in the drawing.
8.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1]
[2]
[5]
1050fs2106c
1
45
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
G. Replacing the drum temperature sensor
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Drum temperature sensor: Every 3,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
[2]
1.
2.
3.
Pull out the photo conductor section.(See P.38)
Remove the charger unit. (See P.42)
Remove 2 connectors [1] and then remove the
wiring harness from the wiring harness clamp.
NOTE
• Take note of the direction of the connector to
be removed.
4.
[1]
[2]
46
Loosen 2 screws [2] and remove the sensor support stay assembly [3].
[3]
[1]
1050fs2097c
3. PERIODIC CHECK
5.
6.
[3]
Disconnect the connector [1].
Remove the screw [2] and then remove the drum
temperature sensor [3].
7.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1]
[2]
1050fs2098c
47
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
H. Replacing the drum/cleaning of the photo conductor section
NOTE
• Be careful not to touch or damage the drum and the cleaning blade with bare hands.
• When storing the drum, be sure to store it in dark place with the drum cover attached.
• When reinstalling the drum, the cleaning blade and the toner guide brush, be sure to apply setting
powder all around the drum and the cleaning blade regardless of these parts being new or used
ones.
• When the drum is applied with setting powder, be sure to conduct the following operations before
installing the photo conductor section to the main body:
1) With the charger and the developing section removed, rotate the drum one full turn (to prevent
splashing of setting powder to the charger and prevent the image from getting blurred).
2) When installing a new drum, be sure to reset the photo conductor counter in the service mode.
If not reset, image fogging and toner splash may result.(See P.350)
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Drum: 1,000,000 prints or 220 hours drive, whichever is earlier
(2) Procedure
1.
[1]
Pull out the photo conductor section.
(See P.38)
2.
Remove the charger unit.
(See P.42)
3.
Remove the sensor support stay assembly.
(See P.46)
4.
Remove the developing unit.
(See P.53)
5.
Remove the cleaning section.
(See P.72)
6.
1050fs2099c
48
Remove the drum [1].
3. PERIODIC CHECK
7.
Clean toner adhered around the drum installation
section [1] and the developing suction duct [2].
8.
Clean the maximum density sensor [3] and the
gamma sensor [4] on the toner control sensor
board (TCSB) with a cleaning pad.
[3]
[4]
[1]
[2]
1050fs2100c
9.
Clean toner in the recycle pipe [1] and on the
toner receiving plate [2] with a vacuum cleaner.
NOTE
• When cleaning toner with a vacuum cleaner,
be sure to turn the shutter section [3] in the
arrow-marked direction.
• When cleaning the recycle pipe, be sure to tap
the pipe softly to let toner that adheres to the
inner wall drop off, and then rotate the gear
[4] to discharge the toner.
[4]
[1]
[2] [3]
1050fs2400c
10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
49
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
I.
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Replacing the drum claw
NOTE
• When reinstalling the drum claw, take note of the direction and position of the claw.
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Drum claw: Every 1,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
[4]
[3]
1.
2.
3.
4.
Pull out the photo conductor section.(See P.38)
Remove the cleaning unit. (See P.72)
Remove the drum. (See P.48)
Disconnect the connector [1] and remove the
spring [2].
5.
Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the drum
claw unit [4].
[1]
50
[3]
[2]
1050fs2101c
3. PERIODIC CHECK
NOTE
[3]
• When reinstalling the drum claw unit [1], be
sure to set the projection [2] of the drum claw
unit to the guide hole [4] of the photo conductor section [3].
[4]
[3]
[4]
[2]
[1]
1050fs2102c
51
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
6.
[3]
Remove the C-clip [1], pull out the shaft [2] in the
arrow-marked direction and remove the 3 drum
claws [3].
7.
Remove the springs [4], one each, from each of
the dram claws.
[2]
NOTE
• When reinstalling the drum claws, be sure to
clean the shaft with drum cleaner and a
cleaning pad. Reinstalling the separation
claws with toner adhered causes the operation to slow down.
• When reinstalling the drum claws, be sure to
insert the C-clip between the ribs [5].
[3]
• After reinstalling the dram claws, check to
see if they move smoothly.
[4]
[1]
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[5]
52
8.
1050fs2103c
3.5.3
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Developing section
A. Replacing the suction filter
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Suction filter: Every 750,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1.
[2]
Pull the photo conductor section out of the main
body.
(See P.38)
[1]
2.
Open the cover of the developing suction assembly [1].
3.
4.
Remove the suction filter [2].
Clean the outside and the inside of the developing suction assembly with the cleaner.
NOTE
• When reinstalling the suction filter, be sure to
expand the filter opening before installation.
1050fs2107c
• When reinstalling it, make sure that the cover
of the developing suction assembly has been
closed thoroughly.
5.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
B. Replacing the developing suction assembly
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Developing suction assembly: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1.
Pull the photo conductor section out of the main
body.
(See P.38)
2.
Remove the screw [1] and then remove the
developing suction assembly [2].
[2]
[1]
3.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
1050fs2108c
53
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
C. Cleaning of the developing unit
(1) Procedure
1.
[1]
Pull the photo conductor section out of the main
body.
(See P.38)
2.
Remove the developing suction assembly.
(See P.53)
3.
Remove the developing unit.
(See P.55)
4.
Remove the developing unit cover /1.
(See P.55)
5.
[3]
[3]
[2]
Clean up the developer regulation blade [1], the
underside of the developing roller [2] and both
1050fs2401c
sides of the developer roller [3] with a vacuum
cleaner.
NOTE
• Be careful not vacuum too much developer
necessarily. Cleaning should be restricted
only to stained sections.
• Be careful not to bend the lower sheet.
6.
[1]
Clean up the rear side of the developing unit
cover /1 [1] with a vacuum cleaner.
7.
Clean up the suction duct [2] of the developing
unit cover /1 with a vacuum cleaner.
8.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2]
1050fs2402c
54
2
3. PERIODIC CHECK
D. Replacing the developing unit
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Developing unit: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1.
Pull the photo conductor section out of the main
body.
(See P.38)
2.
Remove the developing suction assembly.
(See P.53)
3.
Release the developing pressure lever [2] while
holding down the right side [1] of the developing
unit.
NOTE
[2]
[1]
1050fs2109c
• When releasing the developing pressure lever,
be careful not to touch the front panel and the
rear panel of the photo conductor section.
4.
Hold the sections [1] and [2] with both hands and
remove the developing unit [3].
[2]
[1]
[3]
1050fs2110c
55
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
NOTE
• When reinstalling the developer unit, make
sure that the developing unit stopper roller [1]
is in contact with the developing unit stopper
plate [2]. (DS secured)
• When the developing unit stopper roller is too
[2]
easily rotated, remove it once and then reinstall it.
[1]
[1]
1050fs2116c
5.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2]
NOTE
• When reinstalling the developer unit, be careful that the front panel of the photo conductor
section does not come into contact with the
[1]
developing roller [1].
1050fs2111c
• Never rotate the developing gear to the
arrow-marked direction [2].
56
1
3. PERIODIC CHECK
E. Replacing the developer
NOTE
[2]
• When replacing the developer, be careful that
dirt does not get into it.
• When rotating the developing roller [1], be
sure to rotate the developing gear to the
arrow-marked direction [2] with the flat blade
driver.
• When putting in new developer, be sure to
reset the developer counter in the service
mode. If not reset, image fogging and toner
[1]
splash may result. (See P.350)
1050fs2112c
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Developer: 1,000,000 prints or 220 hours drive, whichever is earlier
(2) Procedure
1.
Pull the photo conductor section out of the main
body.
[4]
[2]
(See P.38)
2.
Remove the developing suction assembly.
(See P.53)
[3]
3.
Remove the developing unit.
(See P.55)
[1]
1050fs2113c
4.
Release 2 hooks [1] and remove the developing
unit cover /1 [2].
5.
Release 2 hooks [3] and remove the developing
unit cover /2 [4].
1
57
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
[4]
6.
[2]
With the developing unit [1] tilted to about 45°
[2], rotate the developing gear to the arrowmarked direction [3] with a flat blade screwdriver
to discharge the developer [4] in the developing
[1]
unit thoroughly.
7.
Use cleaner to clean the developer adhered to
the developing roller.
NOTE
• Any used developer remaining in the developing roller may cause gray background to the
image.
[3]
1050fs2114c
8.
[3]
Pour new developer [1] evenly from above the
mixing screw [2].
[4]
9.
Rotate the developing gear [5] counterclockwise
so that the developer gets fully into the developing unit [4].
10. Repeat the steps 8 and 9 to pour the developer
completely.
[1]
11. Rotate the developing gear counterclockwise
and check the height of developer across the
[5]
entire developing roller [6].
[2]
58
1
[6]
1050fs2115c
12. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
3.5.4
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Toner supply section
A. Replacing/cleaning of the toner bottle
(1) Procedure
[3]
1.
Open the toner supply door [1] and pull out the
toner supply cover /A assembly [2].
2.
Remove the toner bottle [3].
3.
Clean around the toner bottle insertion opening
[1]
[2]
1050fs2004c
[1]
[1] with a blower brush and a vacuum cleaner.
4.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
1050fs2005c
59
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. Replacing the agitator plate assembly
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Agitator plate assembly /1: Every 1,500,000 prints
• Agitator plate assembly /2: Every 1,500,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1.
2.
3.
[2]
Open the front doors /Rt and /Lt.
Bring down the lever A of the ADU.(See P.112)
Remove the cover on the photo conductor section and pull out the intermediate toner hopper to
open it.(See P.38)
4.
Close up the connection opening [1] of the intermediate toner hopper with a cleaning pad [2].
5.
Attach the toner recovery bag [4] beneath the
shutter section [3] connected to the developing
unit.
NOTE
• For the toner recovery bag, use a paper bag
made by folding a sheet of paper, or a vinyl
bag. Be sure to fix it at an appropriate place
[3]
[4]
so that toner does not spill over. And also,
[1]
1050fs2783c
make sure that the bag does not come down
by the toner's own weight.
• The intermediate toner hopper contains toner
about half as much as the volumetric capacity
of the hopper. Be sure to set up a bag that
accommodates of the entire toner amount.
[3]
[2]
[5]
6.
[4]
Enter 54-00 in "I/O check mode" in the service
mode and press the start button.
7.
Insert the connecting shutter [1] fully deep and
open it to discharge toner in the hopper. (This
takes about 5 minutes.)
NOTE
• While discharging, be sure to rotate the gear
[2] several times in the arrow-marked direction [3] once in a while so that toner that is
above the agitator plate assembly is discharged.
• When rotating the gear [2] and no more toner
is discharged, it is considered that almost all
toner has been recovered.
[1]
[6]
• Be sure to avoid sucking toner in the interme1050fs2784c
diate toner hopper with a vacuum cleaner.
Using a cleaner may cause damage electrostatically to the toner remaining sensor /1
(PS31).
60
2
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[2]
8.
9.
[1]
Press the stop button.
Remove 5 screws [1] and then remove the intermediate toner hopper cover assembly [2] in the
arrow-marked direction [3].
NOTE
• The intermediate toner hopper cover assembly [5] will also be adhered with toner. Be
careful that it does not scatter.
[3]
[1]
1050fs2802c
10. Rotate the gear [1] in the arrow-marked direction
[2]
until 2 screws [3] that hold the agitator plate
assembly [2] turns up.
NOTE
• At this time, the sheet of the agitator plate
assembly /1 jumps up. Be sure to cover about
half of it with paper so that toner does not
scatter.
11. Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the agitator plate assembly /1 [2].
[5]
[3]
[4]
NOTE
1050fs2785c
• Be sure not to rotate the gear [1] after removing the agitator plate assembly /1. Rotating it
may cause a phase lag with the agitator plate
assembly /2 [5], thus making it impossible to
detect the remaining amount of toner properly.
2
61
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
12. Remove the two screw [1] and remove the stir[2]
ring plate /2 assembly [2].
13. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
NOTE
• The recovered toner may get mixed with
impurities. Be sure to dispose of it, do not put
it back in the intermediate toner hopper.
[1]
1050fs5101c
62
2
3. PERIODIC CHECK
C. Replacing the toner supply sleeves /1 and /2
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Toner supply sleeve /1: Every 3,000,000 prints
• Toner supply sleeve /2: Every 3,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
[1]
1.
2.
Remove the left cover.(See P.250)
Open the front doors /Rt [1] and /Lt [2] and the
toner supply door [3].
[2]
3.
4.
5.
Remove the toner bottle [4]. (See P.59)
6.
Remove 6 screws [1] and then remove the toner
Remove the toner supply door. (See P.254)
Replace the toner supply cover /A assembly [5].
[4]
[3]
[5]
[1]
1050fs2006c
[2]
[1]
supply protective assembly [2].
7.
Pull out the toner supply cover /A assembly [3]
until the lock is released.
NOTE
• If the toner supply cover /A assembly [3] is
set, the lock section [5] remains in contact
when the toner supply lock assembly [4] is
removed. Be sure to pull out the toner supply
cover /A assembly [3].
8.
9.
10.
11.
[7]
[5] [3] [4]
[6]
Remove 2 screws [6].
Remove 2 screws [7].
Pull out tray /2.
Remove the toner supply lock assembly [4].
1050fs2007c
63
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
12. Remove 2 connectors [1] and the wiring harness
from the wiring harness clamp.
[1]
1050fs2008c
13. Release 2 hose clamps [1] and remove 2 hoses
[5]
[2]
[3] from the toner feed case [2].
NOTE
• Keep each of the released hose clamps [1]
near the connecting opening of each hose [3].
• When the hose [3] is removed from the toner
feed case [2], toner may spill out of each
hose. Be careful that the inside of the main
body does not get stained with toner.
• The hose connecting section of the toner feed
case [2] and the hose [3] are provided with the
[3]
toner supply installation label [4] that indicates the respective points to which a con-
[1]
[3]
nection is made. When installing each hose,
be sure to make a connection between the
points having the corresponding toner supply
installation label [4].
14. Release the cable clamp [5] and pull out the hose
[2]
[3] to the outside of the main body.
NOTE
• The hose [3] may be damaged when the toner
[4]
[4]
1050fs2009c
supply unit [6] is being removed. Be sure to
pull it out to the outside of the main body.
64
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[2]
15. Remove the screws [1] and [2], and pull out and
[1]
[3]
remove the toner supply unit [3].
1050fs2010c
NOTE
[1]
• When reinstalling the toner supply unit [1], be
sure to insert 2 guide pins [2] on the rear side
[4]
and 2 guide pins [3] on the front side into the
respective guide holes [4] of the main body
frame.
[3]
[1]
[4]
[2]
1050fs2011c
65
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
16. Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the toner
supply protective plate [2].
[2]
[1]
[2]
[1]
1050fs2012c
17. Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the cover
/Up [2].
[2]
[1]
[2]
[1]
1050fs2404c
66
3. PERIODIC CHECK
NOTE
[6]
• When reinstalling the cover /Up [2], set the
[8]
projection [5] of the cover /Lw [4] to the positioning hole [3] of the cover /Up [2] and then
insert the projection [6] of the cover /Up [2]
into the slit [8] of the drive board [7].
[7]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
1050fs2013c
67
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
18. Remove the toner supply sleeves /1 [1].
19. Push the coupling in the arrow-marked direction
[2] and remove the toner supply sleeve /2 [3].
[3]
[1]
[2]
1050fs2014c
NOTE
[2]
[1]
• Be sure to reinstall the toner supply sleeves /1
[1] and /2 [2] in the direction as shown in the
drawing.
20. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
NOTE
• After completion of disassembly/assembly of
the toner supply unit, be sure to select the
code 54-09 (rotation of the toner pump motor
(M28) and the air pump motor (M29)) in the I/O
check mode of the service mode and then
press the start button.
When toner drops off into the mixing section
due to the vibration of the disassembly/
assembly, this may cause the codes SC23-14
and SC23-17. (See chapter III "4.6.1 G.
Removing toner from the toner mixing section" in the Field Service for the main body.)
[1]
68
[2]
1050fs2015c
3. PERIODIC CHECK
D. Replacing the pump units /Lt and /Rt
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Pump unit /Lt: Every 10,000,000 prints
• Pump unit /Rt: Every 10,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1.
Remove the rear cover and the upper covers /
Rr1 and /Rr2.(See P.250)
2.
Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the exterior mounting plate [2].
[1]
[2]
[1]
1050fs2016c
69
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[2]
[1]
[3]
[5]
3.
4.
Disconnect 2 connectors [1].
Release 2 hose clamps [2] and remove 2 hoses
[4] from the pump unit /Rt [3].
NOTE
• Keep each of the released hose clamps [2]
near the connecting opening of each hose [4].
• When the hose [4] is removed from the pump
unit /Rt [3], the toner may spill out of each
hose. Be careful that the inside of the main
body does not get stained with the toner.
• The hose connecting section of the pump unit
/Rt [3] and the hose [4] are provided with the
toner supply installation label [5] that indicates the respective points to which a con-
[5]
[5]
[4]
nection is made. When installing each hose,
1050fs2017c
be sure to make a connection between the
points having the corresponding toner supply
installation label [5].
[3]
[1]
5.
6.
[2]
Disconnect 2 connectors [1].
Release 2 hose clamps [2] and remove 2 hoses
[4] from the pump unit /Lt [3].
NOTE
• Keep each of the released hose clamps [2]
near the connecting opening of each hose [4].
• When the hose [4] is removed from the pump
unit /Lt [3], the toner may spill out of each
hose. Be careful that the inside of the main
body does not get stained with the toner.
• The hose connecting section of the pump unit
/Lt [3] and the hose [4] are provided with the
toner supply installation label [5] that indicates the respective points to which a con-
[5]
[4]
[5]
nection is made. When installing each hose,
1050fs2405c
be sure to make a connection between the
points having the corresponding toner supply
installation label [5].
70
3. PERIODIC CHECK
7.
Remove the screws [1], two each, and remove
the pump unit /Lt [2] and the pump unit /Rt [3].
[3]
NOTE
[2]
[1]
• When reinstalling each pump unit, be sure to
insert the toner supply spacer [4] between the
[1]
attaching surfaces.
8.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[4]
[4]
1050fs2018c
71
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.5.5
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Cleaning/toner recycle section
A. Removing/reinstalling the cleaning section
NOTE
• Be sure to avoid touching the edge of the cleaning blade with bare hands.
• Before reinstalling the cleaning section, be sure to clean the cleaning section with a blower brush
and a cleaning pad.
• When reinstalling the cleaning section, be sure to apply setting powder to the entire periphery of
the drum and the cleaning blade regardless of these parts being new or used ones.
• When the drum is applied with setting powder, be sure conduct the following operations before
installing the photo conductor section to the main body:
1) To obtain an accurate toner density, clean setting powder splashed onto the gamma sensor
and the maximum density sensor on the toner control sensor board (TCSB) with a cleaning pad
soaked in drum cleaner.
2) With the charger unit and the developing unit removed, rotate the drum one full turn (for splash
prevention of setting powder to the charger and prevention against the image getting blurred).
(1) Procedure
1.
Rotate the drum one full turn by hand.
NOTE
• Be sure to rotate the drum one full turn to pre-
[7]
vent the toner on the guide brush inside the
cleaning section from falling down.
2.
Pull the photo conductor section out of the main
body. (See P.38)
3.
[1]
Release the 2 levers [1] that holding the cleaning
section.
4.
Remove the connector [2], remove the wiring
harness from the clamp [3] and then remove the
cleaning section [4].
[4]
NOTE
• When removing the cleaning section, be sure
[3]
to move it along the ribs [5] of the photo con-
[2]
ductor section with the opposite side of the
drum contacting section slanted to about 15°.
When reinstalling it, be sure to set the reference pin [6] of the photo conductor section to
the notch [7] of the cleaning section.
5.
[5]
[6]
72
1050fs2117c
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. Replacing the cleaning blade
NOTE
• When replacing the cleaning blades, be sure to replace 2 blades at the same time.
• Be sure to avoid touching the edge of the cleaning blade with bare hands.
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Cleaning blade: Every 750,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1.
Pull the photo conductor section out of the main
body. (See P.38)
[1]
2.
3.
Remove the cleaning section. (See P.72)
Remove the screw [1] and then remove the
cleaning blade /2 [2].
4.
[2]
Reinstall a new cleaning blade /2.
1050fs2119c
73
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
5.
With the blade release arm [1] raised in the
arrow-marked direction [2], rotate the blade
replacement lever [3] in the arrow-marked direction [4] to turn the cleaning blade /2.
[2]
NOTE
• Be sure to keep the blade release arm raised
up, do not let go of it.
[1]
[3]
[4]
1050fs2120c
74
3. PERIODIC CHECK
6.
Bring down the blade release arm [1] in the
arrow-marked direction [2].
NOTE
[1]
• Be sure to keep hold of the blade replacement
lever [3] being rotated, do not let go of it.
[2]
7.
Release the hand that is holding the blade
replacement lever.
[3]
1050fs2121c
8.
Remove the screw [1] and then remove the
cleaning blade /1 [2].
[1]
9. Install a new cleaning blade /1.
10. Remove toner adhered to the lower [3] and
upper [4] blade sides of the cleaning section with
a cleaning pad.
[4]
[3]
[2]
1050fs2503c
75
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
11. Reinstall the parts after that following the removal
[2]
steps in reverse.
NOTE
• After replacing the cleaning blades /1 and /2,
be sure to check to see if the blade replacement lever [1] has been pulled.
• After replacing the cleaning blades /1 and /2,
be sure to conduct the blade set mode in the
service mode to prevent the blade from curling up.(See P.346)
• Be sure to avoid using the blade set mode
[1]
fs503fs2153c
other than when replacing the cleaning blade.
Otherwise, the cleaning blade count of the
fixed parts count is reset so that the blade is
not replaced automatically at the correct timing.
76
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
C. Cleaning/replacing the toner seal board
NOTE
• Be sure to avoid touching the edge of the cleaning blade with bare hands.
(1) Periodic cleaning cycle
• Toner seal board: Every 750,000 prints
(2) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Toner seal board: Every 3,000,000 prints
(3) Procedure
[4]
[6]
1.
[5]
Pull the photo conductor section out of the main
body. (See P.38)
2.
3.
Remove the cleaning section. (See P.72)
Remove the screws [1] and [2], and then remove
the toner seal board [3].
4.
Clean the sheet section [4] of the toner seal
board with a blower brush and a cleaning pad.
[3]
NOTE
• When reinstalling the toner seal board, be
sure to first of all install the screw [1].
• When both sides [5] of the sheet section of
the toner seal board get inside of the toner
guide brush [6], an overflow toner may result.
On such an occasion, a correction should be
made so that the warp of the sheet section
[2]
[1]
[3]
becomes parallel to the toner guide brush or
1050fs2122c
it turns a little to this side (less than 1 mm).
5.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
77
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
D. Replacing the toner guide brush/scattering prevention felt/seal plate
NOTE
• Be sure to avoid touching the edge of the cleaning blade with bare hands.
• When reinstalling the toner guide brush, apply setting powder uniformly with the toner guide brush
removed.
• Be absolutely sure to avoid touching the brush section of the toner guide brush with bare hands.
Also, be careful that the brush section does not come in direct contact with other objects.
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Toner guide brush: Every 1,500,000 prints
• Scattering prevention felt: Every 1,500,000 prints
• Seal plate /Fr: Every 1,500,000 prints
• Seal plate /Rr: Every 1,500,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1.
[2]
Pull the photo conductor section out of the main
body. (See P.38)
2.
3.
4.
Remove the cleaning section. (See P.72)
Remove the toner seal board.(See P.77)
Remove the screw [1] and then remove the seal
plate /Fr [2].
5.
Remove the screw [3] and then remove the seal
plate /Rr [4].
[1]
[4]
[3]
1050fs2118c
78
3. PERIODIC CHECK
6.
Move the toner guide brush [1] in the order of the
arrow-marks [2] and [3] and remove it.
NOTE
• When reinstalling the toner guide brush, be
sure to set the pin [6] of the toner guide brush
to the coupling slit [5] of the cleaning section
[4].
[6]
7.
[2]
[1]
After removal of the toner guide brush, clean up
the installation section of the seal plates /Fr and /
Rr by a vacuum cleaner.
[4]
[5]
[3]
1050fs2123c
79
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
8.
[2]
Remove the C-clip [3], the bearing [4], the scattering prevention felt [5], the bearing fixing member [6] and the toner prevention collar [7] in this
order from the shaft [2] of the toner guide brush
[1].
[3]
[1]
NOTE
• Be careful that the toner prevention collar
does not get lost.
9.
[5]
steps in reverse.
[6]
[4]
[7]
1050fs2124c
80
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
3. PERIODIC CHECK
E. Replacing the toner guide plate assembly
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Cleaning gear /A assembly: 6,000,000 prints
• Cleaning gear /B: 15,000,000 prints
• Toner guide plate assembly: Every 3,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1.
[1]
[5]
Pull the photo conductor section out of the main
body. (See P.38)
[2]
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the cleaning section. (See P.72)
Remove the toner seal board. (See P.77)
Remove the seal plate. (See P.78)
Remove the E-rings [1], one each, and then
remove 2 cleaning mounting lever collars [2].
[4]
6.
Remove the screws [3] (B tight M3 x 8) and [4]
(TPM3 x 6) and then remove the drive reinforcing
plate [5].
[3]
[2]
[1]
1050fs2125c
NOTE
• When installing the drive reinforcing plate, be
careful not to confuse the screw [3] with the
screw [4].
• When installing the drive reinforcing plate, be
sure to tighten the screw [3] and the screw [4]
in this order after fastening each of the cleaning mounting lever collar with the E-ring.
7.
[1]
Remove the cleaning gear /A assembly [1].
1050fs2423d
2
81
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
[4][5]
[3]
[2]
8.
[1]
Remove the E-ring [2] from the toner guide shaft
[1], and remove the cleaning gear /B [3].
NOTE
• While removing the cleaning gear /A assembly
or the cleaning gear/B [3], the bearing [4] and
the splash prevention felt [5] may come off. If
the felt become detached, make sure to
replace it with a new one.
1050fs2424d
[2]
9.
[1]
Remove the E-ring [2] from the toner guide shaft
[1].
1050fs2425d
10. Remove the C-clip [1] and remove the bearing
[1]
[2]
[3]
[2].
11. Pull out the toner guide shaft [3] to remove it.
1050fs2426d
82
2
3. PERIODIC CHECK
NOTE
[1][2]
• When reinstalling the toner guide shaft, be
sure to insert it while holding it down from the
outside so that the bearing [1] does not come
off.
• If the bearing and the splash prevention felt
[2] become detached while inserting the toner
guide shaft, make sure to replace the splash
prevention felt with a new one.
1050fs2427d
2
83
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
12. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the toner
[1]
guide plate assembly [2].
NOTE
• When reinstalling the toner guide plate
assembly, be sure to hit it against the lower
side before fixing it.
13. Clean up the exterior of the cleaning unit with a
cleaning pad and a blower brush.
14. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2]
[1]
84
1050fs2130c
F.
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Cleaning when removing the cleaning unit (when conducting maintenance work)
NOTE
• When removing the cleaning unit, be sure to clean thoroughly both the inside and the inner wall of
the cleaning unit and the recycle pipe with as little toner left as possible. When cleaning is insufficient, toner may spill over the conveyance section.
(1) Procedure
1.
Pull out the photo conductor section from the
main body. (See P.38)
2.
3.
4.
Remove the cleaning section.(See P.72)
Remove the toner seal board.(See P.77)
Remove the toner guide brush/seal plates Fr and
Rr.(See P.78)
5.
Tap the casing [1] section softly to let the recycled toner adhering to the inner wall drop off.
[1]
1050fs2431c
6.
Rotate the gear [1] in the arrow-marked direction
to discharge toner to the outside.
7.
Repeat the steps 5 and 6 until there is no toner
discharged. And finally, clean the inside with a
vacuum cleaner.
[1]
1050fs2432c
8.
Tap the recycle pipe softly to let the recycled toner
adhering to the inner wall drop off into the pipe.
9.
Rotate the gear [1] of the recycle screw counterclockwise and open the shutter section [2] to discharge toner.
10. Repeat the steps 8 and 9 until there is no toner
discharged.
11. Clean the cleaning unit mounting place (photo
conductor section) with a vacuum cleaner.
NOTE
• When cleaning it with a vacuum cleaner, be
[1]
[2]
1050fs2433c
careful that the vacuum cleaner does not
come into contact with drum.
12. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
85
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.5.6
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Paper feed section
A. Removing/reinstalling the pick-up roller assembly/separation roller assembly
NOTE
• The pick-up roller assembly/separation roller assembly are CMS corresponding parts.
(1) Procedure
NOTE
• The method for replacing the pick-up roller assembly/separation roller assembly is the same for
tray /1 and tray /2. The explanation here is given for tray /1.
• After completion of the installation, rotate the pick-up roller in the direction of the paper feed
(counterclockwise as seen from the front) to check to see if the paper feed roller, the belt and the
coupling section rotate smoothly. The rotation of the pick-up roller is restricted only to the direction of the paper feed (counterclockwise as seen from the front) and be absolutely sure not to turn
it clockwise.
• Be sure to take note that the direction of the pick-up roller is different for the main body and the
PF.
1.
When the power switch is off, open the toner
supply door.
2.
[2]
[1]
1050fs2700c
86
Raise up the tray lock lever [1] lightly and pull out
the tray [2].
[2]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.
[3]
Rotate the pick-up roller [1] in the arrow-marked
direction (counterclockwise as seen from the
front) and place the coupling [2] in the longitudinal direction.
[1]
NOTE
• The rotation of the pick-up roller [1] is
restricted only to the arrow-marked direction
(counterclockwise). It does not rotate in the
reverse direction (counterclockwise). So, be
sure not to turn it in this direction forcibly.
1050fs2701c
[2]
4.
Remove 2 C-clips [3].
5.
6.
Remove the bearing /Fr [1].
Slide the bearing /Rr [2] to the rear side.
NOTE
• When installing the bearing /Fr [1], /Rr [2],
insert it in the notch [5] of the metal frame
[1]
while pressing down a little the metal frame
[3] of the pick-up roller assembly to make
level the flat portion [4] of the bearing /Rr [2].
And then insert the bearing /Fr [1] in the same
manner as with the bearing /Rr.
[4]
[5]
[2]
[3]
1050fs2702c
87
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
7.
Hold the pick-up roller assembly [1] by hand and
lift the paper feed roller [3] up to tilt while rotating
it around the shaft [2] of the pick-up roller, and
then remove it from the notch [4] of the bearing
[7]
and the coupling [5].
NOTE
• When removing the pick-up roller [1], be careful not to damage the sensor [7] with the
metal frame [6].
[5]
[3]
[6]
[4]
[2]
88
[1]
1050fs2703c
3. PERIODIC CHECK
8.
Remove the pick-up roller shaft [2] from the arm
[1] of the paper feed guide plate and then remove
[3]
the pick-up roller assembly [3].
[2]
[1]
[3]
1050fs2704c
9.
[2]
[1]
Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the
entrance guide plate [2].
1050fs2705c
89
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
10. Remove 2 screws [1].
[2]
NOTE
• When reinstalling it, fasten it with the screws
while pressing down the separation roller
assembly [2].
[1]
1050fs2706c
11. After pulling out the front side of the separation
roller assembly [1], remove the coupling [2] in the
rear from the joint [3].
[3]
NOTE
• When reinstalling it, be sure to engage the
coupling pin [2] with the joint [3] before installation.
[2]
12. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
NOTE
• After completion of the installation, hold the
[1]
pick-up roller lightly and rotate it in the direction of the paper feed (counterclockwise as
seen from the front) to check to see if the
paper feed roller, the belt and the coupling
section rotate smoothly. (The rotation of the
pick-up roller is restricted only to the direc-
1050fs2707c
tion of the paper feed (counterclockwise as
seen from the front) and be absolutely sure
not to turn it clockwise.)
90
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. Replacing the pick-up roller/paper feed roller
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Pick-up roller: Every 2,250,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 500,000 prints)
• Paper feed roller: Every 2,250,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 500,000 prints)
(2) Procedure
NOTE
• The outward appearance of the collar is identical for the paper feed roller and the separation roller.
However, a one-way mechanism is provided on the inside of the collar of the paper feed roller with
no mechanism provided for the separation roller. Be careful not to confuse one with the other.
1.
2.
Remove the pick-up roller assembly.
Remove the C-clip [1], remove the coupling bearing [2] and then remove the mounting bracket [3].
[2]
[1]
[3]
1050fs2708
3.
Pull out the shaft [3] from the collar [1] and
remove the pick-up roller [2] from the collar [1].
NOTE
• When reinstalling it, take note of the direction
of the pick-up roller. Be sure to insert the collar [1] from the side provided with the groove
[4].
[3]
[1]
[2]
[4]
1050fs2709c
91
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[2]
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
4.
[3]
Remove the C-clip [1] and pull out the collar [2]
and the paper feed roller [3].
NOTE
• When reinstalling it, take note of the direction
of the paper feed roller. Be sure to insert the
collar [2] from the side provided with the
groove [4].
5.
[1]
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[4]
[3]
[2]
1050fs2710c
92
3. PERIODIC CHECK
C. Replacing the separation roller
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Separation roller: Every 2,250,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 500,000 prints)
(2) Procedure
NOTE
• The outward appearance of the collar is identical for the separation roller and the paper feed roller.
However, a one-way mechanism is provided on the inside of the collar of the paper feed roller with
no mechanism provided for the separation roller. Be careful not to confuse one with the other.
[1]
1.
2.
Remove the separation roller assembly.
Remove the C-clip [1], slide the shaft and remove
the separation roller [3] together with the shaft
[2].
[3]
[2]
[1]
1050fs2711c
[4]
[5]
[3]
[2]
3.
Pull out the gear [2], the collar [3] and the separation roller [4] from the shaft [1] in the arrowmarked direction and remove them.
NOTE
• When reinstalling it, take note of the direction
of the separation roller. Be sure to insert it
into the shaft [2] from the side provided with
the groove [5].
• The outward appearance is identical for the
collar [6] of the separation roller and the col-
[6]
[7]
lar [7] of the paper feed roller. However, the
one-way mechanism is provided on the inside
of the collar [7] of the paper feed roller with
[8]
no mechanism provided for the collar [6] of
the separation roller. Be careful not to confuse one with the other.
4.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
1050fs2712c
93
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
D. Removing/reinstalling the tray
Caution:
• The tray is heavy. Be sure to conduct this operation with two people.
NOTE
• The procedure for removing/reinstalling the trays /1 to /2 is identical. The explanation here is made
of the tray /1.
• When raising up the tray, be sure to hold it at the specified positions. Holding it at positions other
than those specified may cause damage to the tray, thus resulting in a paper feed jam.
(1) Procedure
1.
2.
Open the toner supply door.
Lightly raise up the tray lock lever [1] and pull out
the tray [2].
[2]
[1]
1050fs2715c
94
3.
When paper remains in the tray, take it all out.
3. PERIODIC CHECK
4.
[2]
[1]
Remove the stopper screws [2], one each, provided at either side of the rail [1] and pull the tray
further out.
[2]
1050fs2716c
95
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[1]
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
[2]
[4]
[3]
5.
Remove the screws [1], one each, provided at
either side of he rail, hold the tray [2] at the specified positions [3] and raise it up to remove it.
NOTE
• When raising up the tray, be sure to hold it at
the specified positions [3] and raise it up with
two persons.
• Be absolutely sure to avoid holding it at positions [4] that can be easily deformed. This
may affect the paper tray, thus resulting in a
[3]
jam.
[1]
• When reinstalling it, be sure to check to see if
the knobs [5] provided at the 4 places on the
rail are securely in the notches [6] of the tray.
6.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[5]
96
[6]
1050fs2717c
3. PERIODIC CHECK
E. Replacing the paper feed clutch/separation clutch
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Paper feed clutch /1 (CL4), /2 (CL6): Every 15,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 3,000,000
prints)
• Separation clutch /1 (CL5), /2 (CL7): Every 15,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 3,000,000
prints)
1.
[1]
[2]
Remove the rail stopper screw of the tray and
pull out the tray.
2.
Remove 3 screws [1] and then remove the clutch
cover [2].
1050fs2713c
[4]
3.
[7]
Disconnect 2 connectors [1] and remove the 2
wire binding bands [2].
4.
Remove 2 C-clips [3] and then remove the paper
feed clutch [4] and the separation clutch [5].
[3]
[6]
[5]
NOTE
• When reinstalling it, be sure to engage the
stopper [6] of the clutch with the stopper sec-
[6]
tion [7].
[7]
5.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2]
[1]
1050fs2714c
97
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.5.7
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Vertical conveyance section
A. Removing/reinstalling the vertical conveyance unit
(1) Procedure
[2]
[1]
1.
2.
[3]
Remove the right cover.
Pull the knob [1] and remove the paper dust
guide holder [2].
NOTE
• The roller may get stained with paper dust
that has gathered in the paper dust guide
holder [2]. Be sure to remove it when remov-
[4]
[4]
ing the vertical conveyance unit.
3.
4.
[5]
Disconnect the connector [3].
Remove 4 screws [4] and then remove the vertical conveyance unit [5].
[6]
NOTE
• When placing the vertical conveyance unit, be
sure to place it with the jam open/close door
side down. Placing it with the roller side down
1050fs2732c
may cause damage to the gear [6]. When
placing it with the roller side down, be sure to
remove 2 gears [6].
5.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
NOTE
• Pulling out the main body tray with the vertical conveyance unit removed may damage
the guide roller that brings down forcibly the
pick-up roller of the main body tray. Be absolutely sure not to pull out the main body tray
with the vertical conveyance unit removed.
• When reinstalling it, be sure to move the vertical conveyance unit [5] to the rear side and
tighten it up with the screws [4].
98
3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Replacing the pre-registration clutch/vertical conveyance clutch
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Pre-registration clutch /1 (CL1), /2 (CL3): Every 4,500,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 3,000,000
prints)
• Vertical conveyance clutch (CL2): Every 4,500,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 3,000,000 prints)
(2) Procedure
1.
2.
3.
[2]
Remove the right cover.
Remove the vertical conveyance unit. (See P.98)
Remove 2 C-clips [1] and then remove 2 gears
[2].
NOTE
• When reinstalling it, take note of the direction
of the gears.
[1]
1050fs2733c
4.
[5]
[4]
[3]
Disconnect 3 connectors [1] and remove the 3
wire binding bands [2].
[6]
5.
Remove 3 C-clips [3] and then remove the preregistration clutch /1 (CL1) [4], the vertical conveyance clutch (CL2) [5], and the pre-registration
clutch /2 (CL3) [6].
NOTE
• When reinstalling it, set the stopper [7] of the
[8]
[7]
[1]
[2]
clutch to the screw [8].
6.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
1050fs2734c
99
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
C. Replacing the pre-registration roller /1, /2, the registration bearing and the conveyance rollers /2
and /3
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Pre-registration roller /1 and /2: Every 10,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 6,000,000 prints)
• Pre-registration bearing /1 and /2: Every 10,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 6,000,000 prints)
• Conveyance roller /2: Every 10,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 6,000,000 prints)
• Conveyance roller /3: Every 10,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 6,000,000 prints)
(2) Procedure
[4]
[2] [6]
[4]
1.
2.
3.
Remove the right cover.
Remove the vertical conveyance unit.(See P.98)
Remove the pre-registration clutches /1 (CL1)
and /2 (CL3) and the vertical conveyance clutch
[5]
(CL2). (See P.99)
4.
Disconnect 2 connectors [1] and the connector
[2], and remove the wire binding bands [3] at the
5 places.
[3]
5.
Remove 4 screws [4] (one each at either side of
each roller) and then remove the roller covers /1
[7]
[3]
[5] and /2 [6].
[1]
NOTE
[8]
• Be careful that no damage is caused to the
sensor.
• When removing the roller covers /1 [5] and /2
[9]
[6], be sure to pull up the upper side.
• When reinstalling the roller covers /1 [5] and /
2 [6], be sure to set the grooves at both sides
to the projection [8] and then press it lightly in
the direction of the paper through slit [9].
1050fs2735c
100
3. PERIODIC CHECK
6.
[4]
Remove the E-rings [1], one each provided at the
4 places, the bearings [2], one each, the pre-registration roller /1 [3] and the pre-registration roller
/2 [4].
NOTE
[3]
• When removing and reinstalling the pre-registration rollers /1 [3] and /2 [4], be careful that
they are not damaged by the corners of the
guide plate.
[1]
• When reinstalling the bearing [2], be sure to
raise the conveyance guide plate so that it is
in the jam release condition.
[2]
1050fs2736c
7.
[2]
[1]
Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the cover
[2].
1050fs2738c
101
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
8.
[5]
Remove 2 E-rings [1], 2 belt stoppers [2], the belt
[3], 2 pulleys [4] and 2 pins [5].
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
1050fs2739c
[5]
9.
[4]
Remove the E-rings [1], one each provided at 4
places, and then remove the plastic washers [2],
one each, the bearing [3], one each, the vertical
conveyance roller /2 [4] and the vertical conveyance roller /3 [5].
10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
NOTE
• After completion of the installation, check to
see if each roller rotates smoothly.
[3]
[1]
[2]
1050fs2740c
102
3. PERIODIC CHECK
D. Replacing the conveyance roller /1
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Conveyance roller /1: Every 10,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 6,000,000 prints)
(2) Procedure
1.
2.
3.
Remove the right cover.
Remove the vertical conveyance unit. (See P.98)
Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the gear
[2] and the pin [3].
[1]
NOTE
• When installing the E-ring [1], be careful not
to damage the teeth of the gear [2].
[2]
[3]
1050fs2741c
103
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
4.
[4]
Remove 2 E-rings [1], and then remove 2 plastic
washers [2], 2 bearing [3] and the conveyance
roller /1 [4].
NOTE
• When removing and reinstalling the conveyance roller /1 [4], be careful that it does not
get damaged by the corners of the guide
plate.
[1]
• When reinstalling the bearing [3], be sure to
raise the conveyance guide plate so that it
gets into the jam release condition.
[3]
5.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2]
NOTE
• After completion of the installation, check to
see if the roller rotates smoothly.
[3]
[2]
[1]
1050fs2742c
104
3. PERIODIC CHECK
E. Replacing the conveyance exit roller
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Conveyance exit roller: Every 10,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 6,000,000 prints)
• Paper dust guide brush gear assembly: Every 10,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 6,000,000 prints)
(2) Procedure
[2]
1.
Remove the right cover.
2.
Remove the vertical conveyance unit. (See P.98)
3.
Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the cover [2].
4.
Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the gear [2]
[1]
[1]
1050fs2743c
and the pin [3].
[3]
[2]
[1]
1050fs2744c
2
105
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
5.
Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the gear
cover [2] and the bearing [3].
[2]
[1]
NOTE
• When installing the bearing [3], be sure to
install it from the inside to the gear cover [2].
[3]
1050fs2745c
6.
Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the gear
[2] and the pin [3].
NOTE
• The gear removed at the step 4 is different
[3]
from the one removed at the step 6. Be careful not to confuse one with the other.
[2]
[2]
[1]
1050fs2746c
106
3. PERIODIC CHECK
7.
[1]
Remove the Paper dust guide brush gear assembly
[1].
1050fs5103c
[2]
[1]
[3]
8.
Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the gear [2]
and the pin [3].
1050fs2747c
2
107
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[1]
[2]
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
[4]
9.
[3]
Disconnect the connector [1] and remove 2 wire
binding bands [2].
10. Remove 4 screws [3] and then remove the sensor mounting plate [4].
[3]
1050fs2748c
108
[3]
[2]
[1]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[1]
11. Remove 2 E-rings [1], 2 washers [2] and 2 bear-
[2] [3]
ings [3], and take out the conveyance exit roller
[4].
NOTE
• When taking out the conveyance exit roller
[4], the bearing [6] of the paper dust guide
brush assembly [5] is displaced. When reinstalling it, be sure to get it back to the original
place.
12. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[4]
[5]
[6]
[6]
1050fs2749c
109
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
F.
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Replacing the paper dust guide brush assembly
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Paper dust guide brush assembly: Every 4,500,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 3,000,000 prints)
(2) Procedure
1.
[1]
Pull the knob [1] and remove the paper dust
guide holder [2].
[2]
1050fs2750c
[2]
2.
[3]
from the shaft [3] of the paper dust guide brush.
[1]
1050fs2751c
110
Remove the screw [1] and pull out the holder [2]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[1]
3.
[2]
Remove the shaft [1] of the paper dust guide
brush assembly from the coupling [2] and then
remove the paper dust guide brush assembly
and the bearing [4].
4.
[3]
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[4]
1050fs2752c
G. Cleaning of the paper dust guide holder
(1) Procedure
1.
[1]
Pull the knob [1] and remove the paper dust
guide holder [2].
2.
Clean the paper dust guide holder [2] with the air
brush.
3.
[2]
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
1050fs2753c
111
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.5.8
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
ADU
A. Pulling out/reinstallation of the ADU
Caution:
• Be absolutely sure to avoid forcibly turning ON the interlock switches /1 (MS1) and /2 (MS2) with
the ADU pulled out. Otherwise, a high voltage may unexpectedly develop.
(1) Procedure
1.
[2]
Open the front door /Rt [1] and the front door /Lt
[2].
[1]
2.
While pressing the lock release lever [3] with a
driver in the arrow-marked direction, pull out the
ADU and bring the lever [4] down to pull out the
ADU section [5].
3.
When reinstalling it, push in the ADU and bring
up the lever that pulls out the ADU section.
[4]
[5]
[3]
112
1050fs2001c
3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Cleaning of the paper dust removing brush for the registration roller /Lw
(1) Periodic cleaning cycle
• Paper dust removing brush for the registration roller /Lw: Every 750,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1.
2.
[3]
Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
After sliding once the paper dust removing lever
[1] in the arrow-marked direction [2], pull out and
remove the paper dust removing brush [3] for the
registration roller /Lw.
(The picture shows the lever that has been pulled
[2]
out a little.)
NOTE
• When reinstalling the paper dust removing
brush for the registration roller /Lw, be sure to
insert it fully until it hits against the back.
[1]
When the paper dust removing brush for the
1050fs2131c
registration roller /Lw is not inserted fully, this
may block the light path of detection of the
registration sensor (PS40), thus resulting in a
jam.
3.
[1]
Clean the cleaning section [2] of the paper dust
removing brush [1] for the registration roller /Lw
with the blower brush.
4.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2]
fs503fs2132c
113
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
C. Cleaning of the paper dust removing brush for the registration roller /Up
(1) Periodic cleaning cycle
• Paper dust removing brush for the registration roller /Up: Every 750,000 prints
(2) Procedure
[2]
1.
2.
[3]
Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Push out the projections [1], two each, and
release the lock to remove 2 paper dust removing brushes /1 [2] and /2 [3] for the registration
roller /Up.
[3]
[1]
1050fs2133c
3.
[1]
Clean each of 2 cleaning sections [2] of the
paper dust removing brush [1] for the registration
roller /Up.
4.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2]
114
fs503fs2134c
3. PERIODIC CHECK
D. Cleaning of the registration sensor
(1) Periodic cleaning cycle
• Registration sensor: Every 750,000 prints
(2) Procedure
[1]
[2]
1.
2.
Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove 2 screws [1] and release the fixing of the
sensor mounting piece [2].
fs503fs2135c
3.
[2]
Turn over the sensor mounting piece [1] and
clean the registration sensor (PS40) [2] with the
blower brush.
4.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1]
fs503fs2136c
115
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
E. Replacing the transfer/separation charger unit
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Transfer/separation charger unit: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1.
2.
[1]
Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the screw [1] and then remove the connector cover [2].
[2]
1050fs2019c
3.
[3]
Disconnect the connector [1].
NOTE
• When the transfer/separation charger unit is a
PCS corresponding part (See "6.5 PCS corresponding parts"), remove also the connector
[2].
4.
Loosen 2 screws [3] and remove the transfer/
separation unit [4].
5.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[4]
[3]
[1]
116
[2]
1050fs2020c
F.
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Removing/reinstalling the ADU cover
(1) Procedure
1.
2.
Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the screw [1] and then remove the lever
[2] that pulls out the ADU section.
[6]
[4]
3.
Loosen 2 screws [4] and remove the ADU cover /
Lt [5].
4.
Loosen 2 screws [6] and remove the ADU cover /
Rt [7].
5.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[5]
[7]
[3]
[1]
[2]
1050fs2023c
117
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
G. Removing/reinstalling the registration section
(1) Procedure
1.
2.
3.
[2]
Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the ADU cover. (See P.117)
Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the multi
feed sensor cover [2] while removing the wire
harness from the cord clamp.
[1]
fs503fs2138c
4.
[1]
[1]
[1]
118
1050fs2139c
Remove 5 connectors [1].
3. PERIODIC CHECK
5.
Remove the screw [1] and check the position of
the graduation in the screw [1] section.
[1]
6.
7.
Remove 3 screws [2].
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2]
NOTE
• Reinstall the registration section so that it
comes to the same graduation as that used
for removal.
[3]
[2]
1050fs2140c
1
119
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
H. Replacing the discharge wire/transfer presser rubber
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Discharge wire: Every 750,000 prints
• Transfer presser rubber: Every 750,000 prints
(2) Procedure
[2]
[1]
1.
2.
[1]
Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the transfer/separation charger unit.
(See P.116)
3.
4.
[4]
[1]
[1]
120
Release the locks [1] at the 6 places and remove
the plunging prevention plates /1 [2] and /2 [3].
[5]
[3]
1050fs2146c
Remove the spark arrester plates /Fr [4] and /Rr
[5].
3. PERIODIC CHECK
5.
[1]
Remove the springs [1], one each, 3 discharge
wires [2] and 3 transfer presser rubbers [3].
NOTE
• When reinstalling the discharge wire, be sure
to insert each wire into the notch [4] of each
of the transfer presser rubbers.
• Reinstall the discharge wire so that the hook
[5] of each spring turns to the inside.
6.
[2]
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[5]
[3]
[4]
[3]
[2]
1050fs2147c
121
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
I.
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Replacing the transfer cleaning assembly/separation cleaning assemblies /1 and /2 and C-clips
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Transfer cleaning assembly: Every 750,000 prints
• Separation cleaning assembly /1: Every 750,000 prints
• Separation cleaning assembly /2: Every 750,000 prints
• C-clip: Every 750,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1.
2.
[2]
Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the transfer/separation charger unit.
(See P.116)
3.
4.
[1]
Remove the discharge wire. (See P.120)
Remove 3 C-clips [2] from the shaft [1] of each of
the cleaning assemblies.
[3]
5.
Turn over the transfer/separation charger unit [3]
and remove the transfer cleaning assembly [4]
and the separation cleaning assemblies /1 [5]
and /2 [6].
6.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[4]
[5]
[6]
122
1050fs2148c
J.
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Replacing the transfer assist sheet assembly
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Transfer assist sheet assembly: Every 1,500,000 prints
(2) Procedure
[2]
1.
2.
Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the transfer/separation charger unit.
(See P.116)
3.
Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the transfer assist sheet assembly [2].
[1]
1050fs2149c
123
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[2]
NOTE
• When reinstalling the transfer assist sheet
assembly [1], make sure that the projections
[2] at both ends get into the spring [3].
• When cramping it with a screw, be sure to put
the spacer [5] in the stepped section of the
screw [4]. At this time, take note that the
spacer does not get caught by the stepped
section of the screw.
After completion of installation, be sure to
check to see if the transfer assist sheet
assembly [1] moves smoothly in the arrow-
[1]
[3]
marked direction.
4.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[5]
[4]
124
1050fs2406c
3. PERIODIC CHECK
K. Replacing the TSL
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• TSL: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1.
2.
Pull out the ADU from the main body.(See P.112))
Remove the transfer/separation charger unit.
(See P.116)
3.
4.
Remove the ADU cover.(See P.117)
Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the transfer exposure cover [2].
5.
Remove the connector [3] and then remove the
TSL [4].
6.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1]
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3]
1050fs2141c
125
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
L. Replacing the registration roller /Up and the registration bearing
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Registration roller /Up: Every 6,000,000 prints
• Registration bearing: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1.
2.
Pull out the ADU from the main body.(See P.112)
Remove the paper dust removing brush for the
registration roller /Lw. (See P.113)
3.
Remove the paper dust removing brush for the
registration roller /Up. (See P.114)
4.
5.
Remove the registration section.(See P.118)
Remove the screw [1] and then remove the knob
[2].
[3]
6.
[4]
Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the gear
[4].
[1]
[2]
126
1050fs2150c
3. PERIODIC CHECK
7.
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Remove 2 springs [1].
[1]
[1]
1050fs2151c
127
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
8.
Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the registration bearing [2].
[2]
[1]
9.
Remove the E-ring [3] and then remove the gear
[4] and the pin [5].
10. Remove the E-ring [6] and then remove the registration bearing [7].
11. Open the pre-transfer jam handler [8] and move
and remove the registration roller /Up [9] in the
arrow-marked directions [10] and [11] in this
order.
[8]
12. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
[9]
steps in reverse.
[11]
[10]
[4]
[3]
[7]
[6]
[5]
128
1050fs2152c
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
M. Replacing the ADU exit roller, ADU conveyance rollers /2, /3 and /4
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• ADU exit roller: Every 6,000,000 prints
• ADU conveyance roller /2: Every 6,000,000 prints
• ADU conveyance roller /3: Every 6,000,000 prints
• ADU conveyance roller /4: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
[1]
Pull out the ADU from the main body.(See P.112)
Remove the ADU cover.(See P.117)
Remove the registration section.(See P.118)
Disconnect the connector [1].
Remove 3 screws [2] and then remove the registration cooling fan (FM17) [3].
[3]
[4]
[2]
1050fs2154c
[3]
[1]
[4]
6.
Disconnect all the connectors [2] (8 pcs.) that are
connected to the ADU drive board /2 [1]and
intermediate connector [3].
7.
Remove 2 screws [4] and then remove the stay
[5] while removing the wiring harness from the
wiring harness clamp.
[2]
[5]
1050fs2155c
129
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
8.
[1]
Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the loop
motor assembly [2].
[2]
[1]
[2]
9.
[1]
[1]
130
1050fs2156c
Remove 3 screws [1] and then remove the registration motor assembly [2].
1050fs2157c
3. PERIODIC CHECK
10. Remove 3 connectors [1], the 2 connector [2],
the 1 connector [3] and the 1 connector [4].
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
1050fs2158c
131
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
11. Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the stay
[2] while removing the wiring harness from the
wiring harness clamp.
12. Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the ADU
lock solenoid assembly [4].
[1]
[1]
[1]
[2]
[1]
[4]
[3]
1050fs2159c
132
3. PERIODIC CHECK
13. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the gear
[2] and the pin [3].
14. Remove 2 screws [4] and then remove the bearing [5].
15. Pull out the ADU exit roller [6] and remove it.
[6]
NOTE
• The roller is provided with one E-ring. Be sure
to remove also this E-ring when replacing the
roller.
[1]
[2]
[4]
[5]
[3]
[6]
1050fs2160c
133
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
[9]
16. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the
[8]
spacer [2].
17. Remove the belt [3] and then remove the pulley
[4] and the pin [5].
18. Remove 2 screws [6] and then remove the bearing [7].
19. Pull out the ADU conveyance roller /4 [8] and
remove it.
20. Following the steps 16 to 19, remove the ADU
conveyance roller /3 [9].
NOTE
• Each roller is provided with one E-ring. Be
sure to remove also this E-ring when replacing the roller.
[2]
[1]
[3]
[4]
[6]
[8]
[7]
134
[5]
1050fs2161c
3. PERIODIC CHECK
21. Remove the E-ring [1].
22. Remove 2 screws [2] and pull out and remove
the ADU conveyance roller /2 [4].
[4]
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3]
1050fs2162c
135
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
23. Remove 5 E-ring [2], the gear [3], the pin [4] and
[7]
the bearing [5] and [6] from the ADU conveyance
roller /2 [1].
NOTE
[2]
[6]
[2]
• When reinstalling the bearing [6], be sure that
the flange [7] turns outside.
24. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1]
[3]
[2]
[4]
[2]
[5]
136
[2]
1050fs2195c
3. PERIODIC CHECK
N. Replacing the ADU conveyance roller /1 /ADU reverse roller/Reverse/exit roller/ADU acceleration
roller/paper exit rollers /1 and /2 assembly
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• ADU conveyance roller /1: Every 6,000,000 prints
• ADU reverse roller: Every 6,000,000 prints
• Reverse/exit roller: Every 6,000,000 prints
• ADU acceleration roller: Every 6,000,000 prints
• Paper exit roller /1: Every 6,000,000 prints
• Paper exit roller /2 assembly: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
[1]
[3]
Pull out the ADU from the main body.(See P.112)
Remove the fusing section.(See P.153)
Open the paper reverse/exit section [1].
Remove the connector [2].
Remove the connectors [4] and [5], 16 pcs in all,
that are connected to the ADU drive board /1
(ADUDB1) [3].
[2]
NOTE
• It is not necessary to remove the connector
[4]
[5]
[7] of the ADU cooling fan /1 (RM15) [6].
[8]
• It is possible to remove the connector [8] on
the wiring harness side instead of removing
the connector [5].
[4]
[6]
[4]
[7]
[4]
[4]
[4]
1050fs2189c
137
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
6.
[1]
[3] [4]
Remove 3 screws [1] and then remove the stay
[2].
NOTE
• When reinstalling the stay, be sure to set the
projection [4] of the ADU to the positioning
hole [3].
[2]
[1]
138
1050fs2190c
3. PERIODIC CHECK
7.
Remove 3 screws [1] and then remove the ADU
acceleration motor assembly [2].
NOTE
• When reinstalling the ADU acceleration motor
assembly, be sure to set the projection [4] of
the ADU to the positioning hole [3].
[3]
[4]
[2]
[1]
[3] [4]
[1]
1050fs2191c
139
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
8.
Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the thick
paper assist solenoid assembly [2].
NOTE
• When reinstalling the thick paper assist solenoid assembly, be sure to set the projection
[4] of the ADU to the positioning hole [3].
[3] [4]
[2]
[1]
[3] [4]
1050fs2192c
9.
[4]
Loosen 3 screws [1] and release the tension of
the belt [4] while sliding the ADU reverse motor
assembly [2] in the arrow-marked direction [3].
[5]
NOTE
[6]
• When setting the belt, the tension is automat-
[7]
[8]
ically adjusted by the spring [5]. Be sure to
tighten up the screw [1] after the belt has
been set.
10. Remove 3 screws [6] and then remove the ADU
[3]
[6]
[2]
reverse motor assembly [2].
NOTE
• When reinstalling the ADU reverse motor
assembly, be sure to set the projection [8] of
the ADU to the positioning hole [7].
[1]
[7] [8]
140
1050fs2193c
3. PERIODIC CHECK
11. Remove 2 screws [2] and pull out the ADU conveyance roller /1 [3].
[2]
[3]
[1]
1050fs2194c
141
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
12. Remove 5 E-ring [2], the gear [3], the pin [4] and
[7]
the bearing [5] and [6] from the ADU conveyance
roller /1 [1].
NOTE
[2]
[6]
[2]
[1]
[3]
[2]
[4]
[2]
[5]
142
[2]
1050fs2195c
• When reinstalling the bearing [6], be sure that
the flange [7] turns outside.
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[1]
[5]
13. Remove 3 screws [1] and then remove the belt
[4] while sliding the pulley [2] of the reverse/exit
motor (M13) in the arrow-marked direction [3].
NOTE
• When setting the belt, the tension is automatically adjusted by the spring [5]. Be sure to
tighten up the screw [1] after the belt has
been set.
[4]
[3]
[2]
1050fs2196c
14. Remove the pierce ring [1], the spacer [2], the
pulley [3] and the pin [4].
15. Remove 2 screws [5] and pull out the ADU
reverse roller [6].
[2]
[3]
[1]
[6]
[5]
[4]
1050fs2197c
143
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
16. Remove 2 pierce rings [2] and the bearing [3]
[4]
from the ADU reverse roller [1].
[3]
NOTE
• When reinstalling the bearing [3], be sure that
the flange [4] turns outside.
[2]
[1]
[2]
1050fs2198c
17. Following the steps 14 to 16, remove the
reverse/exit roller [1] and the ADU acceleration
roller [2].
[2]
144
[1]
1050fs2199c
3. PERIODIC CHECK
18. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the
spacer [2].
19. Remove the belt [3] and then remove the pulley
[4] and the pin [5].
20. Remove 2 screws [6] and pull out the paper exit
roller /2 assembly [7].
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[6]
[7]
[5]
1050fs2200c
145
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
21. Following the steps 18, 19 and 20, pull out the
paper exit roller /1 [1].
[1]
1050fs2202c
22. Remove 2 E-rings [2] and the bearing [3] from the
[4]
paper exit roller /1 [1].
[3]
NOTE
• When reinstalling the bearing [3], be sure that
the flange [4] turns outside.
[2]
23. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1]
[2]
146
1050fs2203c
3. PERIODIC CHECK
O. Replacing the reverse gate
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Reverse gate: Every 10,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1.
2.
Pull out the ADU from the main body.(See P.112)
Loosen 3 screws [1] and remove the reverse section cover [2].
[1]
[2]
1050fs2204c
[2]
[5]
[7]
[5]
[6]
3.
4.
5.
Disconnect the connector [1].
Remove the spring [2].
Remove the screw [3] and release the fixing of
the actuator [4].
6.
Remove 2 screws [5] and then remove the
reverse/exit solenoid assembly [6].
NOTE
• Reinstall the reverse/exit solenoid assembly
so that it comes to the same graduation [7] as
that used for removal.
[1]
[4]
[3]
1503fs2205c
147
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
7.
Remove the E-rings [1], one each, and then
remove 2 bearings [2].
[1]
[2]
8.
Open the reverse door [3] and remove the
reverse gate assembly [4] while sliding it in the
arrow-marked directions [5] and [6] in this order.
[6]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
1050fs2206c
9.
[2]
Remove the screws [1], one each, and then
remove 7 reverse gates [2].
10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1]
1050fs2207c
148
P.
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Replacing the fusing exit roller
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Fusing exit roller: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1.
[1]
Open the front doors /Rt and /Lt, and pull out the
ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
2.
Loosen 3 screws [1] and remove the reverse section cover [2].
[2]
1050fs2786c
149
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.
4.
[2]
Remove 2 connectors [1].
Remove 2 stepped screws [2] and then remove
the paper reverse/exit section [3].
NOTE
• When attaching the stepped screw [2], make
sure that it gets in securely up to the step of
the screw.
[3]
[1]
[2]
[2]
[5]
[7]
1050fs2787c
[5]
[6]
5.
6.
7.
Disconnect the connector [1].
Remove the spring [2].
Remove the screw [3] and release the fixing of
the actuator [4].
8.
Remove 2 screws [5] and then remove the
reverse/exit solenoid assembly [6].
NOTE
• Reinstall the reverse/exit solenoid assembly
so that it comes to the same graduation [7] as
that used for removal.
[1]
150
[4]
[3]
1503fs2205c
3. PERIODIC CHECK
9.
Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the bearing.
[1]
1050fs2792c
[2]
[3]
[1]
10. Remove the E-ring [1] and 2 screws [2], and slide
the bearing [3] in the arrow-marked direction.
1050fs2788c
11. Pull out and remove gently the shaft [1] of the
fusing exit roller so that it does not touch the
guide plate.
[1]
1050fs2789c
151
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[2]
12. Remove the E-ring [1].
13. Remove 4 E-rings [2] and slide 4 pins [3] in the
direction in which they can be removed. And
then pull out 4 fusing exit rollers [4] in the opposite direction to remove them.
14. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[4]
[1]
152
[3]
1050fs2790c
3.5.9
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Fusing section
A. Replacing the cleaning web
Caution:
• Immediately after turning off the main power switch (SW1) or the power switch (SW2), the fusing
section is very hot and you may get burnt. Be sure to start operations when the temperature cools
down sufficiently.
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Cleaning web: Every 750,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1.
2.
[2]
Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the web
cover [2].
[1]
1050fs2163c
3.
Release the couplings [1] provided at the 2
places in the arrow-marked direction and remove
the used cleaning web [2].
[2]
[1]
1050fs2164c
153
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
4.
Set the shaft [2] on the unused side of the new
cleaning web [1] to the driven couplings /Rr [3]
[2]
and /Fr [4].
[3]
[6]
NOTE
• Be sure to set each detent [5] on the driven
couplings to the notch [6] of the shaft on the
[5]
unused side. When the web is installed in the
wrong direction, it does not coincide with the
notch.
5.
Hold either side [8] of the shaft [7] on the take-up
side of the new cleaning web with both hands,
and take up the new cleaning web until the blue
[7]
[1]
line [9] disappears.
NOTE
• The performance of the new cleaning web is
guaranteed from the position in which the
blue line disappears. Be sure to take up the
cleaning web up to this position.
[8]
[9]
[4]
[6]
[2]
154
[5]
1050fs2165c
3. PERIODIC CHECK
6.
[4]
Set the shaft [2] on the take-up side of the new
cleaning web [1] to the take-up couplings /Rr [3]
and /Fr [4].
NOTE
• Be sure to set each detent [5] on the driven
coupling to the notch [6] of the shaft on the
unused side.
7.
The reinstallation hereafter should be made following the removal steps in reverse.
[1]
[2]
[6]
[5]
NOTE
• When the cleaning web is replaced, be sure to
reset the counter of the fusing cleaning web
in the service mode.(See P.373)
[3]
[5]
[6] [2]
1050fs2166c
155
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. Removing/reinstalling the fusing section
Caution:
• Immediately after turning off the main power switch (SW1) or the power switch (SW2), the fusing
section is very hot and you may get burnt. Be sure to start operations when the temperature cools
down sufficiently.
(1) Procedure
[3]
[1]
1.
2.
3.
4.
Pull out the ADU from the main body.(See P.112)
Open the paper reverse/exit section [1].
Open the fusing paper exit section [2].
Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the fusing
cover [4].
[4]
[2]
156
1050fs2002c
3. PERIODIC CHECK
5.
Remove the screw [1] and then remove the lever
assist plate [2].
6.
Remove the screw [3] and release the fixing of
the fusing section [4].
NOTE
• When fixing the fusing section [4], be sure to
tighten up the screw [3] while pressing it
toward the rear side.
[2] [4]
[7]
[1]
7.
8.
Close the fusing paper exit section [5].
Slide the fusing section [4] diagonally to the front
side and hold it up with both hand to remove it.
NOTE
[5]
• When holding up the fusing section, be sure
to hold it at the jam release knob [6] and the
handle [7].
• When reinstalling it, be sure to slide it with the
fusing section set to the reversal section side.
[6]
9.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[3]
1050fs2003c
157
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
C. Opening/closing of the web section
(1) Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Open the fusing paper exit section [1].
Insert the driver [4] into the hole [3] of the shaft
[2], and rotate the shaft to release pressure.
NOTE
• When the web is closed and fixed, be sure to
rotate the shaft to apply pressure.
• Opening the web section disrupts the stability. Be careful it does not fall down.
[5] [6]
5.
Remove 4 screws [6] and open the web section
[5].
[4]
[1]
[6]
158
1
[2]
[3]
1050fs2167c
6.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
3. PERIODIC CHECK
D. Replacing the fusing heater lamps /1 and /2
NOTE
• Be sure to avoid touching the lamp section of the fusing heater lamps /1 and /2 with bare hands.
When touched, be sure to clean it with the roller cleaner.
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Fusing heater lamp /1: Every 3,000,000 prints
• Fusing heater lamp /2: Every 3,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
[3]
[2]
[1]
1.
2.
3.
4.
Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Open the web section [1]. (See P.158)
Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the 2 wiring harness clamps [2].
5.
Remove 2 faston terminals [4] of the fusing
heater lamp /1 [3].
[4]
NOTE
• Be sure to fit in the fusing heater lamps /1 and
/2 with the manufacturer's mark in this side.
• When reinstalling the fusing heater lamp /1,
be sure to insert it securely while taking note
of the position in which the faston terminal is
installed.
6.
Remove the screw [5] and then remove the wiring harness clamp [6].
NOTE
[3]
• When reinstalling the wiring harness clamp,
be sure to install it in the correct position.
[5]
When it is installed in a wrong position, the
fusing cover cannot be attached.
[6]
[4]
1050fs2168c
159
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
7.
[1]
Remove 2 faston terminals [2] of the fusing
heater lamp /2 [1].
NOTE
• When reinstalling the fusing heater lamp /2,
be sure to insert it securely while taking note
of the position in which the faston terminal is
installed.
8.
Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the lamp
fixing plate /Fr [4].
9.
Pull out and remove each of the fusing heater
lamps in the arrow-marked direction [5].
NOTE
[2]
• When reinstalling each of the fusing heater
[6]
lamps, check to see if either end of each lamp
is set in the fitting holes of the lamp fixing
plates /Fr [4] and /Rr [6].
• After each of the fusing heater lamps is
[5]
installed, check to see if it is in touch with the
inner face of the fusing roller /Up [7].
10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[7]
[4]
160
[3]
[5]
[2]
1050fs2407c
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
E. Replacing the fusing roller /Up, the heat insulating sleeve, the bearing and the fusing gear
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Fusing roller /Up: Every 1,500,000 prints
• Heat insulating sleeve: Every 1,500,000 prints
• Bearing: Every 1,500,000 prints
• Fusing gear: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Open the web section [1]. (See P.158)
Remove the fusing heater lamps /1 and /2.
(See P.159)
[1]
5.
Remove the fusing roller /Up [1].
6.
Remove the C-ring [2], the fusing gear [3], the
1050fs2169c
[7]
gear [4] (part not replaced), the heat insulating
sleeve [5] and the bearing [6] from the fusing
roller /Up [1].
NOTE
• When reinstalling the heat insulating sleeve
and the bearing, make sure that the flange [7]
turns outside.
7.
[2] [3]
[4]
Remove the C-ring [8], the heat insulating sleeve
[9] and the bearing [10] from the fusing roller /Up
[5] [1] [6]
[1].
NOTE
• When reinstalling the heat insulating sleeve
and the bearing, make sure that the flange
[11] turns outside.
[10]
[11]
8.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[9]
[8]
1050fs2170c
161
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
F.
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Replacing the fusing roller /Lw assembly
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Fusing roller /Lw assembly: Every 1,500,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1.
2.
[3]
Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
NOTE
• When removing the fusing roller /Lw assembly with the web section open, the web section may become unstable. So, be sure to
remove the cleaning web in advance.
(See P.153)
3.
4.
[1]
Open the web section [1]. (See P.158)
Remove the fusing heater lamps /1 and /2.
(See P.159)
5.
6.
Remove the fusing roller /Up. (See P.161)
Remove the screw [1] and then remove the jam
release knob [2].
[2]
7.
Remove the fusing roller /Lw assembly [3].
1050fs2171c
NOTE
• Before the roller is pressured, fix the pressure
spring end [1] in front and rear at 2 to 4 mm
[3] from the pressure plate end [2].
When this operation is not made, insufficient
fusing may result when printing a thick paper.
Standard: [3] 2 mm to 4 mm
• Color of the pressure spring varies depending
on the type of the roller.
Soft roller: Black
Hard roller: Silver
8.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[3]
[1]
[2]
1050fs2919c
162
2
3. PERIODIC CHECK
G. Replacing the fusing cleaning sheet assembly
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Fusing cleaning sheet assembly: Every 1,500,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Open the web section [1].(See P.158)
Remove the fusing heater lamps /1 and /2.
(See P.159)
5.
6.
Remove the fusing roller /Up.(See P.161)
Remove the fusing roller /Lw assembly.
(See P.162)
7.
Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the fusing
cleaning unit [2].
[2]
[1]
[1]
1050fs2172c
163
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
8.
[1]
Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the fusing
cleaning sheet assembly [2].
9.
Remove the paper dust that has gathered in [3]
of the fusing cleaning unit.
10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2]
164
[3]
1050fs2408c
3. PERIODIC CHECK
H. Removing/reinstalling the fusing heating roller assembly
(1) Procedure
[5]
[1]
1.
2.
3.
Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Remove the spring [1] (long one) and [2] (short
one).
NOTE
• The springs [1] and [2] are different in size and
length. When installing them, take note of the
positions in which they are installed.
4.
Remove the screw [3] and then remove the
ground terminal [4].
5.
Remove 2 screws [5] and then remove the thick
paper conveyance assist plate [6].
NOTE
• When reinstalling the thick paper conveyance
assist plate [6], be sure to install the springs
[1] and [2] and the ground terminal [4] and
then push the thick paper conveyance assist
[5]
[6]
plate in the direction of the paper exit. The
plate must move smoothly.
[4]
[3]
[2]
1050fs2173c
165
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
6.
Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the fixing
plate [2].
NOTE
[1]
• When reinstalling the fixing plate, be sure to
set the positioning hole [3] and the positioning slot [4] to 2 projections [5] of the fusing
section.
[2]
[3] [5]
[1]
[4] [5]
166
1050fs2174c
3. PERIODIC CHECK
7.
8.
Remove 2 springs [1].
Remove the screw [2] and open the fusing heating roller assembly [3].
[2]
[3]
[1]
[1]
1050fs2175c
167
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
NOTE
• When reinstalling the fusing heating roller
assembly [1], be sure to set the guide hole [3]
of the fusing heating roller assembly to the
[1]
guide pin [2] of the fusing section.
9.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2]
[3]
168
1050fs2176c
I.
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Replacing the fusing heater lamp /3
NOTE
• Be careful not to touch the lamp section of the fusing heater lamp /3 with bare hands. When
touched, be sure to clean it with the roller cleaner.
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Fusing heater lamp /3: Every 3,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
[1]
1.
2.
3.
[2]
4.
Pull out the ADU from the main body.(See P.112)
Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Open the fusing heating roller assembly.
(See P.165)
Cut off the wire binding band [1] and remove the
connector [2].
5.
[8]
Cut off the wire binding band [3].
NOTE
• When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to
[7]
use a heat-resistant one.
[9]
[10]
6.
Remove the screw [4] and then remove the wiring harness clamp [5].
[16]
7.
Remove the faston terminal [6].
NOTE
• Be sure to fit in the fusing heater lamp /3 with
the manufacturer's mark in this side.
[15]
• When reinstalling the faston terminal, be sure
to insert it securely.
[17]
8.
[6]
Remove the screw [7] and then remove the fixing
plate /Rr [8].
[3]
NOTE
[5]
• When reinstalling the fixing plate /Rr, be sure
to set the positioning hole [9] to the projection
[4]
[10] of the fusing heating roller assembly.
9.
[12]
[13][14]
[11]
1050fs2177c
Remove the screw [11] and then remove the fixing plate /Fr [12].
NOTE
• When reinstalling the fixing plate /Fr, be sure
to set the positioning hole [13] to the projection [14] of the fusing heating roller assembly.
169
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
10. Pull out the fusing heater lamp /3 [1] from the
front side [3] of the fusing heating roller assembly
[2] and remove it.
[2]
NOTE
• When reinstalling the fusing heater lamp /3,
be sure to take note of the direction.
• After completion of the installation of the fus-
[1]
[3]
ing heater lamp /3, check to see if it is in
touch with the inner face of the fusing heating
roller.
1050fs2801c
11. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
170
J.
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Replacing the fusing heating roller, the heat insulation sleeve /Lw and the bearing
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Fusing heating roller: Every 3,000,000 prints
• Heat insulating sleeve /Lw: Every 3,000,000 prints
• Bearing: Every 3,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
[5]
[2]
1.
2.
3.
[4]
Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Open the fusing heating roller assembly.
(See P.165)
4.
5.
Remove the fusing heater lamp /3. (See P.169)
Remove the fusing cleaning sheet assembly.
(See P.163)
6.
Remove the C-rings [1], one each, and then
remove the bearings [2], one each, to remove the
fusing heating roller [3].
NOTE
• When reinstalling the bearing, be sure to take
[3]
note of the direction of the flange [4].
[1]
7.
Remove the heat insulating sleeves /Lw [5], one
each, from the fusing heating roller.
NOTE
• When reinstalling the heat insulating sleeves /
Lw, make sure that each of the flanges turn to
the fusing heating roller side.
8.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1]
[4] [2]
[5]
1050fs2178c
171
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
K. Replacing the fusing claw /Lw
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Fusing claw /Lw: Every 1,500,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1.
2.
3.
Pull out the ADU from the main body.(See P.112)
Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Open the fusing paper exit section
.(See P.158)
4.
Remove the screw [1] and then remove 2 fusing
claw /Lw assemblies [2].
NOTE
• When reinstalling the fusing claw /Lw assembly, be sure to set the positioning hole [3] to
the projection [4] of the fusing paper exit section.
[3]
[4]
[1]
[3]
[2]
[2]
[4]
1050fs2179c
[1]
5.
Remove the spring [2] from each of the fusing
claw /Lw assembly [1] and then remove the fusing claw /Lw [3].
NOTE
• When reinstalling the fusing claw /Lw, be sure
to take note of the position [4] to which the
spring is hooked.
6.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[4]
172
1050fs2180c
3. PERIODIC CHECK
L. Replacing the fusing claw /Up
NOTE
• The procedure for replacing the fixing claw/Up differs depending on whether the separation claw
shaking mechanism exist or not.
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Fusing claw /Up: Every 1,500,000 prints
(2) Procedure (when not equipped with the shaking mechanism)
1.
2.
3.
Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Open the fusing paper exit section.
(See P.158)
4.
Remove the springs [1], one each, and then
remove 6 fusing claws /Up [2].
5.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2]
[1]
1050fs2181c
2
173
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(3) Procedure (when equipped with the shaking mechanism)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Pull out the ADU from the main body.(See P.112)
Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Open the fusing paper exit section. (See P.158)
Remove the springs [1], one each, and then
remove 6 fusing claws /Up [2].
5.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2]
[1]
1050fs2920c
174
2
3. PERIODIC CHECK
M. Replacing the fusing actuator
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Fusing actuator: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
[1]
Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Open the fusing paper exit section.(See P.158)
Remove the fusing sensor cover [1].
1050fs2182c
175
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
[10]
5.
[6]
Remove the screw [1] and then remove the fusing sensor cover plate [2].
[7]
[8]
NOTE
• When reinstalling the fusing sensor cover
plate, be sure to set the positioning hole [3] to
[5]
the projection [4] of the fusing paper exit section.
6.
Remove the screw [5] and then remove the fusing claw /Lw assembly [6].
[1]
[2]
[9]
NOTE
• When reinstalling the fusing claw /Lw assembly, be sure to set the positioning hole [7] to
the projection [8] of the fusing paper exit section.
7.
Remove 2 screws [9] and then remove the fusing
actuator assembly [10].
[3][4]
176
1050fs2183c
3. PERIODIC CHECK
8.
Pull out the shaft fixing member [1], release the
spring [2] and remove the fusing actuator [4] from
the fusing actuator assembly [3].
NOTE
• When reinstalling the fusing actuator, be sure
to take note of the position [5] to which the
spring is hooked.
• When reinstalling the shaft fixing member, be
sure to take note of its direction.
[1]
[5]
[3]
9.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[4]
[2]
[5]
1050fs2184c
177
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
N. Replacing the thermistor /2
Caution:
• After completion of the installation of the thermistor /2, be sure to check to see if it is in touch with
the fusing roller /Up.
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Thermistor /2: Every 3,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1.
Open the front doors /Rt and /Lt, and pull out the
ADU from the main body.(See P.112)
2.
3.
4.
Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Open the fusing paper exit section [1].
Insert the driver [4] into the hole [3] of the shaft [2]
and rotate the shaft [2] clockwise to release pressure.
NOTE
• Not releasing pressure may cause damage to
the fusing heater lamp. Be sure to release it.
[1]
[2]
[3]
• When reinstalling it, be sure to rotate the shaft
[2] counterclockwise to apply pressure.
5.
6.
Remove the connector [5].
Remove 4 screws [6] and 2 stepped screws [7],
and then remove the web unit [8].
NOTE
• When attaching the stepped screw [7], make
sure that it gets in securely up to the step of
the screw.
• Be sure to remove the web section with it
closed. If the web is removed with it open, the
web section becomes unstable and you may
get injured.
[2]
178
1050fs2185c
3. PERIODIC CHECK
7.
Cut off the wiring band [1].
[4]
NOTE
• When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one.
8.
Remove the screw [2] and then remove the thermistor /2 assembly [3].
NOTE
• When reinstalling the thermistor /2 assembly,
[3]
[2]
check surely to see if it is in touch with the
fusing roller /Up [4].
9.
Remove the connector [5] of the thermistor /2.
NOTE
• There are 4 connectors for the thermistor provided at the same place and it is difficult to
identify
[5]
a
corresponding
connector
in
advance. Therefore, the connector to be
removed can be identified by following the
wiring harness of the thermistor /2.
[1]
1050fs2186c
10. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the ther-
[1]
mistor /2 [2].
11. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2]
1050fs2409c
179
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
O. Replacing the thermistor /4
Caution:
• After completion of the installation of the thermistor /4, check to ensure it is in touch with the fusing heating roller.
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Thermistor /4: Every 3,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1.
2.
3.
Pull out the ADU from the main body.(See P.112)
Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Open the fusing heating roller assembly.
(See P.165)
4.
5.
[8]
[5]
[9]
Cut off 2 wiring bands [1].
Remove the screw [2] and then remove the wiring harness clamp [3].
6.
Remove the screw [4] and then remove the thermistor /4 assembly [5].
NOTE
• When reinstalling the thermistor /4 assembly,
be sure to set the attaching hole [6] to the
projection [7] of the fusing heating roller
assembly.
• When reinstalling the thermistor /4 assembly,
check to see if it is in touch with the fusing
heating roller [8].
7.
[1]
[3]
[2]
[6][7] [4]
1050fs2187c
Remove the connector [9] of the thermistor /4
assembly.
NOTE
• There are 4 connectors for the thermistor provided at the same place and it is difficult to
identify
a
corresponding
connector
in
advance. Therefore, the connector to be
removed can be identified by following the
wiring harness of the thermistor /4.
180
3. PERIODIC CHECK
8.
9.
Cut off the wiring band [1].
Remove the screw [2] and then remove the thermistor /4 [3].
[2]
NOTE
• When attaching the wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one.
10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[3]
[1]
1050fs2410c
181
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
P.
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Replacing the web motor
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Web motor: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
[2]
[1]
1.
2.
3.
[3]
Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Remove the screw [1] and then remove the wiring harness clamp [2].
4.
5.
Remove the connector [3].
Remove 3 screws [4] and then remove the web
motor unit [5] in the arrow-marked direction.
[4]
[5]
1050fs2188c
182
3. PERIODIC CHECK
6.
7.
[1]
Remove 2 screws [1].
Loosen the screw [2] and pull out the web motor
[3] in the arrow-marked direction.
NOTE
• When reinstalling the web motor, be sure to
align the D-cut face of the web motor shaft
with the direction of the screw [2].
8.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[3]
[2]
1050fs2411c
183
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Q. Removing/reinstalling the thermistor /1
NOTE
• Be sure to make the position adjustments when the roller has cooled down.
• When reinstalling the thermistor /1, adjust it with the temperature sensor positioning jig /A before
fixing it. Be sure to apply Screw-lock to the screw that has been fixed.
• After completion of the reinstallation of the thermistor /1, be sure to check the wiring harness to
see if it is in touch with the fusing roller /Up.
(1) Procedure for removal
[3]
1.
2.
3.
4.
Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Remove the web section. (See P.178)
Cut off the wiring band [1].
NOTE
[2]
• When attaching a wiring band, be sure to use
a heat-resistant one.
5.
Remove the screw [2] and then remove the thermistor /1 [3].
NOTE
• For the method for installing the thermistor /
1, see "(2) Procedure for reinstallation."
6.
Remove the connector [4] of the thermistor /1.
NOTE
• There are 4 connectors for the thermistor provided at the same place and it is difficult to
identify
[4]
a
corresponding
connector
removed can be identified by following the
wiring harness of the thermistor /1.
[1]
1050fs2208c
184
in
advance. Therefore, the connector to be
3. PERIODIC CHECK
(2) Procedure for reinstallation
1.
Insert the temperature sensor positioning jig /A
[3] between the thermistor /1 [1] and the fusing
roller /Up [2].
[3]
2.
Adjust the position of the thermistor /1 so that it
become flush with the temperature sensor positioning jig /A, and then fix it with the screw [4].
NOTE
• Be sure to adjust the distance a [5] between
the thermistor /1 and the fusing roller /Up so
that it becomes equal to the thickness of the
temperature sensor positioning jig /A.
[1]
[4]
Specified value: a = 0.75 ± 0.1 mm
• Make sure that the thermistor /1 is parallel to
the roller.
3.
4.
[5]
Apply Screw-lock to the screw [4].
For the parts to be reinstalled hereafter, reinstall
them following the removal steps in reverse.
[2]
1050fs2209c
185
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
R. Removing/reinstalling the thermistor /3
NOTE
• Be sure to make the position adjustments when the roller has cooled down.
• When reinstalling the thermistor /3, adjust it with the temperature sensor positioning jig /A before
fixing it. Be sure to apply Screw-lock to the screw that has been fixed.
• After completion of the reinstallation of the thermistor /3, be sure to check the wiring harness to
see if it is in touch with the fusing heating roller.
(1) Procedure for removal
[6]
[3]
1.
2.
3.
Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Open the fusing heating roller assembly.
(See P.165))
4.
Cut off 2 wiring bands [1].
NOTE
[1]
• When attaching a wire binding band, be sure
to use a heat-resistant one.
[2]
5.
Remove the screw [2] and then remove the 2 wiring harness clamp [3].
6.
Remove 2 screws [4] and then remove the thermistor /3 [5].
NOTE
• For the method for installing the thermistor /
3, see "(2) Procedure for reinstallation."
7.
[4]
Remove the connector [6] of the thermistor /3.
NOTE
• There are 4 connectors for the thermistor provided at the same place and it is difficult to
identify
[5]
a
corresponding
connector
in
advance. Therefore, the connector to be
removed can be identified by following the
wiring harness of the thermistor /3.
1050fs2210c
186
3. PERIODIC CHECK
(2) Procedure for reinstallation
1.
Insert the temperature sensor positioning jig /B
[3] between the thermistor /3 [1] and the fusing
heating roller [2].
2.
Adjust the position of the thermistor /3 so that it
become flush with the temperature sensor positioning jig /B, and then fix it with 2 screws [4].
NOTE
• Be sure to adjust the distance a [5] between
the thermistor /3 and the fusing heating roller
so that it becomes equal to the thickness of
the temperature sensor positioning jig /A.
[4]
[1]
Specified value: a = 0.7 ± 0.1 mm
• Make sure that the thermistor /3 is parallel to
[3]
the roller.
[5]
[2]
3.
4.
Apply Screw-lock to 2 screws [4].
For the parts to be reinstalled hereafter, reinstall
them following the removal steps in reverse.
1050fs2211c
187
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
S. Removing/reinstalling the thermostat /1
NOTE
• Be sure to make the position adjustments when the roller has cooled down.
• When reinstalling the thermostat /1, adjust it with the thermostat positioning jig /A before fixing it.
Be sure to apply Screw-lock to the screw that has been fixed.
• After completion of the reinstallation of the thermostat /1, be sure to check the wiring harness to
see if it is in touch with the fusing roller /Up.
(1) Procedure for removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
[1]
Pull out the ADU from the main body.(See P.112)
Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Remove the web section. (See P.178)
Remove 2 faston terminals [1].
Remove the screw [2] and then remove the thermostat /1 [3].
[2]
NOTE
• For method for reinstalling the thermostat /1,
see "(2) Procedure for reinstallation."
[3]
1050fs2212c
188
3. PERIODIC CHECK
(2) Procedure for reinstallation
1.
[3]
Install 2 faston terminals [2] to the thermostat /1
[1].
2.
Insert the thermostat positioning jig /A [4]
between the thermostat /1 [1] and the fusing
roller /Up [3].
3.
Adjust the position of the thermostat /1 so that it
become flush with the thermostat positioning jig /
A, and then fix it with the screw [5].
[2]
NOTE
• Be sure to adjust the distance a [6] between
the thermostat /1 and the fusing roller /Up so
[5]
that it becomes equal to the thickness of the
thermostat positioning jig /A.
[4]
Specified value: a = 3.0 ± 0.2 mm
4.
5.
Apply Screw-lock to the screw [5].
For the parts to be reinstalled hereafter, reinstall
them following the removal steps in reverse.
[1]
[6]
1050fs2213c
189
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
T.
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Removing/reinstalling the thermostat /2
NOTE
• Be sure to make the position adjustments when the roller has cooled down.
• When reinstalling the thermostat /2, adjust it with the thermostat positioning jig /B before fixing it.
Be sure to apply Screw-lock to the screw that has been fixed.
• After completion of the reinstallation of the thermostat /2, be sure to check the wiring harness to
see if it is in touch with the fusing heating roller.
(1) Procedure for removal
1.
2.
3.
[1]
Pull out the ADU from the main body.(See P.112)
Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Open the fusing heating roller assembly.
(See P.165)
[3]
4.
5.
Remove 2 faston terminals [1].
Remove the screw [2] and then remove the thermostat /2 [3].
NOTE
[2]
• For method for reinstalling the thermostat /2,
see "(2) Procedure for reinstallation."
1050fs2214c
190
3. PERIODIC CHECK
(2) Procedure for reinstallation
1.
[2]
Install 2 faston terminals [2] to the thermostat /2
[1].
2.
Insert the thermostat positioning jig /B [4]
between the thermostat /2 [1] and the fusing
[1]
heating roller [3].
3.
Adjust the position of the thermostat /2 so that it
become flush with the thermostat positioning jig /
B, and then fix it with the screw [5].
[5]
NOTE
• Be sure to adjust the distance a [6] between
the thermostat /2 and the fusing heating roller
so that it becomes equal to the thickness of
the thermostat positioning jig /B.
Specified value: a = 3.0 ± 0.2 mm
4.
5.
Apply Screw-lock to the screw [5].
For the parts to be reinstalled hereafter, reinstall
them following the removal steps in reverse.
[3]
[4]
[6]
1050fs2215c
191
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.5.10
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Paper exit section
A. Removing/reinstalling the paper exit section
(1) Procedure
1.
2.
3.
[1]
Remove the left cover. (See P.250)
Disconnect the connector [1].
Remove 4 screws [2] and then remove the paper
exit section [3].
[2]
[2]
NOTE
• When reinstalling the paper exit section, be
sure to hook the retention hole [4] to the projection [5] of the frame and then set the posi-
[4][5]
[3] [6][7]
tioning hole [6] to the positioning pin [7] of the
1050fs2216c
frame.
4.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
B. Cleaning of the paper exit sensor
(1) Periodic cleaning cycle
• Paper exit sensor: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
1.
2.
3.
Remove the left cover. (See P.250)
Remove the paper exit section.(See P.192)
Clean the paper exit sensor (PS3) [1] with the
blower brush.
4.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1]
1050fs2217c
192
3. PERIODIC CHECK
C. Replacing the main body paper exit roller
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Main body paper exit roller: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure
[7]
1.
2.
3.
Remove the left cover. (See P.250)
Remove the paper exit section.(See P.192)
Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the gear
[2] and the pin [3].
[6]
4.
Remove the E-ring [4] and then remove the bearing [5].
[8]
5.
Remove the E-ring [6] and then remove the bearing [7].
6.
Move the main body paper exit roller [8] in the
arrow-marked directions [9] and [10] in this order,
[10]
and remove it.
7.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[9]
[5]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
1050fs2218c
193
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
4. SERVICE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
4. SERVICE
4.1
194
Service material list
Material No.
Name
000V-16-0
Drum cleaner
200 ml
000V-17-0
Roller cleaner
200 ml
000V-19-0
Setting powder
25 g
000V-18-0
Cleaning pad
10 pcs/1 pack
00GR00260
Multemp FF-RM
25 g
00GR00020
Plas guard No.2
25 g
00GR00220
MOLYKOTE EM-30L
25 g
1
Shape
Remark
4.2
4. SERVICE
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Jig list
Parts No.
55VAJG011
Name
Temperature sensor
Shape
Quantity
Remark
1
positioning jig /A (for
fusing roller /Up)
55VAJG021
Temperature sensor
1
positioning jig /B (for
fusing heating roller)
55VAJG031
Thermostat position-
1
ing jig /A (for fusing
roller /Up)
55VAJG041
Thermostat position-
1
ing jig /B (for fusing
heating roller)
7050K0020
Optics unit position-
2
ing jig
00M6-2-00
Door switch jig
4
4040PJP1##
Test chart (A3 size)
1
4040PJP2##
Test chart
1
(11 x 17 size)
00VC-2-00
Drum cover
1
00VD-1000
Blower brush
1
00VE-1005
Tester
1
2
195
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
4. SERVICE
Parts No.
196
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Name
Shape
Quantity
Remark
120A1052#
Positioning shaft
2pc/set
For DF adjustment
120A9711#
Adjustment chart
1
For DF adjustment
120A9712#
White chart
1
For DF adjustment
2
4.3
4. SERVICE
Materials
A. Item
Parts name
Useful life
Type name
Toner bottle
80,000 prints
TN010
Drum
1,000,000 prints or 220 hours
DR010
Developer
1,000,000 prints or 220 hours
DV010
197
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
4. SERVICE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
4.4
Mail remote notification system
4.4.1
Outline
"Mail remote notification system" is a system that allows you to obtain a list print which can be output by a
copier using the Internet mail (E-mail).
Using this system dispenses not only with printing the list on paper but also visiting the users.
Sending a mail filled-in with a simple keyword to the copier allows you to receive by mail all sorts of print information of the copier.
4.4.2
Operating environments
In order to use the functions of "Mail remote notification system", the following conditions must be met. The
operation of the functions is available while in jams, SC and a low power mode. A mail sent to the copier that is
not operating does not get lost, but it is handled when the copier is activated again.
(1) The copier has a server that can receive a mail using POP3 or IMAP protocol.
(2) The copier has a mail server that can send a mail using SMTP protocol.
(3) In the following 4 cases, "Mail remote notification system" does not operate in the copier.
When the main power switch (SW1) is turned off.
When the power switch (SW2) is turned off.
While the copier is in auto shut-off.
When the security enhanced mode is set to ON (the use of the main body NIC is not allowed.)
In this manual, the network interface card installed in the main body is called the main body NIC.
4.4.3
Major functions
Sending a mail with a simple keyword allows you to use the following functions.
(1) The list print information of the copier you want to obtain can be received by mail.
List prints that can be obtained are the following 11 lists.
Mode memory list
User setting list
Font pattern list
Management list
Adjustment list
Parameter list
Use management list
Counter list
Pixel ratio list
Remote diagnostic report
Audit log report
(2) The counter list can be checked by cell phone.
(3) A password used for certification of a mail can be change.
(4) Directions for use of "Mail remote notification system" can be received by mail.
To make use of the above functions, it is necessary to send a mail with a simple keyword (command).
For particulars of the command, See "4.4.5 Operating instructions of the mail remote notification
system"
198
1
4.4.4
4. SERVICE
Initialization
To make use of "Mail remote notification system", it is necessary to register the network parameter on the copier
main body and the account on the mail server.
A. Setting from the touch panel
Set the IP address of the copier from the touch panel to connect the copier to the network. When already set,
proceed to "(2) Setting from the Web browser".
(1) Procedure
Step
1
Operating instructions
Select [Utility/counter] on the operation board.
2
Select "06 Machine Manager Setting."
3
Select "04 Network Setting."
4
Select "01 Machine NIC Setting."
5
Enter "IP address," "Subnet mask," and "Gateway Address."
6
Restart the copier.
NOTE
• The IP address of the copier is normally assigned by the system administrator. For particulars,
contact the system administrator.
B. Setting from the Web Utilities
Enter the setting of the mail server from the Web Utilities. To use the Web Utilities, make preparations of a PC
that can be connected to the network.
NOTE
• No space is available in all items to be set. The following characters cannot be used for setting an
E-mail address.
()<>;:“[]
When an improper entry or setting is made on the Web browser, be sure to make corrections following the error massage. When no correction is made, a down load error of the program may
result.
• The Web layout is subject to change without notice.
199
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
4. SERVICE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(1) Procedure
Step
1
Operating instructions
Start the Web browser.
• When a proxy is set on the Web browser, the main body Web may not be accessible. For particulars, contact the network administrator. For Web browser, Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator
is recommended. However, no setting should be made from two or more browsers simultaneously.
2
Specify the IP address of the copier main body that is entered from "A. Setting from the operating
panel."
• "Main page" is displayed when an access is made to the Web Utilities of the copier main body.
3
Click "Extension for maintenance" on "Main page."
4
Enter the user name or the CE password in "Extension for maintenance" and press "OK."
User name: ce (cannot be changed)
Password: CE Enter the password. (Default: "92729272")
200
4. SERVICE
Step
5
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Operating instructions
Click "E-Mail Initial Setting" to display the screen for setting.
Set item
Enable E-mail
Details
When using the mail remote notification system, select "Use." Default is "Not
notification
use."
Time difference
The time at which a mail was send out is calculated based on this value. For
time difference setting, enter the difference from the standard time UTC in the
range from -1200 (- 12 hour 00 minute) to +1200 (-12 hour 00 minute). When
no value is entered, +0000 (UTC) is set. (Ex.: In the case of Japan, enter +
900.)
Sending mail
Set the IP address of the SMTP server.
(SMTP) server
SMTP port
Set the port No. of the SMTP server. For default, 25 is set.
number
Sending mail
For SMTP default, 5-minute is set.
(SMTP) server
time out
Interval between
The copier check the receiving mail server to see if a mail is newly received.
fetching mails
(An interval can be specified in the range from 1 minute to 60 minutes.) Taking
into consideration the load on the network, this is usually set at the interval of
10 minutes.
Receiving mail
Set the IP address of the incoming mail server.
server
Kind of mail
Select either of POP3 and IMAP. For default, [POP3] is selected.
spool
Pop3 (IMAP)
When 110 is used for POP3 and 143 is used for IMAP, select "Use the default
port number
value." When any value other than the default, select "Setting" and enter a
port number to be used in the text box.
2
201
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
4. SERVICE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Step
Operating instructions
Set item
Details
User name on
Enter an account name assigned to the copier by the incoming mail server.
the server
Password
Enter a password to the account name above.
E-mail address
Enter the mail address of the copier its own. This is normally "mail account
of this copy
name@incoming mail server name."
machine
Nickname
Enter a nickname that is added to the title (subject) of a mail sent from the
copier. No entry cause no problem.
CE password
Enter a password that is added to the title (subject) of a mail sent to the
copier. The copier uses this password for security purpose.
Also Notice to
• Not transfer: Default
the Administra-
• Transfer an unright mail: When a mail received by the copier is not con-
tor
form to the above password, or when the mail size is exceeding the specified size (10k bytes), a selection is made if the mail is communicated.
• Transfer all transmission mails: Transfer all mails that use "Mail remote
notification system."
Administrator
When "Transfer an unright mail" or "Transfer all transmission mails" is
E-mail address
selected, enter an E-mail address for transfer.
Announce delay
A selection is made if the difference (time required) between the time when a
time in replay
mail was sent to the copier and the time when the copier handled the mail is
mail
indicated in the mail. For default, "Not indicate" is selected.
Enable POP
After authentication is made by the mail receiving server, a selection is made
(IMAP) before
to decide whether to send out the mail or not. For default, "Send" is selected.
SMTP
6
After completion of entry, click the [Apply] key.
7
Conduct the mail sending/receiving test.
• Click "Sending and Receiving test" and a sending test and a receiving test are conducted collectively to check to see if a test mail sent is correctly received.
When a test failed, re-check the set items following the error message.
• Click "Sending and Receiving test" to show the results of the sending and receiving test.
Sending test
A mail sending test is made on the SMTP server. A test mail is sent to "E-mail
address for the copier" set in Step 2.
8
202
Receiving
A receiving test is made on the incoming mail server. A test mail is received from
test
"E-mail address of the copier" set in Step 2.
Restart the copier.
4.4.5
4. SERVICE
Operating instructions of the mail remote notification system
For commands for communications with the copier and the details of options, see the table below.
Command
Option
Description
Minimum
input
GETLOG
[List option name]
Send back by mail the list print information specified
G
in [List print name].
ModeMemory
Send back [Mode memory list] by mail.
M
UserSetting
end back by [User setting list] mail.
U
FontPattern
Send back [Font pattern list] by mail.
F
Management
Send back [Management list] by mail.
Ma
Adjustment
Sent back [Adjustment list] by mail.
Parameter
Send back [Parameter list] by mail.
UserManagement
Send back [User management list] by mail.
Counter
Send back [Counter list] by mail.
C
PixelRatio
Send back [Pixel ratio list] by mail.
Pi
CommunicationLog Send back [Communication log
Co
CommunicationLog
A
P
UseM
list] by mail.
AuditLog
Send back [Audit log report] by mail.
Au
ALL
Send back all of the above list prints in mail.
AL
Not specified
[Counter list] is edited so that it can be shown by cell
phone. And this is sent back by mail.
CHPASS
HELP
[OldPasswd][New-
Change a password to be used for certification of a
Passwd]
mail.
[OldPasswd]
Specify a password that is currently used.
[NewPasswd]
Specify a new password.
Not specified
Send a help mail that describes the operating
C
H
instructions of the commands above.
203
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
4. SERVICE
4.4.6
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Mail sending
A command (option) printed on the mail is not case sensitive and can be identified from the minimum input listed
on the preceding page.
A. Notes
• When sending a mail to the copier, take note of the following.
(1)Mail software can be used without discrimination by OS and a hand-held device or a free mail
using browser.
(2)Use the mail software in the text mode.
(3)For the mail software, as a condition for reception, 128 characters or more are recommended as
the maximum number of characters displayed in a line.
(4)There are one or more spaces or TAB's required between a command and an option that are
written in the mail. (However, a line feed is not allowed.)
(5)Enter all the commands that are written in the mail in alphanumeric characters (ASCII characters). When any other characters are used, an error message "No command found" is sent
back.
(6)Start a command written in the mail from the line head with not space.
When there is a space or TAB found at the line head, the line is ignored.
(7)The maximum number of commands available in a mail is ten. Commands exceeding ten are
ignored.
(8)Avoid attaching a file to a mail that is sent to the copier.
(9)A signature on a mail that is sent to the copier may be handled as a command with an error
message sent back.
(10)When the power is shut off while the copier is sending a mail or when the copier main body is
printing the list print, the same mail may be sent back twice.
(11)The copier can receive up to 5 mails from the mail server at the same time.
When more than 5 mails have been received by the mail server, the copier receives the
remaining mails from the mail server next time.
204
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
5.1
ISW
5.1.1
Outline
A. ISW (In-System Writer)
• This is an operation in which a control program stored in the flush ROM that is built in each control board in
the copier is rewritten with the board built in the copier main body. Conducting the ISW allows the version up
of control program without changing the board and the installation of the up to date program when replacing
the board. As a tool to conduct the ISW, (ISWTrns (PC software)) can be used for rewriting with the personal
computer (PC) connected to the copier. This tool can rewrite directly a control program in the flush ROM built
in the copier main body.
B. ISWTrns
• This is a software for Windows to rewrite the copier flush ROM and is used for the rewrite of programs (data
transfer) with the copier main body and the personal computer connected with a parallel cable or the USB
cable.
NOTE
• When this machine uses the USB to conduct the ISW, it is necessary to install the USB driver of the
ISWTrns. For procedure for installation, see "5.1.4 A. Installation of the USB driver (Windows2000/
XP)" When using the USB, be sure to turn on the radio button of the USB on the ISWTrns [Setting
(S)] - [Communications setting (C)], and then press the OK button.
205
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
5.1.2
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Specifications
A. ISWTrns (PC software)
(1) ISWTrns disk composition
• Setup disk: 2
• Rewritable disk: Varies for each copier
(2) Operating environment of the software
• OS: Windows95/98/98SE/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP
• CPU: Pentium 75 MHz or above
• Memory: 16 MB or more for abroad/ 32 MB or more for domestic
• Free space in hard disk: 100 MB or more
• Others: PC provided with parallel (printer) or USB interface
(3) Idling time
• Varies according to each PC
(4) Parts required to conduct the ISW
• Personal computer (PC): 1
• IBM-compatible PC/AT: Provided with D-sub25 pin parallel interface
• ISWTrns setup program
• Parallel cable or USB cable: 1
Item
Board to be rewritten
Specifications
Overall control board, Printer control board, RADF control board, FD
control board, LS control board, IC control board, SD control board,
PB control board
Method for rewriting program
1. Local ISW from the PC
2. Web Utilities directional type ISW by using the Internet
3. Operation panel directional type ISW by using the Internet
Protocol
FTP, HTTP
Network connection
Use of the NIC of the copier main body
Rewritable program
Image control
Conditions
I1 to I4 collectively, I1- I4
Printer control
C1 to C2 collectively, C1, C2
DF
F
FD, FS, LS, SD, PB
H1, N1, S1-1/S1-2, B1, J1
Controller
P1
Main body power turned on and program server provided
NOTE
• To execute the ISW, check surely to see if the power source of the main body has been turned on
in advance.
• For rewritable programs, it is not possible to rewrite plural programs at a time.
• When using the Internet ISW, it is required for it to be connected to the network environment by
using the main body NIC. As a network environment, programs must be down-loadable from the
program server on the Internet by using a ftp or http protocol.
206
2
5.1.3
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Installation of the ISWTrns
Install the ISWTrns program to the PC.
(1) Procedure
Step
Operation
Remarks
1
Start the PC.
2
Copy the setup disk to the PC and double click the
When there remains the ISWTrns.exe of
[Setup.exe] icon to start the install program.
the old version, uninstall the old version
first, and then install the new version.
3
"ISWTrns setup screen"
Following the instructions on the screen, check the
1. For default, "C:\Program Files\KONI-
folder to which an installation is made, and then click
CAMINOLTA\ISWTrns" is set as a folder to
[Next].
which an installation is made.
2. When changing the folder to which an
installation is made, click [Reference] and
specify one as you please.
4
"Program confirmation screen"
Following the instructions on the screen, check the
1. For default, "ISWTrns" is set as a folder
folder to which the ISWTrns program is stored and
to which an installation is made.
then click [Next].
2. When changing the folder to which an
installation is made, enter an folder name
directly, or select one from the existing
folder displayed.
5
"Information dialog screen"
6
"Setup completion screen"
Following the instructions on the screen, click [OK].
Following the instructions on the screen, click [Completed].
7
The installation of the ISWTrns program is automatically completed.
207
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
5.1.4
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Usage of the ISWTrns
A. Installation of the USB driver (Windows2000/XP)
When a connection is made between the PC and the copier main body with a USB cable, the installation of the
USB driver is automatically started by the plug-and-play. However, this May result in the installation of the Windows USB driver (USBPRINT.SYS) and be sure to set the USB driver following the steps given below.
(1) Procedure
Step
Operation
1
From the screen below, select "Install from the list or the specified location," and then click [Next].
2
In the "Select the retrieve and install option screen," select "Select a driver for installation with no
retrieval," and then click [Next].
3
Select the UBS driver in the driver selection screen and click "Next" to start installation.
Driver name: Konica Minolta bizhub 1050/P USB Driver (ISW)
4
When the [Completed] in the "Hardware update wizard completed screen" is displayed, click
5
Check the "Device manager screen" to see if the USB driver has been correctly installed.
[Completed] to exit the installation.
Driver name: Konica Minolta bizhub 1050/P USB Driver (ISW)
208
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
B. Setting of the communication method
(1) Setting up of the parallel port
When sending the parallel port data by using the ISWTrns program, it is necessary to release the ECP mode setting of the PC parallel port. The ISWTrns does not correspond to the data transmission through the parallel port.
Accordingly, sending data in the ECP mode may result in an error while in transmission. Therefore, when using
the ISWTrns with the PC set in the ECP, it is necessary to release the ECP mode.
1)
ECP port release procedure
The following procedure shows the release of the ECP mode.
Step
1
2
Operation
Remarks
Start the PC.
Open "System" in "Control panel," select the
1. The LPT1 port is "ECP printer port (LPT1)," this is
"Device manager" tab and search LPT1 in
an ECP port.
"Port (COM/LPT)."
2. The LPT1 port is "Printer port (LPT1)," this is a
When the printer port is set to the ECP port,
The change of the BIOS varies depending on the
change the BIOS setting of the PC to release
PC. For release of the ECP mode, contact the sys-
the ECP port.
tem administrator.
Conduct a transmission test to check the
When a correct transmission is once made on the
operations.
copier, transmission is available for all types of
normal parallel port.
3
4
machines.
209
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(2) Preparations for transmission on the copier
1)
Checking of the ROM version
Before rewriting the ROM data, be sure to check the ROM version of the current control program by following
the procedure given below.
Step
1
Operation
Enter the service mode.
2
Press the [08 ROM version] key in "Service mode menu screen."
3
Press the [01 ROM version] key in the sub-menu displayed on the right side of the screen.
4
"ROM version screen"
Press the [08 ROM version] key and check the version information.
2)
Standby for the ISW transfer
Open the service mode of the copier and get into the standby of the ISW transmission.
Step
Operation
1
Enter the service mode.
2
Press the [10 ISW] key in "Service mode menu
Remarks
screen."
3
Press the [01 ISW] key in the sub menu displayed on the right side of the screen.
4
[Service mode menu]
Example: Image control: collective
The ISW standby status is a status in which the
[Start] key is shown in the display section.
210
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
C. Firmware copy
(1) Creation of the folder
Start the ISWTrns program the installation of which has been completed, and set a folder into which a transferred file (rewritten data) is stored.
1)
Procedure
Step
Operation
1
Start the PC.
2
Select "ISWTrns" from the start menu or double
Remarks
click the "ISWTrns" icon on the desktop to start
up the "ISWTrns program."
3
"ISWTrns dialog screen"
This screen is displayed only when the
ISWTrns is started for the first time.
Click [OK] key to set a folder into which a transferred file (rewritten data) is stored.
4
"Option screen"
1. A folder (C:\Program Files\KonicaMinolta\ISWTrns)into which the ISWTrns program has been installed as a stored folder
(data folder) for default is set.
2. When changing a stored folder, click
[Browse] and specify any one as you please,
or make an entry directly in the editor box in
full path.
3. When the [Make Folder] key is clicked, a
hierarchical folder is created using the stored
Set a folder into which a transferred file (rewritten
folder set above as a route.
data) is stored and then click [Make Folder] key.
5
"Option screen"
Click [OK] key.
This operation stores the data folder created
in the step 4 into the INI file of the ISWTrns
program.
6
"ISWTrns screen"
The main screen of the ISWTrns program is displayed.
211
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(2) Data copy
Using the ISWTrns program, copy data (rewritten data) which is sent to the PC.
1)
Procedure
Step
Operation
1
Start the PC.
2
Select "ISWTrns" from the start menu or double
Remarks
click the "ISWTrns" icon on the desk top to start
up the "ISWTrns program."
3
Click the "Option" menu.
4
"Option screen"
5
"File copy screen"
6
Select the folder into which a file to be trans-
1. A folder selected is displayed in the upper dis-
ferred (data to be rewritten) is stored as a file
play section of the file from which a copy was
from which the copy is made.
made.
Click [Data Copy] key.
Click [Browse] key.
2. In the lower display section of a file from which
a copy was made, the transferred files (rewritten
data) stored in the elected folder are displayed.
7
Select a transferred file (rewritten data) you
1. A number of transferred files (rewritten data)
want to copy from the lower display section of a
can be selected.
file from which a copy was made.
2. When copying all of the transferred files (rewritten data) that are displayed, skip this step and
proceed to the step 8.
212
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Step
Operation
8
Copy the transferred file (rewritten data)
1. When copying all of the transferred files (rewritten
Remarks
selected by clicking [Copy] key into the
data) that are displayed in the lower display section of
folder created at the setup of the
the file from which a copy was made, click [Copy all] key
ISWTrns.
instead of [Copy] key.
2. In the upper display section of the file into which a
copy has been made, a folder name created at the
setup of the ISWTrns is displayed.
3. In the list shown in the lower display section of the file
into which a copy has been made, files the copy of
which has been successfully completed are listed in full
path. In the copy error file list, files the copy of which
have been failed are listed. As the causes of failure, following are considered.
A. There exists a file of the same name and "O/W" is not
checked.
B. A folder into which a file is stored is not found.
C. An overwrite is made on an overwrite-prohibited file.
4. When changing a transferred file (rewritten data) that
is currently stored into a new data, click the overwrite
check box to make a check mark.
9
After completion of copy, click [Refresh]
key.
10
Click [Return] to get back to "option
screen."
11
"Option screen"
Click [OK] key.
213
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
D. Firmware
(1) Firmware data flow
The following shows the flow of the ISW data.
Image processing
PC
Overall control board
board
Printer control board
RADF control board
FNS control board
FD control board
SD control board
PB control board
LS control board
IC board
When conducting the ISW in the entire system, be sure to conduct it in the order shown below.
Step
1
*1
Type of programs
*1
FD (H1), FS (N1), SD (B1), PB (J1), LS (S1-2, S1-1)*2
2
DF (F), IC (P1), Printer control board (C1 to C2 collectively, C1, C2)
3
Image control (I1 to I4 collectively, I1, I2, I3, I4)
Be sure to conduct the low end first out of those set in the sequence 1.
Ex.) When the composition is made up of "LS-501 (1st set) + LS-501 (2nd set) + FS-503"
FS-503 (N1) → LS-501 (S1-2) → LS-501 (S1-1)
*2
When the LS is the coupling of 2 sets, the 1st set (main body side) is S1-1 and the 2nd set is S1-2.
NOTE
• When the overall control board is replaced, be sure to conduct first of all the ISW of the image control program. When the image control program is not contained in the overall control board, other
programs cannot be written.
• Programs are not stored in the image processing board. So, when the board is replaced, the ISW
is not required.
• Whenever the FDCB, FNSCB (FS-503), SDCB, LSCB, or PBCB is replaced, be sure to make the
main body model setting using the DIPSW (FD, FS, SD, PB) (refer to P.714,P.747, P.749, P.751), or
using the LS toggle SW (refer to LS-501/502 Field Service P.22) before conducting the ISW.
For the finishing options, be sure to take note of the followings.
NOTE
• When a finishing option is directly connected to the main body
Ex.1) Main body + FS
Connect a jumper connector to CN19 on the FNS control board (FNSCB)
Ex.2) Main body + SD
Connect a jumper connector to CN19 on the SD control board (SDCB)
Ex.3) Main body + PB
Connect a jumper connector to CN29 on the PB control board (PBCB)
Ex.4) Main body + LS
Connect three connectors of the LS to the main body and connect a 2 pins connector to the LS
214
2
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
• When two or more finishing options are connected to the main body
Ex.1) Main body + FD + FS
Connect a jumper connector to CN19 on the FD control board (FDCB)
Connect a connector on the FS side to CN19 on FNSCB
Ex.2) Main body + LS + SD
Connect three connectors of the LS to the main body and connect a 2 pins connector to the LS
Connect a connector on the SD side to CN19 on SDCB
Ex.3) Main body + FD + SD + FS
Connect a jumper connector to CN19 on the FDCB
Connect a connector on the SD side to CN19 on SDCB
Connect a connector on the FS side to CN19 on FNSCB
Ex.4) Main body + SD + PB
Connect a jumper connector to CN19 on the SDCB
Connect a connector on the PB side to CN29 on PBCB
Ex.5) Main body + LS (1) + LS (2)
Connect three connectors of the LS (1) to the main body and connect a 2 pins connector to the LS (1)
Connect four connectors of the LS (2) to the LS (1)
Ex.6) Main body + LS (1) + LS (2) + FS
Connect three connectors of the LS (1) to the main body and connect a 2 pins connector to the LS (1)
Connect four connectors of the LS (2) to the LS (1)
Connect a connector on the FS side to CN 19 on FNSCB
2
215
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
[When the main power switch (SW1) is required to be turned OFF/ON in the middle of the ISW]
When the system configuration is as shown below, the SW1 is required to be turned OFF/ON in the middle of
the ISW.
• Case 1: Main body + IC + DF-603 + LS-501 (1st set) + LS-501 (2nd set) + FS-503
ISW sequence: FS-503 → LS-501 (2nd set) → SW1 OFF/ON → LS-501 (1st set) → DF-603 → IC → Main
body
• Case 2: Main body + IC + DF-603 + LS-501 (1st set) + LS-501 (2nd set)
ISW sequence: LS-501 (1st set) → SW1 OFF/ON → LS-501 (2nd set) → DF-603 → IC → Main body
However, when the LS-501 (2nd set) is conducted first, the SW1 is not required to be turned OFF/ON.
(2) Types of the transfer mode
There are 2 types of the ISW transfer mode on the machine side as shown below.
1)
When writing a new program (when replacing a board or when failed in writing a program)
Overall control board
Displayed normally when starting up
Method for ISW transmission
Power save LED flashing
Power ON mode
No display on operation board
Others
Error code display
Service mode
When there is an abnormality found with the image processing program of the image processing board, or an
error is found with date displayed on the operation panel, a startup is normally unavailable. In the condition like
this, when the power switch is turned on, the system gets into the ISW standby status.
And when an abnormality occurs while in rewriting the image processing program and the contents of the memory is damaged, the power save LED is flashing when the power is turned on again, and the system gets into
the ISW standby status.
When the image processing program is in the normal condition and there is an abnormality found with other programs, an SC error is normally display on the touch panel while in the startup.
2)
When in the version up of the program
Displayed normally when starting up
Method for ISW transmission
Overall control board
Normal
Service mode
Others
Normal
Service mode
(3) Use of each transmission mode
• Power ON mode
This mode is used when there is no program installed in the overall control board (OACB) of the copier main
body, or when an error code is displayed.
When the image control program of the OACB is not installed, the OACB can be written with the power
switch ON.
• Service mode
This mode is used when the image control program of the OACB has been already installed.
216
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
E. Connection to the main body
(1) When using the parallel cables
Preparations are made of the following when a connection is made.
• PC into which transferred files (rewritten data) have been copied.
• Parallel cables
1)
Procedure
Step
Operations
1
Turn OFF the power of the copier.
2
Turn OFF the power of the PC.
3
Remove 5 screws and then remove the upper right cover.
4
Connect the IEEE1284 port and the PC with the cable.
5
Connect the parallel cables of the PC to the ISW connectors of the copier.
NOTE
• When exiting the ISW, be sure to clean each mirror of the scanner.
217
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(2) When using the USB cables
Preparations are made of the following when a connection is made.
• PC into which transferred files (rewritten data) have been copied.
• UBS cables
1)
Procedure
Step
Operations
1
Turn OFF the power of the copier.
2
Turn OFF the power of the PC.
3
Remove 5 screws and then remove the upper right cover.
4
Connect the USB port and the PC with the cables.
5
Connect the USB cables of the PC to the ISW connectors.
NOTE
• When exiting the ISW, be sure to clean each mirror of the scanner.
218
F.
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Rewriting of firmware
(1) Relationship between the ISW and the display on the operation board
When the ISWTrns program starts up, the main screen of the ISWTrns is displayed. In the main screen, the
selection of transferred files (rewritten data), the display of information, the confirmation of a transferred file
(rewritten data) and the transmission of the transferred file (rewritten data) are conducted. For detailed information of the functions, see the following.
[9]
[10]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[8]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[1] Version selection frame
• When transferred files of plural versions are stored in a folder, a selection is made if the version is transferred.
[2] Version stored folder edit box
• When the condition selection frame of [10] is decided, according to the data folder set in the option screen
and the INI file information, a folder name in full path is displayed. When a transferred file is in a folder other
than a data folder, a change can be made by using the [Browse] button of [4] or rewriting directly the folder
name. A transferred file that meets the INI file conditions displayed here in the folder is displayed in the list box
of [3].
[3] Version file selection list box
• Files to be displayed that exist in the folder selected in [2] above are displayed. The files to be displayed are
described with the wild card name in the ISWTrns.INI file. Accordingly, when there are plural version files in the
same file, plural versions are to be displayed in this list box. The list displayed here is sorted in the order of
names, and when the list is displayed, an item displayed last is selected. Changing an item of selection
decides the version of a transferred file that is transmitted.
[4] Browse key
• This key is used when the transfer folder is in a folder other than the default data folder. Display the folder
selection screen to select the folder of [2].
[5] Transferred file information display list
• Display a list of files that are actually transferred when the version file is selected at [3]. The number of files
actually transferred is described in the checksum file attached to the transferred file (rewritten data). When all
of the transferred files are not stored in the folder of [2], or when unnecessary files are included in the folder,
an error message "No transferred files found or a file with an illegal name found in the folder. Make sure of it"
is displayed. When [File check] key of [6] is pressed, the checksum of all the files displayed is calculated. The
value obtained is compared with the checksum value stored in the checksum file (*.SUM) attached to the
transferred files (rewritten data) and the result is displayed.
[6] File check key
• When this button is pressed with the transferred files displayed in "Transferred file information display list" of
[5], the file checksum (checksum of the entire files) of each transferred file displayed is calculated and the
result is shown by the side of each transferred file. And the result of the checksum calculation and the checksum file attached to the transferred file (rewritten data) are compared and the result of comparison is displayed in the format shown below.
219
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
"OK": Accord
"NG": Not accord
"??": A corresponding checksum not found
[7] File Send key
• The transmission of the transferred files is started.
[8] Send file information frame
• A list of files actually transferred is displayed based on the information selected in the frames [1] and [10], and
pressing the [File Check] key displays the checksum of files and the consistency of the checksum (OK, NG,
??).
[9] File detailed information list
• When the version file of [3] is selected, the detailed information of a file are displayed.
[10] Condition selection frame
• The condition of the transferred file (rewritten data) is checked. When all the 4 types of combo boxes are
selected, the folder of [2] is set based on the information set in the INI file. The contents of the combo box
selected is stored in the ISWTrns.INI file by "Transmission," and initialized and displayed when being started
next time.
(2) Rewrite procedure
Ex.: When the image control program is written collectively.
Step
1
Operations
Copy the data to the PC. (For the procedure, see "C. Firmware copy.")
2
Start the ISWTrns program.
3
Select the machine type, the destination and the board types.
• Machine type: bizhub 1050, Destination: KBJ, Board type: 11 to 14 collectively
4
The data to be used is displayed in the version file selection box and the transmitted file information
frame.
5
220
Press the [File Check] key to check if the data to be used has any problem.
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Step
Operations
6
Place the copier main body in the standby for the ISW transfer. (For the procedure, see "2) Standby
for the ISW transfer.")
7
Press the [Start] key on the copier main body side first, and then press the [File Send] key of the
ISWTrns.
8
The following window is displayed on the PC while in the data transfer.
9
When the data transfer is completed, the following window is displayed.
[PC side]
[Copier side]
10
When transmitting other data, press the [Yes] key.
When exiting the rewrite, press the [No] key.
When pressing the [No] key, the copier main body is automatically rebooted.
11
Check the ROM version information in the service mode to see if the rewrite operation is completed
normally.
It is not completed normally, repeat the procedure from the step 2.
221
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
5.1.5
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Error list
Detection function
• When the copier main body detects an abnormal condition after turning on the power, the copier does not
display it on the main body touch panel, but inform you of it by lighting or flashing the LED (with the ISW
placed in the standby condition). For the LED display, see the table given below.
No.
1
Transaction
Power save LED
CPU in initialization when the power is turned on
OFF
2
Flush memory in checking
OFF
3
When an error is detected while in memory check (ISW standby status)
Flashing in orange
4
ISW processing (data being received from the PC and flush memory being
Flashing in green
written)
5
When an abnormality is detected while in data transmission
Flashing alternately in
6
When an error is detected while in writing flush memory
Flashing in red
7
Memory check successfully completed: while in rebooting
OFF
red and green
(1) ISWTrns error list
The ISWTrns displays messages when an error is shown or the transaction is completed. The table below
shows the contents of the message and the status of the ISWTrns.
Message
Status of the ISWTrns
The opening of the file the checksum of which is
The opening of the checksum file failed. The file is in use
to be taken is not available.
or damaged.
The opening of the file the checksum of which is
The reading of the checksum file failed. The memory is
to be taken cannot be read.
insufficient or the OS is in trouble.
The file cannot be opened.
The opening of the transferred file failed. The file is in use
or damaged.
The LPT port cannot be opened
The opening of the LPT port failed.
Communication port setting acquisition error
The access to GetCommState failed.
Communication port setting error
The access to GetCommState failed.
The transferred file cannot be opened.
The opening of the transferred file is unavailable. The file
The Term Test file cannot be transmitted.
The transmission of the communication test block failed.
is in use or damage.
1. The copier side is not in the receiving condition.
2. The cable is disconnected.
3. The transferred file is wrong.
Transmission of the file failed.
The transmission of the transferred file failed. Communication troubles such as a disconnected cable.
The transmission to the LPT port failed.
The output to the LPT port failed. Communication troubles such as a disconnected cable.
The folder name is illegal.
The name of the input folder is illegal. Be sure that the
input be started with the drive name such as "C:\"
The generation of the thread failed.
The generation of the thread failed.
The transferred file is not found.
A file that copies a file is not selected or does not exist in
the folder.
222
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Message
Some files cannot be copied.
Status of the ISWTrns
1. When the folder into which files are stored is not
found.
2. When a file is copied into the folder in which a file of
the same name is contained with "Overwrite check box"
not checked.
3. When overwriting is made on an overwrite prohibited
file.
4. The file is used by another application. OS trouble.
The transferred file is not found, or a file with an
The number of divisions of the transferred file written in
illegal name is found in the folder. Make sure of
the checksum file does not correspond with the number
it.
of files that actually exist.
1. When a file with an illegal name is in the data folder, or
a file name that seems to be illegal is displayed in the
folder list.
2. The number of divided files is insufficient. Check the
insufficient number of files in the folder list and copy
them again.
3. When the checksum file is damaged, copy it again to
the folder.
223
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(2) Main body error list
The table below shows error codes.
Error code
Description
Program applicable
0x02
The internal work space cannot be secured.
0x04
The DIMM space cannot be secured.
0x05
The DIMM space cannot be opened.
0x06
Data transmission to the DIMM failed.
0x21
The DIMM space on the controller side cannot be secured.
0x41
The format of the input data is abnormal.
0x42
The type name of input data is abnormal.
0x43
The board name of input data is abnormal.
0x64
Rewritten address error
0x81
Input device such as input time out is abnormal.
0xC1
The erasing of the flush ROM failed.
0xC2
The writing of the flush ROM failed.
0xC3
The ROM checksum is abnormal.
0xC4
Output device such as output time out is abnormal.
0xE1
Program SUM check error.
F
Controller I/F writing error.
P
0xE2
0xE3
P
Common
F
Common
I
Common
Erasure error.
C/ H/ N/ S/ J
Writing error.
C/ H/ N/ S/ J
Controller I/F verify error.
P
Blanc check error.
F
Communication error.
C/ H/ N/ S/ J
NOTE
• When rewriting the IC firmware, the execution of the ISW is inhibited if the initialization of the IC is
not completed.
• When any one of the errors shown above occurs, an error code is not displayed, but the message
"Now initializing Controller" is shown in the touch panel section.
224
2
5.1.6
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Troubleshooting
When an error occurs while in the execution of the ISWTrns program.
Condition
1
Cause
The ISWTrns does
The ISWTrns file is damaged
not start up.
The setup disk itself is damaged.
Measure taken
Set it up again.
Check the setup disk and set it up
again.
2
The screen is dis-
The Japanese DLL[RCJP.DLL] is
played in English.
damaged.
The INI file is set incorrectly. (The INI
Set it up again.
Check the ISWTrns.INI file.
file in English version is used.)
3
When an item in the
The transferred file is not stored in
Check to see if the relevant file is stored
combo box is
the relevant folder.
in the folder displayed in the "Folder"
selected, the trans-
text box of "Select version." When a
ferred file is not dis-
folder into which a file is stored is not
played.
found, use the "File copy" function.
The data folder in the option screen
Check the setting of the data folder.
is set incorrectly.
When a folder into which a file is stored
is not found, use the "File copy" function.
The file name is illegal (or has been
The file name must be used with no
changed.)
change made. When the file name is
changed, the display or selection of the
file becomes unavailable. When the file
name is changed, return it to former
state.
The folder name is illegal (or has
When the folder name created by the
been changed.)
"Create folder" button in the option
screen has been changed, it cannot be
found. Return it to former state and
check it again.
4
"NG" is displayed
The transferred file is damaged.
while in the file check.
Copy the file and check it again. When
"NG" still recurs, contact the supplier of
the file.
5
"??" is displayed
When the transferred file was cop-
while in the file check. ied to the PC, the copying of the
6
Copy the checksum file to the same file
as the one for the transferred file at the
checksum file (*.SUM) was forgot-
same time. (If you use the "Copy a file"
ten.
function, a copy is made automatically.)
An error "The file can-
The file is being used by anther pro-
Exit another program. The error still
not be opened" is
gram or system.
recurs, reboot Windows.
An error "Term Test
The connection of the cable is loos-
Check the cable to see if it is connected
file cannot be sent" is
ened.
securely or if there is any problem found
The transfer of the file
failed.
displayed.
displayed.
with the cable itself.
The main body is not in the receiv-
Check the main body to see if it is in the
ing condition.
receiving condition.
225
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Condition
6
Cause
Measure taken
An error "The transmis-
The connection of the cable is
Check the cable to see if it is con-
sion to the LPT port
loosened.
nected securely or if there is any prob-
Wrong data has been sent.
Check the file information screen to see
failed" is displayed.
lem found with the cable itself.
if the receiving mode on the copier side
(type of receiving board) corresponds
with the transferred file.
If the file is sent for the first time, contact the file supplier.
226
The length of the cable is out
Use a cable the length of which is less
of specifications.
than 2 m.
The parallel port of the PC is
See the PC manual to release the ECP
set to the ECP mode.
mode.
There is a compatibility prob-
Conduct a test with a PC with an actual
lem between the parallel port
performance of transmission, and
of the PC and the port on the
check to see if there is a compatibility
copier main body side.
problem found.
5.2
Internet ISW
5.2.1
Outline
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
"Internet ISW" is a system in which instructions are given to the ISW by using browser so that the copier automatically obtain the program from the program server. Using the Web functions allows you to conduct the ISW
at the user's premise without taking the programs with you.
5.2.2
Operating environment
To make use of the Internet ISW functions, the following conditions must be met.
• The copier must be connected to the network environment that allows the download of programs
from the Internet by using ftp or http protocol.
• In the following 4 cases, the "Internet ISW" does not operate on the copier.
• The main power switch (SW1) is off.
• The power switch (SW2) is off.
• The copier is in the auto shut-off.
• When the security enhanced mode is set to ON (the use of the main body NIC is not allowed.)
NOTE
• It operates while in the jam, SC and lower power mode.
5.2.3
Major functions
"Internet ISW" allows you to use the following functions.
• Internet ISW using the Web Utilities
Programs can be rewritten by accessing the Web Utilities of the copier main body on the Web browser of the
PC. However, this requires a Web terminal that is connected to the copier through the network.
• Internet ISW using the operation panel
Programs can be rewritten by using the touch panel of the copier. However, this requires a Web terminal that
is connected to the copier through the network.
1
227
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
5.2.4
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Initialization
To make use of the Internet ISW, it is necessary to set in advance the network parameter, program server
address and the fire wall address of the copier.
A. Setting from the operation panel
To introduce the copier main body into the network, set the IP address of the copier from the operation panel.
When this setting has been already made, proceed to "(2) Setting from the Web browser."
(1) Procedure
Step
1
Operating instructions
Press the [Utility/counter] button on the operation panel.
2
Select "06 Machine Manager Setting."
3
Select "04 Network Setting."
4
Select "01 Machine NIC Setting."
5
Enter "IP address," "Subnet mask," and "Gateway Address."
6
Restart the copier.
NOTE
• The IP address of the copier is normally assigned by the system administrator. For particulars,
contact the system administrator.
228
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
B. Setting from the Web Utilities
Enter the setting of the program server from the Web browser. At this time, in order to use the Web browser,
make preparations of the PC that can be introduced into the network.
NOTE
• No "space" is allowed in all set items.
• When an incorrect setting is made on the Web browser, be sure to correct it following the error
message. Correcting no input error may result in the download error of the program.
• The Web layout is subject to change without notice.
(1) Procedure
Step
1
Operations
Start up the Web browser.
When the proxy is set on the Web browser, the main body Web may not be accessed.
For particulars, contact the network administrator. For Web browser, Internet Explorer or Netscape
Navigator is recommended. However, be sure to avoid setting from two or more browsers at a
time.
2
Specify the IP address of the copier main body that is entered thorough "A. Setting from the operation panel".
When you access the Web Utilities of the copier main body, "Main page" is displayed.
3
4
Click [Extension for maintenance] in "Main page."
Enter the user name and the CE password in the "Extension for maintenance" and then press
[OK].
User name: ce (cannot be changed)
Password: CE Enter the password. (Default: "92729272")
229
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Step
230
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Operations
5
Click [Internet ISW] in "Extension for maintenance."
6
Click [Initial Setting].
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Step
7
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Operations
Set the proxy server.
When using no proxy server (fire wall), proceed to the step 9.
Enable Proxy
Select the following:
When using no proxy: "Connect to the program server."
When using ftp proxy: "Use ftp proxy."
When using http proxy: "Use http proxy."
Proxy Server
When selecting "Use ftp proxy" in "Use of proxy," then select a proxy server
Type
type from among the below.
Type 1: "User user@host name"
Type 2: "OPEN host name"
Type 3: "FW host name => FW password => SITE host name"
Type 4: "FW host name => FW password => User user@host name"
NOTE
• For types 2, 3 and 4, no guarantee is made.
• For authentication of proxy server, see "3.2.7 Authentication of
the proxy server in the Internet ISW."
Proxy Server IP
When using the proxy server, set the IP address of the proxy server.
Address
Port Number
When using the proxy server, set the number of the port that uses the proxy
server.
8
User name on
When selecting the type 1 or type 2 in "Type of proxy server" above set the
the Proxy Server
account of the proxy server.
Password for the
When selecting the type 1 or type 2 in "Type of proxy server" above set the
Proxy Server
password of the proxy server.
After completion of entry, click [Next] and then after checking the set items in the setting check
screen, click [Next]. However, if there is an input error, click [Back] following the message shown in
red and then re-set the item.
231
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Step
9
Operations
Set the program server. (Proxy is used.)
Program server address
Set the address of the server into which the program to be
down loaded is stored. Select the protocol to be used from
the pull-down menu left and enter the address after that in
the text box on the right. In the case of ftp, it is a relative path
from the home directory.
User name on the Program
Enter the account name of the program server.
Server
Password for the Program
Enter the password of the program server.
Server
Receiving time out
Set the receiving time out of the program. When the time is
out, the down load of the program forcibly comes to an end,
and the system returns to the normal mode without conducting the ISW.
10
After completion of entry, click [Next]. Then after checking the set items in the setting check
screen, click [Completed]. However, if there is an input error, click [Back] following the message
shown in red and then re-set the item.
11
Set the program server. (Proxy is not used.)
Protocol
Select the protocol that receives the program.
Program Server IP Address
Set the IP address of the server into which the program to
Target directory
In the case of http, set the path after the host domain. In
be down loaded is stored.
the case of ftp, set the relative path from the home directory.
User name on the Program
Enter the account name of the program server.
Server
Password for the Program
Enter the password of the program server.
Server
Receiving time out
Set the receiving time out of the program. When the time is
out, the down load of the program forcibly comes to an
end, and the system returns to the normal mode without
conducting the ISW.
232
Step
12
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Operations
After completion of entry, click [Next]. Then after checking the set items in the setting check
screen, click [Complete]. However, if there is an input error, click [Back] following the message
shown in red and then re-set the item.
13
Conduct the Download test.
• In the down load test, "test.dat" is down loaded from the program server set in the initialization
to check the settings. When the down load test failed, re-check the set items following the error
message.
• When the down load test is successfully completed, the communication speed and the
expected down load time are displayed as shown below. Refer to the "Receiving time out" setting.
• When the down load test failed, the response error code from the server is display as shown
below. Since there may be a setting error, re-check the initialization.
233
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
5.2.5
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Internet ISW using the Web Utilities
Using the Web Utilities of the copier allows the customer engineer, by just making a click from the browser, to
download the programs from the program server automatically for rewriting.
(1) Procedure
Step
1
Operations
Proceed to "Internet ISW" on the Web Utilities.
The ROM version of the board is displayed beside each of the board names.
2
Select one of the ISW-intended boards in the item "ISW," and check its check box. When specifying the file name to be down loaded, enter it in the "File name" text box column. When specifying
no file name, obtain the following from the specified program server address.
3
After completion of entry, click the [ISW] key.
If there is an input error, click [Back] following the message displayed in red and then enter the item
again.
234
Step
4
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Operations
Checking of the ISW conditions.
From the screen shown below, you can check the current processing condition to see if there is any
error.
• "ISW in communication"
• "ISW in rewriting"
• "Completed successfully": Be sure to avoid pressing the "Read again" key of the browser to
reboot after successful completion.
• "Aborted due to a communication error."
• "Aborted due to a communication time error."
• "Aborted due to a writing error."
5
When the ISW is completed successfully, the copier restarts automatically to complete the ISW.
NOTE
• Clicking the [Check progress] key allows you to abort the ISW only while in programming.
6
After restart of the copier main body, check the ROM version in "Internet ISW main screen" to see if
it is being updated successfully.
5.2.6
Notes for use
(1) Notice to the administrator
When conducting Internet ISW, be sure to notify the administrator of it and get approval from him in advance.
And conduct this operation when the copier is not used. When the copier is in use (with jobs accompanied),
Internet ISW does not operate.
(2) When the power supply is cut off while writing the image control program in the overall control
board (OACB).
When the main power switch (SW1) turns off due to a power failure, the copier does not start up.
If the main power switch is turned off due to the failure of power supply and Internet ISW is abnormally terminated, be sure to go to the copier that has been conducting the Internet ISW and use the ISWTrns to reperform
the rewriting of the program.
(3) Failure while in low power mode
When ISW failed due to the down load of the program or the data check error, get it back in the normal mode.
235
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
5.2.7
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Internet ISW using the touch panel
When the customer engineer uses the Internet ISW from the touch panel, with no PC brought with, the copier
can download programs from the program server to rewrite them automatically.
(1) Procedure
Ex.: When the image control program is rewritten collectively.
Step
236
Operations
1
Display "ISW rewrite screen."
2
Press [Internet ISW] key provided below the screen.
3
Press [Collective] key of <Image processing system>.
Step
4
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Operations
Pressing the [Start] key starts the download of the latest program for rewriting.
In a case in which the download of an old version programs is required, press the [File Name Input]
key and enter the file name by hand for execution.
5
When ISW is completed normally, the copier is rebooted and exits ISW automatically.
6
After the copier main body is rebooted, check the [ROM version screen] to see if the ROM version
has been updated normally.
237
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
5.2.8
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Authentication of the proxy server in Internet ISW
A. Proxy server
Proxy server which is provided on the inside of the fire wall is the generic name of a mail server that serves the
proxy of a client who receives an access demand (HTTP and FTP) from the client.
B. Authentication of the proxy server
There are 4 types of authentication methods for the proxy server.
The Internet ISW is corresponding to these 4 types.
C. Authentication type of the proxy server and the command list
(1) Type 1: User user name@host name
When accessing the outside through the proxy, authentication to the proxy server is not required.
When accessing the outside through the proxy server, or when the entry of the user name and password of the
proxy server is not required, this proxy authentication is likely to be used.
Command
Command
Parameter
Reply Code
Description
USER
User name@host
331
Transmit the user name of the program server and the
PASS
Password
name
program server address
230
Transmit the password for the user name above
(2) Type 2: OPEN host name
This is almost the same as the type 1, except for the exchange of commands while in authentication.
When all the settings are made correctly and no communication is available with type 1 authentication, this setting is used.
Command
Command
Parameter
Reply Code
OPEN
Host name
ftp expanded function,
Description
USER
User name
331
Transmit the user name of the program server
PASS
Password
230
Transmit the password for the user name above
Transmit the user name of the program server
defined for each server
(3) Type 3: FW user name => FW password => SITE host name
This is a type that requires the authentication to the proxy server itself when accessing the outside.
The information of the server you want to access and the user name and password of the proxy server (F/W) are
required.
When accessing the outside through the proxy server and when the user name and the password of the proxy
server are required, this proxy authentication is likely to be used.
238
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Command
Command
Parameter
Reply Code
USER
FW user name
331
PASS
FW password
230
SITE
Host name
ftp expanded
Description
Transmit the user name of the proxy server
Transmit the password for the user name above
Transmit the user name of the program server
function, defined
for each server
USER
User name
331
Transmit the user name of the program server
PASS
Password
230
Transmit the password for the user name above
(4) Type 4: FW user name => FW password => USER user name@host name
This is almost the same as the type 3, except for the exchange of commands while in authentication.
When all the settings are made correctly and no communication is available with type 3 authentication, this setting is used.
Command
Command
Parameter
Reply Code
USER
FW user name
331
Transmit the user name of the proxy server
Transmit the password for the user name above
PASS
FW password
230
USER
User name@host
331
name
PASS
Password
Description
Transmit the user name of the program server and the
program server address
230
Transmit the password for the user name above
D. Remarks
For fwtk2.1 (for Unix) and Black Jumbo Dog (for Windows), the type 1 authentication is used.
For most of the proxy servers, the type 1 authentication is used.
When the authentication type of the proxy server is not known, you are recommended to make settings in type
1 authentication as a temporary measure.
239
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
6. OTHERS
6.1
Items not allowed to be disassembled and adjusted
6.1.1
Scanner section
A. Read position adjusting plates /Fr and /Rr
(1) Positions from which the screws are not allowed to be removed
• Attaching screws, one each, of the read position adjusting plates /Fr and /Rr
[2]
[1]
[1]
[3]
1050fs2073c
[1]
Screws not allowed to be removed
[2]
Read position adjusting plate /Fr
[3]
Read position adjusting plate /Rr
(2) Reason of prohibition
The read position adjusting plates /Fr and /Rr hold in place the slit glass that becomes the read position while in
the DF scan. The displacement of the slit glass may cause the image read by the DF to be deformed. Accordingly, this position of installation is not allowed to be changed.
240
6. OTHERS
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. Mirror unit/exposure unit
(1) Position not allowed to be adjusted
• Installation positions of the mirror unit and the exposure unit
[2]
[1]
1050fs2219c
[1]
Mirror unit
[2]
Exposure unit
(2) Reason of prohibition
The distance between the mirror unit and the exposure unit affects the magnifications of the original to be read
in the sub scan direction. Therefore, the installation positions of the mirror unit and the exposure unit must not
be arbitrarily adjusted. However, when the exposure unit and the scanner wire have been removed, these parts
must be reinstalled using the optics unit positioning jig.
241
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
6.1.2
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
CCD unit
(1) Positions from which the screws are not allowed to be removed
• 9 screws used to assemble the CCD unit
• 4 attaching screws of the lens reference plate assembly
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
[2]
[5]
[1]
[1]
[5]
1050fs2504c
[1]
Screws not allowed to be removed
[4]
Lens reference plate assembly
[2]
Screws not allowed to be removed
[5]
Attaching screw of the CCD unit (allowed to
[3]
CCD unit
be removed when replacing the CCD unit)
(2) Reason of prohibition
The accuracy of the CCD unit is guaranteed as a unit, and if disassembled, its accuracy is not guaranteed.
Accordingly, screws that lead up to the disassembly of the CCD unit are not allowed to be removed.
The lens reference plate assembly acts as the basis for the installation position of the CCD unit. Removing this
assembly may cause the displacement of the optical axis of the CCD unit. So, be sure not to remove the attaching screws of the lens reference plate assembly.
242
6.1.3
6. OTHERS
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Writing section
(1) Positions from which the screws are not allowed to be removed
• 11 attaching screws of the writing section cover
[1]
[2]
[1]
[1]
[1]
Screws not allowed to be removed
[2]
1050fs2220c
Writing section cover
(2) Reason of prohibition
The inside of the writing section becomes the laser light path. Opening the cover allows dust and dirt to get
inside, which may block the laser light path. Therefore, the screws of the writing section cover are not allowed to
be removed.
243
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
6.1.4
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Developing unit
(1) Positions from which the screws are not allowed to be removed
• 2 fixing screws of the developer regulation blade
• 1 fixing screw of the magnet angle adjusting knob
[5]
[1]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
Screws not allowed to be removed
[4]
Developing roller
[2]
Screws not allowed to be removed
[5]
Developer regulation blade
[3]
Magnet angle adjusting knob
1050fs2221c
(2) Reason of prohibition
The developer regulation blade and the magnet angle adjusting knob both decide the heights of the developer in
the developing roller. They have been adjusted to an appropriate value in advance. Accordingly these fixing
screws are not allowed to be removed.
244
6.1.5
A.
6. OTHERS
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Transfer/separation charger unit
Transfer guide plate/transfer assist home sensor assembly
(1) Positions from which the screws are not allowed to be removed
• 5 attaching screws of the transfer guide plate
• 2 attaching screws of the transfer assist home sensor assembly
[4]
[1]
[3]
[2]
1050fs2222c
[1]
Screws not allowed to be removed
[3]
Transfer assist home sensor assembly
[2]
Screws not allowed to be removed
[4]
Transfer guide plate
(2) Reason of prohibition
The transfer guide plate decides the approach angle of paper against the transfer position and the displacement
of the installation position may result in poor transfer. Accordingly, the attaching screws of the transfer guide
plate are not allowed to be removed.
The transfer assist home sensor (PS37) detects the starting point to drive the transfer assist sheet assembly and
the displacement of this position may result in poor transfer or damage to the drum. Accordingly, the attaching
screws of the transfer assist home sensor assembly are not allowed to be removed.
245
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. Transfer assist sheet assembly
(1) Positions from which the screws are not allowed to be removed
• 2 attaching screws of the actuator
[1]
[2]
[1]
Actuator
[2]
1050fs2223c
Screws not allowed to be removed
(2) Reason of prohibition
The accuracy of the transfer assist sheet assembly is guaranteed as a unit, and if disassembled, its accuracy is
not guaranteed. Accordingly, screws that lead up to the disassembly of the transfer assist sheet assembly are
not allowed to be removed.
246
6. OTHERS
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
C. Separation support member
(1) Positions from which the screws are not allowed to be removed
• Separation support member, 2 pcs
[1]
[1]
[1]
1050fs2225c
Separation support member
(2) Reason of prohibition
The separation support members decide the distance from the transfer wire and the separation wire to paper,
and removing them changes the attaching height of the wire, thus resulting in the reduced performance of the
transfer and the separation. Accordingly, the separation support members are not allowed to be removed.
247
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
6.1.6
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Main body (write position adjusting shaft)
(1) Positions from which the screws are not allowed to be removed
• 2 attaching screws of the write position adjusting shaft fixing plate
[1]
[3]
[1]
Screws not allowed to be removed
[2]
Write position adjusting shaft fixing plate
[2]
1050fs2224c
[3]
Write position adjusting shaft
(2) Reason of prohibition
The write position adjusting shaft is the reference angle of the installation of the write section to the drum.
Removing it may undermine the parallelism of the drum with the write section, thus causing the image to be
deformed. Therefore, be sure not to remove the attaching screw of the fixing plate of the write position adjusting
shaft.
248
6.2
6. OTHERS
List of parts to be disassembled and reassembled
NOTE
• This list shows the explanation of the disassembly and reassembly of the parts which are considered necessary to replace (other than periodically replaced parts). However, these parts except for
the covers are not required to be disassembled while in normal service operations.
• For the method of replacing the periodically replaced parts, see "3.5 Maintenance procedure".
No
Section
1
Cover
Parts name
Page referred to
Front door Rt
P.251
2
Front door Lt
P.252
3
Toner supply door
P.254
4
Rear cover
P.250
5
Right cover
P.250
6
Left cover
P.251
7
Upper cover /Rr1
P.255
8
Upper cover /Rr2
P.255
9
Upper cover /Rt
P.256
10
Upper cover /Lt
P.257
11
Upper cover /Fr
P.257
12
Original glass
P.256
CCD unit
P.260
14
Exposure lamp
P.262
15
Exposure unit
P.264
16
Scanner wire
P.266
Writing section
P.269
Lift wire
P.284
19
Paper feed assist fan
P.277
20
Paper lift motor
P.284
13
Scanner section
17
Writing section
18
Paper feed section
21
Registration section
22
Multi feed detection board /1
Multi feed detection board /2
P.289
23
ADU
ADU
P.291
24
HDD
Hard disk /1
P.294
Hard disk /2
P.295
25
249
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
6.3
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Disassembling/reassembling procedure
Caution:
• When disassembling/reassembling the parts, be sure to unplug the power cord of the main body
from the power outlet.
6.3.1
Cover
A. Removing/reinstalling the rear cover
(1) Procedure
1.
[2]
[1]
Remove 9 screws [1] and then remove the rear
cover [2].
2.
steps in reverse.
[1]
[1]
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
1050fs2057c
B. Removing/reinstalling the right cover
(1) Procedure
1.
[2]
Remove 6 screws [1] and then remove the right
cover [2].
2.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1]
[1]
1050fs2058c
250
6. OTHERS
C. Removing/reinstalling the left cover
(1) Procedure
1.
Remove 6 screws [1] and then remove the left
cover [2].
2.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1]
[1]
[2]
1050fs2059c
D. Removing/reinstalling the front door /Rt
(1) Procedure
1.
2.
Open the front door /Rt [1].
Loosen 2 screws [2] and bring down the shaft
[3].
3.
4.
Remove the front door /Rt [1].
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[3]
[2]
[1]
1050fs2060c
251
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
E. Removing/reinstalling the front door /Lt
(1) Procedure
1.
2.
Open the front door /Lt [1].
Loosen 2 screws [2], bring down the shaft [3]
and remove the front door /Lt [1].
[1]
[3]
[2]
1050fs2061c
252
6. OTHERS
NOTE
• When reinstalling the front door /Lt [1], be
[3]
sure to insert the projection [4] of the hinge
[3] into the hole [2] provided in the lower section of the front door /Lt.
[4]
3.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1]
[2]
1050fs2062c
253
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
F.
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Removing/reinstalling the toner supply door
(1) Procedure
1.
2.
Open the toner supply door [1].
Remove the screw [2] and then remove the hinge
[3] together with the toner supply door [1].
[3]
NOTE
• When reinstalling the toner supply door [1], be
sure to insert the projection [6] of the hinge
[2]
[5] into the hole [4] provided in the lower section of the toner supply door.
[1]
3.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[6]
[4]
[5]
1050fs2063c
254
6. OTHERS
G. Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /Rr1
NOTE
• The same removal and reinstallation procedure is applicable when the DF-603 is provided.
(1) Procedure
1.
Remove 3 screws [1] and then remove the upper
cover /Rrl [2].
2.
[2]
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1]
1050fs2064c
H. Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /Rr2
NOTE
• The same removal and reinstallation procedure is applicable when the DF-603 is provided.
(1) Procedure
1.
2.
[3]
Remove 2 screw caps [1].
Remove 2 screws [2] and then remove the upper
cover /Rr2 [3].
3.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2]
[1]
1050fs2065c
255
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
I.
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /Rt
NOTE
• The same removal and reinstallation procedure is applicable when the DF-603 is provided.
(1) Procedure
1.
2.
[3]
[2]
Remove 5 screws [2] and then remove the upper
cover /Rt [3].
3.
[2]
Remove 3 screw caps [1].
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1]
1050fs2066c
J.
Removing/reinstalling the original glass
NOTE
• The same removal and reinstallation procedure is applicable when the DF-603 is provided.
• When reinstalling the original glass, be sure that the shading correction plate (white) is on the
upper side of the glass.
(1) Procedure
[3]
1.
[6]
(See P.256)
2.
[4]
Remove the upper cover /Rt.
Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the original stopper plate /Lt [2].
[5]
3.
Remove 3 screws [3] and then remove the original stopper plate /Rr [4].
4.
[1]
Remove 2 screws [5] and then remove the original stopper plate /Rt [6].
[2]
5.
6.
Remove the original glass [7].
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[7]
256
1050fs2067c
6. OTHERS
K. Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /Lt
NOTE
• The same removal and reinstallation procedure is applicable when the DF-603 is provided.
(1) Procedure
1.
[1]
Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the original stopper plate /Lt [2].
2.
[4]
[2]
Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the upper
cover /Lt [4].
3.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[3]
1050fs2068c
L. Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /Fr
NOTE
• The same removal and reinstallation procedure is applicable when the DF-603 is provided.
a.
Procedure
1.
[1]
Remove the upper cover /Rt.
(See P.256)
2.
Remove the original glass.
(See P.256))
3.
Remove the upper cover /Lt.
(See P.257)
4.
Remove the original glass guide /Fr [1].
1050fs2069c
257
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
5.
Remove the front door /Rt.
(See P.251)
6.
Remove the front door /Lt.
(See P.257)
7.
the upper cover /Fr [1].
[2]
[1]
[2]
[2]
1050fs2070c
258
Remove 4 screws [2] provided on the bottom of
[1]
6. OTHERS
[2]
8.
Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the upper
cover /Fr [2].
9.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
1050fs2071c
259
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
6.3.2
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Scanner section
A. Removing/reinstalling the CCD unit
NOTE
• After completion of reinstallation of the CCD unit, be sure to conduct the image adjustments in of
the service mode. (See P.317)
(1) Procedure
[1]
1.
Remove the upper cover /Rt.
(See P.257)
2.
Remove the original glass.
(See P.256)
3.
Remove 10 screws [1] and then remove the lens
light blocking cover [2].
[1]
[2]
[1]
1050fs2074c
4.
Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the cable
cover [2].
[2]
[1]
1050fs2075c
5.
[2]
[1]
260
Remove the ribbon cable [2] from the CCD board
(CCDB) [1].
1050fs2076c
6. OTHERS
NOTE
[2]
• When removing the ribbon cable [1], bring
down the lock lever [3] of the connector [2] in
the direction as shown in the drawing to
release the lock and pullout the ribbon cable.
[3]
[1]
1050fs2077c
• When reinstalling the ribbon cable [1], make
[3]
sure that the lock lever [2] is released. And
insert the ribbon cable fully into the connector
[3] while taking care that the conductor side
of the ribbon cable comes to the under side of
the lock lever.
[1]
[2]
1050fs2078c
And then return the lock lever [1] to its original position and lock the ribbon cable [2].
[1]
[2]
1050fs2079c
261
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
6.
[4]
Remove the screw [1] and then remove the
ground terminal [2].
7.
Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the CCD
unit [4].
8.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[3]
[1]
[2]
1050fs2080c
B. Removing/reinstalling the exposure lamp
(1) Procedure
1.
[2]
Remove the upper cover /Rt.
(See P.256)
[1]
2.
Remove the original glass.
(See P.256)
3.
Remove the upper cover /Lt.
(See P.257)
4.
5.
1050fs2081c
262
Remove the original glass guide /Fr [1].
Remove the original glass guide /Rr [2].
6. OTHERS
6.
Move the exposure unit [1] to the notch [2] of the
main body frame.
[9]
7.
Remove the screw [3] and then remove the cable
clamp [4].
8.
9.
[8]
Remove the connector [5].
Remove the screws [6], one each, and then
remove the lamp presser plates /Fr [7] and /Rr
[8].
10. Remove 2 screws [9] and then remove the expo-
[6]
sure lamp [10].
11. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
[2]
steps in reverse.
[10]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[5]
[9]
[6]
[4]
[7]
1050fs2082c
263
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
C. Removing/reinstalling the exposure unit
(1) Procedure for removal
[5]
1.
[6]
Remove the upper cover /Rt.
(See P.256)
2.
Remove the original glass.
(See P.256)
[3]
3.
Remove the upper cover /Lt.
(See P.257)
4.
[8]
Remove the upper cover /Fr.
(See P.257)
5.
6.
[4]
Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the cord
presser member [4].
7.
[2]
Move the exposure unit [1] to the notch position
[2] of the main body frame.
[7]
Remove the screw [5] and then remove the
ground terminal [6].
[1]
8.
9.
Remove the connector [7].
Remove 4 screws [8] and then remove the exposure unit [1].
[2]
[8]
1050fs2083c
264
6. OTHERS
(2) Procedure for reinstallation
1.
Move the V-mirror unit [1] toward the V-mirror
positioning hole [2].
2.
Insert the optics unit positioning jig [3] into the Vmirror positioning hole [2] and fix the V-mirror unit
[1].
[3]
NOTE
• Be sure to insert the optics unit positioning jig
[3] from the front side and pass it through the
[1]
[7]
V-mirror unit [1].
[2]
• Be care full not to confuse the V-mirror positioning hole [2] with the unused hole [4].
3.
[5]
exposure unit positioning hole [5].
4.
[6]
[4]
[3]
Insert the optics unit positioning jig [6] into the
Press the exposure unit [7] against the optics unit
positioning unit [2].
5.
6.
7.
Reinstall the exposure unit with 4 screws.
Remove 2 optics unit positioning jigs.
For the parts to be installed hereafter, reinstall
them following the removal steps in reverse.
[3]
1050fs2084c
265
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
D. Stretching of the scanner wire
NOTE
• Be sure to wind the wire closely without overlapping each other.
• When re-stretching or replacing the scanner wire, be sure to use the optics unit positioning jig.
• When re-stretching or replacing the scanner wire, be sure to conduct the image adjustment in the
service mode.(See P.317)
(1) Procedure
[1]
[2]
[4]
[3]
[3]
[3]
1050fs2226c
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Remove the upper cover /Rt. (See P.256)
Remove the original glass. (See P.256)
Remove the upper cover /Lt. (See P.257)
Remove the upper cover /Fr. (See P.257)
Move the exposure unit. (See P.264)
Move the V-mirror unit [1] toward the V-mirror positioning hole [2].
Insert the optics unit positioning jig [3] into the V-mirror positioning hole [2] and fix the V-mirror unit [1].
NOTE
• Be sure to insert the optics unit positioning jig [3] from the front side and pass it through the V-mirror unit [1].
• Be care full not to confuse the V-mirror positioning hole [2] with the unused hole [4].
266
6. OTHERS
[6]
[6]
[7]
[3]
[3]
[12]
[5]
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
[5]
[2]
[13]
[9]
[22]
[13]
[15]
[14]
[17]
[22]
[4]
[8]
[11]
[21]
[16]
[1]
[8]
[18]
[10]
[4]
[20]
[18]
[15]
[7]
[17]
[16]
[11]
1050fs2227c
8.
Drop the metal ball [3] in between the scanner wire /Fr [1] and /Rr [2] into the installation hole of the drive
pulley [4]. And with this hole as a starting point, wind the wire 4 turns [5] outwards and 5 turns [6] inwards.
NOTE
• Be sure to wind the scanner wire with the metal ball [7] at the end outwards and the scanner wire
with the wire terminal [8] at the end inwards.
• For both scanner wires, be sure to pull out the one wound outwards in the paper feed direction [9]
from above the drive pulley and the one wound inwards in the paper exit direction [10] from above
the drive pulley.
9.
For each scanner wire that has been wound round the drive pulley, fasten it to the respective wire stoppers
through the wire stopper /Fr [11] or /Rr [12] pulley /1 [13] and via the outside of the pulley [15] of the V-mirror unit [14].
NOTE
• Each wire stopper is provided with 2 grooves. Fix the metal ball [7] in the groove on the outside for
the wire stopper /Fr [11], and fix it in the groove on the inside for the wire stopper /Rr [12].
267
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
10. For each scanner wire that has been wound round the drive pulley, after reversing it by the pulley /2 [16],
pass it through the inside of the pulley [15] of the V-mirror unit [14] and pulley /3 [17] and hook the wire terminal [8] to the spring fixing plate [18].
[11][12]
11. Paste the wire restriction sheet [19] to the wire
[19]
stoppers /Fr [11] and /Rr [12]. (The sheet is common to both the front and rear stoppers.)
NOTE
• Be sure to paste it so that the wire restriction
sheet comes in contact with the wire.
1050fs2421c
12. Fasten tentatively each of the spring fixing plates with the screw [20].
13. Loosen once the screw [20], attach the spring [21] between 2 spring fixing plate [18] and then fix each
spring fixing plate with the screw [20].
NOTE
• After attaching each of the scanner wires, check the respective exposure unit mounting brackets
[22] if they turn to the inside.
14. For the parts to be installed hereafter, reinstall them following the removal steps in reverse.
268
6.3.3
6. OTHERS
Writing section
Cautions:
• Be absolutely sure not to turn on the writing section with it displaced from its regular position.
• Be absolutely sure not to remove the writing section cover. If laser beams get in your eyes, you
may suffer loss of sight.
• After turning off the main power switch (SW1) or the power switch (SW2), be absolutely sure not to
remove the writing section for about 2 minutes.
A. Removing/reinstalling the writing section
(1) Procedure
1.
Remove the right cover.
(See P.250)
2.
Remove 8 screws [1] and then remove the writing section cover [2].
[4]
[3]
NOTE
• When reinstalling the writing section cover
[2], hold it by inserting the notch holes [3] at
either side into the hooks [4] of the main body
frame.
[1]
[2]
[1]
[1]
[3]
[4]
1050fs2085c
269
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
3.
4.
[1]
Remove 3 connectors [1].
Loosen 2 screws [2] and pull out the writing section [3] for removal.
5.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[3]
[2]
270
1050fs2086c
6.3.4
6. OTHERS
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Paper feed section
A. Removing/reinstalling the lift wire
NOTE
• The same procedure for removing/reinstalling the lift wire is used for both the trays /1 and /2.
(1) Procedure
1.
Remove the tray.
(See P.94)
2.
Remove 2 screws [1] and the 2 screws [2] with
washer.
3.
[3]
[1] [4]
Remove the connector [3] and then remove the
tray front cover [4].
[1]
[2]
[2]
1050fs2754c
271
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
[6]
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
[4]
4.
5.
6.
7.
[2]
Remove the E-ring [1].
Remove 5 screws [2].
Remove the screw [3].
Remove the bearing [5], the bearing [6] and the
torque restriction gear [7] together with the gear
mounting plate [4].
[3]
NOTE
[5]
• When removing the gear mounting plate [4],
[1]
• When reinstalling it, make sure that the step
take note that the gear comes off freely.
[2]
[7]
[8] of each shaft gets in the gear mounting
plate [4] securely.
• Be sure to reinstall the bearing (large) [5] from
the outside of the gear cover [4] and the bearing (small) [6] from the inside.
[4]
[8]
1050fs2755c
272
6. OTHERS
8.
Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the gear
[2] and the pin [3].
9.
[1]
[4]
Remove the E-ring [4].
[2]
[2]
[3]
1050fs2756c
10. Slide the pulley [1] and remove the wire end [2]
[2]
from the shaft hole [3].
NOTE
• When reinstalling it, lift up the paper lift plate
a little to give slack to the lift wire you want to
insert. Then insert the wire ends [2] into the
shaft hole [3] one at a time and fix it with the
pulley [1].
[3]
[1]
1050fs2757c
273
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
11. Remove the E-rings [1], one each provided at the
[5]
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
2 places and then remove the wire covers [2],
one each.
12. Remove the lift wires /Fr1 [4] and /Fr2 [5] from
the pulley [3].
NOTE
• When reinstalling it, make sure that the lift
wires /Fr1 [4] and /Fr2 [5] are contained in the
wire cover [2] and they are not crossing each
other.
[4]
[5]
1050fs2758c
[2]
13. Pull out from up to down the lift wires /Fr1 and /
[1]
Fr2 [2] from the arm [1] of the paper lift plate.
NOTE
• Be sure to pull out the lift wire gently and take
care that the lift wire does not get damaged
by the edges of the metal frame.
1050fs2759c
274
6. OTHERS
14. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the
[3]
ground [2].
[5]
15. Remove 3 screws [3] and then remove the cover
[4].
16. Remove 4 screws [5] and then remove the connector mounting plate [6].
[4]
[2] [1]
[6]
1050fs2760c
[2]
17. Remove the E-ring [1].
18. Slide the pulley [2] and remove the wire end [3]
[3]
from the hole [4].
[4]
[1]
1050fs2761c
275
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
[1]
[2]
[3]
[5]
[4]
19. Remove the E-rings [1], one each provided at the
2 places and then remove the wire covers [2],
one each.
20. Remove the lift wires /Rr1 [4] and /Rr2 [5] from
the pulley [3].
NOTE
• When reinstalling it, make sure that the lift
wires /Rr1 [4] and /Rr2 [5] are contained in the
wire cover [2] and they are not crossing each
other.
[5]
[4]
[2]
1050fs2762c
21. Pull out from up to down the lift wires /Rr1 and /
[1]
Rr2 [2] from the arm [1] of the paper lift plate.
NOTE
• Be sure to pull out the lift wire gently and take
care that the lift wire does not get damaged
by the edges of the metal frame.
22. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
NOTE
• The lift wire /Fr is grey in color and /Rr black
in color.
• Make sure that the lift wires do not cross
each other.
• After completion of installation, check the
paper lift plate to ensure it is level.
1050fs2763c
276
6. OTHERS
B. Removing/reinstalling the paper feed assist fan
NOTE
• The same removal and reinstallation procedures of the paper feed assist fans /Fr1 (FM20), /Rr1
(FM21) and /Fr2 (FM22), /Fr2 (FM23) are used for trays /1 and /2.
(1) Procedure
[2]
[3]
[1]
1.
Remove the tray.
(See P.94)
2.
3.
Loosen a screw [1].
With the release lever [2] placed at its original
position, hold the stopper [3] and tighten the
screw [1] to fix the stopper.
4.
Remove the tray front cover and lift wire.
(See P.271)
1050fs2422c
1
277
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
5.
[4]
[5]
[3]
Loosen the screws [1], one each provided at the
4 places and slide the bracket [2] in the arrowmarked direction.
6.
Hold down the paper stopper [3] and pull out the
lift plate cover [4] upward to remove it.
NOTE
• When removing the lift plate cover [4], raise
up the pick-up roller [5] in the arrow-marked
direction to move it out of the way.
• When reinstalling the bracket [2], push it
lightly in the opposite direction of removal
and fix it with screws.
[1]
[2]
1050fs2764c
278
6. OTHERS
7.
Rotate the gear of the drive section by hand and
raise the paper lift plate [1] upward. Move the
coupling gear [2] in the arrow-marked direction
and then fix the lift plate.
[1]
[2]
1050fs2765c
8.
Remove the connectors [1], one each, and the
wire binding bands [2], one each.
NOTE
• To make it clear, the picture shows the condition in which the lift plate is removed.
[1]
[2]
[1]
1050fs2767c
1
279
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
[1]
9.
[3]
Remove the screw [1], the screw [2], the screw
[3] and the screws [4], 3 each.
10. Remove the paper guides /Fr [5] and /Rr [6].
NOTE
• When reinstalling it, be sure to fasten the
paper guides /Fr [5] and /Rr [6] with the
screws [2] and the screws [3], 3 each. Then
tentatively tighten the screws [1] and the
screws [4], 3 each and tighten them up fully
after placing the paper guides /Fr and /Rr in a
[5]
horizontal position.
[6]
To check the verticality of the paper guides,
move the guide plate up and down with copy
paper placed on the lift plate and check the
clearance of the paper guide.
[4]
[2]
280
1
1050fs2768c
6. OTHERS
11. Remove the screws [1], 2 each, of the paper
[1]
guide /Rr and then remove the paper guide cover
[2].
[2]
1050fs2769c
[2]
12. Remove the screws [1], 2 each, and then remove
[1]
the paper stopper mounting plate [2].
13. Remove 6 screws [3], the screw (with a washer
and a spring washer) [4], 3 screws [5] and the fan
[3]
motor mounting plate [6].
[6]
[5]
[3]
[4]
1050fs2770c
281
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
14. Remove the connector [1].
15. Remove 2 screws (nuts) and the paper feed
[3]
assist fans /Rr1 (FM21) and /Rr2 (FM23) [3].
[2]
[1]
1050fs2771c
16. Remove the screws [1], 2 each of the paper
[1]
guide /Fr and then remove the paper guide cover
[2].
17. Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the lever
[2]
[3]
[4]
1050fs2772c
282
cover [4].
6. OTHERS
18. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the paper
[1]
[3]
stopper mounting plate [2].
[2]
19. Remove 6 screws [3], the screw (with a washer
and a spring washer) [4] and 3 screws [5], and
then remove the fan motor mounting plate [6].
[6]
[3]
[5]
[4]
1050fs2773c
20. Cut off the connector [1] and the wire binding
band [2].
21. Remove 2 screws [3] and the paper feed assist
fans /Fr1 (FM20), /Fr2 (FM22) [4].
[3]
[4]
NOTE
• When reinstalling it, be sure to replace the
wire binding band with a new one.
22. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2]
NOTE
• After completion of reinstallation, be sure to
[1]
conduct the paper size detection adjustments. (See chapter III "4.3.1 Tray adjust1050fs2774c
ment.")
283
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
C. Removing/reinstalling the paper lift motor
NOTE
• The same removal and reinstallation procedures are employed for the paper lift motors /1 (M25)
and /2 (M26) of the trays /1 and /2.
(1) Procedure
1.
Remove the tray.
(See P.94)
2.
Remove 2 screws [1] and 2 screws [2] with
washer.
3.
[3]
[1] [4]
tray front cover [4].
[1]
[2]
[2]
1050fs2775c
284
Remove the connector [3] and then remove the
6. OTHERS
4.
[1]
[2]
Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the cover
[2] and the stopper [3].
[3]
1050fs2776c
285
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
5.
6.
7.
8.
[2]
[4]
Remove the E-ring [1].
Remove 5 screws [2].
Remove the screw [3].
Remove the bearing [5], the bearing [6] and the
torque restriction gear [7] together with the gear
[6]
[3]
[5]
[1]
mounting plate [4].
NOTE
• When removing the gear mounting plate [4],
[7]
take note that the gear comes off freely.
• When reinstalling it, make sure that the step
[8] of each shaft gets in the gear mounting
plate [4] securely.
[2]
• Be sure to reinstall the bearing (large) [5] from
the outside of the gear cover [4] and the bearing (small) [6] from the inside.
[4]
[8]
1050fs2777c
286
6. OTHERS
9.
Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the gear
[2] and the pin [3].
[2]
[1]
[2]
[3]
1050fs2778c
10. Remove 2 screws [1].
[1]
1050fs2779c
287
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
[3]
[1]
11. Remove the connector [1] and the wire binding
[2]
band [2], and then remove the paper lift motors /
1 (M25) and /2 (M26) [3].
NOTE
• For ease of the removal and reinstallation
operations, press the release lever [4] so that
the coupling gear [5] can raise.
12. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[4]
288
[5]
1050fs2780c
6.3.5
6. OTHERS
Registration section
A. Removing/reinstalling the multi feed detection board
NOTE
• The multi feed detection boards /1 and /2 were adjusted as a unit during the production process.
Be sure to replace it as a unit when replacing one.
• When replacing the multi feed detection board /1 and /2, be sure to conduct the sensitivity adjustments of the multi feed sensor. (See P.380)
(1) Procedure
1.
Remove the registration section.
(See P.112)
2.
Remove 2 screws [1] and the remove the multi
feed detection board /2 (MFDB2) [2].
[2]
[1]
1050fs2228c
289
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
3.
Turn over the registration section and remove the
connector [1].
4.
Remove 2 screws [2] and then remove the multi
feed detection board /1 (MFDB1) [3].
5.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[3]
[1]
290
[2]
1050fs2229c
6.3.6
6. OTHERS
ADU
A. Removing/reinstalling the ADU
NOTE
• The ADU is very heavy. So when removing and/or reinstalling it, be sure to conduct the operation
with 2 people.
(1) Procedure
1.
Pull out the ADU main body.
(See P.112)
2.
[1]
Remove the fusing section.
(See P.153)
3.
Remove the transfer/separation section.
(See P.112)
4.
Remove the registration section.
(See P.112)
5.
6.
Open the paper reverse/exit section [1].
Remove 2 screws [2] and then remove the connector cover [3].
7.
[4] [5]
[2]
When reinstalling the connector cover, be sure to
set the positioning hole [4] to the projection [5] of
the ADU.
[3]
1050fs2142c
291
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
8.
Remove 4 connectors [1].
9.
Remove 3 screws [1] and remove the cable arm
[1]
[1]
1050fs2143c
[2].
[2]
[1]
1050fs2144c
292
6. OTHERS
10. Remove the screws [1], 3 each, and release the
[6]
ADU from the guide rails /Lt [3] and /Rt [4].
11. Hold the stay [5] and the paper reverse/exit section [6] with 2 people and remove the ADU.
NOTE
• Be sure place the ADU in a horizontal place.
• Placing the ADU from the front side diagonally
may deform the open/close door /A [7]. Be
absolutely sure to avoid this.
[4]
[1]
12. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[7]
[2]
[5]
[1]
[3]
1050fs2145c
293
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
6.3.7
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
HDD
A. Removing/reinstalling the hard disk /1
(1) Procedure
1.
[4]
[1]
Remove the upper cover /Rt.
(See P.256)
2.
3.
Remove 12 screws [1].
Raise the cover [2] and remove 2 connectors [4]
connected to the image processing board (IPB)
[3].
[1]
[2]
[1]
[1]
[3]
1050fs2230c
4.
5.
[5]
Remove 2 connectors [1].
Remove 4 screws [2] and then remove the hard
disk mounting bracket [3].
[1]
6.
Remove 4 screws [4] and then remove the hard
disk /1 (HDD1) [5].
7.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[4]
[2]
[3]
[2]
294
[4]
1050fs2231c
6. OTHERS
B. Removing/reinstalling the hard disk /2
(1) Procedure
1.
Remove the rear cover.
(See P.250)
2.
3.
Remove 2 connectors [1].
Remove 4 screws [2] and then remove the hard
disk mounting bracket [3].
4.
Remove 4 screws [4] and the remove the hard
disk /2 (HDD2) [5].
5.
Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1]
[3]
[4]
[2]
[5]
[2]
[4]
1050fs2232c
295
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
6.4
Commercially available parts
6.4.1
Status indicator light
A. Connecting connector
(1) Connector position
[1]
1050fs2233c
[1]
296
CN160
6. OTHERS
(2) Connector specifications
Connector
Pin No.
Signal name
1
PAT1
2
PAT2
3
PAT3
Description
Light ON signal
Output timing
L signal output when the
Type of signal
Open collector
printing available
L signal output while in the
scanning or printing operation
L signal output when an
abnormal stop occurs due to
jams, error codes, no paper,
160
or no toner
4
PAT4
L signal output when the
toner supply message is displayed
5
24V
24V DC source
At all times
24V,
500 mA
6
P.GND
Power ground
—
—
297
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. Procedure for reinstallation
(1) Preparation in advance
• Be sure set the wiring harness pin assignment on the status indicator light to the pin assignment of CN160 on
the main body side so that the CN can be connected.
(2) Procedure on the main body side
[2]
[1]
1.
Remove the rear cover (See P.250) and the upper
cover /Rt (See P.256)
2.
Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the
adjusting knob [2]. Remove 2 screws [3] and
then remove the arm cover /1 [4].
[3]
[4]
1050fs2412c
3.
[1]
[2]
298
Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the arm
cover /2 [2].
1050fs2413c
6. OTHERS
4.
[1]
[2]
Remove 3 screws [1] and then remove the arm
cover /3 [2].
1050fs2423c
5.
[1]
Remove the IC board unit. (See IC unit Field Service "4.2.1 Removal / Installation of IC Unit").
6.
Remove 3 screws [1] and then remove the exterior mounting plate /A [2].
[2]
[1]
1050fs2414c
[2]
7.
Peel off the label [2] of the arm cover /3 [1].
1050fs2415c
299
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
[2]
[3]
[1]
8.
With the bolt section [1] of the status indicator
light provided with the nut [2] and washer [3],
pass the wiring harness of the status indicator
light through the arm cover /3 [4], the washer [5]
and the nut [6] and tighten up the nut [6].
[4]
[5]
[6]
1050fs2416c
300
6. OTHERS
[1]
[2]
9.
Pass the wiring harness [1] of the status indicator
light through the operation unit support member
[2] and install the arm cover /3 [4] with 3 screws
[3].
10. Reinstall the arm cover /1, the arm cover /2 and
the adjusting knob following the removal steps in
reverse.
[3]
[4]
1050fs2417c
301
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
[2]
11. Connect the connector [1] of the status indicator
[1]
light to the connector [2] on the main body for
wiring.
NOTE
• When wiring, be sure that the wiring harness
does not come in contact with the drive section.
12. Reinstall the upper cover /Rt and the rear cover
following the removal steps in reverse.
1050fs2418c
302
6.4.2
6. OTHERS
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Coin vendor
A. Connecting connector
(1) Connector position
[1]
[4]
[3]
[2]
1050fs2234c
[1]
AC drive board (ACDB)
[3]
CN37 (Serial)
[2]
CN36 (Parallel)
[4]
Printer control board (PRCB)
303
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
6.5
PCS corresponding parts
6.5.1
PCS corresponding parts
"PCS" stands for "proactive customization support," and three types of items are set so that the demands
expected in the POD market and Product printing market can be met. Providing these parts allows customization adequate to the user's type of usage.
6.5.2
PCS corresponding parts list
A. Transfer assist sheet
(1) Purpose
For the transfer assist sheet, A3 and A4 sizes (metric)/11 inches size (inch) are provided as standard equipment.
When paper sizes other than the standard sizes are used more frequently, the transfer assist sheet can be
changed to these sizes.
(2) Characteristics
8 types of the transfer assist sheets are provided according to the paper sizes. However, when changing to
sizes other than those provided as standard equipment, it is necessary to add a new relay wiring harness and
size detection connector.
It is possible to use a number of the transfer/separation assist sheets. On that occasion, however, after adding
the relay wiring harness mentioned above, it is necessary to purchase a transfer assist sheet that has been
incorporated into the transfer/separation charger unit. This transfer/separation charger unit must be provide with
a size detection connector.
NOTE
• When using plural sizes jointly, the transfer/separation unit of standard equipment (A3 and A4/
metric, 11 inches) requires the size detection connector.
• Since no individual counter is equipped, when the unit is replaced for each size, the management
of the counter is unavailable.
(3) Counter management of the transfer/separation unit in the PCS correspondence
The copy count (fixed parts count) by parts that need to be replaced is equipped with a counter for each size.
When making the transfer/separation charger unit PCS corresponding, be sure to conduct the counter management with this counter. However, this counter counts any relevant size regardless of the size of the transfer assist
sheet installed to the main body. So, to manage the counter correctly, the user must replace the transfer/separation charger unit with an appropriate one.
• Reference:
Double sided print job on the following condition
Transfer size: 8.5 inches
Weight: 91 g/m2 or less
No. of prints: 10
Size of the transfer assist sheet: A4S, A5
The copy count by parts that need to be replaced on this condition is as shown below. On this occasion, even if
the transfer assist sheet size is A4S or A5, the transfer size is "8.5 inches" and the count is up at 8.5 inches
No. 107 8.5 inches. double sided paper through count 10 counts
No. 108 A4S, A5 double sided paper through count
304
0 count
Unit
6. OTHERS
Type
Wire color of the
Remarks
size detection
connector
Transfer/separation Used exclusively for A3, A4
charger unit
Used exclusively for 11 inches
Brown
Red
Used exclusively for 8K, 16K
Orange
Used exclusively for B4, B5
Yellow
Used exclusively for 8.5 inches
Pink
Used exclusively for A4S, A5
Blue
Used exclusively for 8, 8.125, 8.25 inches
Used exclusively for B5S
Transfer assist
Used exclusively for A3, A4
sheet assembly
Used exclusively for 11 inches
Default size for metric area
Default size for inch area
Purple
Gray
—
Default size for metric area
Default size for inch area
Used exclusively for 8K, 16K
Used exclusively for B4, B5
Used exclusively for 8.5 inches
Used exclusively for A4S, A5
Used exclusively for 8, 8.125, 8.25 inches
Used exclusively for B5S
B. Cleaning brush
(1) Purpose
A cleaning brush is used while in the overlay printing in which coated paper is used. For coated paper while in off-set printing, ink gets dry slowly. Therefore, to prevent the transfer of ink onto the backside of the paper, powder is normally sprinkled.
The cleaning brush is used to prevent the occurrence of a no feed condition due to this powder.
However, to maintain the specified performance, the cleaning brush needs to be cleaned every 2,000 sheets of
paper through while in overlay printing.
Do not use the cleaning brush for the paper with many paper powders. The cleaning brush may be clogged by
the paper powder and the conveyance power may be reduced.
(2) Characteristics
The cleaning brush can clean the pick-up roller and the paper feed roller.
Since it is used while in the overlay printing, it can be installed only in the tray 4 of PF-701 that is used while in
the overlay printing.
C. Paper feed assist plate
(1) Purpose
The paper feed assist plate is used to adjust the pick-up pressure on paper by changing the load on the pick-up
roller. Adjustments can be made according to the type of paper to increase the paper feed performance.
Improve a non feed condition that is apt to occur when feeding paper, such as a thick paper, that is hard to convey.
(2) Characteristics
The paper feed assist plate weighs about 10g and the pick-up roller can be equipped with up to 4 plates.
Increasing or decreasing the number of plates allows you to adjust the pick-up pressure corresponding to the
type of paper.
4 plates only are packaged together with the main body and they can be purchased as service parts when
required.
1
305
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
6.5.3
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Procedure for reinstallation
A. Transfer assist sheet
(1) Preparation
When changing from the standard size to any other size, it is necessary to purchase the following parts.
• PCS corresponding (other than the standard size) transfer /separation charger unit (assembled with the transfer assist sheet) *
• Size detection connector
• Relay wiring harness
• Wire binding band
*
Other than the transfer/separation charger unit assembled with each size of the transfer assist sheet, it is
possible to purchase the transfer assist sheet assembly.
(2) Addition of the size detection connector
1.
[1]
Pull out the ADU.
(See P.112)
2.
Remove the screw [1] and then remove the connector cover [2].
[2]
1050fs2019c
306
6. OTHERS
3.
4.
[2]
Disconnect the connector [1].
Loosen 2 screws [2] and remove the transfer/
separation charger unit [3].
[3]
[1]
[2]
1050fs2021c
307
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
5.
Turn over the transfer/separation charger unit [1]
and tighten the wiring harness of the existing
connector [2] and the wiring harness of the size
detection connector [3] with the wiring band [4].
NOTE
• Be sure to install the wiring harness of the
size detection connector [3] so that the rear
end section [5] does not protrude from the
inner end [7] of the connector bracket plate
[6]
[6]. If it is protruding, the wiring harness may
[1]
be broken.
• For the size detection connector, it is necessary to install the one corresponding to the
size to be used. This can be identified by the
[5]
wire color of the size detection connector.
(See P.306)
[7]
[4]
[2]
[3]
1050fs2022c
6.
Remove the screw [1] and then remove the lever
A [2].
[6]
[4]
7.
8.
Open the open/close guide /1 [3].
Loosen 2 screws [4] and remove the ADU cover /
Lt [5].
9.
Loosen 2 screws [6] and remove the ADU cover /
Rt [7].
[5]
[7]
[3]
[1]
[2]
1050fs2023c
308
6. OTHERS
10. Connect the connector [2] of the relay wiring har-
[4]
ness [1] to the CN599 of the ADU drive board /1
[3].
11. Pull around the relay wiring harness [1] as shown
in the drawing and hold it with the relay wiring
clamps [4] provided at the 12 placed.
[4]
[1]
[3]
[1]
[2]
[4]
[1]
1050fs2024c
12. Reinstall the transfer/separation charger unit [1].
13. Connect the size detection connector [4] to the
[3]
connector [3] of the relay wiring harness [2].
14. Reinstall the ADU covers /Rt and /Lt and the
lever A.
15. Put the ADU back to the inside of the main body.
16. Change the software DIPSW settings in the service mode to the following.
• DIPSW26-0: On (1)
• DIPSW26-1: On (1)
NOTE
• When the above software DIPSW is changed,
[4]
[2]
the size detection connector is required by
1050fs2025c
the transfer/separation charger of standard
size. When the size detection connector is not
installed, the transfer assist sheet does not
operate.
309
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. Paper feed assist plate
(1) Checking of the contents of the package
The package contains the following as a set.
• [1] Paper feed assist plate:4 pcs.
• [2] Screw:2 pcs (TP3 x 8)
[1]
[2]
1050fs2722c
(2) Procedure
For the main body, see "11.1.3 Pick-up roller load adjustment".
For the PF, see"5.3 Adjusting the pick-up roller pressure" in the Field Service for the PF-701.
310
6.5.4
6. OTHERS
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Periodic maintenance of the PCS corresponding parts
A. Maintenance Item
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Transfer/
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
(1) Removal of trans-
separation
fer/separation unit
charger unit
(2) Replacing of trans-
1
z
fer assist sheet
assembly
B. Periodically replaced parts list
No.
Classification
Parts name
Quan-
Actual replacement
tity
cycle
1
Transfer assist sheet
Exclusively used for A3 and A4
1
2
assembly * 1
Exclusively used for 11 inches
1
1,500,000
Exclusively used for 8K and 16K
1
1,500,000
3
1,500,000
4
Exclusively used for B4 and B5
1
1,500,000
5
Exclusively used for 8.5 inches
1
1,500,000
6
Exclusively used for A4S and A5
1
1,500,000
7
Exclusively used for 8, 8.125 and 8.25 inches
1
1,500,000
8
Exclusively used for B5S
1
1,500,000
6,000,000
9
Transfer/separation
Exclusively used for A4
1
10
charger unit
Exclusively used for 11 inches
1
6,000,000
11
Exclusively used for 8K and 16K
1
6,000,000
12
Exclusively used for B4 and B5
1
6,000,000
13
Exclusively used for 8.5 inches
1
6,000,000
14
Exclusively used for A4S and A5
1
6,000,000
15
Exclusively used for 8, 8.125 and 8.25 inches
1
6,000,000
16
Exclusively used for B5S
1
6,000,000
* 1 For the PCS corresponding transfer assist assembly, the counter management is not available. The numerical values given here are reference.
311
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
C. Maintenance procedure
Caution:
• When replacing the periodically replaced parts, be sure to unplug the power cord of the main body
from the power outlet.
(1) Replacing the transfer assist sheet assembly
1)
Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Transfer assist sheet assembly: Every 1,500,000 prints
2)
Procedure
See “3.5.8 J. Replacing the transfer assist sheet assembly”.
312
6.6
CMS corresponding parts
6.6.1
CMS corresponding parts
6. OTHERS
"CMS" stands for "customer maintenance support," and this is applicable when the user wants to change parts
by himself.
For CMS corresponding parts, 9 types of parts are set. However, some parts provided as an assembly of parts
larger than those replaced normally by the CE so that the user can easily conduct the part replacement operation.
6.6.2
CMS corresponding parts list
A. Pick-up roller unit
(1) Purpose
To return to normal operation in a short time when the paper feedability goes down due to deterioration of the
pick-up roller.
(2) Replacement cycle
• Pick-up roller unit (Main body): Every 2,250,000 prints (Periodically replaced cycle: 500,000 prints)
• Pick-up roller unit (DF-603): Every 4,500,000 prints (Periodically replaced cycle: 800,000 prints)
• Pick-up roller unit (PF-701): Every 2,250,000 prints (Periodically replaced cycle: 500,000 prints)
• Pick-up roller unit (PP-701): Periodically replaced cycle: 50,000 prints
(3) Replacement procedure
1)
Pick-up roller unit (Main body)
See "3.5.6 A. Removing/reinstalling the pick-up roller assembly/separation roller assembly”.
NOTE
• The steps 1 to 8 are applicable.
2)
Pick-up roller unit (DF-603)
See DF-603 Service Manual (Field service)
"2.1.2 Replacing the separation roller/torque limiter".
NOTE
• The steps 1 to 5 are applicable.
3)
Pick-up roller unit (PF-701/PP-701)
See PF-701,PP-701 Service Manual (Field service)
"2.1.1 Removing/reinstalling the pick-up roller Assy/separation roller Assy".
NOTE
• The steps 1 to 8 are applicable.
2
313
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. Separation roller unit
(1) Purpose
To return to the normal operation in a short time when the paper feedability goes down due to deterioration of
the separation roller.
(2) Replacement cycle
• Separation roller unit (Main body): Every 2,250,000 prints (Periodically replaced cycle: 500,000 prints)
• Separation roller unit (DF-603): Every 2,250,000* prints (Periodically replaced cycle: 400,000 prints)
• Separation roller unit (PF-701): Every 2,250,000 prints (Periodically replaced cycle: 500,000 prints)
• Pick-up roller unit (PP-701): Periodically replaced cycle: 50,000 prints
* For the torque limiter and the separation roller that are the component parts of the separation roller unit (DF603), the periodically replaced cycle is different. So, the cycle of the separation roller that is the shorter of
the two is employed.
(3) Replacement procedure
1)
Separation roller unit (Main body)
See "3.5.6 A. Removing/reinstalling the pick-up roller assembly/separation roller assembly”.
NOTE
• The steps 9 to 11 are applicable.
2)
Separation roller unit (DF-603)
See DF-603 Service Manual (Field service)
"2.1.2 Replacing the separation roller/torque limiter".
NOTE
• The steps 1 to 2 are applicable.
3)
Separation roller unit (PF-701/PP-701)
See PF-701/PP-701 Service Manual (Field service)
"2.1.1 Removing/reinstalling the pick-up roller Assy/separation roller Assy".
NOTE
• The steps 9 to 11 are applicable.
C. Transfer/separation charger unit
(1) Purpose
To return to normal operation in a short time when the transfer or separation performance goes down due to
deterioration of the transfer/separation charger unit.
(2) Replacement cycle
• Transfer/separation charger unit: 6,000,000 prints
(3) Replacement procedure
See "E. Replacing the transfer/separation charger unit".
314
2
6. OTHERS
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
D. Waste toner recycle box
1)
Purpose
To return to the normal operation as soon as possible when the waste toner recycle box of RC-501 is full.
2)
Replacement cycle
• Waste toner recycle box (RC-501) : 750,000 prints
3)
Replacement procedure
See RC-501 Service Manual (Field service)
"3.1.2 Waste toner recycle box"
NOTE
• The steps 1 to 4 are applicable.
6.6.3
1.
CMS corresponding parts counter management
When the user replaces CMS corresponding parts, the counter needs to be reset. By changing the CMS
corresponding parts counter from DIPSW15-0 to 1, [CMS Parts Count] is displayed in the utility menu
screen.
2.
The parts name/parts number/limit value of [CMS Parts Count] is registered by the user, and can also be
reset. In addition, as this count value uses the value of [Count of each part] in service mode, when
DIPSW15-0 is set to 1, the contents of the [Count of each part] settings are displayed in the [Utility] mode.
3.
The counting method of the [CMS Parts Count] is shown in the table below.
DIPSW
CMS Function
Counter No.
Ignore
1 to 30
Counting Method
15-0
0
1 count for each paper exit in the single side mode, 2 counts in
the double side mode.
1
Apply
1 to 2
When paper in tray 1 is used, 1 count for each paper exit.
3 to 4
When paper in tray 2 is used, 1 count for each paper exit.
5 to 6
When paper in tray 3 is used, 1 count for each paper exit.
7 to 8
When paper in tray 4 is used, 1 count for each paper exit.
9 to 10
When paper in tray 5 is used, 1 count for each paper exit.
11 to 12
When the document is scanned from the ADF, 1 count for each
paper exit.
13 to 14
15 to 30
1 count for each paper exit.
1 count for each paper exit in the single side mode, 2 counts in
the double side mode.
31
For waste toner box of RC-501
• Displayed when the DIPSW5-1, 5-4, 12-5, 15-0 are all "1".
• Timing of pre-full display, full warning display can be changed
by DIPSW5-0
2
315
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
6. OTHERS
Blank page
316
7. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT / SETTING SECTION
„ ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
7. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT / SETTING SECTION
7.1
Composition
B. Checkpoints when conducting on-site service
Due attention should be paid to the following when
repairing the machine.
1.
Be sure to unplug the power cord from the
This part "ADJUSTMENT/SETTING" describes items
power outlet. Also, when operating the machine
to be adjusted and the method of adjustment that is
with the power supplied, be careful of the scan
required by this machine, it also gives detailed expla-
of the exposure unit and be sure not to get
caught by the gear.
nations.
2.
When conducting claims in the field, it is necessary to
3.
2.
3.
to the unit.
Are the power supply and voltage secured in
accordance with the specifications?
Is the power supply properly grounded?
Is any equipment that repeatedly consumes a lot
The developing unit is strongly magnetized. Be
careful not to bring a watch and instrument near
check first the following:
1.
The fusing section may be very hot. Be careful
not to get burnt when handling it.
A. Checking before starting work
4.
5.
Be careful not to damage the drum with a tool.
Be careful not to touch IC directly with bare
hands.
of electricity connected to the same power supply? (e.g.: Electric noise sources such as elevator and air conditioner)
4.
Are environmental conditions suitable for the
machine?
• High temperature and high humidity, direct
sunlight, air ventilation, etc.
• Levelness of the location on which the
machine is installed.
5.
Does the cause of poor images lie in the original
itself?
6.
7.
8.
9.
Is density selected properly?
Is the original glass stained?
Is proper paper used for copy?
Are copy consumables replaced with new ones
at their life? (e.g.: Developer, drum, cleaning
blade, etc)
10. Is toner filled?
317
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
8. LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS
Machine adjustment
Magnification adjustment
Timing adjustment
Centering adjustment
Warp adjustment
ADF adjustment
Process
adjustment
Counter
Count
ISW
Finisher adjustment
Copy count of special parts
ISW mode
Stacker adjustment
IP HDD format
Others
•
•
318
High voltage adjustment
Drum peculiarity adjustment
Regist line speed adjustment
Printer drum clock adjustment (Side1)
Printer horizontal adjustment (Side1)
Scanner drum clock adjustment
ADF drum clock adjustment
Printer drum clock adjustment (Side2)
Printer horizontal clock adjustment (Side2)
Printer restart timing adjustment (Side1)
Scanner restart timing adjustment
ADF restart timing adjustment
ADF regist loop adjustment
Printer centering adjustment
ADF Centering adjustment
Scanner (Glass) warp (Main)
Scanner (Glass) warp (Deputy)
Scanner (ADF) warp (Main)
Scanner (ADF) warp (Deputy)
ADF density adjustment
ADF original size adjustment
ADF sensor sensitivity adjustment
ADF incline offset adjustment
ADF centering sensor adjustment
High voltage auto adjustment
Blade setting mode
Auto drum potential adjustment
Auto maximum density adjustment
Auto dot diameter adjustment
LD offset adjustment
Auto gamma adjustment (1dot)
Cartridge set mode
PM cycle setting counter reset
Developer setting counter reset
Sensitive drum setting counter reset
Fixing cleaning web
Slit glass
Cleaning web
Toner guide brush
Replacement parts/Others
Cleaning blade
Adjustment items
Developer
This table shows the list of adjustment items when replacing a part. Items are numbered in a circle by the
priority if there is any.
Drum
•
After PM Implementation
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
8. LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS
c
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
e
f
g
h
i
j
{
c
e
c
Paper width adjustment
Paper length adjustment
IP HDD format
Setting powder application
Dust-proof glass cleaning (Write unit)
Mirror unit positioning (require the jigs)
Blade auto replacement spring charge
Fusing lamp's installation direction (Maker's mark in front)
Thermistor positioning (require the jig)
Thermostat positioning (require the jig)
Parameter board (PB) replacement
EEPROM replacement
Grip conveyance home sensor adjustment
Trimmer board solenoid operation counter clear
Multi feed detection board adjustment
c
d
c
c
d
d
When replacing the image processing board (IPB) due to the IPB being damaged, the parameter board (PB)
that was installed on the damaged IPB should be used on the new IPB. Contact the service manager of the
authorized distributor if it is considered that the PB is also damaged.
The parameter board (PB) stores various adjustment data, setting data and counter data. Therefore, when
replacing the PB, perform all adjustments and settings, and be sure to replace the parts for control correction (Drum, developer, cleaning blade, cleaning web). For details, contact the service manager of the
authorized distributor.
2
d
e
f
g
h
•
c
d
e
e
{
{
{
{
c
{
h
i
j
k
{
e
h
g
f
f
i
g
d
j
l
f
d
k
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
c
c
c
e
f
d
d
c
c
{
{
{
d
d
d
c
c
{
2
{
{
When replacing a board due to the PB control board (PBCB), the SD control board (SDCB), FD control
board (FDCB) or the FNS control board (FNSCB) being damaged, the non-volatile memory (EEPROM) that
was installed on the damaged control board should be used on the new control board. Install the new EEP-
ROM and perform all adjustments for the PB, SD, FD or FS if it is considered that the EEPROM is also dam-
aged.
319
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
PI drive board (PIDB)
d
ADU drive board /1
(ADUDB1)
Trimmer board assembly
PB control board
(PBCB)
{
SD control board
(SDCB)
c
Hard disk /2 (HDD2)
FNS control board
(FNSCB)
c
FD control board (FDCB)
c
d
LS control board (LSCB)
RADF control board
(RADFCB)
Operation board /1
(OB1)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Overall control board
(OACB)
High voltage unit /1, /2
(HV1, /2)
Thermostat /2 (TS2)
Thermostat /1 (TS1)
Thermistor /3 (TH3)
Thermistor /1 (TH1)
Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4)
Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3)
Fusing heater lamp /1 (L2)
Multi feed detection board
/1, /2 (MFDB /1, /2)
Registration roller
Write unit
CCD unit
Scanner wire · mirror
unit
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
8. LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
9. UTILITY MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
9. UTILITY MODE
9.1
List of utility modes
Note
• For details on the utility mode, refer to "User's guide."
01 System Setting 01 Language Setting
02 Buzzer Setting
01 Buzzer On/Off, Volume Setting
02 Buzzer for Job Stop Setting
03 1 SHOT Indication Time
04 Default Screen Setting
05 Auto Reset Setting
06 Key Response Time
07 Change User Password
08 Function Key Setting
02 Function
01 Feed Tray Setting
Setting
01 Feed Tray Auto Selection
02 ATS Permit
03 Auto Paper Type
02 Each Function Setting
03 Density Setting
01 Density Shift for Enhance Mode
02 User Density Setting
03 Photo Mode Density Selection
04 Image Density Selection
04 Preset Zoom
05 Tandem Setting
01 Batch Reading Mode
02 Wait/Proof Mode
03 Shift Value Setting
04 Tandem Setting after JOB
06 User Paper Selection
03 Copy Setting
01 Reset Setting
01 Initial Setting
02 Reset Function Setting
03 Initial by Key Counter Insert
02 Each Function Setting
04 Scanner Set-
01 Default Address Setting
ting
02 Each Function Setting
05 Touch Screen Adjustment
06 Machine
Manager Setting
01 System Setting
01 Power Save Setting
02 Time and Date Setting
03 Weekly Timer
01 Weekly Timer On/Off Setting
Setting
02 Time Setting
03 Timer Action On/Off Setting
04 Lunch Hour Off Setting
05 Set Password for Timer Interrupt
04 Management List Print
320
2
06 Machine
01 System Setting
9. UTILITY MODE
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
05 Operation Prohibit Setting
Manager Setting
06 Expert
01 Original Scan Area Setting
Adjustment
02 ADF Frame Erasure Setting
03 Non Image Area Erase Setting
07 Size Setting
08 Annotation Setting
09 Perfect Binding Mode Setting
02 Manager/Machine Register
01 Machine Manager Register
03 User Auth./Volume
01 Authentication Method
Track
02 Authentication Setting
02 Section Management Setting
02 Volume Track
03 User Authentication Set
04 Non register/Output Set
04 Network Setting
01 Machine NIC Setting
02 Controller NIC
01 TCP/IP
Setting
02 NetWare
03 IPP
04 FTP
05 SNMP
06 SMB
07 AppleTalk
08 E-Mail
01 E-Mail Send Setting
02 E-Mail Receive Setting
03 Title Setting
04 Sentence Setting
09 HDD
10 Alert Mail
11 CSRC
01 CSRC Send Setting
02 CSRC Receive Setting
03 CSRC Communication Test
12 AP I/F
13 PSWC
14 Network Setting Clear
15 SNMP Trap
05 Copy/Printer Setting
01 Job Offset Operating
02 Continuation print(Print)
03 Page No. pos.(Booklet)
04 Fixing Prerotation Set
05 Image Auto Rotation
06 Interruption Suspend
07 Copy Reserve Operation
08 Scan Stop (pull out tray)
09 Continuation Print (Copy)
2
321
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
9. UTILITY MODE
06 Machine
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
05 Copy/Printer Setting
Manager Setting
10 Original Glass SDF
11 SDF Auto Setting
06 System Connection
01 User Call
07 Security Setting
01 Machine Manager Password
02 HDD Management
01 Folder Box List/Delete
Setting
02 HDD Data Auto Delete Period Setting
03 Change HDD Lock Password
03 Security Strengthen Mode
08 Scanner Address
Register
322
01 Send Address Edit/Delete
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
10. SERVICE MODE
10.1 Setting method
This machine is provided with a service mode for various adjustments/settings. Data adjusted/set in this
mode is stored in the parameter board (PB).
10.1.1
Start and exit service mode
You can access the service mode while the power is
both turned ON and OFF. In either way, the started
service mode is the same, but how to exit differs.
A. Starting and exiting service mode while the
power is ON
1.
Be sure that the ordinary copy screen is displayed.
2.
3.
Press the Utility/Counter button.
"Utility Menu screen"
On the Operation panel, press the following buttons.
Stop → 0 → 0 → Stop → 0 → 1
When the CE password has been set, you must
enter the password to enter the service mode.
4.
"Service mode menu screen"
The service mode appears.
5.
Press the key for an item you want to configure.
The setting screen for each item appears.
6.
Press the [Exit] key to go back to the "Utility
Menu" screen.
7.
The new settings become effective.
B. Starting and exiting service mode while the
power is OFF
1.
While pressing the Utility/Counter button, turn
ON the power switch (SW2).
When the CE password has been set, you must
enter the password to enter the service mode.
2.
"Service mode menu screen"
The service mode appears.
3.
Press the key for an item you want to configure.
The setting screen for each item appears.
4.
5.
Turn OFF the SW2.
After the reboot, the new settings become effective.
323
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
10.2 List of service mode
01 Machine Adjustment
01 Tray Adjustment
02 Magnification
01 Regist Line Speed Adjustment
Adjustment
02 Printer Drum Clock Adjustment <SIDE1>
03 Printer Drum Clock Adjustment <SIDE2>
04 Printer Horizontal Adjustment <SIDE1>
05 Printer Horizontal Adjustment <SIDE2>
06 Scanner Drum Clock Adjustment
07 ADF Drum Clock Adjustment
03 Timing Adjustment
01 Printer Restart Timing Adjustment <SIDE1>
02 Printer Restart Timing Adjustment <SIDE2>
03 Printer Regist Loop Adjustment
04 Printer Pre-regist Adjustment
05 Printer Lead Edge Timing Adjustment
06 Transfer Assistance Timing Adjustment
07 Scanner Restart Timing Adjustment
08 ADF Restart Timing Adjustment
09 ADF Regist Loop Adjustment
04 Centering Adjust-
01 Printer Centering Adjustment
ment
02 Scanner Centering Adjustment
03 ADF Centering Adjustment
05 Warp Adjustment
06 NonImage Area Erase Check
07 ADF Adjustment
01 ADF Density Adjustment
02 ADF Original Size Adjustment
03 ADF Sensor Sensitivity Adjustment
04 ADF Incline Offset Adjustment
05 ADF Centering Sensor Adjustment
02 Process Adjustment
08 Recall Standard Data
Recall standard data: Machine adjustment
01 High Voltage
01 High Voltage Auto Adjustment
Adjustment
02 HV Adjustment (Charge)
03 HV Adjustment (Transfer)
04 HV Adjustment (Separation AC)
05 HV Adjustment (Separation DC)
06 HV Adjustment (Charging grid voltage)
07 HV Adjustment (Bias of development DC)
08 Transfer Guide Confirm
02 Drum Peculiarity Adj.
01 Blade Setting Mode
02 Auto Drum Potential Adjustment
03 Auto Maximum Density Adjustment
04 Auto Dot Diameter Adjustment
05 LD Offset Adjustment
324
02 Process Adjustment
10. SERVICE MODE
02 Drum Peculiarity
06 Auto Gamma Adjustment (1dot)
Adjustment
07 LD1 Bias Adjustment
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
08 LD2 Bias Adjustment
09 Cartridge Set Mode
03 Drum Peculiarity Manual
04 User Paper Setting
05 Recall Standard Data
03 Counter
01 PM Count
02 Data Collection
01 Total count of each paper size
02 Copy count of each paper size
03 Print count of each paper size
04 Large size count
05 ADF Count
06 Pixel ratio of each section
07 Pixel ratio ranking list
08 JAM data of time series
09 JAM Count
10 Count of each copy mode
11 SC data of time series
12 SC Count
13 JAM count of each section
14 SC count of each section
03 Parts Counter
01 Count of special parts
02 Count of each parts
04 Machine Condition
01 I/O Check mode
05 List Output
01 List Output
06 Test Mode
01 Test Pattern Output Mode
02 Test Pattern Density
03 Running Test Mode
07 System Setting
01 Software SW Setting
02 Telephone Number Setting
03 M/C Serial Number Setting
04 Setting Date Input
08 ROM Version
01 ROM Version
09 CS Remote Care
01 CS Remote Care
01 E-Mail
02 Modem
10 ISW
01 ISW
11 Finisher Adjustment
01 Stapler Position Adj.
01 Stapling Center Position Adjustment
02 Paper Width Adjustment
02 Multi Folder (Punch)
01 Paper Width Adjustment
Adj.
02 Hole-Punch Vertical Position Adjustment
325
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
11 Finisher Adjustment
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
03 Multi Folder (Fold)
01 Folding Position Adjustment
Adj.
02 Letter Fold-in Position Adjustment
03 Letter Fold-out Pos. Adjustment
04 Double Parallel Position Adjustment
05 Z-Fold Position Adjustment
06 Gate Position Adjustment
07 Fold Regist Loop Adjustment
04 Multi Folder (PI) Adj.
05 Stacker Adjustment
01 Paper Width Adjustment
02 Paper Length Adjustment
06 Saddle Stitcher Adj.
01 Stapling Centring Adjustment
02 Stapling Paper Width Adjustment
03 Stapling Pitch Adjustment
04 Folding Position Adjustment
05 Three-Fold Position Adjustment
06 Fold Paper Width Adjustment
07 Trimming Adjustment
07 Perfect Binder
01 Cover Trimming Adjustment
Adjustment
02 Cover Lead Edge Adjustment
03 Spine Corner forming Position Adj.
04 Pasting Start Postion Adjustment
05 Pasting Finish Position Adjustment
06 Paste Formation Finish Position Adj.
07 Temperature Adjustment
08 Sub Compile CD Width Adjustment
09 Clamp CD Width Adjustment
10 Cover Up/Down CD Width Adjustment
11 Clamp FD Position Adjustment
08 Recall Standard Data
12 Machine Manager Setting 01 Manager Authentication
02 Machine Manager Password
13 CE Setting
01 CE Authentication Setting
02 CE Password Setting
14 IP HDD Format
326
2
01 IP HDD Format
10.3 Machine adjustment
10. SERVICE MODE
5. Pull out the selected tray and widen the paper
guide [1] to the max. width. Narrow the paper
10.3.1
Tray adjustment
Adjust the paper size from tray /1 to tray /5.
This adjustment is needed when a paper size is not
detected properly.
guide [1] slowly to fill a gap [3] between the lift
plate cover [2] and the paper guide [1] until it
reaches the scale "250"[4]. (The scale inside
the paper guide is 250 mm)
(1) Procedure
[2]
[3]
[1]
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [01 Tray Adjustment] key on the sub
menu.
4. "Tray adjustment screen"
Tray adjustment includes the following items.
Press the [Next] key or the [Back], and select
(1) of the tray you adjust.
[Tray 1 (1)]
[4]
[Tray 1 (2)]
[Tray 2 (1)]
250mm
[Tray 2 (2)]
[Tray 3 (1)]
[Tray 3 (2)]
[Tray 4 (1)]
[Tray 4 (2)]
[Tray 5 (1)]
[Tray 5 (2)]
[1]
Note
• Be sure to select (1) of the tray you adjust.
1050fs3021c
6. Set the tray.
7. Press the [Start] key on the screen.
The current position of the selected tray is read
in. When the adjustment is done, the message
"Complete" appears.
8. Press the [Next] key and select (2) of the trays
you want to adjust.
Note
• Be sure to select (2) of the trays you want
to adjust.
9. Pull out the tray and widen the paper guide to
the max. width. Narrow the paper guide slowly
to fill a gap between the lift plate cover and the
paper guide until it reaches the scale "A3·A4".
(The scale inside the paper guide is 297 mm)
10. Set the tray.
327
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
11. Press the [Start] key on the screen.
The current position of the selected tray is read
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
10.3.2
Magnification adjustment
Adjust various kinds of image magnification.
in. When the adjustment is done, the message
"Complete" appears.
12. To adjust other trays, repeat steps 4 to 11.
A. Regist line speed adjustment
Change the line speed of the registration roller to
match the line speed of the drum.
NOTE
• This adjustment changes the line speed of
the registration roller only. Unless properly
adjusted, it may cause a transfer jitter at a
position 145 mm from the paper trailing edge.
• Usually, do not use this adjustment in the
field. Use this only when replacing the registration roller and when a transfer jitter occurs
at a position 145 mm from the paper trailing
edge.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [02 Magnification Adjustment] key on
the sub menu.
4. "Magnification adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Regist Line Speed Adjustment]
key.
5. "Regist Line Speed Adjustment screen"
Confirm that the [Inside Pattern] is displayed
"16", and press the [COPY] key.
6. Set A3 or 11 x 17 paper (130 g/m2 or 35 lb
Bond) in the tray. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.16).
Note
• Select [72-91g] for the basic weight setting.
328
1
10. SERVICE MODE
7. Measure the magnification of the sub scan
direction with a scale.
the paper trailing edge, and find an output with
• Standard value: ± 0.5% or less (When in life-size)
Within 102.8
15. Check the transfer jitter around 145 mm from
0 mm
-0.5
the least transfer jitter (Density of half-tone is
even with surrounding area).
16. Press the [SERVICE] key.
17. "Regist Line Speed Adjustment screen"
Through the numeric keys, enter the adjusted
0
102.8 -0.5
step number of the output paper you selected
in step 15, and press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-40 (short) to +55 (long)
1 step = 0.05%
1050fs3001c
8. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
9. "Regist Line Speed Adjustment screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-40 (short) to +55 (long)
1 step = 0.05%
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value
can be obtained.
11. "Regist Line Speed Adjustment"
Press the [Inside Pattern] key and enter 9 with
the numeric key. Press the [Set] key.
Press the [Inside Pattern] key again and press
the [COPY] key.
Note
• The density of "Test pattern density setting" is reflected. So, be sure to check the
set value of "Test pattern density setting"
to ensure it is "255."
12. Set A3 or 11 x 17 paper (130 g/m2 or 35 lb
Bond) in the tray. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.9).
13. Press the [SERVICE] key to return to the [Regist
Line Speed Adjustment] screen.
14. Repeat steps 11 to 13 to output test patterns
for two steps before and after the value you
entered in step 10.
e.g.: When the adjusted value is "-1"
Output 5 test patterns for -3, -2, -1, 0, 1.
1
329
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. Printer drum clock adjustment (Side 1)
C. Printer drum clock adjustment (Side 2)
Adjust the magnification of the sub scan direction on
Adjust the magnification of the sub scan direction on
only side 1 of the printer system.
only side 2 of the printer system.
This adjustment changes the line speed of the drum
This adjustment changes the line speed of the drum
and the registration roller on side 1 evenly.
and the registration roller on side 2 evenly.
(1) Procedure
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
screen.
Press the [02 Magnification Adjustment] key on
Press the [02 Magnification Adjustment] key on
the sub menu.
the sub menu.
4. "Magnification adjustment mode menu screen"
4. "Magnification adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [02 Printer Drum Clock Adjustment
Press the [03 Printer Drum Clock Adjustment
<SIDE1>] key.
<SIDE2>] key.
5. "Printer Drum Clock Adjustment <SIDE1>
5. "Printer Drum Clock Adjustment <SIDE2> screen"
screen"
Tray can be adjusted by each (tray /1 to /5).
Press the [COPY] key.
Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the
6. Set A3 or 11 x 17 paper (130 g/m2 or 35 lb
Bond) in the tray. Press the Start button to out-
item you adjust, and press the [COPY] key.
6. Set A3 or 11 x 17 paper (130 g/m2 or 35 lb
Bond) in the tray. Press the Start button to out-
put the test pattern (No.16).
7. Measure the magnification of the sub scan
put the test pattern (No.16).
7. Measure the magnification of the sub scan
direction with a scale.
• Standard value:± 0.5% or less (When in life-size)
Within 205.7 ± 1 mm
direction with a scale.
• Standard value:± 0.5% or less (When in life-size)
Within 205.7 ± 1 mm
205.7 1
205.7 1
1050fs3002c
1050fs3003c
8. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
9. "Printer Drum Clock Adjustment <SIDE1>
press the [SERVICE] key.
9. "Printer Drum Clock Adjustment <SIDE2> screen"
screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-10 (short) to +10 (long)
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-10 (short) to 0 (long)
1 step = 0.05%
1 step = 0.05%
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value
can be obtained.
330
8. When the value is not within the standard value,
can be obtained.
10. SERVICE MODE
D. Printer horizontal adjustment (Side 1)
E. Printer horizontal adjustment (Side 2)
Adjust the magnification of the main scan direction on
Adjust the magnification of the main scan direction on
only side 1 of the printer system.
only side 2 of the printer system.
This adjustment changes the horizontal magnification
This adjustment changes the horizontal magnification
in image processing prior to the laser exposure.
in image processing prior to the laser exposure.
(1) Procedure
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
screen.
Press the [02 Magnification Adjustment] key on
Press the [02 Magnification Adjustment] key on
the sub menu.
the sub menu.
4. "Magnification adjustment mode menu screen"
4. "Magnification adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [04 Printer Horizontal Adjustment
Press the [05 Printer Horizontal Adjustment
<SIDE1>] key.
5. "Printer
<SIDE2>] key.
Horizontal
Adjustment
<SIDE1>
5. "Printer Horizontal Adjustment <SIDE2> screen"
screen"
Tray can be adjusted by each (tray /1 to /5).
Press the [COPY] key.
Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start but-
item you adjust, and press the [COPY] key.
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start but-
ton to output the test pattern (No.16).
7. Measure the magnification of the main scan
ton to output the test pattern (No.16).
7. Measure the magnification of the main scan
direction with a scale.
• Standard value:± 0.5% or less (When in life-size)
Within 190 ± 1 mm
direction with a scale.
• Standard value:± 0.5% or less (When in life-size)
Within 190 ± 1 mm
190
190
1050fs3004c
1050fs3005c
8. When the value is not within the standard value,
8. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
9. "Printer
Horizontal
Adjustment
<SIDE1>
press the [SERVICE] key.
9. "Printer Horizontal Adjustment <SIDE2> screen"
screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-10 (short) to +10 (long)
1 step = 0.1%
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value
can be obtained.
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-5 (short) to 0 (long)
1 step = 0.1%
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value
can be obtained.
331
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
F.
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Scanner drum clock adjustment
G. ADF drum clock adjustment
Adjust the magnification of the main scan direction of
Adjust the magnification of the main scan direction of
the scanner system.
the scanner system.
This adjustment changes the scanning speed of the
This adjustment changes the scanning speed of the
exposure unit.
ADF.
(1) Procedure
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
screen.
Press the [02 Magnification Adjustment] key on
Press the [02 Magnification Adjustment] key on
the sub menu.
the sub menu.
4. "Magnification adjustment mode menu screen"
4. "Magnification adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [06 Scanner Drum Clock Adjustment]
Press the [07 ADF Drum Clock Adjustment]
key.
key.
5. "Scanner (Orig. Glass) drum clock adj. screen"
Press the [COPY] key.
5. "Scanner (ADF) drum clock adj. screen"
Press the [Next] and [Back] key to select the
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and set the "test
chart" on the original glass. Press the Start but-
magnification you adjust. Press the [COPY] key.
The magnification changes as follows:
100% → 75% → 200% → 400%
ton.
7. Measure the magnification of the sub scan
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and set the "adjustment chart" on the ADF. Press the Start button.
direction with a scale.
• Standard value:± 0.5% or less (When in life-size)
Within 200 ± 1 mm
7. Measure the magnification in the sub scan
direction with a scale.
• Standard value:± 0.5% or less (When in life-size)
Within 190 ± 1 mm
200
1050fs3006c
8. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
9. "Scanner (Orig. Glass) drum clock adj. screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-40 (short) to +40 (long)
1 step = 0.05%
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value
can be obtained.
190
1050fs3007c
8. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
9. "Scanner (ADF) drum clock adj. screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-40 (short) to +40 (long)
1 step = 0.05%
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value
can be obtained.
332
2
10.3.3
10. SERVICE MODE
Timing adjustment
9. "Printer Restart Timing Adjustment <SIDE1>
Adjust various image timing.
screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
A. Printer restart timing adjustment (Side 1)
Adjust the image leading edge timing on only side 1.
This adjustment changes the laser writing start timing.
and press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-30 (short) to +30 (long)
1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value
can be obtained.
NOTE
• Be sure the printer drum clock adjustment
(Side 1) has been adjusted.
B. Printer restart timing adjustment (Side 2)
Adjust the image leading edge timing on only side 2.
This adjustment changes the laser writing start tim-
(1) Procedure
ing.
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
NOTE
• Be sure the printer drum clock adjustment
(Side 2) has been adjusted.
screen.
Press the [03 Timing Adjustment] key on the
sub menu.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
4. "Timing adjustment menu screen"
Press the [01 Printer Restart Timing Adjustment
<SIDE1>] key.
5. "Printer Restart Timing Adjustment <SIDE1>
screen"
Tray can be adjusted as a whole and by each
(tray /1 to /5). Press the [Next] or the [Back] key
to select the item you adjust, and press the
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [03 Timing Adjustment] key on the
sub menu.
4. "Timing adjustment menu screen"
Press the [02 Printer Restart Timing Adjustment
[COPY] key.
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.16).
7. Measure the leading edge timing with a scale.
• Standard value:20 ± 0.5 mm
<SIDE2>] key.
5. "Printer Restart Timing Adjustment <SIDE2>
screen"
Tray can be adjusted by each (tray /1 to /5).
Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the
item you adjust, and press the [COPY] key.
20
6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start
button to output the test pattern (No.16).
1050fs3008c
8. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
1
333
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
7. Measure the leading edge timing with a scale.
• Standard value:20 ± 0.5 mm
5. "Printer regist loop adj. screen"
Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the
item you adjust, and press the [COPY] key.
The item changes as follows:
20
Side 1 → Side 2 → Side 1 thick → Side 2 thick
Note
• The adjustment values for "Side 1" and
"Side 2" are reflected on the paper weight
50 to 161 g/m2.
• The adjustment values for "Side 1 thick"
1050fs3009c
8. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
9. "Printer Restart Timing Adjustment <SIDE2>
screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-30 (short) to +30 (long)
1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value
can be obtained.
and "Side 2 thick" are reflected in 162 to
300 g/m2.
6. Set the copy according to the item that has
been adjusted and press the Start button to
output a test pattern (No. 16).
7. When the trouble is not solved, press the
[SERVICE] key.
8. "Printer regist loop adj. screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-10 (small) to +10 (large)
1 step = 1 ms
9. Repeat the steps 5 to 8 until an appropriate
C. Printer regist loop adjustment
value is obtained.
Adjust the paper loop amount in the registration roller
section to remove paper skew and wrinkle, or paper
jamming in the registration section.
(1) Procedure
D. Printer pre-regist adjustment
Adjust the paper loop amount in the pre-registration
roller section to remove paper skew and wrinkle, or
paper jamming in the pre-registration section.
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [03 Timing Adjustment] key on the
sub menu.
4. "Timing adjustment menu screen"
Press the [03 Printer Regist Loop Adjustment]
key.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [03 Timing Adjustment] key on the
sub menu.
4. "Timing adjustment menu screen"
Press the [04 Printer Pre-regist Adjustment]
key.
5. "Printer pre-regist adj. screen"
Tray can be adjusted by each (tray /1 to /5).
Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the
item you adjust, and press the [COPY] key.
334
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.16).
7. When the trouble is not solved, press the
[SERVICE] key.
8. "Printer pre-regist adj. screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-10 (small) to +10 (large)
1 step = 1ms
9. Repeat the steps 5 to 8 until an appropriate
value is obtained.
10. SERVICE MODE
F.
Transfer assist timing adjustment
Adjust the pressure/release timing and the pressure
amount of the transfer assist sheet when transfer
error (such as missing image portions) occurs.
Preparation:
• Select the appropriate paper setting beforehand
so that the transfer assist sheet (50 to 91 g/m2)
can be fed through.
NOTE
• Perform "Transfer Assist Pressure Level adj."
properly, or the photoconductor may get
E. Printer lead edge timing adjustment
Adjust the image erasure amount of the leading edge.
damaged.
• Only perform this adjustment when the transfer error still occurs after performing "Transfer Assist Push Position adjustment" and
(1) Procedure
"Transfer Assist Release Position adj."
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
• Always perform "Transfer Assist Push Position
adjustment"
Release
Position
and
adj."
"Transfer
after
Assist
performing
"Transfer Assist Pressure Level adj."
screen.
Press the [03 Timing Adjustment] key on the
sub menu.
4. "Timing adjustment menu screen"
Press the [05 Printer Lead Edge Timing Adjustment] key.
5. "Printer lead edge timing adjustment screen"
Press the [COPY] key.
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.16).
7. Check the printer lead edge timing.
• Standard value:within 4 mm
8. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
9. "Printer lead edge timing adjustment screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-20 (small) to +40 (large)
1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value
can be obtained.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [03 Timing Adjustment] key on the
sub menu.
4. "Timing adjustment menu screen"
Press the [06 Transfer Assistance Timing
Adjustment] key.
Press the [NEXT] or the [Back] key to select the
item to be adjusted, and press [COPY].
5. "COPY screen"
Change the print mode to [1 - 2], and select the
tray in which the transfer assist sheet is loaded.
6. Press [START] to print the test pattern (No. 16).
Print a halftone image or the original as necessary.
7. If the transfer error still occurs, press the
[SERVICE] key.
2
335
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
8. Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key.
• [Transfer Assist Push Position adjustment]
• [Transfer Assist Release Position adj.]
Setting range:-32 (earlier) to +31(later)
G. Scanner restart timing adjustment
Adjust image leading edge timing of original scanning
from the original glass.
In this adjustment, the starting position for reading
while in the original scanning mode is adjusted.
1 step = 0.5mm
(1) Procedure
• [Transfer Assist Pressure Level adj.]
Setting range:-10 (pressure amount-low) to
+10 (pressure amount-high)
1 step = 0.1 mm
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
Note
• The following table shows the relation
among pressure amount, pressure point,
release point, and limit step of the adjustment. If the adjustment value exceeds the
limit steps, the transfer assist sheet may
contact and damage the photoconductor.
(Note that the steps described below are
Press the [03 Timing Adjustment] key on the
sub menu.
4. "Timing adjustment menu screen"
Press the [07 Scanner Restart Timing Adjustment] key.
5. "Scanner (Orig. Glass) restart timing adj.
screen"
only used as a guide.)
Pressure amount
Pressure point
Release point
(Step)
(Step)
(Step)
0
-10
+12
-10
-20
+22
+10
0
+2
9. Repeat the steps 4 to 7 until an appropriate
value is obtained.
screen.
Press the [COPY] key.
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and set the "test
chart" on the original glass. Press the Start button.
7. Check the leading edge timing.
• Standard value:within ± 1.5 mm
8. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
9. "Scanner (Orig. Glass) restart timing adj.
screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-40 (image, fast) to
+40 (image, slow)
1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value
can be obtained.
336
2
10. SERVICE MODE
H. ADF restart timing adjustment
I.
Adjust image leading edge timing of original scanning
Adjust the original loop amount in the ADF registra-
from the ADF.
tion roller section to remove paper skew and wrinkle,
In this adjustment, the starting position for reading
or original jamming in the registration section.
ADF regist loop adjustment
while in the ADF scanning mode is adjusted.
(1) Procedure
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [03 Timing Adjustment] key on the
Press the [03 Timing Adjustment] key on the
sub menu.
sub menu.
4. "Timing adjustment menu screen"
4. "Timing adjustment menu screen"
Press the [08 ADF Restart Timing Adjustment
key.
Press the [09 ADF Regist Loop Adjustment]
key.
5. "ADF regist loop adj. screen"
5. "ADF restart timing adj. screen"
Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the
Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the
side of original you adjust, and press the
side of original you adjust, and press the
[COPY] key.
[COPY] key.
The side of original changes as follows:
The side of original changes as follows:
SIDE1 → SIDE2
SIDE1 → SIDE2
Note
Note
• SIDE 1 represents the front side and SIDE 2
• SIDE 1 represents the front side and SIDE 2
represents the back side.
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and set the "adjustment chart" on the ADF. Press the Start button.
7. Check the image leading edge timing.
• Standard value: ± 2 mm
8. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
9. "ADF restart timing adj. screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-50 (image, fast) to
+50 (image, slow)
represents the back side.
6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and set the
"adjustment chart" on the ADF. Press the Start
button.
7. When the ADF regist loop amount is not appropriate, press the [SERVICE] key.
8. "ADF regist loop adj. screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-10 (small) to +10 (large)
1 step = 0.1 mm
9. Repeat the steps 5 to 8 until an appropriate
value is obtained.
1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value
can be obtained.
2
337
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
10.3.4
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Centering adjustment
B. Scanner centering adjustment
Adjust the mis-centering of images in the main scan
Adjust the mis-centering of images when scanning
direction.
from the original glass.
This adjustment changes the laser writing start timing.
NOTE
• Be sure the printer centering has been
A. Printer centering adjustment
adjusted.
Adjust the mis-centering of images on the printer.
(1) Procedure
NOTE
• Be sure the printer horizontal adjustment
(Side 1) and the printer horizontal adjustment
(Side 2) have been adjusted.
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [04 Centering Adjustment] key on the
sub menu.
Press the [01 Printer Centering Adjustment] key
and press the [COPY] key.
5. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.16).
6. Fold the printed paper into two along the center
in the main scan direction, and measure how
much the left and right lines misalign from each
other.
• Standard value: within ± 1.5 mm
7. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
8. "Printer centering adjustment screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-64 (image in front) to
+63 (image in back)
1 step = 0.1 mm
9. Repeat steps 5 to 8 until the standard value
can be obtained.
2
sub menu.
4. "Centering adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [02 Scanner Centering Adjustment]
key and press the [COPY] key.
5. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and set the "test
chart" on the original glass. Press the Start button.
4. "Centering adjustment mode menu screen"
338
Press the [04 Centering Adjustment] key on the
6. Fold the printed paper into two along the center
in the main scan direction, and measure how
much the left and right lines misalign from each
other.
• Standard value: within ± 2 mm
7. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
8. "Scanner (Orig. Glass) centering Adj. screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-30 (image in front) to
+30 (image in back)
1 step = 0.1 mm
9. Repeat steps 5 to 8 until the standard value
can be obtained.
10. SERVICE MODE
C. ADF Centering adjustment
Adjust the mis-centering of images when scanning
from the ADF.
Note
• SIDE 1 represents the front side and SIDE 2
represents the back side.
• "Small" represents paper which is smaller
NOTE
than 300 mm in the sub-scan direction.
• Be sure the printer centering has been
However, this excludes A4 or 8.5 x 11 which
adjusted.
is automatically adjusted by the centering
sensor.
(1) Procedure
• "Large" represents paper which is larger
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [04 Centering Adjustment] key on the
sub menu.
However, this excludes A3 or 11 x 17 which
is automatically adjusted by the centering
sensor.
• When adjusting ADF centering sensor
adjustment (SIDE1:8.5 x 11) and (SIDE1:11 x
17), change the centering sensor /Fr position to "LT" side. Then, turn OFF/ON the
4. "Centering adjustment mode menu screen"
power switch, and follow the procedure of
Press the [03 ADF Centering Adjustment] key
this adjustment. (See chapter III "1.5
and press the [COPY] key.
Centering sensor switchover adjustment"
5. "ADF centering adjustment screen"
Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the
item you adjust, and press the [COPY] key.
The item switches as follows:
ADF Centering Adjustment (SIDE1:Small)
↓
ADF Centering Adjustment (SIDE2:Small)
↓
ADF Centering Adjustment (SIDE1:Large)
↓
ADF Centering Adjustment (SIDE2:Large)
↓
ADF Centering Sensor Adjustment (SIDE1:A4)
or (SIDE1:8.5 x 11)*1
↓
ADF Centering Sensor Adjustment (SIDE1:A3)
or (SIDE1:11 x 17)*1
*1
than 300 mm in the sub-scan direction.
When the power switch is ON, the ADF's
centering correction sensor /Fr position is
in the Theory of Operation for DF-603)
6. Select paper according to the adjusted item.
Set the "adjustment chart" on the ADF and
press the Start button.
7. Fold the printed paper into two along the center
in the main scan direction, and measure how
much the left and right lines misalign from each
other.
• Standard value: within ± 2 mm
8. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
9. [ADF centering adjustment screen]
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-30 (image in front) to
+30 (image in back)
1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value
can be obtained.
automatically detected and displayed.
2
339
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
10.3.5
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Warp adjustment
Adjust the image distortion in scanning.
10.3.6
Non-image area erase check
When installing the copier or moving its installation
location, check to see if the non-image area erase
function of the copy application functions works sat-
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
isfactorily. This also automatically adjusts sensitivity to
correctly detect the non-image area.
Preparation:
• Open fully the DF.
screen.
• There should not be anything on the original glass.
Press the [05 Warp Adjustment] key on the sub
• Clean the original glass.
menu.
4. "Warp adjustment menu screen"
Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the
item you adjust, and press the [COPY] key.
The item switches as follows:
Scanner (Orig. Glass) warp adj. (Main)
↓
Scanner (Orig.Glass)warp adj. (Deputy)
↓
Scanner (ADF) warp adj. (Main)
↓
Scanner (ADF) warp adj. (Deputy)
5. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Set the "test chart"
A. Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [06 Non Image Area Erase Check]
key on the sub menu.
4. "Non image area erase check screen"
Press the [Start] key.
5. Make sure the following message appears.
at the position (original glass or ADF) according
to the adjusted item, and press the Start but-
NORMAL adjustment selected.
ton.
The machine is set to appropriate parame-
6. Measure the image distortion with a scale.
ters for Non-image area erase.
• Standard value:± 0.5% or less (difference in the
diagonals of 200 mm square
If any other message appears, refer to "B. Error
must be 1.4 mm or less)
message and Handling", and perform the non-
7. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
8. "Warp adjustment menu screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-50 (counterclockwise) to
+50 (clockwise)
1 step = 0.05%
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value
can be obtained.
340
image area erase check again.
10. SERVICE MODE
B. Error message and Handling
10.3.7
If an error is detected while performing the "Non
A. ADF density adjustment
Image Area Erase Check" mode, the following error
Since the slit glass of the scanning section is coated
message will be displayed.
with electrical conductive material, The way it refracts
ADF adjustment
light from the exposure lamp is different from that of
(1) Error message 1
the original glass. Thus, perform this adjustment
when replacing the slit glass.
Adjust for Moderate Brightness.
The Non-image area erase function may not
Preparation:
operate correctly with dark (density) origi-
• Clean the slit glass.
nals.
• Make sure the white chart is not dirty. (Partial dirt
can be ignored)
Handling 1
When the non-image area erase function is not used
very frequently, or when copy originals that have a
dark background are not copied very frequently in
non-image area erase, the copier can be used in the
current installation location. However, when copy
originals that have a dark background are frequently
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
copied, install the copier in a location where less
screen.
external light gets in (darker) than the present loca-
Press the [07 ADF Adjustment] key on the sub
tion, and check the non-image area erase check
menu.
mode again.
4. "ADF adjustment mode menu screen"
(2) Error message 2
5. "ADF density adjustment screen"
Press the [01 ADF Density Adjustment] key.
Set the "white chart" on the ADF.
Adjust for Extreme Brightness.
In many case, the non-image area erase
function will not operate correctly.
Note
• Set the "white chart" in the A4-direction.
6. Press the [Start] key.
Handling 2
When the non-image area erase function is not
used very frequently, the copier can be used in
the current installation location. However, if the
non-image area erase function is frequently
used, install the copier in a location where less
external light gets in (darker) than the present
The white chart is scanned, and density is
automatically adjusted.
7. When an error message appears, turn OFF/ON
the power switch (SW2) of the main body.
Repeat steps 1 to 6 until it is completed properly.
location, and check the non-image area erase
check mode again. At this time, when there is a
bright light source such as a fluorescent light
installed directly above the copier, reconsider the
installation location, or take some measures to
shield the light source and check the mode
again.
B. ADF original size adjustment
Conduct this adjustment when the ADF original size is
not properly detected.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
1
341
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
5. "ADF sensor sensitivity adjustment screen"
screen.
Press the [Start] key.
Press the [07 ADF Adjustment] key on the sub
The ADF sensor sensitivity is automatically
menu.
adjusted, and the message of completion
4. "ADF adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [02 ADF Original Size Adjustment]
key.
5. "ADF original size adj. (A4 or 8.5 x 11) 1/2
screen"
appears.
6. Press the [COPY] key to check to see if there is
any malfunction.
7. When malfunction is found, press the [SERVICE] key to repeat steps 5 and 6.
Set A4 paper (for metric machine) or 8.5 x 11
paper (for inch machine) on the ADF and press
the [Start] key.
6. Confirm the message of completion, press the
[Next] key.
7. "ADF original size adj. (A5R or 5.5 x 8.5R) 2/2
screen"
Set A5R paper (for metric machine) or 5.5 x
D. ADF incline offset adjustment
Adjust image skew in the ADF scanning mode.
This adjustment is reflected on the skew adjustment
control in ADF scanning mode.
(1) Procedure
8.5R paper (for inch machine) on the ADF and
1. Enter the service mode.
press the [Start] key.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
8. Confirm the message of completion, press the
[COPY] key.
9. Make sure the ADF original size is properly
detected.
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [07 ADF Adjustment] key on the sub
menu.
C. ADF sensor sensitivity adjustment
Conduct this adjustment when a malfunction (JAM
display does not disappear despite no paper JAM)
occurs in the reflective type sensors.
Preparation:
• Clean each of the ADF reflective sensors.
4. "ADF adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [04 ADF Incline Offset Adjustment]
key.
5. "ADF Incline offset adjustment screen"
Press the [COPY] key.
6. Set the "adjustment chart" on the ADF and
press the Start button.
7. Measure the image skew with a scale.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
• Standard value:within ± 0.5%
Difference between a and b is 2.1mm or less
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [07 ADF Adjustment] key on the sub
menu.
4. "ADF adjustment mode menu screen"
b
ment] key.
a
Press the [03 ADF Sensor Sensitivity Adjust-
1050fs3026c
8. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
342
9. "ADF Incline Offset Adjustment screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
10. SERVICE MODE
6. Remove one screw [1] to remove the sensor
cover [2].
and press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-60 (counterclockwise) to
+60 (clockwise)
1 step = 0.05%
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value
can be obtained.
E. ADF centering sensor adjustment
Adjust sensitivity of the centering sensor /Fr.
NOTE
• Be sure to conduct adjustment for both A4
and 8.5 x 11.
[1]
[2]
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [07 ADF Adjustment] key on the sub
menu.
4. "ADF adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [05 ADF Centering Sensor Adjustment] key.
5. "ADF Centering Sensor Adj. screen"
Press the [Next] or [Back] key to select "ADF
1050fs3022c
Centering Sensor Adj. (A4)".
7. Remove one screw [1] to place the sensor
mounting plate [2] to the "A4" side [3] impress,
the two locating projections [4] to their places.
[2]
[4]
[1]
[3]
[4]
1050fs3023c
343
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
8. "ADF Centering Sensor Adj. (A4) screen"
Press the [Start] key. Sensitivity of the sensor is
adjusted, and message of completion is displayed.
9. Press the [Next] key to select "ADF Centering
Sensor Adj. (8.5 x 11)."
10. Remove one screw [1] to place the sensor
mounting plate [2] to the "LT" side [3] impress,
the two locating projections [4] to their places.
10.3.8
Recall standard data
Reset the adjustment values of the machine adjustment to the factory initial data or the installation initial
data.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
[3]
screen.
[2]
Press the [08 Recall Standard Data] on the sub
menu.
4. "Recall standard data (Machine adjustment)
screen"
Press the [Factory Initial Data] or the [Installation Initial Data] key.
Note
• Selecting [Factory initial data] recalls the
factory initial data.
[4]
[1]
1050fs3024c
11. "ADF Centering Sensor Adj. (8.5 x 11) screen"
the adjustment values stored when code
Press the [Start] key. Sensitivity of the sensor is
"91" of the I/O check mode was conducted.
adjusted, and message of completion is dis-
• When selecting [Data at shipment] or [Data
played.
12. Replace the sensor plate to the position of original size (A4 or 8.5 x 11) that the customer
mainly uses.
344
• Selecting [Installation initial data] recalls
1
at installation], the data returns with no display changed on the screen.
10.4 Process adjustment
10. SERVICE MODE
G. HV adjustment (Bias of development DC)
Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.
Make various adjustments around the process.
H. Transfer guide confirm
10.4.1
High voltage adjustment
Do not use this adjustment in the field.
Adjust various high voltage values.
A. High voltage auto adjustment
Current values and voltage values of a transfer, separation (AC), separation (DC), developing bias are
automatically adjusted respectively.
Preparation:
• The photo conductor section must be set.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [02 Process Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [01 High Voltage Adjustment] key on
the sub menu.
4. "High voltage adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [01 High Voltage Auto Adjustment]
key.
5. "HV adjustment (Auto adjustment) screen"
Press the [Start] key.
NOTE
• When an error message appears during the
adjustment, check to see if the error unit is
properly installed and cleaned. Conduct the
adjustment again.
B. HV adjustment (Charge)
Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.
C. HV adjustment (Transfer)
Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.
D. HV adjustment (Separation AC)
Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.
E. HV adjustment (Separation DC)
Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.
F.
HV adjustment (Charging grid voltage)
Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.
345
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
10.4.2
Drum peculiarity adjustment
Make various adjustments related to image creation
to the drum.
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu
screen"
Press the [02 Auto Drum Potential Adjustment]
key.
A. Blade setting mode
Perform this adjustment when changing the cleaning
blade. In this mode, apply toner to the cleaning blade
and drum, to prevents damages to them.
5. "Auto drum potential adjustment screen"
Press the [Start] key. After the automatic
adjustment,
the
message
of
completion
appears.
NOTE
NOTE
• Perform this only when changing the cleaning
• When the following error messages appear,
blade. Otherwise, the cleaning blade special
check to see if the drum potential sensor
parts counter is reset, thus making it impos-
(DPS) is properly installed and cleaned. Con-
sible to implement the auto blade change in
duct the adjustment again.
the right timing.
1) Error 1
• Apply setting powder to the cleaning blade
and drum.
In the 0V check of the DPS, voltage over
100V is detected 5 times or more.
2) Error 2
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [02 Process Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
The drum potential after laser exposure is
detected to be over 350V, and it is determined that control patch detect signal is
not outputted.
3) Error 3
Drum potential has been corrected 10 or
more times, but it does not converge.
Press the [02 Drum Peculiarity Adj.] key on the
sub menu.
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu
C. Auto maximum density adjustment
Automatically adjust maximum density of images.
screen"
Press the [01 Blade Setting Mode] key.
5. "Blade setting mode screen"
Press the [Start] key. With toner applied, the
drum is cleaned with the cleaning blade. The
message of completion appears.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [02 Process Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
B. Auto drum potential adjustment
Measure the charging potential of drum, and adjust
automatically the developing bias value, charging
voltage and grid voltage.
Press the [02 Drum Peculiarity Adj.] key on the
sub menu.
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu
screen"
Press the [03 Auto Maximum Density Adjust-
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [02 Process Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
346
ment] key.
5. "Auto maximum density adjustment screen"
Press the [Start] key.
NOTE
• When the following error messages appear,
screen.
check to see if the toner control sensor board
Press the [02 Drum Peculiarity Adj.] key on the
(TCSB) is properly installed and cleaned.
sub menu.
Conduct the adjustment again.
1) Error 1
The maximum density sensor (on the
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
E. LD offset adjustment
Equally adjust two laser intensity.
TCSB) dirt correction has been corrected
10 or more times, but it does not converge.
2) Error 2
The auto maximum density adjustment is
not completed, when the developing roller
rotation speed reaches the specified
value.
3) Error 3
No signal is outputted from the maximum
density sensor. Control patch detect signal is not outputted.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [02 Process Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [02 Drum Peculiarity Adj.] key on the
sub menu.
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu
screen"
Press the [05 LD Offset Adjustment] key.
D. Auto dot diameter adjustment
Automatically adjust the diameter of laser beam.
5. "LD offset adjustment screen"
Press the LD1 offset line speed [490 mm] key,
and press the [COPY] key.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [02 Process Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [02 Drum Peculiarity Adj.] key on the
sub menu.
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and press the Start
button to output a test pattern.
7. Adjust laser intensity of LD1 and LD2.
Standard value: Compare image patterns created by the LD1 and LD2. Confirm that density
is uniform (± 1 gap is OK) as per the following
figure, and the highlighted patterns start
between the two reference lines.
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu
screen"
Press the [04 Auto Dot Diameter Adjustment]
key.
[1]
5. "Auto dot diameter adjustment screen"
Press the [Start] key.
NOTE
• When the following error messages appear,
check to see if the toner control sensor board
(TCSB) is properly installed and cleaned.
Conduct the adjustment again.
1) Error 1
The gamma sensor (on the TCSB) dirt correction has been corrected 10 or more
LD1 LD2 LD1 LD2 LD1 LD2 LD1 LD2
times, but it does not converge.
1050fs3010c
2) Error 2
The auto dot diameter adjustment com-
[1] Reference lines
pleted with an abnormal value.
8. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
347
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
9. "LD Offset Adjustment screen"
Press the [490mm] key for the laser you want
to adjust (LD1 offset or LD2 offset). Enter a
G. LD1 bias adjustment
Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.
numeric value through the numeric keys and
press the [Set] key and then the [COPY] key.
• Setting range:-128 (lighter) to +127 (darker)
H. LD2 bias adjustment
Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.
10. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and press the Start
button to output a test pattern.
11. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key to repeat steps 5 to
10 until the standard value can be obtained.
12. Adjust the line speed 425 mm and 290 mm
likewise as well.
I.
Cartridge set mode
Conduct this adjustment when black spots (toner)
appear on the print-out after removing/inserting the
photo conductor section.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
F.
Auto gamma adjustment (1 dot)
Automatically adjust image gradation (gamma).
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [02 Process Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [02 Process Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [02 Drum Peculiarity Adj.] key on the
sub menu.
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu
screen"
Press the [09 Cartridge Set Mode] key.
5. "Cartridge set mode screen"
Press the [02 Drum Peculiarity Adj.] key on the
Press the [Start] key. The development unit and
sub menu.
the drum rotate for 3 minutes to charge low-
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu
charge toner.
screen"
6. After the rotation stops, press the [COPY] key.
Press the [06 Auto Gamma Adjustment (1dot)]
7. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start
key.
5. "Auto gamma adjustment (1dot) screen"
Press the [Start] key.
button to output 10 blank papers, thus cleaning
the drum.
8. When the black spot does not disappear, press
the [SERVICE] key to repeat steps 5 to 7.
NOTE
• When the following error messages appear,
check to see if the toner control sensor board
(TCSB) is properly installed and cleaned.
Conduct the adjustment again.
1) Error 1
The gamma sensor (on the TCSB) dirt correction has been corrected 10 or more
times, but it does not converge.
2) Error 2
No signal is outputted from the gamma
sensor. Control patch detect signal is not
outputted.
3) Error 3
Regression error during the gamma curve
calculation.
348
1
10.4.3
Drum peculiarity manual
Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.
10. SERVICE MODE
10.4.5
Recall standard data
Reset the adjustment values of the process adjustment to the factory initial data or the installation initial
10.4.4
User paper setting
data.
Use this adjustment when the transfer and separation
functions do not work satisfactorily with the standard
adjustments because of using special papers, etc.
This setting is applied when you select [User] as the
paper type.
By default, the following data are inputted.
• For Japan: 62 to 71 g/m2 Normal paper
A. Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [02 Process Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
• For inch area: 72 to 91 g/m2 Normal paper
screen.
• For metric area: 72 to 91 g/m2 Normal paper
Press the [05 Recall Standard Data] key on the
sub menu.
NOTE
• Input data according to instructions of KMBT
field support section.
4. "Recall standard data (Process adjustment)
screen"
Press the [Factory initial data] or the [Installation
initial data] key.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [02 Process Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [04 User Paper Setting] key on the
sub menu.
4. "User Paper Setting screen"
Select one of the followings; [User Paper 1] /
Note
• Selecting [Factory initial data] recalls the
factory initial data.
• Selecting [Installation initial data] recalls
the adjustment values stored when code
"91-00" of the I/O check mode was conducted.
• When selecting [Data at shipment] or [Data
at installation], the data returns with no display changed on the screen.
[User Paper 2] / [User Paper 3]
Press the [Next] and [Back] key to select an
item you adjust.
5. Input data for the selected item, and press the
[Set] key.
6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 to configure other items.
2
349
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
10.5 Counter
Also, the “Drum/Deve” icon on the user
screen does not disappear.
Confirm and configure settings of various counters.
(1) Procedure
10.5.1
PM count
Configure the reset and cycle of the PM count, devel-
1. Enter the service mode.
oper count and drum count.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
NOTE
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
• The PM count is different in the count condition depending on the setting of DIPSW8-
Press the [01 PM Count] key on the sub menu.
4. "PM count/cycle screen"
Press the key for an item you reset, and press
6.
When set to "0": 1 count for a single side of
each large paper exit, and
2 counts for a double side.
When set to "1": 2 counts for a single side
Press the [Yes] key to reset the counter.
The counter is reset, and the start date is automatically inputted.
(the definition of large size
Press the [No] key not to reset the counter. You
and 4), and 4 counts for a
return to the "PM count/cycle screen."
6. "PM count/cycle screen"
double side. For those
Pressing the [OK] key validates resetting.
other than the large size,
Pressing the [Cancel] key invalidates the count
the count is same as when
reset.
set to "0."
• The developer count and the sensitive drum
count are made at all times 1 count for a single side and 2 counts for a double side for a
small size paper, 2 counts for a single count
and 4 counts for a double count for a large
size paper.
A. Counter reset
Reset the PM count, developer count and drum
count.
NOTE
• Be sure to reset the PM count after implementing a periodic check (every 750,000
prints).
Otherwise, the periodic check alert message
and icon do not disappear.
• Be sure to reset the developer count after
replacing a developer. Otherwise, gray background image and toner scatter may occur.
Also, the “Drum/Deve” icon on the user
screen does not disappear.
• Be sure to reset the sensitive drum count
after replacing a drum. Otherwise, image gray
background and toner scatter may occur.
1
the [Count Reset] key.
5. "Reset confirm screen"
of each large paper exit
paper is set by DIPSW10-3
350
Press the [03 Counter] key.
10. SERVICE MODE
B. PM cycle
10.5.2
Configure settings of the PM cycle, developer cycle
It is possible to confirm various data held in the
and drum cycle.
machine. It is also possible to confirm collected data
Data collection
by the CS Remote Care, list output and the mail
NOTE
remote notification system.
• The PM cycle, developer cycle and drum
cycle are already inputted in the initial set-
A. Confirmation method
tings. Usually, do not change these settings.
(1) Procedure
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [03 Counter] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [01 PM Count] key on the sub menu.
4. "PM count/cycle screen"
Press the key for an item you configure.
5. Enter the first three digits of the cycle value
through the numeric keys
6. "PM count/cycle screen"
Pressing the [OK] key returns you to the "Service mode menu screen."
Press the [Cancel] key to invalidate the
changed settings.
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [03 Counter] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [02 Data Collection] key on the sub
menu.
4. "Data collection menu screen"
Data collection include the followings:
[01 Total count of each paper size]
[02 Copy count of each paper size]
[03 Print count of each paper size]
[04 Large size count]
[05 ADF count]
[06 Pixel ratio of each section]
[07 Pixel ratio ranking list]
[08 JAM data of time series]
[09 JAM count]
[10 Count of each copy mode]
[11 SC data of time series]
[12 SC count]
[13 JAM count of each section]
[14 SC count of each section]
Note
When setting DIPSW30-1 to 1, 08 to 14 can be
confirmed.
5. Press the data collection item key you want to
confirm.
351
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
6. "Individual data confirmation screen"
Press the [Next] or [Previous] key to scroll the
screen.
Note
• The [Count Reset] key is shown in the individual data confirmation screen of the [13
JAM count of each section] and the [14 SC
count of each section].
When pressing the [Count Reset] key,
"Count
reset
confirmation
screen"
is
shown, and when pressing the [Yes] key,
the section data is reset. Pressing the [No]
key returns to "Individual data confirmation
screen" with the interval data not reset.
Reset these data while in the PM implementation to confirm the jam or SC occurrence count after it was visited last time.
352
10. SERVICE MODE
B. Details of the data collection
(1) Data collection No. 1 to 3: Total, copy and print count of each paper size
Confirm the number of print of each paper size.
Note
• Maximum count: 99,999,999
• 1 count is made for paper of all types regardless of the paper size.
• All size of paper not included in the below table are counted as special. However, wide paper and
R-direction paper are counted as the same size.
Example: A4W and A4S are counted as A4.
• 8K is counted as B4, and 16K is counted as B5.
NO.
CSRC parameter
For
Remark
(B1, B6, B8)
Japan
Inch
1
00
A2
17 x 22
A2
2
01
A3
11 x 17
A3
3
02
B4
81/2 x 14
B4 (8K)
4
03
A4
81/2 x 11
A4
5
04
B5
51/2 x 81/2
B5 (16K)
6
05
A5
—
A5
7
06
B6
—
F4
8
07
81/2 x 14
—
—
9
08
81/2 x 11
A4
—
Metric
10
09
Special
Special
Special
11
0A
PostCard
—
—
Not used
(2) Data collection No. 04: Large size count
Confirm the number of print of the large size paper.
Note
• Maximum count: 99,999,999
• Definition of the large size can be changed by DIPSW10-3, 4 (A3, 11 x 17, 12 x 18 for default).
NO.
CSRC command
Item
Remark
(Parameter)
1
BH (00)
Large size printer count
2
BI (00)
Large size copy count
3
F6 (01)
Large size scan count
353
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(3) Data collection No. 05: ADF count
Confirm the number of originals fed in each ADF mode.
Note
• Maximum count: 99,999,999
• No.1, 2 are not counted as No.3 to 8.
NO.
CSRC parameter
Item
Remark
(F0)
354
1
00
N of originals fed in ADF mode
2
01
N of originals fed in RADF mode
Simplex mode
Duplex mode
3
02
N of 1 sided SDF original fed
Single Feed mode
4
03
N of 2 sided SDF original fed
Single Feed mode
5
04
N of 1 sided mixed original fed
Mixed Original mode
6
05
N of 2 sided mixed original fed
Mixed Original mode
7
06
N of 1 sided Z-folded original fed
Z-Fold mode
8
07
N of 2 sided Z-folded original fed
Z-Fold mode
10. SERVICE MODE
(4) Data collection No. 06: Pixel ratio of each section
It is possible to confirm the average pixel ratio of 5,000 print sheets (At max. 30 data. Older data are deleted
first).
Note
• This pixel ratio is a calculated value based on the colored area and the transfer paper area, and is
different from the print ratio when actually printed.
NO.
CSRC parameter
Item
(V0)
Average pixel
Remark
ratio (%)
1
00
Total count
2
01
Print count 1
3
02
Print count 2
4
03
Print count 3
5
04
Print count 4
6
05
Print count 5
7
06
Print count 6
8
07
Print count 7
9
08
Print count 8
10
09
Print count 9
11
0A
Print count 10
12
0B
Print count 11
13
0C
Print count 12
14
0D
Print count 13
15
0E
Print count 14
16
0F
Print count 15
17
10
Print count 16
18
11
Print count 17
19
12
Print count 18
20
13
Print count 19
21
14
Print count 20
22
15
Print count 21
23
16
Print count 22
24
17
Print count 23
25
18
Print count 24
26
19
Print count 25
27
1A
Print count 26
28
1B
Print count 27
29
1C
Print count 28
30
1D
Print count 29
31
1E
Print count 30
Displaying up to
the first place of a Newest data
decimal point
Oldest data
355
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(5) Data collection No. 7: Pixel ratio ranking list
Confirm data for the top 15 jobs with higher pixel ratio ranks.
To exclude faulty operations (skyshot) by a user, display only data for continuous 5 or more print-outs.
Note
• This pixel ratio is a calculated value based on the colored area and the transfer paper area, and is
different from the print ratio when actually printed.
NO.
CSRC parameter
Pixel ratio
Print
(V1)
(%)
Quantity
Displaying
Displaying
1
00
2
01
3
02
4
03
5
04
6
05
7
06
8
07
9
08
10
09
11
0A
12
0B
13
0C
14
0D
15
0E
Paper Size
up to the first the number
place of a
Mode
Date
Remark
Copier or
Printer
of papers
decimal
point
(6) Data collection No. 08: JAM data of time series
With respect to the latest 100 jam data, it is possible to confirm jam code, total count, date of occurrence, time
of occurrence, tray, paper size and magnification.
356
10. SERVICE MODE
(7) Data collection No. 9, 13: JAM count, JAM
NO.
count of each section
Confirm the JAM occurrence count for each JAM
code (except idling JAM).
NOTE
• Maximum count: 999,999
NO.
CSRC
Jam code is shown on
Section
parameter the operation panel when
(J0)
DIPSW11-7 is set to 1
1
00
J11-01
2
01
J11-02
3
02
J11-03
4
03
J11-04
5
04
J12-01
6
05
J12-02
7
06
J12-03
8
07
J12-04
9
08
J13-01
10
09
J13-02
11
0A
J13-03
12
0B
J13-04
13
0C
J14-01
14
0D
J14-02
15
0E
J14-03
16
0F
J15-01
17
10
J15-02
18
11
J15-03
19
12
J15-04
Tray /1
Tray /2
Tray /3
Tray /4
Tray /5
20
13
J17-01
Paper feed
21
14
J17-02
conveyance
22
15
J17-03
23
16
J17-04
24
17
J17-05
25
18
J17-06
26
19
J17-12
27
1A
J18-01
28
1B
J18-02
29
1C
J18-03
Tray /4
30
1D
J18-04
Tray /5
31
1E
J18-05
32
1F
J18-06
Tray /3
33
20
J18-07
Tray /4
Tray /3
CSRC
Jam code is shown on
Section
parameter the operation panel when
(J0)
DIPSW11-7 is set to 1
34
21
J18-08
Tray /5
35
22
J21-01
Sensitive drum
36
23
J31-01
Registration
37
24
J31-02
38
25
J32-01
39
26
J32-02
40
27
J32-03
41
28
J32-04
42
29
J32-05
43
2A
J32-06
44
2B
J92-01
45
2C
J92-02
46
2D
J93-01
47
2E
J94-01
48
2F
J19-01
Fixing/exit
ADU
Paper feed conveyance
49
30
J19-02
50
31
J51-01
PF
Main body
51
32
J61-01
DF
52
33
J61-02
53
34
J62-01
54
35
J62-02
55
36
J62-03
56
37
J62-04
57
38
J62-05
58
39
J62-06
59
3A
J62-07
60
3B
J62-08
61
3C
J62-09
62
3D
J62-10
63
3E
J63-01
64
3F
J63-02
65
40
J63-03
66
41
J63-04
67
42
J63-05
68
43
J63-06
69
44
J63-07
70
45
J63-08
71
46
J63-09
72
47
J63-10
73
48
J63-11
357
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
NO.
CSRC
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Jam code is shown on
Section
NO.
parameter the operation panel when
358
(J0)
DIPSW11-7 is set to 1
74
49
J72-01
75
4A
76
77
78
CSRC
Jam code is shown on
(J0)
DIPSW11-7 is set to 1
115
72
J72-66
J72-02
116
73
J72-67
4B
J72-03
117
74
J72-68
4C
J72-04
118
75
J72-69
4D
J72-05
119
76
J72-70
79
4E
J72-06
120
77
J72-71
80
4F
J72-09
121
78
J72-72
81
50
J72-10
122
79
J72-73
82
51
J72-11
123
7A
J72-74
83
52
J72-12
124
7B
J72-75
84
53
J72-13
125
7C
J72-76
85
54
J72-14
126
7D
J72-77
86
55
J72-16
127
7E
J72-78
87
56
J72-17
128
7F
J72-79
88
57
J72-18
129
80
J72-80
89
58
J72-19
130
81
J72-81
90
59
J72-20
131
82
J72-82
91
5A
J72-21
132
83
J72-83
92
5B
J72-22
133
84
J72-84
93
5C
J72-23
134
85
J72-85
94
5D
J72-28
135
86
J72-86
95
5E
J72-30
136
87
J72-87
96
5F
J72-39
137
88
J72-88
97
60
J72-40
138
89
J72-89
98
61
J72-41
139
8A
J72-90
FD
FS
FD
99
62
J72-42
140
8B
J72-99
100
63
J72-43
141
8C
J74-01
101
64
J72-44
142
8D
J74-02
102
65
J72-45
143
8E
J74-03
103
66
J72-46
144
8F
J74-04
104
67
J72-47
145
90
J74-05
105
68
J72-48
146
91
J74-06
106
69
J72-49
147
92
J74-07
107
6A
J72-50
148
93
J74-08
108
6B
J72-58
149
94
J74-09
109
6C
J72-59
150
95
J74-10
110
6D
J72-61
151
96
J74-11
111
6E
J72-62
152
97
J74-12
112
6F
J72-63
153
98
J74-19
113
70
J72-64
154
99
J74-31
114
71
J72-65
155
9A
J74-32
1
Section
parameter the operation panel when
SD
SD
LS
NO.
CSRC
10. SERVICE MODE
Jam code is shown on
Section
NO.
parameter the operation panel when
(J0)
DIPSW11-7 is set to 1
156
9B
J74-33
157
9C
158
159
CSRC
Jam code is shown on
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Section
parameter the operation panel when
(J0)
DIPSW11-7 is set to 1
197
C4
J74-90
J74-34
198
C5
J74-91
9D
J74-35
199
C6
J74-92
9E
J74-36
200
C7
J74-93
160
9F
J74-37
201
C8
J74-96
161
A0
J74-38
202
C9
J74-97
162
A1
J74-39
203
CA
J74-98
163
A2
J74-40
204
CB
J74-99
164
A3
J74-41
165
A4
J74-42
166
A5
J74-49
167
A6
J74-60
168
A7
J74-61
169
A8
J74-62
170
A9
J74-63
171
AA
J74-64
172
AB
J74-65
173
AC
J74-66
174
AD
J74-67
175
AE
J74-68
176
AF
J74-69
177
B0
J74-70
178
B1
J74-71
179
B2
J74-72
180
B3
J74-73
181
B4
J74-74
182
B5
J74-75
183
B6
J74-76
184
B7
J74-77
185
B8
J74-78
186
B9
J74-79
187
BA
J74-80
188
BB
J74-81
189
BC
J74-82
190
BD
J74-83
191
BE
J74-84
192
BF
J74-85
193
C0
J74-86
194
C1
J74-87
195
C2
J74-88
196
C3
J74-89
LS
PB
PB
2
359
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(8) Data collection No. 10: Count of each copy mode
Confirm the status of use of each copy mode.
Note
• Maximum count: 99,999,999
NO.
CSRC parameter
Item
(F1)
360
1
00
1-1 mode
2
01
1-2 mode
3
02
2-1 mode
4
03
2-2 mode
5
04
ADF 1-1 mode
6
05
ADF 1-2 mode
7
06
Mixed original mode
8
07
SDF mode
9
08
Z-folded original mode
10
09
LEF: Portrait/SEF: Landscape (Reg.)
11
0A
LEF: Landscape/SEF: Portrait (Reg.)
12
0B
LEF: Portrait/SEF: Landscape (Rev.)
13
0C
LEF: Landscape/SEF: Portrait (Rev.)
14
0D
Text & Photo
15
0E
Text
16
0F
Photo
17
10
Low contrast
18
11
Custom size
19
12
1 oblique staple (Upper left)
20
13
1 oblique staple (Upper right)
21
14
2 parallel staples (Left binding)
22
15
2 parallel staples (Upper binding)
23
16
Right & Left binding
24
17
2 parallel staples (Right binding)
25
18
Upper binding
26
19
Tab original
27
1A
Folding & Stapling
28
1B
Stacker1 5000 sheets full alarm
29
1C
Group
30
1D
Offset group
31
1E
Collated
32
1F
Offset collated
33
20
Face down
34
21
Face up
35
22
1 to N
36
23
N to 1
Count conditions
NO.
10. SERVICE MODE
CSRC parameter
Item
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Count conditions
(F1)
37
24
38
25
Stacker 2 5000 sheets full alarm
Cover sheet
39
26
Trimmer
40
27
Real size copy
41
28
Preset magnification E4
42
29
Preset magnification E3
43
2A
Preset magnification E2
44
2B
Preset magnification E1
45
2C
Preset magnification R4
46
2D
Preset magnification R3
47
2E
Preset magnification R2
48
2F
Preset magnification R1
49
30
Preset Zoom 1
50
31
Preset Zoom 2
51
32
Preset Zoom 3
52
33
ZOOM
53
34
Vertical/Horizontal ZOOM
54
35
Maximum ZOOM
55
36
Minimum ZOOM
56
37
APS
57
38
AMS
58
39
Auto density
59
3A
Preset density level 1
60
3B
Preset density level 2
61
3C
Interrupted copy
62
3D
Auto image rotation cancellation
63
3E
Sheet insertion
64
3F
Chapter control
65
40
Combination
66
41
Booklet copy
67
42
OHP interleave copy
68
43
OHP interleave blank
69
44
Image insert
70
45
Book copy
71
46
Program job
72
47
Non-image area erase
73
48
Neg-/Positive reverse
74
49
Auto repeat
75
4A
Manual repeat
76
4B
Standard size repeat
77
4C
Frame erasure
78
4D
Fold erasure
361
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
NO.
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
CSRC parameter
Item
Count conditions
(F1)
79
4E
Image centering
80
4F
All-image area
81
50
Image shift
82
51
Reduction shift
83
52
Overlay
84
53
Watermark
85
54
Stamp
86
55
Date/Time
87
56
Page
88
57
Numbering
89
58
Set quantity 1
90
59
Set quantity 2-5
91
5A
Set quantity 6-10
92
5B
Set quantity 11 or more
93
5C
Time while power remote 1 is On
Accumulation of time during which the overall
control board/image processing board is powered (main power switch is ON). (in minutes)
94
5D
Time while power remote 2 is On
95
5E
Time while power remote 3 is On
Time during which the main relay is ON. (in minutes)
Time during which the power control signal
(REM3) is ON. (in minutes)
96
5F
Time while power remote 4 is On
Time during which the power control signal
(REM4) is ON. (in minutes)
97
60
Time during Low Power mode
Time in the LOW POWER mode. (in minutes)
98
61
Time during warm up time
Time for warm-up, except print ready time.
99
62
Time during which the front door is
Time during which the front door is open.
open
(in seconds)
(in minutes)
100
63
Ope.time in 1side straight exit
Time from the start of print and the end of
101
64
Ope.time in 1side reverse exit
print. (in seconds)
102
65
Operation time in 2side print
(Down time due to jam omitted)
103
66
Operation time in ADF mode
Time during which ADF operates. (in seconds)
104
67
Morning correction count
Counts 1 per image stabilization control (fix-
105
68
Time during APS sensor On
Time during which the APS sensor is ON.
106
69
—
107
6A
—
108
6B
N of folding & stapling used jobs
109
6C
N of ADF special error 5 occurred
Number of ADF double feed detection
110
6D
N of ADF NF occurred
Number of ADF no feed detection
111
6E
N of ADF special error 1 occurred
Number of wrong detection of original size
112
6F
N of ADF special error 2 occurred
Number of wrong detection of next original
ing temperature is 50°C or lower)
(in seconds)
information
362
NO.
10. SERVICE MODE
CSRC parameter
Item
Count conditions
(F1)
113
70
N of ADF special error 3 occurred
Number of error in size for which mixed
size mode is not allowed
114
71
N of scanner scanned
Counts 1 for pressing Start button in the
platen mode
115
72
N of electrode cleaned
116
73
N of memory overflow
Sum of No.124, 125, 126 plus HDD memory shortage
117
74
118
75
N of fixing alarm occurred
N of no toner stop occurred
119
76
N of AGC retry
120
77
Multi letter tray full alarm
121
78
N of mis-centering correct error
122
79
N of ADF distortion adjust error
123
7A
N of ADF distortion data error
124
7B
Compression memory overflow
125
7C
Page memory overflow (scan)
Shortage in memory for receiving print data
126
7D
Page memory overflow (print)
Decompression page memory shortage
127
7E
Staple Finisher main tray alarm
128
7F
Staple Finisher staple alarm
129
80
Saddle Stitcher trash full alarm
130
81
N of ADF special error 4 occurred
131
82
Store for HDD (Sync.with Copying)
Store for HDD (Store Scan → HDD)
Scanner compression/print compression
memory shortage
132
83
133
84
Store for PC (Store Scan → PC)
134
85
Store for PC (Store HDD → PC)
135
86
Recall from HDD (Recall HDD)
136
87
Recall from PC (PC/JobEditer)
137
88
Saddle Stitcher staple alarm
138
89
Wide paper count (A3W or 11 x 17W)
139
8A
Wide paper count (A4W or 8.5 x 11W)
140
8B
Wide paper count (A4SW or 8.5 x 11SW)
141
8C
Wide paper count (A5W or 5.5 x 8.5W)
142
8D
Wide paper count (Others)
143
8E
Hole-Punch
144
8F
Z-Folding
145
90
Multi Folder trash full alarm
146
91
Mixplex (Simplex)
147
92
Mixplex (Duplex)
148
93
Right/Left binding originals
149
94
Upper binding originals
150
95
Inside print multi letter
Ready timeout error
363
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
NO.
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
CSRC parameter
Item
(F1)
364
151
96
152
97
Outside print multi letter
Inside print letter fold-in
153
98
Outside print letter fold-in
154
99
Inside print letter fold-out
155
9A
Outside print letter fold-out
156
9B
Inside print double parallel
157
9C
Outside print double parallel
158
9D
Inside print gate
159
9E
Outside print gate
160
9F
Multi Center
161
A0
Inside print folding
162
A1
Outside print folding
163
A2
Main tray output
164
A3
Stacker 1 tray output
165
A4
Stacker 2 tray output
166
A5
Stacker auto setting output
167
A6
Stacker pile setting permit
168
A7
Folding & Stapling tray output
169
A8
Three-Folding tray output
170
A9
Folding sub tray output
171
AA
Stacker 1 sub tray output
172
AB
Stacker 2 sub tray output
173
AC
Folding & Stapling sub tray output
174
AD
Stapling sub tray output
175
AE
Main tray output Job number
176
AF
Stacker 1 tray output Job number
177
B0
Stacker 2 tray output Job number
178
B1
Folding & Stapling output Job No.
179
B2
Three Folding tray output Job No.
180
B3
Folding sub tray Job number
181
B4
Stacker 1 sub tray Job number
182
B5
Stacker 2 sub tray Job number
183
B6
Fold & Staple sub tray Job number
184
B7
Stapling sub tray Job number
185
B8
Multi center Job number
186
B9
Inside print folding Job number
187
BA
Outside print folding Job number
188
BB
Arbitrary stamp
189
BC
Perfect binding blank cover mode
190
BD
Perfect binding 1 in 1 mode
191
BE
Perfect binding 2 in 1 mode
192
BF
Perfect binding 3 in 1 mode
2
Count conditions
NO.
10. SERVICE MODE
CSRC parameter
Item
Count conditions
(F1)
193
C0
PB cover paper tray mode
194
C1
Number of perfect binding cover
Number of books created by perfect binding machine.
195
196
C2
C3
197
C4
198
C5
Number of perfect binding cover with
Number of books when cover paper trim-
trim
ming is set.
Number of perfect binding cover
Number of books when cover paper trim-
without trim
ming is not set.
Number of ejected paper on the sub
tray (perfect binding)
Number of ejected paper on the
stacker (perfect binding)
199
C6
Number of times PB tray is pulled
200
C7
Number of times PB front door is
201
C8
opened/closed
Number of times PB upper door is
opened/closed
(9) Data collection No. 11: SC data of time series
With respect to the latest 20 SC, confirm SC code, total count, date of occurrence, time of occurrence and
machine condition (00: Idling, 01: Scanner operating, 02: Printer operating, 03: Scanner and printer operating).
2
365
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(10) Data collection No. 12, 14: SC count, SC
NO.
count of each section
Confirm the number of SC occurrence of each SC
code.
CSRC
SC code
Section
parameter
(E0/E1)
28
1B
SC21-04
Transfer/separation
29
1C
SC21-05
cleaning motor
30
1D
SC21-06
abnormality
• Maximum count: 99,999,999
• When the service mode DIPSW3-1 is 1
31
1E
SC21-07
Transfer assist motor
(Latched), SC34, 35, 36, 23-14 and 23-17 are
32
1F
SC21-08
abnormality
not counted.
33
20
SC23-01
NOTE
NO.
CSRC
SC code
Section
parameter
2
3
4
366
00
01
02
03
34
21
SC23-02
Developing motor
abnormality
(E0/E1)
1
Toner bottle motor
abnormality
SC13-01
SC13-02
SC13-03
SC13-05
35
22
SC23-03
Blade motor abnor-
abnormality
36
23
SC23-04
mality
Paper feed motor
Paper feed motor
37
24
SC23-05
abnormality (PF)
38
25
SC23-06
Vertical conveyance
39
26
SC23-07
motor abnormality
40
27
SC23-08
(PF)
41
28
SC23-09
Exit conveyance motor
42
29
SC23-10
abnormality (PF)
43
2A
SC23-11
Toner supply abnor-
44
2B
SC23-12
mality
45
2C
SC23-13
46
2D
SC23-14
47
2E
SC23-15
48
2F
SC23-17
49
30
SC23-20
50
31
SC23-21
51
32
SC23-22
52
33
SC23-24
53
34
SC23-25
54
35
SC23-26
55
36
SC24-01
Drum temperature
56
37
SC24-02
sensor abnormality
5
04
SC18-11
Tray /1 abnormality
6
05
SC18-12
7
06
SC18-13
8
07
SC18-10
9
08
SC18-21
10
09
SC18-22
11
0A
SC18-23
12
0B
SC18-20
13
0C
SC18-31
14
0D
SC18-32
15
0E
SC18-33
16
0F
SC18-30
17
10
SC18-41
18
11
SC18-42
19
12
SC18-43
20
13
SC18-40
21
14
SC18-51
22
15
SC18-52
23
16
SC18-53
24
17
SC18-50
25
18
SC21-01
Charger cleaning
26
19
SC21-02
motor abnormality
27
1A
SC21-03
Tray /2 abnormality
Tray /3 abnormality
Tray /4 abnormality
Tray /5 abnormality
Drum motor abnormality
57
38
SC28-01
High voltage abnor-
58
39
SC28-02
mality
59
3A
SC28-03
60
3B
SC28-04
61
3C
SC29-01
62
3D
SC29-02
63
3E
SC29-03
64
3F
SC29-04
65
40
SC29-05
66
41
SC29-06
Process abnormality
NO.
CSRC
10. SERVICE MODE
SC code
Section
NO.
parameter
CSRC
SC code
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Section
parameter
(E0/E1)
(E0/E1)
67
42
SC29-07
68
43
69
70
Process abnormality
108
6B
SC32-33
SC29-08
109
6C
SC32-34
44
SC29-09
110
6D
SC32-35
45
SC29-10
111
6E
SC32-36
71
46
SC29-11
112
6F
SC32-37
72
47
SC29-12
High voltage abnor-
113
70
SC32-38
73
48
SC29-13
mality
114
71
SC32-39
74
49
SC29-14
115
72
SC32-40
75
4A
SC29-15
116
73
SC32-41
76
4B
SC29-16
117
74
SC32-42
77
4C
SC32-01
118
75
SC32-43
78
4D
SC32-02
119
76
SC32-44
79
4E
SC32-03
120
77
SC32-45
80
4F
SC32-04
121
78
SC32-46
81
50
SC32-05
122
79
SC32-47
82
51
SC32-06
123
7A
SC32-48
83
52
SC32-07
124
7B
SC32-49
84
53
SC32-09
125
7C
SC32-50
85
54
SC32-10
126
7D
SC32-51
86
55
SC32-11
127
7E
SC32-52
87
56
SC32-12
128
7F
SC32-53
88
57
SC32-13
129
80
SC32-54
89
58
SC32-14
130
81
SC32-55
90
59
SC32-15
131
82
SC33-01
ADU drive board
91
5A
SC32-16
132
83
SC33-02
abnormality
Fan abnormality
Fan abnormality
92
5B
SC32-17
133
84
SC33-04
Printer control board
93
5C
SC32-18
134
85
SC33-05
abnormality
94
5D
SC32-19
135
86
SC33-06
95
5E
SC32-20
136
87
SC34-01
96
5F
SC32-21
137
88
SC34-02
97
60
SC32-22
138
89
SC34-03
98
61
SC32-23
139
8A
SC34-04
99
62
SC32-24
140
8B
SC35-01
100
63
SC32-25
141
8C
SC35-02
101
64
SC32-26
142
8D
SC36-01
102
65
SC32-27
143
8E
SC36-02
103
66
SC32-28
144
8F
SC36-03
104
67
SC32-29
145
90
SC36-04
105
68
SC32-30
146
91
SC36-05
106
69
SC32-31
147
92
SC36-06
107
6A
SC32-32
Fusing abnormality
367
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
NO.
CSRC
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
SC code
Section
NO.
parameter
(E0/E1)
368
CSRC
SC code
Section
parameter
(E0/E1)
148
93
SC41-01
149
94
SC41-02
150
95
SC41-03
151
96
SC41-10
152
97
SC41-11
Scanner abnormality
Write abnormality
Fan abnormality
189
BC
SC46-36
Image processing
190
BD
SC46-40
abnormality
191
BE
SC46-41
192
BF
SC46-42
193
C0
SC46-43
153
98
SC42-01
194
C1
SC46-50
154
99
SC42-02
195
C2
SC46-51
155
9A
SC42-03
196
C3
SC46-61
156
9B
SC42-04
197
C4
SC46-62
157
9C
SC42-05
198
C5
SC46-63
158
9D
SC42-06
199
C6
SC46-64
159
9E
SC42-07
200
C7
SC46-66
160
9F
SC42-08
201
C8
SC46-80
161
A0
SC42-09
202
C9
SC46-81
162
A1
SC42-10
203
CA
SC46-82
163
A2
SC42-16
204
CB
SC46-83
164
A3
SC42-17
205
CC
SC46-90
165
A4
SC42-18
206
CD
SC46-91
166
A5
SC42-19
207
CE
SC46-99
167
A6
SC46-01
Image processing
208
CF
SC49-01
168
A7
SC46-02
abnormality
209
D0
SC49-03
169
A8
SC46-03
210
D1
SC49-04
170
A9
SC46-05
211
D2
SC49-05
171
AA
SC46-06
212
D3
SC49-06
172
AB
SC46-08
213
D4
SC50-01
173
AC
SC46-12
214
D5
SC50-02
174
AD
SC46-13
215
D6
SC50-03
175
AE
SC46-14
216
D7
SC50-04
176
AF
SC46-15
217
D8
SC50-05
177
B0
SC46-16
218
D9
SC50-10
178
B1
SC46-17
219
DA
SC50-11
179
B2
SC46-19
220
DB
SC52-01
180
B3
SC46-21
221
DC
SC52-02
181
B4
SC46-23
222
DD
SC52-03
182
B5
SC46-24
223
DE
SC52-04
183
B6
SC46-25
224
DF
SC52-05
184
B7
SC46-26
225
E0
SC52-06
185
B8
SC46-27
226
E1
SC52-07
186
B9
SC46-31
227
E2
SC52-08
187
BA
SC46-32
228
E3
SC52-09
188
BB
SC46-35
229
E4
SC52-10
Fan abnormality
NO.
CSRC
10. SERVICE MODE
SC code
Section
NO.
parameter
CSRC
SC code
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Section
parameter
(E0/E1)
(E0/E1)
230
E5
SC52-11
231
E6
SC52-12
232
E7
SC53-01
233
E8
SC53-02
Fan abnormality
268
0B
SC70-01
Communication
269
0C
SC70-02
abnormality
Fusing motor abnormality
270
0D
SC76-01
LS abnormality
Total count abnormality
271
0E
SC76-02
234
E9
SC53-03
235
EA
SC53-04
236
EB
SC53-05
237
EC
SC53-06
Power source abnor-
238
ED
SC53-07
mality
239
EE
SC53-08
240
EF
SC53-11
241
F0
242
272
0F
SC76-03
273
10
SC76-04
274
11
SC76-05
275
12
SC76-06
276
13
SC76-07
277
14
SC76-08
278
15
SC76-09
SC53-12
279
16
SC76-10
F1
SC53-13
280
17
SC76-11
243
F2
SC53-14
281
18
SC76-31
244
F3
SC53-15
PF paper feed abnor-
282
19
SC76-32
245
F4
SC53-16
mality
283
1A
SC76-33
246
F5
SC53-17
Printer control board
284
1B
SC76-34
abnormality
285
1C
SC76-35
Erase lamp abnormality
286
1D
SC76-36
SC76-37
247
F6
SC53-18
248
F7
SC53-19
249
F8
SC53-20
250
F9
SC60-01
251
FA
SC60-02
252
FB
SC60-03
253
FC
SC60-11
254
FD
SC67-01
255
FE
SC67-02
256
FF
SC67-03
257
00
SC67-04
258
01
SC67-05
259
02
SC67-06
260
03
SC67-07
261
04
SC67-08
262
05
SC67-09
263
06
SC67-10
264
07
SC67-11
265
08
SC67-12
266
09
SC67-13
267
0A
SC67-14
Key counter abnormality
Paper feed abnormality
Conveyance motor
287
1E
abnormality
288
1F
SC76-38
ADU reverse paper
289
20
SC76-39
290
21
SC76-40
291
22
SC76-41
292
23
SC77-01
293
24
SC77-02
294
25
SC77-03
295
26
SC77-04
296
27
SC77-05
297
28
SC77-06
298
29
SC77-07
299
2A
SC77-08
300
2B
SC77-11
301
2C
SC77-12
302
2D
SC77-15
303
2E
SC77-21
304
2F
SC77-22
305
30
SC77-25
306
31
SC77-28
exit motor abnormality
DF abnormality
FS abnormality
369
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
NO.
CSRC
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
SC code
Section
NO.
parameter
(E0/E1)
370
CSRC
SC code
Section
SD abnormality
parameter
(E0/E1)
307
32
SC77-30
308
33
309
310
FD abnormality
348
5B
SC77-82
SC77-31
349
5C
SC77-83
34
SC77-32
350
5D
SC77-84
35
SC77-33
351
5E
SC77-85
311
36
SC77-34
352
5F
SC77-86
312
37
SC77-35
353
60
SC77-87
313
38
SC77-36
354
61
SC77-88
314
39
SC77-37
355
62
SC77-89
315
3A
SC77-38
356
63
SC77-90
316
3B
SC77-39
357
64
SC77-95
317
3C
SC77-40
358
65
SC77-96
318
3D
SC77-41
359
66
SC77-97
319
3E
SC77-42
360
67
SC77-98
320
3F
SC77-43
361
68
SC77-99
321
40
SC77-44
362
69
SC80-01
Communication
322
41
SC77-48
363
6A
SC80-02
abnormality
323
42
SC77-49
364
6B
SC80-03
324
43
SC77-58
365
6C
SC80-1*
325
44
SC77-59
366
6D
SC80-30
326
45
SC77-60
367
6E
SC80-31
327
46
SC77-61
368
6F
SC80-32
328
47
SC77-62
369
70
SC80-40
329
48
SC77-63
370
71
SC80-41
330
49
SC77-64
371
72
SC80-42
331
4A
SC77-65
372
73
SC80-43
332
4B
SC77-66
373
74
SC80-44
333
4C
SC77-67
374
75
SC80-45
334
4D
SC77-68
375
76
SC90-01
335
4E
SC77-69
376
77
SC90-02
SD abnormality
ISW abnormality
ADU abnormality
336
4F
SC77-70
377
78
SC90-03
Communication
337
50
SC77-71
378
79
SC90-04
abnormality
338
51
SC77-72
379
7A
SC93-01
339
52
SC77-73
340
53
SC77-74
ADU drive board
abnormality
380
7B
SC93-05
Power source abnormality
341
54
SC77-75
342
55
SC77-76
381
7C
SC93-06
ADU drive board
7D
SC93-07
abnormality
7E
SC93-08
343
56
SC77-77
382
344
57
SC77-78
383
345
58
SC77-79
346
59
SC77-80
347
5A
SC77-81
1
PF drive board abnormality
384
7F
SC95-01
Fan abnormality
385
80
SC49-07
IC abnormality
NO.
CSRC
SC code
10. SERVICE MODE
Section
NO.
parameter
CSRC
SC code
Section
PB abnormality
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
parameter
(E0/E1)
(E0/E1)
386
81
SC49-08
IC abnormality
427
387
82
SC49-09
AA
SC78-38
428
AB
SC78-39
388
83
SC49-10
389
84
SC77-91
SD abnormality
429
AC
SC78-40
430
AD
390
85
SC23-50
SC78-41
Main body abnormality
431
AE
391
86
SC78-01
SC78-42
PB abnormality
432
AF
SC78-43
392
87
393
88
SC78-02
433
B0
SC78-44
SC78-04
434
B1
394
SC78-45
89
SC78-05
435
B2
SC78-46
395
8A
SC78-06
436
B3
SC78-47
396
8B
SC78-07
437
B4
SC78-48
397
8C
SC78-08
438
B5
SC78-49
398
8D
SC78-09
439
B6
SC78-50
399
8E
SC78-10
440
B7
SC78-51
400
8F
SC78-11
441
B8
SC78-52
401
90
SC78-12
442
B9
SC78-53
402
91
SC78-13
443
BA
SC78-54
403
92
SC78-14
444
BB
SC78-55
404
93
SC78-15
445
BC
SC78-56
405
94
SC78-16
446
BD
SC78-57
406
95
SC78-17
447
BE
SC78-58
407
96
SC78-18
448
BF
SC78-59
408
97
SC78-19
449
C0
SC78-60
409
98
SC78-20
450
C1
SC78-61
410
99
SC78-21
451
C2
SC78-62
411
9A
SC78-22
452
C3
SC78-63
412
9B
SC78-23
453
C4
SC78-64
413
9C
SC78-24
454
C5
SC78-91
414
9D
SC78-25
455
C6
SC78-92
415
9E
SC78-26
456
C7
SC78-93
416
9F
SC78-27
457
C8
SC78-94
417
A0
SC78-28
458
C9
SC78-96
418
A1
SC78-29
459
CA
SC78-97
419
A2
SC78-30
460
CB
SC78-98
420
A3
SC78-31
461
CC
SC78-99
421
A4
SC78-32
462
CD
SC80-46
422
A5
SC78-33
423
A6
SC78-34
424
A7
SC78-35
425
A8
SC78-36
426
A9
SC78-37
2
371
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
10.5.3
Copy count of part
A. Copy count of special parts
When a part is replaced, reset the counter of the part
that has been replaced to manage the service history.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [03 Counter] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [03 Parts Counter] key on the sub
menu.
4. "Copy count of part menu screen"
Press the [01 Count of special parts] key.
5. "Count of special parts screen"
Press the [Next] or [Previous] key to scroll the
screen.
Press the [S] or [T] key to select an item you
want to reset.
6. Press the [Count Reset] key.
7. "Reset confirm screen"
Press the [Yes] key to reset the counter.
Press the [No] key not to reset the counter. You
return to the "Count of special parts screen."
372
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
10. SERVICE MODE
B. Count of special parts list
Note
• Be sure to reset the fixing cleaning web counter (No.001) after replacing the cleaning web. Otherwise, fuser cleaning trouble may occur.
• Be sure to perform the blade set mode of the service mode after replacing the cleaning blade. This
automatically resets the cleaning blade counter (No.002). Otherwise, the auto blade replacement
cannot be implemented.
NO
CSRC
Parts name
Parts No.
Count conditions
parameter
(Z1)
001
00
Fixing cleaning web
56UA5351
1 count for each paper exit in the single side
002
01
Cleaning blade
56UA5601
mode, 2 counts in the double side mode.
003
02
Charging wire
56UA2509
004
03
Charging grid
56UA2508
005
04
Charging cleaning unit
55VA-255
006
05
Develop suction filter
56UA3108
007
06
Trans./sep. wire
56UA2613
008
07
Trans./sep. CL unit
56GA-276/
56GA-277/
56GA-278
009
08
Drum Separation claws
55VA2919
2 counts for each A3, 11x17, 8K paper exit in
the single side mode, 4 counts for double.
Except these, 1 count for the single and 2
counts for the double.
010
09
Trans Assist PET1
56UA-281
For the paper type which is 297 mm width or
more and 91 g/m2 or less, 0 count for each
paper exit in the single side mode, and 1 count
for the double side mode.
011
0A
Trans Assist PET2
56UE-281
For the paper type which is between 279 and
297 mm width and 91 g/m2 or less, 0 count for
each paper exit in the single side mode, and 1
count for the double side mode.
012
0B
Cleaner fur brush
56UA-574
1 count for each paper exit in the single side
013
0C
Cleaner side seal R
56UA-558
mode, 2 counts in the double side mode.
014
0D
Cleaner side seal F
56UA-559
015
0E
Fix. roller (U)
56UA5304
016
0F
Fix. roller Unit (L)
56UA-528
017
10
Fixing claws upper
55VA5321
018
11
Fixing claws lower
25AA5329
019
12
Heat sleeve (Upper)
45405339
020
13
Upper roller bearing
45407504
021
14
Fixing CL sheet
56UA-547
022
15
Temperature sensor
56GA-209
023
16
Toner supply sleeve /1
55VA-334
373
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
NO
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
CSRC
Parts name
Parts No.
Count conditions
parameter
(Z1)
024
17
Toner supply sleeve /2
55VA-335
1 count for each paper exit in the single side
025
18
Cleaner toner tray
56UA-568
mode, 2 counts in the double side mode.
026
19
Fur brush scraper
56UA-561
027
1A
Heat sleeve (Heated)
26AA5315
028
1B
Heat roller bearing
56UA7507
029
1C
Upper roller sensor
55VA8804
030
1D
Heat roller sensor
55VA8806
031
1E
Fixing sub roller
56UA5307
032
1F
Ozone filter
56UA1121
56UA1128
033
20
Ozone suction filter
56UA1122
034
21
Charging corona
035
22
PCL
56UA-257
036
23
Developing unit
56UA-300
56UA-325
56UA1129
56UA-250
037
24
Develop suction box
038
25
Trans/Sep unit
56UA-270
039
26
TSL
55VA8308
040
27
Regis. feed count
56UA7602
041
28
ADU accelerator roller
56UA4740
56UA4606
1 count for each reverse exit paper in the single
side mode, 0 count for each 1side straight
mode, 1 count in the double side mode.
042
29
Reversal output roller
56UA4741
2 count for each reverse exit paper in the single
side mode, 0 count for each 1side straight
mode, 1 count in the double side mode.
043
2A
ADU reversal roller
56UA4741
2 count for each reverse exit paper in the single
side mode, 0 count for each 1side straight
mode, 2 count in the double side mode.
044
2B
Output convey roller
56UA4742
1 count for each reverse exit paper in the single
56UA4743
side mode, 0 count for each 1side straight
mode, 0 count in the double side mode.
045
2C
046
2D
ADU convey roller
Fixing exit roller
56UA4744
0 count for each paper exit in the single side
56UA4683
mode, 1 counts in the double side mode.
56UA4595
1 count for each paper exit in the single side
(N = 4)
047
374
2E
Output roller
048
2F
Fixing gear /2
56UA7783
049
30
Web Motor
56GA8017
050
31
Fixing output actuator
56UA5383
051
32
Toner pump /1
56UA-780
052
33
Toner pump /2
56UA-790
1
56UA4557
mode, 2 counts in the double side mode.
NO
CSRC
10. SERVICE MODE
Parts name
Parts No.
Count conditions
parameter
(Z1)
053
34
Tray 1 feed roller
55VA-464
054
35
Tray 1 conv/rev roller
55VA-463
055
36
Tray 1 feed clutch
56AA8201
056
37
Tray 1 handle clutch
56AA8201
1 count for each paper exit from tray /1.
1 count for each paper exit when the clutch is
turned ON by paper from tray /1.
057
38
Tray 2 feed roller
55VA-464
058
39
Tray 2 conv/rev roller
55VA-463
059
3A
Tray 2 feed clutch
56AA8201
060
3B
Tray 2 handle clutch
56AA8201
1 count for each paper exit from tray /2.
1 count for each paper exit when the clutch is
turned ON by paper from tray /2.
061
3C
Tray 3 feed roller
55VA-484
062
3D
Tray 3 conv/rev roller
55VA-483
1 count for each paper exit from tray /3.
063
3E
Tray 3 feed clutch
56AA8201
064
3F
Tray 3 handle clutch
56AA8201
1 count for each paper exit when the clutch is
065
40
Tray 3 reverse clutch
56AA8201
turned ON by paper from tray /3.
066
41
Tray 4 feed roller
55VA-484
1 count for each paper exit from tray /4.
067
42
Tray 4 conv/rev roller
55VA-483
068
43
Tray 4 feed clutch
56AA8201
069
44
Tray 4 handle clutch
56AA8201
1 count for each paper exit when the clutch is
070
45
Tray 4 reverse clutch
56AA8201
turned ON by paper from tray /4.
071
46
Tray 5 feed roller
55VA-484
1 count for each paper exit from tray /5.
072
47
Tray 5 conv/rev roller
55VA-483
073
48
Tray 5 feed clutch
56AA8201
074
49
Tray 5 handle clutch
56AA8201
1 count for each paper exit when the clutch is
075
4A
Tray 5 reverse clutch
56AA8201
turned ON by paper from tray /5.
1 count for each paper exit.
076
4B
Paper fur brush
55VA-574
077
4C
V-convey exit roller
56UA4412
078
4D
Paper powder scraper
56UA4419
079
4E
V-convey clutch top
56AA8201
1 count for each paper exit from tray /1 and /2.
080
4F
V-convey clutch mid.
56AA8201
1 count for each paper exit from tray /2.
081
50
V-convey clutch low
56AA8201
082
51
V-convey roller /1
56UA4413
1 count for each paper exit.
083
52
V-convey roller 2/3
56UA4414
1 count for each paper exit from tray /2.
084
53
Tray 1 pre-reg. roller
56UA4411
1 count for each paper exit from tray /1 and /2.
085
54
Tray 2 pre-reg. roller
56UA4411
1 count for each paper exit from tray /2.
086
55
PFU V-convey roller /T
15BA4507
1 count for each paper exit from tray /3.
56UA4464
15BA4508
087
56
PFU V-convey roller /M
15BA4507
1 count for each paper exit from tray /4.
088
57
PFU V-convey roller /L
15BA4507
1 count for each paper exit from tray /5.
15BA4508
375
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
NO
CSRC
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Parts name
Parts No.
Count conditions
parameter
(Z1)
089
58
PFU output roller
15BA5011
1 count for each paper exit from tray /3, /4 and
/5.
090
59
PFU V-convey clutch /T
56AA8201
1 count for each paper exit from tray /3.
091
5A
PFU V-convey clutch /M
56AA8201
1 count for each paper exit from tray /4.
092
5B
PFU V-convey clutch /L
56AA8201
1 count for each paper exit from tray /5.
093
5C
PFU Mid-conv clutch /T
56AA8201
1 count for each paper exit from tray /3.
094
5D
PFU Mid-conv clutch /L
56AA8201
1 count for each paper exit from tray /5.
095
5E
Exposure On time
56UA8301
Accumulation of time lamp is on. 1 count per
second.
096
5F
Fixing cleaning roller
56UA5353
1 count for each paper exit in the single side
097
60
Web prevention part
56UA-544
mode, 2 counts in the double side mode.
098
61
Main Switch
55GA8601
1 count each time the main power switch turns
OFF the power.
099
62
Door Switch
40AA8501
1 count each time the front door is opened
100
63
Tray 1 feed count
56UA-400
1 count for each paper exit from tray /1.
101
64
Tray 2 feed count
56UA-400
1 count for each paper exit from tray /2.
102
65
Tray 3 feed count
15BA-300
1 count for each paper exit from tray /3.
103
66
Tray 4 feed count
15BA-400
1 count for each paper exit from tray /4.
104
67
Tray 5 feed count
15BA-300
105
68
8k,16k Duplex count
1 count for each paper exit from tray /5.
For the paper type which is between 270 mm
and 279 mm width and 91 g/m2 or less, 0
count for each paper exit in the single side
mode, and 1 count for the double side mode.
106
69
B4, B5 Duplex count
For the paper type which is between 257 mm
and 270 mm width and 91 g/m2 or less, 0
count for each paper exit in the single side
mode, and 1 count for the double side mode.
107
6A
8.5 Duplex count
For the paper type which is between 215 mm
and 257 mm width and 91 g/m2 or less, 0
count for each paper exit in the single side
mode, and 1 count for the double side mode.
108
6B
A4S, A5 Duplex count
For the paper type which is between 210 mm
and 215 mm width and 91 g/m2 or less, 0
count for each paper exit in the single side
mode, and 1 count for the double side mode.
109
6C
8, 8.125, 8.25 Dup.count
For the paper type which is between 203 mm
and 210 mm width and 91 g/m2 or less, 0
count for each paper exit in the single side
mode, and 1 count for the double side mode.
110
6D
B5R Duplex count
For the paper type which is between 182 mm
and 203 mm width and 91 g/m2 or less, 0
count for each paper exit in the single side
mode, and 1 count for the double side mode.
376
NO
CSRC
10. SERVICE MODE
Parts name
Parts No.
Count conditions
parameter
(Z1)
111
6E
FS Staple/Front
15AA4222
1 count for each paper exit in either of the 1staple at front or the 2-staple mode.
112
6F
FS Staple/Back
15AA4222
1 count for each paper exit in either of the 1staple at rear or the 2-staple mode.
113
70
FS solenoid /A
56QA8251
1 count for each paper exit in the non-sort
mode and the sort mode.
114
71
FD feed roller /A Top
50BA-574
115
72
FD reverse rubber /Top
13QN-443
50BA-575
116
73
FD feed roller /B Top
117
74
FD feed roller /A Low
50BA-574
118
75
FD reverse rubber /Low
13QN-443
119
76
FD feed roller /B Low
50BA-575
120
77
FD punch motor assy
15AG-573
121
78
FD solenoid /A (release 1)
56QA8251
Counts the paper feed from PI tray /Up.
Counts the paper feed from PI tray /Lw.
1 count for each paper exit in the punch mode.
1 count for each paper exit in the punch or folding mode (all size).
122
79
FD solenoid /A (release 2)
56QA8251
• 1 count for each paper exit in the folding
mode (all size)
• 1 count for each paper exit in the punch
mode (paper length 220 mm or larger).
123
7A
FD motor assy
129U-108
1 count for each paper exit to the main tray.
124
7B
LS1 solenoid (Lead)
15AV8252
1 count for each paper exit in the non-sort and
125
7C
LS1 solenoid (Rear)
15AV8253
sort mode (all size).
126
7D
LS1 solenoid (Center)
15AV8251
1 count for each paper exit in the non-sort and
sort mode (Length 295 mm or more and Width
226 or more).
127
7E
LS1 solenoid (Curl)
15AV8255
1 count for each paper exit in the non-sort
mode.
128
7F
LS1 Up/Down motor
15AV8003
Counts operation number of times of the
129
80
LS2 solenoid (Lead)
15AV8252
1 count for each paper exit in the non-sort and
130
81
LS2 solenoid (Rear)
15AV8253
sort mode (all size).
131
82
LS2 solenoid (Center)
15AV8251
stacker tray up down motor.
1 count for each paper exit in the non-sort and
sort mode (Length 295 mm or more and Width
226 or more).
132
83
LS2 solenoid (Curl)
15AV8255
1 count for each paper exit in the non-sort
mode.
133
84
LS2 Up/Down motor
15AV8003
Counts operation number of times of the
134
85
SD Staple/Right
15AN-550
1 count for each paper exit in the saddle stitch
135
86
SD Staple/Left
15AN-550
mode.
stacker tray up down motor.
136
87
SD trimmer edge
15AN-570
1 count for each paper exit in the trimming
137
88
SD trimmer receiver
15AN5282
mode.
1
377
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
NO
CSRC
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Parts name
Parts No.
Count conditions
parameter
(Z1)
138
89
SD convey solenoid
15AN8251
139
8A
SD solenoid
13QE8251
1 count for each paper exit to the folding section.
140
8B
SDFNS solenoid /2
12QR8252
1 count for each paper exit to the stacker.
141
8C
ADF pick up roller
13GA4604
Original feed count in all modes.
142
8D
ADF feed roller
15AS4605
143
8E
ADF retard roller
13GA4606
144
8F
ADF sub pick roller
13GA4601
145
90
ADF torque limiter
13GA-135
146
91
ADF SDF solenoid
13GA8252
147
92
ADF LSB solenoid
13GA8251
148
93
ADF press/release SD
13GA8251
1 count for each sheet of the large size original
double side mode. *1
149
94
ADF SSB solenoid
13GA8251
1 count for each sheet of the small size original
double side mode.
150
95
Toner collect box
14RT-970
151
96
Recycling cut pump
14RT-210
1 count for each paper exit in the single side
mode, 2 counts in the double side mode.
152
97
Accumulator
14RT-230
153
98
Stirring plate assy
56UA-347
56UA-348
1 count for each paper exit in the single side
mode, 2 counts in the double side mode.
154
99
PB sub tray exit solenoid
15ANR714
1 count for each paper exit on the sub tray.
155
9A
PB SC roller release
motor
13GQ8005
1 count for each paper exit on the stacker.
156
9B
PB SC stopper solenoid
15AA8251
157
9C
PB SC pressure arm solenoid
A07B746
158
9D
PB switchback roller
13GQ4519
1 count for each paper exit.
159
9E
PB pick-up roller
55VA-464
160
9F
PB paper feed roller separation roller
55VA-463
1 count for each book exit in PB tray cover
mode.
161
A0
PB paper pick up clutch
56AA8201
162
A1
PB cover paper separation clutch
56AA8201
163
A2
PB roller cutter blade assy
A0756230
1 count for each book exit in cover trimming mode.
164
A3
PB filter /1
A0753724
1 count for each paper exit.
165
A4
PB filter /2
A0753734
166
A5
PB straight gate solenoid
56QA8251
1 count for each book exit except in PB tray
cover mode.
173
AC
Melt tank ASSY
A075A39A/
39B/39F
1 count for each hour of the glue apply roller
rotation.
*1
Total original feed count in the single feed mode.
• 1 count for each set of the large size original
single side mode.
• 1 count for each sheet of the large size original double side mode. *1
The large size original represents all originals in the mixed original mode; A3, B4, A4S, B5S, 8K, 16KS, 11
x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11S, 8 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 13 and 81/2 x 13.
378
2
10. SERVICE MODE
C. Copy count of each part
(2) Resetting of each part counter
This is used when you want to control the service his-
1)
tory of each part not registered as a special part.
Confirm and reset part name, part number, limit value
setting and print count.
Up to 30 data from No.01 to No.30 can be set.
1 count is taken for each passage of paper, regard-
Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [03 Counter] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
less of the paper size.
Press the [03 Parts Counter] key on the sub
(1) Setting of each part and confirmation of the
1)
menu.
4. "Copy count of part menu screen"
copy count
Press the [02 Count of each parts] key.
Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [03 Counter] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [03 Parts Counter] key on the sub
menu.
4. "Copy count of part menu screen"
Press the [02 Count of each parts] key.
5. "Copy count of each part screen"
5. "Copy count of each part screen"
Press the [Next] or [Previous] key to scroll the
screen.
Press the [S] or [T] key to select an item you
want to reset.
6. Press the [Count Reset] key.
7. "Reset confirm screen"
Press the [Yes] key to reset the counter.
Press the [No] key not to reset the counter. You
return to the "Copy count of each part screen."
Press the [Next] or [Previous] key to scroll the
screen.
Press the [S] or [T] key to select a data
number.
NOTE
• When the copy count is in excess of a limit
value, an asterisk "*" is shown to the right of
6. Select either the [Name Setting], [P/N Setting]
the limit value.
or [Limit Setting] key.
7. Press one of the key you want to set or
change, and enter it with the alphanumeric
keys.
• [Name Setting]
: Enter a part name (8 digits)
• [P/N Setting]
: Enter a part number (9 dig-
• [Limit Setting]
: Enter a limit value (8 digits)
its)
8. Press the [OK] key to update data.
Press the [Cancel] key to cancel the update.
379
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
D. Relationship between each data number
10.6 Machine condition
and CSRC parameter
NO.
NAME
P/N
COUNT
LIMIT
01
Z4:00
Z3:00
G0:00
H0:00
02
Z4:01
Z3:01
G0:01
H0:01
03
Z4:02
Z3:02
G0:02
H0:02
04
Z4:03
Z3:03
G0:03
H0:03
05
Z4:04
Z3:04
G0:04
H0:04
06
Z4:05
Z3:05
G0:05
H0:05
07
Z4:06
Z3:06
G0:06
H0:06
08
Z4:07
Z3:07
G0:07
H0:07
09
Z4:08
Z3:08
G0:08
H0:08
10
Z4:09
Z3:09
G0:09
H0:09
11
Z4:0A
Z3:0A
G0:0A
H0:0A
10.6.1
I/O check mode
This mode provides self-diagnostic functions (input/
output check function) to check and adjust the various signals and loads.
A. I/O check screen
12
Z4:0B
Z3:0B
G0:0B
H0:0B
13
Z4:0C
Z3:0C
G0:0C
H0:0C
14
Z4:0D
Z3:0D
G0:0D
H0:0D
15
Z4:0E
Z3:0E
G0:0E
H0:0E
16
Z4:0F
Z3:0F
G0:0F
H0:0F
17
Z4:10
Z3:10
G0:10
H0:10
[1] I/O check code
18
Z4:11
Z3:11
G0:11
H0:11
[2] Multi code
19
Z4:12
Z3:12
G0:12
H0:12
[3] Input check
20
Z4:13
Z3:13
G0:13
H0:13
[4] Output check
21
Z4:14
Z3:14
G0:14
H0:14
22
Z4:15
Z3:15
G0:15
H0:15
23
Z4:16
Z3:16
G0:16
H0:16
24
Z4:17
Z3:17
G0:17
H0:17
1. Enter the service mode.
25
Z4:18
Z3:18
G0:18
H0:18
2. "Service mode menu screen"
26
Z4:19
Z3:19
G0:19
H0:19
27
Z4:1A
Z3:1A
G0:1A
H0:1A
28
Z4:1B
Z3:1B
G0:1B
H0:1B
29
Z4:1C
Z3:1C
G0:1C
H0:1C
30
Z4:1D
Z3:1D
G0:1D
H0:1D
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
B. Input check method
(1) Procedure
Press the [04 Machine Condition] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [01 I/O Check Mode] key on the sub
menu.
4. "I/O check mode screen"
Enter the input check code with the numeric
keys.
5. To use the multi mode, press the Access button.
6. Enter the multi code with the numeric keys.
7. Input check result will appear in the message
display area.
8. Repeat steps 3 to 7 to perform the other signal
input check.
380
C. Output check method
(1) Procedure
10. SERVICE MODE
(1) Procedure
1. Replace the multi feed detection board /1, /2.
1. Enter the service mode.
(See chapter II "Maintenance 4.3.5 Registration
2. "Service mode menu screen"
section")
Press the [04 Machine Condition] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
2. Check the stamp letter [1] placed on the multi
feed detection board /1, /2, and rotate the
screen.
rotary switch [2] on the ADU drive board /1
Press the [01 I/O Check Mode] key on the sub
(ADUDB1) as shown in the table below.
menu.
4. "I/O check mode screen"
[1]
Enter the output check code with the numeric
keys.
5. To use the multi mode, press the Access button.
6. Enter the multi code with the numeric keys.
7. Press the Start button to perform the output
check.
D
8. Press the STOP button to stop it.
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 to perform the other load
or signal output check.
[2]
D. Adjustment when replacing the multi feed
detection board (main body)
When the multi feed detection board of the main
body or the ADU drive board /1 (ADUDB1) is
replaced, conduct this adjustment. And also adjust it
when multi feed is not detected properly due to specific types of paper (such as thin paper, coated paper
with less stiffness, and thick paper).
However, multi feed detection control is not applicable to paper weight more than 210 g/m2 and coated
paper of 50 to 61 g/m2.
1050fs3056c
NOTE
• The multi feed detection board /1 and /2 are
Stamp letter
Rotary switch
A
0
B
1
• Adjustment error may occur because of the
C
2
temperature of the sensor surface. Make the
D
3
adjustment at a temperature close to that in
E
4
which the copier is actually used (20 to 30°C).
F
5
adjusted in the manufacturing process as a
pair of upper and lower. Be sure to replace
them as a pair.
(In case you brought a new part from outdoors, make the adjustment after the temperature of the sensor surface and the room
3. Select the input check code "56-00" of the I/O
check mode in the service mode.
temperature become the same)
381
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
4. Insert one sheet of the paper (P/N 65AA-9910)
8. Insert one sheet of paper that customer mainly
between the multi feed detection board /1 and
use (paper weight 62 to 209 g/m2), and confirm
2
/2 (200 to 300 g/m paper can also be used).
that "L" appears on the input check display.
Be sure the paper does not trail down.
"L": no multi feed (0 or 1 sheet of paper)
"H": multi feed (2 sheets of paper)
Note
• If the paper trails down, the angle of paper
Note
insertion is different from that of paper pas-
• When "H" is once detected, the guide plate
sage, thus making it impossible to make an
to which the multi feed detection board /2
accurate adjustment.
is installed must be opened and closed.
5. Connect the tester (voltmeter) to the following
Otherwise, a return to "L" is not available.
9. Insert another sheet of paper (2 sheets in all),
positions of the ADUDB1.
that customer mainly use and confirm that "H"
+terminal: test pin No. TP60 (white) [1]
appears on the input check display.
- terminal: test pin No. TP57 (green) [2]
Range: DC 20 V
10. In case of detection error, return to step 4 to
conduct the adjustment again. In step 6, set
power voltage to the value 1.0 V lower than the
previous adjustment.
11. Repeat the steps 8 to 10 until detection error is
resolved.
12. Pull out the inserted papers, and install the
parts you removed.
E. Cleaning blade transportation lock
This separates the cleaning blade from the drum,
thus preventing any damage on the cleaning blade
while moving the machine or during a long-term stor-
[1]
[2]
1050fs3057c
age.
Use this when packing the machine while moving an
installation location.
Note
• Because the ADU is powered, do not drop
any metal material on the board, or do not
connect the tester pin to an irrelevant terminal.
It may cause the board to short circuit and
be damaged.
6. In the multi feed detection board /2 volume, set
power voltage to the standard value.
• Standard value: 8.0 ± 0.2 V
7. Pull out the paper inserted in step 4.
NOTE
• While conducting this mode, the blade is
automatically replaced. In case the first
cleaning blade was used before packing, be
sure to perform a spring charge for the auto
blade replacement as you reinstall the
machine.
(1) Procedure
1. Check whether the currently used cleaning
blade is the first one or the second one.
2. Enter the I/O check mode.
3. Enter "17" with the numeric keys. Confirm that
"17-00" is displayed in the message display
area.
382
1
4. Open the front door /Rt.
10. SERVICE MODE
6. The toner pump motor (M28) and the air pump
motor (M29) start rotating. Press the STOP but-
Note
ton to stop them after abut 1 minute.
• If the front door /Rt is not open, the blade
motor (M22) does not rotate.
5. Press the Start button.
6. The blade motor (M22) starts rotating, and the
cleaning blade moves from the drum to the
transportation lock position.
H. Adjustment when replacing the multi feed
detection board (PI)
Adjust when replacing the multi feed detection board
of the PI section or the PI drive board (PIDB). Also,
perform this adjustment when multi feed of special
paper (thin paper, coated paper with less stiffness,
F.
Scanner transportation lock
thick paper) cannot be detected properly.
Move the scanner mirror to the transportation lock
position, thus making it easy to fix the mirror with
NOTE
screws.
• The multi feed detection board /1 and /2 are
Use this when packing the machine while moving an
adjusted in the manufacturing process as a
installation location.
pair of upper and lower. Be sure to replace
them as a pair.
(1) Procedure
• Adjustment error may occur because of the
temperature of the sensor surface. Make the
1. Enter the I/O check mode.
adjustment at a temperature close to that in
2. Enter "36" with the numeric keys. Confirm that
which the copier is actually used (20 to 30°C).
"36-00" is displayed in the message display
(In case you brought a new part from out-
area.
doors, make the adjustment after the temper-
3. Press the Start button.
ature of the sensor surface and the room
4. The scanner motor (M27) starts rotating, and
temperature become the same)
the mirror moves to the left.
5. Fix the mirror with the lock screws of the scanner mirror you removed when unpacking the
machine.
(1) Procedure
1. Replace the multi feed detection board /1, /2.
(See "3.3.17 Removing/reinstalling the multi
feed detection boards /1 (MFDB/1) and /2
(MFDB/2)") in Field Service for FD-501)
G. Removing toner in the toner mixing section
After moving the installation location of the machine,
remove toner which may have dropped into the mixing section of the toner supply section.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the I/O check mode.
2. Enter "54" with the numeric keys. Confirm that
"54-00" is displayed in the message display
area.
3. Press the Access button.
4. Enter "09" with the numeric keys. Confirm that
"54-09" is displayed in the message display
area.
5. Press the Start button.
383
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
2. Check the stamp letter [1] placed on the multi
4. Open the FD upper door and front door to turn
feed detection board /1, /2, and rotate the
the jam clearing knob [1]. Insert one sheet of
rotary switch [2] on the PI drive board (PIDB) as
paper [2] (P/N 65AA-9910) between the multi
per following table.
feed detection board /1 and /2 [3] (200 to 300
g/m2 paper can also be used).
Note
• Turn the jam clearing knob until the paper
hits the roller [4], thus confirming that the
paper is between the multi feed detection
board /1 and /2.
[2]
[1]
[2]
[3]
fd501fs3005c
[1]
Stamp letter
Rotary switch
A
1
B
2
C
3
D
4
E
6
F
7
Note
• The rotary switch 5 is not used.
3. Select the output check code "70-82" of the I/
O check mode in the service mode.
384
[4]
fd501fs3006c
10. SERVICE MODE
5. Press the Start button to activate the output
12. Pull out the inserted papers, and install the
check mode. Connect the tester (voltmeter) to
parts you removed.
the following positions of the PIDB.
+ terminal: test pin No. TP51 (GAIN) [1]
- terminal: test pin No. TP11 (SGND) [2]
I.
Adjustment when replacing the multi feed
detection board (PB)
Range: DC 20 V
Adjust when replacing the multi feed detection board
of the PB or the PB control board (PBCB). Also, per-
VR2
form this adjustment when multi feed of special paper
(thin paper, coated paper with less stiffness, thick
paper) cannot be detected properly.
NOTE
• The multi feed detection board /1 and /2 are
adjusted in the manufacturing process as a
pair of upper and lower. Be sure to replace
them as a pair.
• Adjustment error may occur because of the
temperature of the sensor surface. Make the
adjustment at a temperature close to that in
which the copier is actually used (20 to 30°C).
LED1
[1]
[2]
fd501fs3007c
(In case you brought a new part from outdoors, make the adjustment after the temperature of the sensor surface and the room
Note
temperature become the same)
• Because the FD is powered, do not drop
any metal material on the board, or do not
connect the tester pin to an irrelevant terminal.
It may cause the board to short circuit and
be damaged.
6. In the PIDB volume (VR2), set power voltage to
(1) Procedure
1. Replace the multi feed detection board /1, /2.
(See ”3.2.24 Removing/reinstalling the multi
feed detection board /1 (MFDTB71) and /2
(MFDTB72)” in Field Service for FB-501)
the standard value.
Standard value: 8.0 ± 0.2 V
7. Pull out the paper inserted in step 4.
8. Insert one sheet of paper that customer mainly
use (paper weight 50 to 300 g/m2), and confirm
that the PIDB's LED (LED1) can be turned on.
LED on: no multi feed (0 or 1 sheet of paper)
LED off: multi feed (2 sheets of paper)
9. Insert another sheet of paper (2 sheets in all),
that customer mainly use, and to see if the LED
is turned off.
10. In case of detection error, return to step 4 to
conduct the adjustment again. In step 6, set
power voltage to the value 1.0 V lower than the
previous adjustment.
11. Repeat steps 7 to 10 until detection error is
resolved.
385
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
2. Check the stamp letter [1] placed on the multi
feed detection board /1, /2, and rotate the
rotary switch [2] on the PBCB as per following
table.
8. Press the Start button.
The paper is fed from the PB cover paper tray
and stops at the conveyance section.
Note
• Confirm that the paper is between the multi
feed detection board /1 and /2.
9. After the operation, press the Stop button.
10. Connect the tester (voltmeter) to the following
positions of the PBCB.
+ terminal: test pin No. TP28 (GAIN) [1]
- terminal: test pin No. TP24 (SGND) [2]
Range: DC 20 V
[1]
[1]
VR4
[2]
[2]
564Af3c002cc
564Af3c001cb
Note
• Because the PB is powered, do not drop
Stamp letter
Rotary switch
any metal material on the board, or do not
A
1
connect the tester pin to an irrelevant ter-
B
2
minal.
C
3
It may cause the board to short circuit and
D
4
E
5
3. Insert one sheet of paper (P/N 65AA-9910, fusing adjustment paper, 16 sheets/A3) in the
cover paper tray of the PB (200 to 300 g/m2
paper can also be used).
4.
Select the output check code "75-96" of the I/
O check mode in the service mode.
5. Press the Start button to perform the all initializing operation.
6. After the operations, press the Stop button.
7. Select the output check code "75-95" of the I/
O check mode in the service mode.
385-1
be damaged.
11. In the PBCB volume (VR4), set power voltage
to the standard value.
Standard value: 8.0 ± 0.1 V
12. Pull out the paper inserted in step 8.
13. Insert one sheet of paper that customer mainly
use (paper weight 50 to 300 g/m2), and confirm
that the PBCB's LED (LED1) can be turned on.
LED on: no multi feed (0 or 1 sheet of paper)
LED off: multi feed (2 sheets of paper)
14. Insert another sheet of paper (2 sheets in all),
that customer mainly use, and to see if the LED
is turned off.
15. In case of detection error, return to step 3 to
10. SERVICE MODE
NOTE
conduct the adjustment again. In step 11, set
• Only one type of data can be backed up.
power voltage to the value 1.0 V lower than the
When backed up again, data will be overwrit-
previous adjustment.
ten.
16. Repeat steps 3 to 14 until detection error is
resolved.
17. Pull out the inserted papers, and install the
parts you removed.
J.
Finishing option adjustment data EEPROM
storage (Installation initial data)
Backup adjustment data of the FD, SD, FS, PB which
are adjusted in the field are stored in the non-volatile
memory (EEPROM) of the each control board. When
necessary, it can be recalled with installation initial
data of Recall standard data (Finisher adjustment
data) in the service mode.
NOTE
• Only one type of data can be backed up.
When backed up again, data will be overwritten.
• When the main body is connected to two or
more option, data is backed up to all
EEPROMs. If you want to back up data to
specific option, connect specific option to the
main body.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the I/O check mode.
2. Enter "90" with the numeric keys. Confirm that "9000" is displayed in the message display area.
3. Press the Start button.
4. "NOW" is displayed while in the back-up. And
when completed, "FIN" is displayed and the
current finisher adjustment data is backed up in
the EEPROM.
K. Main body adjustment data parameter
board storage (Installation initial data)
Adjustment data of the main body which are adjusted
in the field are backed up to the parameter board
(PB). When necessary, it can be recalled with installation data of Recall standard data (Machine adjustment data, Process adjustment data) in the service
mode.
1
385-2
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(1) Procedure
• Replace the HDD1 in case performing the
1. Enter the I/O check mode.
2. Enter "91" with the numeric keys. Confirm that "9100" is displayed in the message display area.
3. Press the Start button.
4. "NOW" is displayed while in the back-up. And
when completed, "FIN" is displayed and the
current machine adjustment data and the process adjustment data are backed up in the PB.
K. Hard disk check
Perform this operation if you want to check the
copier's hard disk /1 (HDD1) total capacity, the
remaining capacity, and the malfunction code (SC4640 to SC46-43) related to the hard disk.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the I/O check mode.
2. Enter "99" with the numeric keys. Confirm that
"99-00" is displayed in the message display
area.
3. Press the Access button.
4. Enter one of the followings with the numeric
keys.
Check that "99-{{" ({{ represent multi code
number) appear in the message display area.
01: HDD1 total capacity check
02: HDD1 remaining capacity check
03: HDD1 bad sectors check and recovery
5. Press the Start button.
• HDD1 total capacity check: The total capacity
is displayed
• HDD1 remaining capacity check: Remaining
capacity is displayed
• HDD1 bad sectors check and recovery:
During the operation-"NOW" appears
The operation succeeded - "OK" appears
The operation failed - "NG" appears
Press the Start button to perform the HDD1
bad sectors check and recovery again when
"NG" appears.
NOTE
• The operation can not be cancelled during the
HDD1 bad sectors check and recovery (the STOP
button or the [Return] key are disabled).
386
HDD1 bad sectors check and recovery do not
prevent the malfunction code.
L.
10. SERVICE MODE
I/O check list
(1) Input check list
Classifica- Symbol Code
tion
Analog
Multi
Name
Display and signal source
code
PS31
01
H
01
Toner remaining sensor /1
PS32
02
Toner remaining sensor /2
PS33
03
Toner remaining sensor /3
PS34
04
Toner remaining sensor /4
No toner
L
Toner
signal
TH5
02
00
Drum temperature sensor
TH1
03
00
Thermistor /1
TH3
04
00
Thermistor /3
TCSB
05
00
Humidity sensor signal
06
00
Max. density sensor monitor signal
07
00
Max. density sensor output signal
08
00
Gamma sensor output signal
DPSB
09
00
Drum potential sensor output signal
TCSB
10
00
Drum jam sensor output signal
Paper
PS8
11
01
Paper empty sensor /1 (Tray /1)
feed
PS14
02
Paper empty sensor /2 (Tray /2)
PS73
03
Paper empty sensor /1 (Tray /3)
PS79
04
Paper empty sensor /2 (Tray /4)
PS85
05
Paper empty sensor /3 (Tray /5)
01
Remaining paper VR /1 (Tray /1)
VR2
02
Remaining paper VR /2 (Tray /2)
VR10
03
Remaining paper VR /1 (Tray /3)
VR12
04
Remaining paper VR /2 (Tray /4)
VR14
05
Remaining paper VR /3 (Tray /5)
01
Paper size sensor /Fr1 (Tray /1)
PS5
02
Paper size sensor /Rr1 (Tray /1)
PS10
03
Paper size sensor /Fr2 (Tray /2)
PS11
04
Paper size sensor /Rr2 (Tray /2)
PS75
05
Paper size sensor /Fr1 (Tray /3)
VR1
PS4
12
13
PS76
06
Paper size sensor /Rr1 (Tray /3)
PS81
07
Paper size sensor /Fr2 (Tray /4)
PS82
08
Paper size sensor /Rr2 (Tray /4)
PS87
09
Paper size sensor /Fr3 (Tray /5)
PS88
10
Paper size sensor /Rr3 (Tray /5)
01
Paper size VR /1 (Tray /1)
VR4
02
Paper size VR /2 (Tray /2)
VR11
03
Paper size VR /1 (Tray /3)
VR13
04
Paper size VR /2 (Tray /4)
VR15
05
Paper size VR /3 (Tray /5)
VR2
14
0 to 255
Paper
No paper
0 (FULL) to 4 (EMPTY)
ON
OFF
0 to 255
1
387
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classifica- Symbol Code
tion
Multi
Name
Display and signal source
code
Paper
—
feed
—
15
H
L
01
Paper size signal (Tray /1)
0: 11 x 17, 1: A3, 2: B4,
02
Paper size signal (Tray /2)
3: 81/2 x 14, 4: A4S,
5: 81/2 x 11R, 6: B5S,
7: 81/2 x 11, 8: 51/2 x 81/2S,
9: A4, 10: A5S, 11: B5,
12: A5, 13: B6S,
14: 51/2 x 81/2, 15: B6,
16: Special,
17: 81/8 x 131/4,
18: 8 x 13, 19: 81/4 x 13,
20: 81/2 x 13
PS6
01
Upper limit sensor /1 (Tray /1)
PS12
02
Upper limit sensor /2 (Tray /2)
PS71
03
Upper limit sensor /1 (Tray /3)
PS77
04
Upper limit sensor /2 (Tray /4)
PS83
05
Upper limit sensor /3 (Tray /5)
—
16
01
Tray /1 set signal
—
02
Tray /2 set signal
—
03
Tray /3 set signal
—
04
Tray /4 set signal
—
05
Tray /5 set signal
01
Handle release sensor /1 (Tray /1)
PS15
02
Handle release sensor /2 (Tray /2)
PS74
03
Handle release sensor /1 (Tray /3)
PS80
04
Handle release sensor /2 (Tray /4)
PS86
05
Handle release sensor /3 (Tray /5)
01
Paper feed sensor /1 (Tray /1)
conveyance PS13
02
Paper feed sensor /2 (Tray /2)
PS72
03
Paper feed sensor /1 (Tray /3)
PS78
04
Paper feed sensor /2 (Tray /4)
PS84
05
Paper feed sensor /3 (Tray /5)
PS9
Paper feed, PS7
PS17
18
20
01
Pre-registration sensor /1 (Tray /1)
PS18
02
Pre-registration sensor /2 (Tray /2)
PS89
03
Pre-registration sensor /1 (Tray /3)
PS93
04
Pre-registration sensor /2 (Tray /4)
PS95
05
Pre-registration sensor /3 (Tray /5)
PS19
388
17
21
22
01
Vertical conveyance sensor /1
PS21
02
Vertical conveyance sensor /3
PS90
03
Vertical conveyance sensor /1 (PF)
PS96
04
Vertical conveyance sensor /3 (PF)
PS20
05
Vertical conveyance sensor /2
PS91
06
Intermediate sensor /Up
PS97
07
Intermediate sensor /Lw
Upper limit
Not at upper
limit
Set
Not set
ON
OFF
Paper
No paper
Classifica- Symbol Code
tion
10. SERVICE MODE
Multi
Name
Paper feed, PS41
Paper leading edge sensor
conveyance PS16
02
Loop sensor
PS40
03
Registration sensor
PS92
04
Loop sensor /1 (Tray /3)
PS94
05
Loop sensor /2 (Tray /4)
PS98
06
Loop sensor /3 (Tray /5)
PS99
07
PFU exit sensor
PS22
23
H
01
24
01
Fusing exit sensor
PS3
02
Paper exit sensor
PS48
03
Reverse sensor /1
PS47
04
Reverse sensor /2
PS23
05
Fusing jam sensor
06
ADU reverse paper exit sensor
01
Door switch /1
02
Door open/close sensor /2
PS50
SW4
25
PS2
PS1
03
Door open/close sensor /1
MS1/2
04
Interlock switch /1, /2
PS317
05
APS timing sensor
SW5
06
Door switch /2
—
07
Fusing section set detection signal
—
08
Sensitive drum section set detection signal
L
Paper
No paper
Open
Close
Set
Not set
PS70
09
Door open/close sensor (PF)
Open
Close
SW11
10
Vertical conveyance door switch /Up (PF)
ON
OFF
SW12
11
Vertical conveyance door switch /Lw (PF)
SW10
12
Door switch (PF)
Open
Close
SW13
13
Horizontal conveyance door switch (PF)
ON
OFF
01
Scanner home sensor
Home
Other than
Scanner PS51
PS52
Peculiar
Display and signal source
code
30
31
01
APS sensor /1
position
home position
No original
Original
Close
PS53
02
APS sensor /2
PS317
08
APS timing sensor
Open
CNT2
52
00
Key counter
Connected
Unconnected
functions PS37
53
00
Transfer assist home sensor
Home
Other than
PS26
54
01
Charger cleaning home sensor
position
home position
PS27
02
Charger cleaning limit sensor
Limit
Other than
position
limit position
PS38
03
Transfer/separation home sensor
Home
Other than
PS39
PS24
PS25
55
position
home position
Other than
04
Transfer/separation limit sensor
Limit
position
limit position
01
Blade sensor /1
ON
OFF
02
Blade sensor /2
389
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classifica- Symbol Code
tion
Peculiar
Multi
Name
Display and signal source
code
H
56
00
Multi feed detection board /1, /2
Multi feed
Other than
PS303
60
1
Original size sensor /Lt
Paper
No paper
PS302
2
Original size sensor /Rt
PS306
3
Original registration sensor /Lt
PS308
4
Original conveyance sensor
PS309
5
Original reverse sensor
PS307
6
Original exit sensor /Lt
PS313
7
Original reverse exit sensor
PS314
8
Original exit sensor /Rt
PS305
9
Original empty sensor
PS301
10
RADF open/close sensor
Open
Close
MS301
11
Cover open/close sensor
PS318
12
Original registration sensor /Rt
Paper
No paper
PS304
13
Reverse jam sensor
PS311
14
Original skew sensor /Fr
PS310
15
Original count sensor
PS312
16
Original skew sensor /Rr
MFS1
17
Multi feed sensor /1
—
18
—
—
19
—
01
FD entrance sensor
No paper
Paper
PS4
02
PI exit sensor
Paper
No paper
PS5
03
Punch conveyance sensor
No paper
Paper
PS7
04
Main tray folding paper full sensor
Full
Other than full
PS8
05
2 holes punch home sensor
Other than
Home
PS9
06
3 holes/4 holes home sensor
home position
position
PS10
07
Alignment plate home sensor
Home
Other than
PS11
08
Punch registration home sensor
position
home position
PS12
09
Punch scraps box set sensor
Set
Not set
PS23
10
Intermediate conveyance sensor
Paper
No paper
PS16
11
Sub tray paper exit sensor
PS17
12
Sub tray paper full sensor
Other than full
Full
PS18
13
Main tray paper exit sensor
Paper
No paper
PS20
14
Main tray upper limit sensor
Upper limit
functions
DF
FD
L
MFDB1/2
multi feed
PS1
70
Other than
upper limit
PS22
15
Main tray lower limit sensor
Lower limit
Other than
lower limit
390
PS23
16
Main tray empty sensor
Other than full
Full
PS26
17
Punch scraps full sensor
Other than full
Full
—
18
—
—
—
—
19
—
Classifica- Symbol Code
tion
FD
10. SERVICE MODE
Multi
Name
Display and signal source
code
—
70
20
H
L
—
—
—
Abnormal
DCPS
21
24 V output
Normal
PS2
22
Folding exit sensor
Paper
No paper
CN90
23
Main tray connection recognition (CN90
Unconnected
Connected
PS51
24
1st folding conveyance sensor
No paper
Paper
PS52
25
Folding entrance sensor
PS53
26
2nd folding conveyance sensor
PS54
27
3rd folding conveyance sensor
PS55
28
1st folding cam home sensor
Pressure
Non-pressure
PS56
29
2nd folding cam home sensor
PS57
30
3rd folding cam home sensor
PS58
31
S size conveyance sensor
Paper
No paper
PS6
32
Punch registration sensor
OFF
ON
connection)
FDOB
33
Staple selection switch
FDOB
34
Punch selection switch
FDOB
35
Folding selection switch
FDOB
36
Start/Stop switch
FDOB
37
Multi feed function select switch
PS46
39
Sub tray paper full sensor
Full
Other than full
PS31
40
PI conveyance sensor /Up
Paper
No paper
PS37
41
PI conveyance sensor /Lw
PS32
42
PI upper limit sensor /Up
Upper limit
Other than
upper limit
PS33
43
PI paper empty sensor /Up
Other than full
Full
PS34
44
PI lift plate home sensor /Up
Home
Other than
position
home position
No paper
Paper
—
PS35
45
L size sensor /Up
PS36
46
S size sensor /Up
—
47
—
—
PS38
48
PI upper limit sensor /Lw
Upper limit
Other than
upper limit
PS39
49
PI paper empty sensor /Lw
Other than full
Full
PS40
50
PI lift plate home sensor /Lw
Home
Other than
position
home position
No paper
Paper
PS41
51
L size sensor /Lw
PS42
52
S size sensor /Lw
PS43
53
PI cover open/close sensor
Close
Open
PS44
54
PI paper set sensor /Up
No paper
Paper
PS45
55
PI paper set sensor /Lw
—
56
—
—
—
—
57
—
1
391
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classifica- Symbol Code
tion
FD
SD
—
Display and signal source
—
59
—
—
60
—
PS47
61
PI max paper size sensor /Up
PS48
62
PI max paper size sensor /Lw
PS1
70
H
—
71
01
Entrance sensor
02
Horizontal conveyance sensor /1
PS3
03
Horizontal conveyance sensor /2
PS4
04
Horizontal conveyance exit sensor
L
—
—
No paper
Paper
Paper
No paper
No paper
Paper
PS5
05
Right angle conveyance sensor /1
PS6
06
Right angle conveyance sensor /2
PS7
07
Folding sensor /1
PS8
08
Folding passage sensor
Paper
No paper
PS17
09
Overlap home sensor
Home
Other than
position
home position
PS18
10
Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr1
Other than
Home
PS49
11
Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr2
home position
position
PS20
12
1st folding blade home sensor /1
PS21
13
1st folding blade home sensor /2
PS22
1
Name
58
PS2
392
Multi
code
14
2nd folding blade home sensor /1
Home
Other than
position
home position
Other than
Home
home position
position
Other than
PS23
15
2nd folding blade home sensor /2
Home
PS24
16
Folding exit home sensor
position
home position
PS9
17
Tri-folding exit sensor
Paper
No paper
Full
PS10
18
Tri-folding paper full sensor
Other than full
PS11
19
Subtray exit sensor
Paper
No paper
PS12
20
Subtray paper full sensor
Other than full
Full
PS44
21
Folding sensor /2
No paper
Paper
PS19
22
Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Rr
Home
Other than
PS46
23
Guide shaft home sensor
position
home position
HS2/HS4
24
Clincher start sensors /Rt and /Lt
No clinch
Clinch
—
25
—
—
—
—
26
—
—
27
—
—
28
—
—
29
—
—
30
—
—
31
—
—
32
—
PS13
33
Saddle stitching paper sensor
No paper
Paper
PS14
34
Bundle sensor /1
Classifica- Symbol Code
tion
SD
10. SERVICE MODE
Multi
Name
Display and signal source
code
PS15
PS16
PS25
PS26
71
H
L
35
Bundle sensor /2
No paper
Paper
36
Bundle registration plate home sensor
Other than
Home
home position
position
Home
Other than
position
home position
Other than
Home
home position
position
37
38
Stapler movement home sensor
Clincher up down home sensor
PS27
39
Saddle stitching press home sensor
Home
Other than
PS28
40
Saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Rt
position
home position
PS29
41
Saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Lt
PS33
42
Bundle clip upper limit sensor
Upper limit
Other than
upper limit
PS30
43
Bundle clip lower limit sensor
Lower limit
Other than
PS32
44
Bundle arm home sensor
Home
Other than
PS31
45
Bundle arm rotation home sensor
position
home position
PS34
46
Bundle registration home sensor
lower limit
PS35
47
Bundle press stage up down home sensor
PS45
48
Bundle press stage up down limit sensor
Upper limit
Other than
PS37
49
Bundle press home sensor
Other than
Home
home position
position
PS47
50
Bundle press lower limit sensor
Other than
Lower limit
PS48
51
Scraps press home sensor
upper limit
lower limit
PS40
52
Scraps box set sensor
Other than
Home
home position
position
Set
Not set
PS41
53
Trimmer scraps full sensor
Other than full
Full
PS36
54
Bundle press movement home sensor
Home
Other than
PS38
55
Bundle arm assist home sensor
position
home position
PS39
56
Bundle arm assist upper limit sensor
Upper limit
Other than
upper limit
SW1
57
Staple empty switch /Rt
SW2
58
Staple empty switch /Lt
No staple
Staple
HS1
59
Stapler home sensor /Rt
Other than
Home
HS3
60
Stapler home sensor /Lt
home position
position
—
61
—
—
—
—
62
—
—
63
—
—
64
—
PS42
65
Front door sensor /Rt
Open
Close
PS43
66
Front door sensor /Lt
1
393
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classifica- Symbol Code
tion
SD
PS54
71
PS55
PS56
FS
Multi
Name
Display and signal source
code
H
L
67
Bundle sensor /4
Paper
No paper
68
Trimmer registration sensor
Registration
Other than regis-
position
tration position
Home
Other than
position
home position
69
Folding sub scan alignment home sensor
PS57
70
Bundle exit sensor /2
No paper
Paper
PS58
71
Bundle tray set sensor
Not set
Set
PS59
72
Trimmer board replacement sensor
Replace
Not replace
—
73
—
—
—
—
74
—
PS61
75
Bundle tray paper full sensor
Full
Other than full
—
76
—
—
—
PS60
77
Folding entrance sensor
No paper
Paper
01
Rear stopper home sensor
Home
Other than
position
home position
02
Intermediate roller home sensor
Other than
Home
home position
position
Home
Other than
position
home position
Other than
Home
home position
position
Home
Other than
position
home position
PS35
72
PS33
PS32
03
PS14
04
PS11
05
Stack assist home sensor
Stapler rotation home sensor
Stapler movement home sensor
PS34
06
Staple scraps box set sensor
Scraps box
No scraps
PS30
07
Sub tray paper full sensor
Other than full
Full
Paper
No paper
Paper
box
PS1
08
Sub tray paper exit sensor
PS5
09
Stacker entrance sensor
PS4
10
FNS entrance sensor
No paper
PS15
11
Counter reset sensor
Reset
Other than
reset
PS12
12
Paper exit opening sensor
Other than
Home
home position
position
PS10
13
Main tray paper exit sensor
Paper
No paper
PS3
14
Tray lower limit sensor
Lower limit
Other than
PS7
15
Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor
Other than
lower limit
Upper limit
upper limit
PS2
16
Tray upper limit sensor
Upper limit
Other than
upper limit
FS
394
—
17
—
—
18
—
19
—
—
1
72
—
—
—
—
Classifica- Symbol Code
tion
10. SERVICE MODE
Multi
Name
Display and signal source
code
H
—
20
—
PS47
21
Staple ready sensor /Fr
Other than
L
Ready
ready
PS43
22
Cartridge set sensor /Fr
No cartridge
Cartridge
PS45
23
Staple empty sensor /Fr
No staple
Staple
PS41
24
Stapler home sensor /Fr
Other than
Home
home position
position
Other than
Ready
PS46
25
Staple ready sensor /Rr
PS42
26
Cartridge set sensor /Rr
No cartridge
Cartridge
PS44
27
Staple empty sensor /Rr
No staple
Staple
PS40
28
Stapler home sensor /Rr
Other than
Home
home position
position
—
ready
—
29
—
—
PS20
30
Stacker empty sensor
No paper
Paper
PS9
31
Paper exit arm home sensor
Home
Other than
position
home position
MS1
32
Door switch
Open
Close
PS31
33
Alignment home sensor /Fr
Home
Other than
34
Alignment home sensor /Rr
position
home position
01
Entrance sensor
Paper
No paper
PS11
02
Sub tray paper exit sensor
PS7
03
Conveyance sensor /1
PS16
04
Conveyance sensor /2 (LS-501 only)
PS17
05
Conveyance sensor /3 (LS-501 only)
PS18
06
Tandem exit sensor (LS-501 only)
PS3
07
Stacker tray upper limit sensor
PS8
LS
PS4
tandem
(1st)
73
Upper limit
Other than
upper limit
PS6
08
Paper empty sensor
Full
Other than full
PS13
09
2,000 sheets stacked sensor
ON
OFF
—
10
—
—
—
PS14
11
5,000 sheets stacked sensor
ON
OFF
PS9
12
Sub tray full sensor
Full
Other than full
PS1
13
Stacker tray set sensor
Set
Not set
RS1
14
Hand cart reset switch
PS15
15
Stacker tray arm release sensor
ON
OFF
TOB
16
Paper exit switch
Open
Close
MS1
17
Door switch
RS2
18
JAM door switch
PS8
19
Sub tray door sensor
1
395
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classifica- Symbol Code
LS
Multi
Name
Display and signal source
code
tion
MS2
73
H
Stacker tray upper limit switch
Upper limit
Other than
MS3
21
Stacker tray lower limit switch
Lower limit
Other than
PS12
22
Alignment home sensor
Home
Other than
PS11
23
Shift unit home sensor
position
home position
24
Grip conveyance home sensor
Paper
No paper
tandem
(1st)
L
20
upper limit
lower limit
PS5
LS
PS4
tandem
PS11
(2nd)
PS7
03
Conveyance sensor /1
PS16
04
Conveyance sensor /2 (LS-501 only)
PS17
05
Conveyance sensor /3 (LS-501 only)
PS18
06
Tandem exit sensor (LS-501 only)
PS3
07
Stacker tray upper limit sensor
74
01
Entrance sensor
02
Sub tray paper exit sensor
Upper limit
Other than
upper limit
PS6
08
Paper empty sensor
Full
Other than full
PS13
09
2,000 sheets stacked sensor
ON
OFF
—
10
—
—
—
PS14
11
5,000 sheets stacked sensor
ON
OFF
PS9
12
Sub tray full sensor
Full
Other than full
PS1
13
Stacker tray set sensor
Set
Not set
ON
OFF
Open
Close
RS1
14
Hand cart reset switch
PS15
15
Stacker tray arm release sensor
TOB
16
Paper exit switch
MS1
17
Door switch
MS4
18
JAM door switch
PS8
19
Sub tray door sensor
MS2
20
Stacker tray upper limit switch
Upper limit
Other than
upper limit
MS3
21
Stacker tray lower limit switch
Lower limit
Other than
PS12
22
Alignment home sensor
Home
Other than
position
home position
No paper
Paper
Full
lower limit
PB
PS11
23
Shift unit home sensor
PS5
24
Grip conveyance home sensor
01
Entrance sensor
02
SC entrance sensor
PS1
PS2
396
2
75
PS3
03
Cover paper entrance sensor
PS4
04
Sub tray exit sensor
PS5
05
Sub tray full sensor
Other than full
M2
06
Intermediate conveyance motor
Abnormal
Normal
M91
07
Sub tray exit motor
Normal
Abnormal
Classifica- Symbol Code
tion
PB
10. SERVICE MODE
Multi
Name
Display and signal source
code
PS12
75
08
H
SC switchback arm pressure detection
L
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
Home
Other than
position
home position
sensor
PS13
09
SC switchback spring pressure detection sensor
PS14
10
SC alignment HP sensor
PS16
11
SC paper detection sensor
No paper
Paper
PS17
12
SC roller release sensor
Press the
Release the
roller
roller
PS18
13
Clamp entrance movement HP sensor
Home
Other than
position
home position
Press the
Release the
PS19
14
Clamp entrance roller release sensor
roller
roller
PS21
15
Clamp alignment HP sensor
Home
Other than
PS22
16
Clamp HP sensor
position
home position
PS23
17
Clamp pressure sensor
ON
OFF
PS24
18
Clamp rotation HP sensor
Home
Other than
position
home position
Not pressur-
PS25
19
Clamp rotation pressure sensor
Pressurize
PS26
20
Cover paper table upper limit sensor /Fr
Upper limit
PS27
21
Cover paper table upper limit sensor /Rr
ize
Not at upper
limit
PS28
22
Clamp paper sensor
No paper
Paper
PS29
23
Book thickness sensor
Detection
No detection
PS31
24
Glue tank movement limit sensor
Upper limit is
Not reached
reached
PS32
25
Glue apply position detection sensor
No paper
Paper
PS33
26
Glue tank HP sensor
Home
Other than
position
home position
PS36
27
Pellet remain sensor
No Pellet
Pellet
PS37
28
Pellet count sensor
No detection
Detection
PS38
29
Pellet supply arm upper limit sensor
Upper limit
Not at upper
PS39
30
Pellet supply arm lower limit sensor
Lower limit
limit
Not at lower
limit
M32
31
Glue apply roller motor
Normal
Abnormal
PS3
32
Paper exit sensor
No paper
Paper
PS41
33
Cover paper alignment HP sensor
Home
Other than
PS42
34
Cover paper conveyance arm HP sensor
position
home position
No paper
Paper
/Rt
PS43
35
Cover paper conveyance arm HP sensor
/Lt
PS44
36
Cover paper switchback sensor
2
397
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classifica- Symbol Code
tion
PB
Multi
Name
Display and signal source
code
PS45
75
H
37
Cover paper sensor /Rt
PS46
38
Cover paper sensor /Lt
PS47
39
PS53
L
No paper
Paper
Cover paper table HP sensor /Fr
Other than
Home
40
Cover paper table HP sensor /Rr
home position
position
PS48
41
Cover paper folding plate HP sensor /Rt
Home
Other than
PS49
42
Cover paper folding plate HP sensor /Lt
position
home position
PS50
43
Cover paper folding plate encorder sensor
Detection
No detection
PS51
44
Cover paper folding plate position sensor
At the refer-
Not at the
ence posi-
position
tion
PS52
45
Cover paper folding pressure sensor
Pressurize
Not pressurize
SW41
SW42
46
47
Cutter HP sensor
Cutter HP sensor
Other than
Home
home position
position
Other than
End position
end position
MS2
48
Front door switch
Close
Open
PS57
49
Stacker door sensor
Close
Open
PS61
50
Book end sensor
Detection
No detection
PS62
51
Cover paper conveyancebelt movemen-
Home
Other than
tHP sensor
position
home position
Lower limit
Not at lower
PS63
52
Cover paper belt HP sensor
PS64
53
Cover paper belt lower limit sensor
limit
PS65
54
Book load limit sensor
Not at upper
Upper limit
limit
PS66
55
Book sensor /1
PS67
56
Book sensor /2
PS68
57
Book stopper HP sensor
No paper
Paper
Home
Other than
position
home position
PS69
58
Cart set sensor
Set
Not set
OB/2
59
Book stock operation board
SW OFF
SW ON
—
60
—
—
—
SW1
61
Upper door switch
Open
Close
M81
62
Exhaust fan /2
Abnormal
Normal
M4
63
Pellet supply cooling fan
PBCB
64
FNS connection detection signal
Connected
Not
connected
—
65
Cover paper tray set detection signal
Not set
Set
PS71
66
Cover paper empty sensor
No paper
Paper
—
67
power cord connection detection signal
Connected
Not
connected
398
2
Classifica- Symbol Code
tion
PB
10. SERVICE MODE
Multi
Name
Display and signal source
code
PS74
75
H
L
68
Cover paper tray upper limit sensor
Upper limit
Not at upper
PS75
69
Cover paper conveyance sensor /1
No paper
PS76
70
Cover paper conveyance sensor /2
PS77
71
Cover paper conveyance sensor /3
PS78
72
Cover paper conveyance sensor /4
PS79
73
Cover paper conveyance sensor /5
PS80
74
Waste box full sensor
Other than full
Full
PS81
75
Waste box set sensor
Set
Not set
Abnormal
Normal
Abnormal
Normal
Unlocked
limit
M71
76
Cover paper tray fan /1
M72
77
Cover paper tray fan /2
M74
78
Cover paper feed motor
M80
79
Exhaust fan /1
PS82
80
Cover paper tray knob sensor
Locked
TH2
81
Glue tank temperature sensor /up
0 to 255
TH3
82
Glue tank temperature sensor /Md
0 to 255
TH4
83
Glue tank temperature sensor /Md
0 to 255
TH1
84
Glue apply roller temperature sensor
0 to 255
OB/1
85
Manual operation board
Glue apply
Paper
Glue apply
SW OFF
SW ON
Alignment
OB/1
86
Manual operation board
Alignment
SW OFF
SW ON
OB/1
87
Manual operation board
Start SW
Start SW
OFF
ON
MS1
88
Pellet supply door switch
Close
Open
TH1
89
Glue apply roller temperature sensor
Abnormal
Normal
TH1
90
Paper
No paper
(overheat abnormality)
Glue apply roller temperature sensor
(low-temperature abnormality)
TH2
91
Glue tank temperature sensor /up
(overheat abnormality)
TH2
92
Glue tank temperature sensor /up
(low-temperature abnormality)
TH3
93
Glue tank temperature sensor /Md
(overheat abnormality)
94
Glue tank temperature sensor /Md
95
Glue tank temperature sensor /Lw
(low-temperature abnormality)
TH
(overheat abnormality)
96
Glue tank temperature sensor /Lw
(low-temperature abnormality)
ADU
PS35
PS43
80
01
ADU conveyance sensor /1
02
ADU exit sensor
2
399
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classifica- Symbol Code
tion
ADU
400
Multi
Name
code
PS49
80
03
Display and signal source
H
ADU accelerate sensor
Paper
L
No paper
PS42
04
ADU deceleration sensor
PS44
05
ADU handle release sensor
Release
Set
PS46
06
ADU reverse sensor /1
Paper
No paper
PS45
07
ADU reverse sensor /2
PS36
08
ADU conveyance sensor /2
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(2) Output check list
Note
• Do not output codes which are not described in the output check list.
Classifi- Symbol
Code
cation
Multi
Name
Analog
L1,FM19
00
00
signal
M6
01
00
Toner bottle motor
—
02
00
—
03
00
—
04
00
—
05
00
—
06
00
—
07
00
—
08
00
—
09
00
—
15
01
Data collection count clear
02
Mode memory clear
98
CS Remote Care memory initialization
Data
Remark
code
—
clear
Exposure lamp + Scanner cooling fan
Used in the CS Remote
Care mode
—
Paper
feed
M22
17
00
Cleaning blade packing lock move
—
18
01
—
CL11
02
Forced separation clutch (Tray /4)
—
03
—
01
Separation clutch /1 (Tray /1)
CL7
02
Separation clutch /2 (Tray /2)
CL7
03
Separation clutch /1 (Tray /3)
CL10
04
Separation clutch /2 (Tray /4)
CL13
05
Separation clutch /3 (Tray /5)
M4,
06
Paper feed motor + Separation clutch /1
CL5
19
CL5
(Tray /1)
M4,
07
CL7
Paper feed motor + Separation clutch /2
(Tray /2)
M40,
08
CL7
Paper feed motor + Separation clutch /1
(Tray /3)
M40,
09
CL10
Paper feed motor + Separation clutch /2
(Tray /4)
M40,
10
CL13
SD3
Used in re-packing
Paper feed motor + Separation clutch /3
(Tray /5)
20
01
Pick-up solenoid /1 (Tray /1)
SD4
02
Pick-up solenoid /2 (Tray /2)
SD14
03
Pick-up solenoid /1 (Tray /3)
SD15
04
Pick-up solenoid /2 (Tray /4)
SD16
05
Pick-up solenoid /3 (Tray /5)
401
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Classifi- Symbol
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
cation
Multi
Paper
CL4
01
Paper feed clutch /1 (Tray /1)
feed
CL6
02
Paper feed clutch /2 (Tray /2)
CL6
03
Paper feed clutch /1 (Tray /3)
CL9
04
Paper feed clutch /2 (Tray /4)
CL12
05
Paper feed clutch /3 (Tray /5)
01
Vertical conveyance clutch /1
CL3
02
Vertical conveyance clutch /3
CL1
03
Pre-registration clutch /1 (Tray /3)
CL3
04
Pre-registration clutch /2 (Tray /4)
CL4
05
Pre-registration clutch /3 (Tray /5)
CL2
06
Vertical conveyance clutch /2
CL2
07
Intermediate clutch /Up (PF)
CL5
08
Intermediate clutch /Lw (PF)
CL1
21
22
M8
M4,
09
Vertical conveyance motor (290 mm/s)
10
Vertical conveyance motor (425 mm/s)
11
Vertical conveyance motor (490 mm/s)
12
Vertical conveyance motor (1000 mm/s)
13
Paper feed motor + Vertical conveyance
CL1
Remark
clutch /1
M4,
14
Paper feed motor + Vertical conveyance
15
Paper feed motor + Pre-registration
16
Paper feed motor + Pre-registration
17
Paper feed motor + Pre-registration
CL3
clutch /3
M40,
CL1
clutch /1 (PF)
M40,
CL3
clutch /2 (PF)
M40,
CL4
clutch /3 (PF)
M4,
18
CL2
Paper feed motor + Vertical conveyance
clutch /2
M40,
19
CL2
Paper feed motor + Intermediate clutch /
Up (PF)
M40,
20
Paper feed motor + Intermediate clutch /
01
Paper lift motor /1 (Tray /1)
From the tray lowering
M26
02
Paper lift motor /2 (Tray /2)
position to the upper limit
M42
03
Paper lift motor /1 (Tray /3)
M43
04
Paper lift motor /2 (Tray /4)
M44
05
Paper lift motor /3 (Tray /5)
01
Tray lock solenoid /1 (Tray /1)
SD2
02
Tray lock solenoid /2 (Tray /2)
SD10
03
Tray lock solenoid /1 (Tray /3)
SD11
04
Tray lock solenoid /2 (Tray /4)
SD12
05
Tray lock solenoid /3 (Tray /5)
CL5
M25
SD1
402
Name
code
Lw (PF)
23
24
Classifi- Symbol
Code
cation
Paper
10. SERVICE MODE
Multi
Name
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Remark
code
M5
25
feed
M18
M9
26
27
M13
M4
28
M40
01
Conveyance motor (290 mm/s)
02
Conveyance motor (425 mm/s)
03
Conveyance motor (490 mm/s)
01
Loop motor (1000 mm/s)
02
Loop motor (825 mm/s)
03
Loop motor (520 mm/s)
04
Loop motor (490 mm/s)
05
Loop motor (425 mm/s)
06
Loop motor (290 mm/s)
01
Paper exit motor /1 (290 mm/s)
02
Paper exit motor /1 (425 mm/s)
03
Paper exit motor /1 (490 mm/s)
04
Paper exit motor /1 (520 mm/s)
05
Paper exit motor /1 (825 mm/s)
06
Paper exit motor /1 (1000 mm/s)
10
Reverse paper exit motor (1000 mm/s)
11
Reverse paper exit motor (825 mm/s)
12
Reverse paper exit motor (520 mm/s)
01
Paper feed motor
02
Paper feed motor (PF)
SD5
29
00
Drum claw solenoid
M41
30
01
PF exit conveyance motor (290 mm/s)
02
PF exit conveyance motor (1000 mm/s)
03
PF exit conveyance motor (490 mm/s)
04
PF exit conveyance motor (425 mm/s)
Scanner M27
31
00
Home search + Scan
M21,
32
00
Polygon motor (low speed) + Polygon
01
Polygon motor (middle speed) + Polygon
02
Polygon motor (high speed) + Polygon
FM18
cooling fan
cooling fan
cooling fan
M27,L1
34
00
Shading correction
M27,
35
00
DF scan position move + Scanner cooling
M27
36
00
Scanner packing lock move
—
37
—
—
LDB, M21
38
00
LD current value measurement (LD alarm level) Can be confirmed with list output
FM19
fan
Used in re-packing
403
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Classifi- Symbol
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
cation
Main
Multi
Name
code
M1
40
body
M2,M3
41
00
Fusing motor
01
Fusing motor (290 mm/s)
02
Fusing motor (425 mm/s)
03
Fusing motor (490 mm/s)
00
Drum motor + Developing motor
01
Drum motor (290 mm/s) + Developing
02
Drum motor (425 mm/s) + Developing
03
Drum motor (490 mm/s) + Developing
01
Scanner cooling fan
motor
motor
motor
FM19
FM6
42
02
Suction fan /1 (high speed)
03
Suction fan /1 (low speed)
FM5
04
Developing suction fan
FM1
06
Cooling fan /1 (high speed)
07
Cooling fan /1 (low speed)
FM2
FM3
FM7,8
08
Cooling fan /2 (high speed)
09
Cooling fan /2 (low speed)
10
Cooling fan /3 (high speed)
11
Cooling fan /3 (low speed)
13
Suction fan /2, /3 (high speed)
14
Suction fan /2, /3 (low speed)
FM18
15
Polygon cooling fan
FM9
16
Paper exit cooling fan /1
FM10
17
Paper exit cooling fan /2
FM20,
18
Paper feed assist fan /Fr1, /Rr1 (Tray /1)
19
Paper feed assist fan /Fr2, /Rr2 (Tray /2)
20
Paper feed assist fan /Fr1, /Rr1 (Tray /3)
21
Paper feed assist fan /Fr2, /Rr2 (Tray /4)
22
Paper feed assist fan /Fr3, /Rr3 (Tray /5)
FM4
23
Transfer/separation suction fan
FM25,
24
Power supply cooling fan /1, /2
FM12
25
IPB cooling fan
FM11
26
Pump cooling fan
FM27
27
Power supply cooling fan /3 (high speed)
28
Power supply cooling fan /3 (low speed)
FM21
FM22,
FM23
FM41,
FM42
FM43,
FM44
FM45,
FM46
FM26
404
Remark
Classifi- Symbol
Code
cation
10. SERVICE MODE
Multi
Name
Remark
code
Main
CNT1
body
CNT2
43
PS54
M19
44
01
Total counter
02
Key counter
03
Centering sensor LED
01
Transfer assist motor
Perform with ADU pulled
out to prevent drum damage
M24
45
06
Web motor
Peculiar M23
46
00
Charger cleaning motor (shuttle)
functions
M20
47
01
Charger cleaning motor (to the back)
02
Charger cleaning motor (to the front)
00
Transfer/separation cleaning motor (shuttle)
01
Transfer/separation cleaning motor (to the
back)
02
Transfer/separation cleaning motor (to the
front)
OB2
48
00
Illuminate all LEDs
M20,
49
00
Charger cleaning + Transfer/separation
50
00
Developing motor + Drum motor
M23
M3,M2
cleaning (shuttle)
EL
51
00
Erase lamp
TSL
52
00
Transfer exposure lamp
—
53
M11
54
01
Status indicator lamp — PAT1 ON
02
Status indicator lamp — PAT2 ON
03
Status indicator lamp — PAT3 ON
04
Status indicator lamp — PAT4 ON
00
Intermediate hopper motor
M7
03
Toner hopper motor
M28
04
Toner pump motor (high speed)
05
Toner pump motor (low speed)
M29
06
Air pump motor (high speed)
M28,
07
Air pump motor (low speed)
08
Toner pump motor (high speed) +
09
Toner pump motor (low speed) +
Used after moving the
Air pump motor (low speed)
machine
M29
Air pump motor (high speed)
M10
10
Air separation motor
LCDB
55
00
Message test
M30
56
00
Recycle cut motor
—
57
—
—
58
—
—
59
—
—
PCS part
405
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Classifi- Symbol
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
cation
DF
Multi
Name
code
M302
60
1
Original feed motor forward rotation
M302
2
Original feed motor reverse rotation
M301
3
Original conveyance motor forward rotation
M301
4
Original conveyance motor reverse rotation
M304
5
Original exit motor /1 forward rotation
M304
6
Original exit motor /1 reverse rotation
M305
7
Original exit motor /2 forward rotation
M305
8
Original exit motor /2 reverse rotation
M303
9
Tray up down motor forward rotation
M303
10
Tray up down motor reverse rotation
SD302
11
Paper press release solenoid
SD303
12
Gate solenoid
SD304
13
Paper exit gate solenoid
SD301
14
SDF switch solenoid
FM301,
15
Cooling fan /Lt + cooling fan /Rt
01
Entrance conveyance motor
FM302
FD
M1
70
M2
02
Punch conveyance motor
M3
03
Intermediate conveyance motor
M4
04
1st folding motor forward
M4
05
1st folding motor reverse
M5
06
2nd folding motor forward
M5
07
2nd folding motor reverse
M6
08
3rd folding motor forward
M6
09
3rd folding motor reverse
M7
10
PI conveyance motor
M8
11
Paper lift motor /Up (down)
M8
12
Paper lift motor /Up (up)
M9
13
Paper lift motor /Lw (down)
M9
14
Paper lift motor /Lw (up)
M17
15
Main tray paper exit motor
M10
21
Punch motor (3 holes/4 holes)
M10
22
Punch motor (2 holes)
M11
23
Tray up down motor (home search)
M12
24
Alignment motor (home search)
M13
26
Punch registration motor (home search)
M14
27
1st folding release motor (conveyance
M14
28
1st folding release motor (folding position
position move)
move)
406
1
Remark
Classifi- Symbol
Code
cation
FD
10. SERVICE MODE
Multi
Name
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Remark
code
M15
70
29
2nd folding release motor (conveyance
position move)
M15
30
2nd folding release motor (folding position
move)
M16
31
M16
32
3rd folding release motor (conveyance
position move)
3rd folding release motor (folding position
move)
SD1
61
Entrance gate solenoid
SD3
62
S size gate solenoid
SD4
63
L size gate solenoid
SD5
64
Roller solenoid /1
SD6
65
Roller solenoid /2
SD7
66
Roller solenoid /3
SD8
67
Roller solenoid /4
SD9
68
Sub tray gate solenoid
SD12
69
Paper exit solenoid
SD13
70
PI pick-up solenoid /Up
SD14
71
PI pick-up solenoid /Lw
SD15
72
Folding gate solenoid
—
73
—
SD18
74
2nd folding roller solenoid
CL1
75
PI registration clutch /Up
CL2
76
PI registration clutch /Lw
—
81
—
MFDB1
82
Multi feed detection board /1 (CLK output)
FDOB
89
FD operation board (lit all LEDs)
JAMIB
90
Jam indicator board (lit all LEDs)
99
—
01
Entrance conveyance motor
—
SD
M1
71
M2
02
Horizontal conveyance motor
M3
03
Folding entrance motor
M4
04
Folding conveyance motor
M4
05
Folding conveyance motor
M6
06
Right angle conveyance motor
M29
07
Stapler motor /Rt (stapling)
M30
08
Stapler motor /Lt (stapling)
M5
09
Bundle exit motor
M8
10
Folding sub scan alignment exit motor
M5
21
Bundle exit motor (home search)
M7
24
Folding main scan alignment motor /Fr
(home search)
1
407
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Classifi-
Symbol
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
cation
SD
71
58
Trimmer press motor (movement to trimmer
board release position)
Available after 71-55 (home
59
Bundle arm motor (inward movement)
M23
60
Bundle press motor (pressing)
M24
61
Bundle press stage up down motor (up)
M24
62
Bundle press stage up down motor (home search
for the bundle registration plate)
M26
63
Bundle arm assist motor (home search)
M33
65
Trimmer paddle motor (Forward rotation)
66
Trimmer paddle motor (Reverse rotation)
SD1
71
Entrance gate solenoid
SD2
72
Right angle conveyance gate solenoid
SD3
73
Horizontal conveyance gate solenoid
SD4
74
Roller release solenoid /4
SD5
75
Roller release solenoid /1 (roller press)
SD5
76
Roller release solenoid /1 (roller release)
SD6
77
Roller release solenoid /2
SD7
78
Roller release solenoid /3 (roller press)
SD7
79
Roller release solenoid /3 (roller release)
SD8
80
Folding unit lock solenoid (lock)
SD8
81
Folding unit lock solenoid (release)
SD11
82
Trimmer board solenoid (ON once)
SD11
83
Trimmer board solenoid (ON twice)
CL1
86
Tri-folding exit clutch
FM1
87
Scraps removal fan motor
—
95
Trimmer board solenoid operation counter
reset
M1
M22
M7
M8
1
Remark
M10
M3
408
Name
code
M32
FS
Multi
72
01
Conveyance motor (1000 mm/sec)
06
Tray up down motor (home search)
07
Tray up down motor (lower limit move)
08
Tray up down motor (staple mode up down)
11
Alignment motor /Fr (home search)
12
Alignment motor /Fr (A4S standby position
move)
Note: effective after 72-11 home search
13
Alignment motor /Fr (A4S position move)
Note: effective after 72-12 A4S standby
position move
14
Alignment motor /Fr (A4S standby position
move)
Note: effective after 72-13 A4S position move
16
Main tray paper exit motor (800 mm/sec)
17
Main tray paper exit motor (205 mm/sec)
21
Paper exit opening motor (home search)
search)
Reset after replace the trimmer board.
Classifi- Symbol
Code
cation
SD
10. SERVICE MODE
Multi
Name
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Remark
code
M32
71
58
Trimmer press motor (movement to trim-
Available after 71-55
mer board release position)
(home search)
M10
59
Bundle arm motor (inward movement)
M23
60
Bundle press motor (pressing)
M24
61
Bundle press stage up down motor (up)
M24
62
Bundle press stage up down motor (home
M26
63
Bundle arm assist motor (home search)
search for the bundle registration plate)
FS
SD1
71
Entrance gate solenoid
SD2
72
Right angle conveyance gate solenoid
SD3
73
Horizontal conveyance gate solenoid
SD4
74
Roller release solenoid /4
SD5
75
Roller release solenoid /1 (roller press)
SD5
76
Roller release solenoid /1 (roller release)
SD6
77
Roller release solenoid /2
SD7
78
Roller release solenoid /3 (roller press)
SD7
79
Roller release solenoid /3 (roller release)
SD8
80
Folding unit lock solenoid (lock)
SD8
81
Folding unit lock solenoid (release)
SD11
82
Trimmer board solenoid (ON once)
SD11
83
Trimmer board solenoid (ON twice)
CL1
86
Tri-folding exit clutch
FM1
87
Scraps removal fan motor
—
95
Trimmer board solenoid operation
Reset after replace the
counter reset
trimmer board.
M1
M3
M22
72
01
Conveyance motor (1000 mm/sec)
06
Tray up down motor (home search)
07
Tray up down motor (lower limit move)
08
Tray up down motor (staple mode up down)
11
Alignment motor /Fr (home search)
12
Alignment motor /Fr (A4S standby position move)
Note: effective after 72-11 home search
13
Alignment motor /Fr (A4S position move)
Note: effective after 72-12 A4S standby
position move
14
Alignment motor /Fr (A4S standby position move)
Note: effective after 72-13 A4S position move
M7
16
Main tray paper exit motor (800 mm/sec)
17
Main tray paper exit motor (205 mm/sec)
M8
21
Paper exit opening motor (home search)
1
409
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Classifi- Symbol
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
cation
FS
Multi
Name
code
M8
72
22
Paper exit opening motor (full opening:
23
Paper exit opening motor (half opening:
approx. 55°)
approx. 44°)
24
Paper exit opening motor (small opening:
approx. 27°)
M31
M30
M11
26
Stapler motor /Fr (needles out, empty staple)
27
Stapler motor /Fr (staple)
28
Stapler motor /Rr (needles out, empty staple)
29
Stapler motor /Rr (staple)
31
Stapler movement motor (home search)
32
Stapler movement motor (A4 1 staple
M13
36
Stacker entrance motor (1000 mm/sec)
M26
41
Rear stopper motor (home search)
42
Rear stopper motor (stopper release)
position move)
SD5
46
Bypass solenoid
SD2
47
Gate solenoid
SD9
48
Paper exit opening solenoid (ON/OFF)
SD7
49
Intermediate roller release solenoid
M24
51
Stacker assist motor (home search)
M24
52
Stacker assist motor (assist position move)
M25
56
Intermediate roller open/close motor
(home search)
57
Intermediate roller open/close motor
(reserve position move)
M23
61
Paper exit arm motor (home search)
62
Paper exit arm motor (800 mm/sec)
63
Paper exit arm motor (400mm/sec)
M6
66
Sub tray paper exit motor (1000 mm/sec)
M5
71
Alignment motor /Rr (home search)
72
Alignment motor /Rr (A4S standby position move)
Note: effective after 72-71 home search
73
Alignment motor /Rr (A4S position move)
Note: effective after 72-72 A4S standby
position move
74
Alignment motor /Rr (A4S standby position move)
Note: effective after 72-73 A4S position move
M2
76
Paddle motor (ON/OFF)
M5,
78
Alignment motor /Rr, /Fr (home search)
M22
410
Remark
Classifi- Symbol
Code
cation
FS
10. SERVICE MODE
Multi
Name
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Remark
code
M5,
78
79
M22
Alignment motor /Rr, /Fr (A4 standby
position move)
Note: effective after 72-78 home search
80
Alignment motor /Rr, Fr (A4 position move)
Note: effective after 72-79 A4 standby
position move
JAMIB
90
Jam indicator board (illuminate all LEDs)
—
99
No paper running mode
01
Conveyance motor (490 mm/s)
20 sheets of A3 with 2 staples
LS
M2
tandem
(1st)
73
02
Conveyance motor (1000 mm/s)
M3
03
Sub tray paper exit motor (490 mm/s)
04
Sub tray paper exit motor (1000 mm/s)
M6
05
Tandem conveyance motor (490 mm/s)
06
Tandem conveyance motor (1000 mm/s)
M4
07
Grip conveyance motor (490 mm/s)
08
Grip conveyance motor (1300 mm/s)
M7
09
Alignment motor (initial operation)
10
Alignment motor
M5
11
Shift unit motor (home search)
M1
12
Shift unit motor
13
Stacker tray up down motor (down)
14
Stacker tray up down motor (up)
SD1
15
1st gate solenoid
SD10
16
2nd gate solenoid (LS-501 only)
SD9
17
Front stopper solenoid
SD3
18
Rear stopper solenoid
SD8
19
Paper press solenoid /3
SD6
20
Paper press solenoid /1
SD4
21
Front door lock solenoid
SD5
22
Entrance conveyance lock solenoid
SD2
23
Job partition solenoid
SD7
24
Paper press solenoid /2
FM1, FM3,
25
Paper cooling fan /Fr, /Mi
SD11
Tandem conveyance lock solenoid
FM2, FM6
FM5
Paper cooling fan motor /1, /2
26
Paper cooling fan /Rr
411
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Classifi- Symbol
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
cation
LS
M2
74
tandem
(2nd)
Multi
Name
code
M3
M6
01
Conveyance motor (490 mm/s)
02
Conveyance motor (1000 mm/s)
03
Sub tray paper exit motor (490 mm/s)
04
Sub tray paper exit motor (1000 mm/s)
05
Tandem conveyance motor (490 mm/s)
06
Tandem conveyance motor (1000 mm/s)
M4
07
Grip conveyance motor (490 mm/s)
08
Grip conveyance motor (1300 mm/s)
M7
09
Alignment motor (initial operation)
10
Alignment motor
M5
11
Shift unit motor (home search)
12
Shift unit motor
M1
13
Stacker tray up down motor (down)
14
Stacker tray up down motor (up)
SD1
15
1st gate solenoid
SD10
16
2nd gate solenoid (LS-501 only)
SD9
17
Front stopper solenoid
SD3
18
Rear stopper solenoid
SD8
19
Paper press solenoid /3
SD6
20
Paper press solenoid /1
SD4
21
Front door lock solenoid
SD5
22
SD11
Entrance conveyance lock solenoid
Tandem conveyance lock solenoid (LS501 only)
SD2
23
Job partition solenoid
SD7
24
Paper press solenoid /2
FM1,
25
Paper cooling fan /Fr, Mi
FM3
FM5
PB
26
Paper cooling fan /Rr
01
Entrance conveyance motor
M2
02
Intermediate conveyance motor
SD1
03
Entrance gate solenoid
SD2
04
Bypass gate solenoid
SD3
05
Sub tray gate solenoid
M1
75
SD4
06
Sub tray exit solenoid
M11
07
SC entrance conveyance motor
M12
08
SC switchback conveyance motor
(F rotation)
09
SC switchback conveyance motor
(R rotation)
412
2
Remark
Classifi- Symbol
Code
cation
PB
10. SERVICE MODE
Multi
Name
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Remark
code
M13
75
10
SC switchback release motor
(home position search)
11
SC switchback release motor
(High pressing position move)
12
SC switchback release motor
(Low pressing position move)
M15
13
SC alignment motor (home position
search)
14
SC alignment motor (A4 standby position
75-13 must have been
move)
performed in advance.
15
SC alignment motor (alignment)
M17
16
SC bundle conveynace motor
M18
17
SC roller release motor
(home position search)
18
SC roller release motor
(movement to the pressing position)
M19
19
Clamp entrance movement motor (home
position search)
20
Clamp entrance movement motor(move-
The following adjustments must
ment to the entrance position)
have been made in advance.
1. 75-96
2. 75-31
3. 75-32
4. 75-19
5. 75-29
M20
21
Clamp entranse roller release motor
(home position search)
22
Clamp entranse roller release motor
(pressing position move)
SD11
23
FD alignment solenoid
SD12
24
SC stopper solenoid
SD13
25
SC pressure arm solenoid
M21
26
Clamp alignment motor (home position
search)
27
Clamp alignment motor (A4 standby position move)
M22
28
Clamp alignment motor (alignment)
29
Clamp motor (home position search)
30
Clamp motor (movement to the clamp
position)
M23
31
32
Clamp rotation motor (home position
75-19 must have been
search)
performed in advance.
Clamp rotation motor (movement to the
75-19 must have been
compile position)
performed in advance.
2
413
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Classifi- Symbol
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
cation
PB
Multi
Name
Remark
code
SD91
M31
75
33
Straight gate solenoid
34
Glue tank movement motor (home posi-
The following adjust-
tion search)
ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-29
35
Glue tank movement motor (tank forward
The following adjust-
movement )
ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-29
3. 75-34
4. 75-49
5. 75-51
36
Glue tank movement motor (tank back-
The following adjust-
ward movement )
ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 75-35
2. 75-29
3. 75-34
4. 75-49
5. 75-51
6. 75-35
M32
37
Glue apply roller motor
SD31
38
Glue tank up solenoid /1
SD32
39
Cover paper glue up solenoid
H1
40
Glue tank heater
H2
41
Glue apply roller heater
M33
42
Pellet supply motor
The following adjustments must have been
made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-29
3. 75-34
4. 75-44
M34
43
Pellet supply arm motor
44
Pellet supply arm motor
The following adjust-
(movement to the supply position)
ments must have been
(home position search)
made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-29
3. 75-34
M41
414
2
45
Cover paper alignment motor
75-55 must have been
(home position search)
performed in advance.
Classifi- Symbol
Code
cation
PB
10. SERVICE MODE
Multi
Name
Remark
code
M41
75
46
Cover paper alignment motor
The following adjust-
(A3 standby position move)
ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-45
3. 75-57
4. 75-60
47
Cover paper alignment motor (alignment)
The following adjustments must have been
made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-45
3. 75-57
4. 75-60
5. 75-46
M42
48
Book exit motor
75-55 must have been
M43
49
Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Rt
The following adjust-
(home position search)
ments must have been
performed in advance.
made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-29
3. 75-34
50
Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Rt
The following adjust-
(roller pressure)
ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-29
3. 75-34
4. 75-49
M44
51
Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Lt
The following adjust-
(home position search)
ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-29
3. 75-34
52
Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Lt
The following adjust-
(roller pressure)
ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-29
3. 75-34
4. 75-51
2
415
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Classifi- Symbol
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
cation
PB
Multi
Name
Remark
code
M45
M46
75
53
Cover paper conveyance motor (F rota-
75-55 must have been
tion)
performed in advance.
54
Cover paper conveyance motor (R rota-
75-55 must have been
tion)
performed in advance.
55
Cover paper table up down motor /Fr, /Rr
56
Cover paper table up down motor /Fr, /Rr
The following adjust-
(book spine corner creation)
ments must have been
M47
(home position search)
made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-29
3. 75-34
4. 75-49
5. 75-50
6. 75-51
7. 75-52
8. 75-19
9. 75-31
10. 75-30
11. 75-32
12. 75-45
13. 75-58
14. 75-61
M48
57
Cover paper folding motor /Rt
75-55 must have been
(home position search)
performed in advance.
58
Cover paper folding motor /Rt
The following adjust-
(movement to the open position)
ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-45
59
Cover paper folding motor /Rt
The following adjust-
(movement to the close position)
ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-45
3. 75-58
M49
60
Cover paper folding motor /Lt
75-55 must have been
(home position search)
performed in advance.
61
Cover paper folding motor /Lt
The following adjust-
(movement to the open position)
ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-45
416
2
Classifi- Symbol
Code
cation
PB
10. SERVICE MODE
Multi
Name
Remark
code
M50
75
62
Cutter motor (home position search)
75-55 must have been
63
Cutter motor(cut position movement)
75-55 must have been
SD41
64
Cover paper lift solenoid
—
65
—
—
66
—
M61
67
Cover paper belt motor
M62
68
Cover paper belt movement motor
69
Cover paper belt movement motor
75-68 must have been
(A4 standby position move)
performed in advance.
performed in advance.
performed in advance.
(home position search)
70
Cover paper belt movement motor
71
Cover paper belt up down motor
72
Cover paper belt up down motor
The following adjust-
(movement to the lower position)
ments must have been
(book stock alignment)
M63
(home position search: upper limit)
made in advance.
1. 75-68
2. 75-69
M64
73
Book movement motor
M65
74
Book stopper motor
75
Book stopper motor
75-74 must have been
(A4 standby position move)
performed in advance.
(home position search)
M73
76
Cover paper tray lift motor
M74
77
Cover paper feed motor
SD71
78
Cover paper pick up solenoid
SD72
79
Cover paper tray solenoid
M71
80
Cover paper tray fan /1
M72
81
Cover paper tray fan /2
MC71
82
Cover paper pick up clutch
MC72
83
Cover paper separation clutch
SD80
84
Front door lock solenoid (locked)
85
Front door lock solenoid (released)
M80
86
Exhaust fan /1
—
87
Multi feed clock output signal
JAMIB/
88
Jam indicator board /1 /2 (all the lights on)
89
Manual operation board (all the lights on)
1
JAMIB/
2
OB/1
2
417
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Classifi- Symbol
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
cation
PB
Multi
Name
M81
75
SD61
90
Exhaust fan /2
91
Book door solenoid (lock)
92
Book door solenoid (release)
95
Cover paper feed operation for the
75-96 must have been
M72,
adjustment of the multi feed detection
performed in advance.
M73,
board.
M71,
M74,
SD71,
SD72,
MC71,
MC72
—
ADU
96
All initial operation
01
Reverse/exit solenoid
SD6
02
ADU lock solenoid
SD8
03
Thick paper assist solenoid
01
Registration motor (490 mm/s)
02
Registration motor (290 mm/s)
03
Registration motor (425 mm/s)
01
Reverse motor (F rotation: 1000 mm/s)
02
Reverse motor (F rotation: 490 mm/s)
03
Reverse motor (R rotation: 1000 mm/s)
04
Reverse motor (F rotation: 520 mm/s)
05
Reverse motor (F rotation: 290 mm/s)
06
Reverse motor (R rotation: 520 mm/s)
07
Reverse motor (F rotation: 825 mm/s)
08
Reverse motor (F rotation: 425 mm/s)
09
Reverse motor (R rotation: 825 mm/s)
01
ADU conveyance motor /1 (1000 mm/s)
02
ADU conveyance motor /1 (490 mm/s)
03
ADU conveyance motor /1 (520 mm/s)
04
ADU conveyance motor /1 (290 mm/s)
05
ADU conveyance motor /1 (825 mm/s)
06
ADU conveyance motor /1 (425 mm/s)
07
ADU conveyance motor /2 (1000 mm/s)
08
ADU conveyance motor /2 (490 mm/s)
09
ADU conveyance motor /2 (520 mm/s)
10
ADU conveyance motor /2 (290 mm/s)
11
ADU conveyance motor /2 (825 mm/s)
12
ADU conveyance motor /2 (425 mm/s)
01
Reverse paper exit motor (F rotation:
SD7
M17
M12
M15
80
83
84
85
M16
M13
86
1000 mm/s)
02
Reverse paper exit motor (F rotation: 490
mm/s)
418
2
Remark
code
Classifi- Symbol
Code
cation
ADU
10. SERVICE MODE
Multi
Name
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Remark
code
M13
86
03
Reverse paper exit motor (R rotation:
1000 mm/s)
04
Reverse paper exit motor (F rotation: 520
mm/s)
05
Reverse paper exit motor (F rotation: 290
mm/s)
06
Reverse paper exit motor (R rotation: 520
mm/s)
07
Reverse paper exit motor (F rotation: 825
mm/s)
08
Reverse paper exit motor (F rotation: 425
mm/s)
09
Reverse paper exit motor (R rotation: 825
mm/s)
FM13,
00
ADU cooling fan /3
FM14,
ADU cooling fan /1
FM15
ADU cooling fan /2
M14
Others
87
—
—
88
90
91
01
ADU accelerate motor (1000 mm/s)
02
ADU accelerate motor (490 mm/s)
03
ADU accelerate motor (520 mm/s)
04
ADU accelerate motor (290 mm/s)
05
ADU accelerate motor (825 mm/s)
06
ADU accelerate motor (425 mm/s)
00
Finishing option adjustment data EEPROM Perform after installation
00
—
92
00
—
93
00
storage (installation data)
adjustment
Main body adjustment data parameter
Perform after installation
board storage (installation data)
adjustment
Parameter board data reset
Cannot adjust in the field
Finishing option adjustment data each
Cannot adjust in the field
EEPROM storage
—
94
00
Adjustment data display
—
96
00
Main body adjustment data parameter
Cannot adjust in the field
board storage (initial data)
—
97
00
Image memory (DRAM) capacity check
—
98
00
Image memory (DRAM) check
HDD1
99
01
HDD1 total capacity
02
HDD1 remaining capacity check
03
HDD1 bad sectors check and recovery
419
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
tion modes and the results of communications
10.7 List output
are displayed in the numbers of 4 digit number.
Conduct various list outputs, test pattern outputs and
For the meaning of them, refer to the table
running tests.
below.
10.7.1
Communication mode
List output
Results of
communication
Output various lists.
0000 —
Transmitted
successfully
(1) Procedure
0001 Initial transmission
1. Enter the service mode.
Connection time out
when transmitting
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [05 List Output] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [01 List Output] key.
4. "List output mode menu screen"
The list output mode menu includes the following items.
0002 Emergency trans0004 Emergency recovery
transmission
Received
successfully
0005 —
Reception failed
0008 Transmission for
—
warning
0010 Warning recovery
• Machine Management List
—
mission
—
transmission
• Adjustment Data List
0020 Maintenance start
• Pixel Ratio Data List
—
transmission
• Parameter List
0040 Maintenance com-
• Font Pattern
—
pletion transmission
• Communication Log List *1
0080 Administrator trans-
• Memory Dump List
—
mission
0100 Fixed date transmis-
Note
list and after are displayed.
0200 Response transmis-
• Do not use the parameter list and the memory dump list in the field because they are
for development.
5. Press the key for an item you want to output.
6. "List output mode menu screen"
Press the [COPY] key.
7. Press the Start button to output the selected
list.
9. "List output mode menu screen"
To output other lists, repeat steps 4 to 8.
Prints out the latest 30 items of the sending and
receiving history of the mail remote notification
system and the CS Remote Care. The start time
of communications, the time period of communications
(modem
only),
the communication
modes, the results of communications, and the
senders (mail only) are printed. The communica-
420
—
sion
0***
—
1000 Enquiry
Transmission failed
—
2000 Data rewrite
—
4000 Response reception
—
8000 Test mail
—
The SMTP reply codes (200 to 554) prescribed in the
8. Press the [SERVICE] key.
*1
—
sion
• If you set DIPSW30-1 to 1, the parameter
RFC1846, 2554 and 2821 are displayed in this place
of ***.
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
10.8 Test mode
10.8.1
Test pattern output mode
Output various test patterns to use them for troubleshooting.
NOTE
• Do not use any test pattern number not
described in the service manual.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [06 Test Mode] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [01 Test Pattern Output Mode] key.
4. "Test pattern output mode screen"
Enter the test pattern No. you want to output
through the numeric keys and press the [Set]
key and then press the [COPY] key.
5. Set A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start button
to output the test pattern.
6. Press the [SERVICE] key.
7. To output other test patterns, repeat steps 4 to
6.
421
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Overall halftone (8-bit output)
No.1 (created
by random dot pattern)
[Check item]
• When density is set to 70 (halftone)
If there are white stripes, black stripes, determine whether the fault is with the scanner system or the process system.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Developing unit, cleaning unit, charger unit, transfer/separation charger
unit, scanner mirrors, slit glass, original glass
• When density is set to 0 (white)
If the test pattern is gray background image, determine whether the fault is with the process.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Charger, high voltage contact
• When density is set to 255 (black)
If the density is light, determine whether the fault is with the process.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Write unit
*
For information about setting the density, see "10.8.2 Test pattern density".
Note
• All print outputs in the user mode are outputted with 1-bit or 2-bit error diffusion. However, since
this pattern is output in 8-bit, an uneven density is apt to conspicuous. Therefore, when checking an uneven density in halftones (other than 0 and 255 in the density setting), be sure to use
the test pattern No. 9.
Test patterns
When the density is set to 70
When the density is set to 0
When the density is set to 255
1050fs3011c
422
10. SERVICE MODE
No.3 Gradation pattern (8-bit output)
[Check item]
• Check the pattern to see if the laser output of LD1/LD2 is uniform with the gradation continuously reproduced.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Write unit, LD offset adjustment
*
For LD offset adjustment, see "10.4.2 Drum peculiarity adjustment".
Test patterns
LD1 LD2
1050fs3054c
423
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
No.5 Gradation pattern (8-bit output)
[Check item]
• Check the pattern to see if the laser output of LD1/LD2 is uniform with the gradation continuously reproduced.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Write unit, LD offset adjustment
*
For LD offset adjustment, see "10.4.2 Drum peculiarity adjustment".
Test patterns
LD1 LD2
1050fs3012c
424
10. SERVICE MODE
Line screen halftone (8-bit output)
No.9 (created
by line dot pattern)
[Check item]
• Check if there is any uneven density or transfer jitter.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Moisture absorption of paper, developing unit, charger unit, transfer/separation charger unit, transfer jitter adjustment
*
For the transfer jitter adjustment see "12.4 Transfer jitter adjustment"
Note
• The density of halftone changes according to the test pattern density adjustment.
• All print outputs in the user mode are outputted with 1-bit or 2-bit error diffusion. However, since
this pattern is output in 8-bit, an uneven density is apt to conspicuous, but less conspicuous
than the test pattern No. 1.
Test patterns
1050fs3055c
425
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
No.11 Beam check (8-bit output)
[Check Items 1]
• Check the solid black pattern to see if there is uneven density found in the main scan and sub scan directions.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Charger unit, transfer/separation charger unit, developing unit, writing
dust-proof glass.
[Check Items 2]
• Check to see if there is any image repelling in the gradation pattern at the leading/trailing edge of the test
pattern in the sub scan direction.
[Recommended checkpoints]: transfer/separation charger unit
Test pattern
[1]
[2]
1050fs3013c
[1] Solid black pattern
426
[2] Gradation pattern
10. SERVICE MODE
No.16 Linearity evaluation pattern (1-bit error diffusion output)
[Check item]
Judge from this test pattern whether the scanner system or the printer system is abnormal.
Items that can be checked include main scan magnification, sub scan magnification, image skew, and leading
edge timing of the printer system. If the copy image is defective despite no abnormality being visible on the
test pattern, the scanner system is defective.
Test pattern
[1]
237mm
20mm
31mm
190mm
m
0m
28
205.7mm
28
0
m
m
190mm
[1]
190mm
1050fs3014c
[1] Edge of pager
427
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
10.8.2
Test pattern density
Set the density of test pattern.
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
10.8.3
Running test mode
Conduct a test while in the continuous print operation.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [06 Test Mode] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [02 Test Pattern Density] key.
4. "Test pattern density setting screen"
In this mode, the following items can be selected:
• Intermittent copy mode
After completion of the printing operation for the
set print count, the machine changes into the
ready state and waits for 0.5 sec. before resuming the same operation.
• Paperless running mode
Without detecting paper or jam, the printing
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
operation is made nearly at the same timing as
and press the [Set] key and then press the
the normal operation. In the same manner as the
[COPY] key.
intermittent mode, after completion of the print-
• Setting range: 0 (light) to 255 (dark).
5. Set the A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start
button to output the test pattern.
ing operation for the set print count, the machine
changes into the ready state and waits for 0.5
sec. before resuming the same operation.
• Paperless mode
Without detecting paper or jam, the printing
operation is made nearly at the same timing as
the normal operation.
• Paperless endless mode
The machine operates with the print count infinitely set automatically. In the same manner as
the paperless mode, without detecting paper or
jam, the printing operation is made nearly at the
same timing as the normal operation.
• Running mode
The printing operation is made in the paperless
endless mode plus the scanning operation and
the auto paper feed tray switching.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [06 Test Mode] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [03 Running Mode] key.
4. "Running mode menu screen"
Select a mode and press the [COPY] key.
5. Press the Start button to start the running test.
6. Press the STOP button to stop the running
test.
428
10.9 System setting
10.9.1
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. Software DIPSW setting screen
Software DIPSW setting
Configure settings for the software DIPSW.
NOTE
• DIPSW bits data are written into the parameter board (PB) every time a change is made.
Do not change data hastily, for they cannot
be automatically restored.
• Do not change any switch not described in
the service manual.
A. Procedure
[1] [2] [3]
[4]
1. Enter the service mode.
[1]
DIPSW number
[2]
8-bit switch values indicated in hexadeci-
screen.
[3]
Bit number (0 to 7)
Press the [01 Software SW Setting] key on the
[4]
Bit data: On (1), Off (0)
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [07 System Setting] key.
mals from 00 to FF.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
sub menu.
4. "Software switch setting mode screen"
Press the [S], [T] key or the numeric keys to
select a DIPSW bit number.
5. Press the [On (1)] or [Off (0)] key to set the
selected bit number ON/OFF.
6. Press the [Return] key to return to the "Service
mode menu screen" on which the sub menu
was displayed.
429
This section has been removed from the Field Service Manual.
For the complete and updated dipswitch list,
see the document "dipswitch list.pdf" in the
external documentation section of the TSM.
10. SERVICE MODE
*51 PJL JOB-EOJ support
10.9.2
If this setting is ON, the jobs which were divided into
Set the telephone number and FAX number of the
JOB/EOJ can be processed as one job.
service center displayed when malfunction occurs.
Mode
43-6
Supported
0
Non-supported
1
Telephone number setting
A. Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [07 System Setting] key.
*52 PS/TraySwitch default change
If "TraySwitch" which is one of the PostScript com-
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
mand is DipSW (0), when the in-use paper feed tray
screen.
gets empty, the tray will be automatically switched
Press the [02 Telephone Number Setting] key
into another tray which has the same PageSize or
on the sub menu.
MediaColor value.
4. "Customer support TEL/FAX setting screen"
Mode
43-7
ON
0
OFF
1
*53 Visual Count Master counter value read-off intervals
Press either the [Service Center Tel (16)] or the
[Service Center Fax (16)] key you want to set.
5. Enter the telephone number or FAX number
you register through the numeric keys.
Note
• When a number is less than 16 digits, be
Mode
46-0
46-1
Once every 10 minutes
0
0
Once every 1 minute
0
1
Not read off
1
0
Once every 1 hour
1
1
sure to use hyphen to fill up the blanks.
6. Press the [OK] key to register data.
Press the [Cancel] key to cancel the setting you
entered.
448-1
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
10.9.3
Serial number setting
10. SERVICE MODE
10.9.4
Setting date input
Set and display the serial number of the main body
Set the starting date of the total counter that is dis-
and options.
played on the utility mode.
When setting the DIPSW 16-4 to 1, the starting date
Caution:
• Never change the serial number of the main
body. Otherwise, the fixing temperature
abnormality or the drum damage may occur.
of the total counter is not displayed.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
A. Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [07 System Setting] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [03 M/C Serial Number Setting] key
on the sub menu.
4. "Serial number setting mode screen"
Press the key for the option you want to set,
Press the [07 System Setting] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [04 Setting Date Input] key on the
sub menu.
4. "Setting date input screen"
Enter the starting date through the numeric
keys.
5. Press the [OK] key to update data.
Press the [Cancel] key to cancel the setting you
updated.
and enter the serial number through the
numeric keys.
5. Press the [OK] key to register data.
Press the [Cancel] key to cancel the setting you
entered.
NOTE
• When the entered data is incorrect, a notice
screen appears. Press the [OK] key to close
the screen and enter data again.
449
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
10.10 ROM version
Display the ROM version of the main body and
options.
NOTE
• The [Image control] that is displayed on the
screen represents the ROM version of the
overall control board (OACB).
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [08 ROM Version] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [01 ROM Version]] key on the sub
menu.
4. "Indication of ROM version screen"
Each ROM version is displayed.
450
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
10. SERVICE MODE
10.11 CS Remote Care
10.11.1 Outline
The CS Remote Care is a system that manages the main body by sending and receiving various kinds of the
management data of the main body between the main body and the CS Remote Care center computer through
the phone line or E-mail.
It enables the main body to call the center computer, and the center computer to inquire regularly the main body
for various data.
The data handled by the CS Remote Care can be classified into the 3 following groups.
a. Data that allow you to grasp the use conditions of the main body, such as the total count and the PM count.
b. Data that give us the general information of when and how often an abnormality occurred with the main body.
c. All sorts of adjustment data
Note
• When the security enhanced mode is set to ON, the use of the main body NIC is not allowed.
10.11.2 Setup procedure of the CS Remote Care
When a change in use is made between the main body NIC and the controller NIC, or when the mail remote
notification system is jointly used, care should be taken of the mail account and the DIPSW setting.
For particulars, see "10.11.3 List of combinations of E-Mail CS Remote Care and Mail remote notification system".
In case you setup again the once setup main body, clear the RAM for CS Remote Care and start from step 5.
About how to clear the RAM for CS Remote Care, see "10.11.3 List of combinations of E-Mail CS Remote Care
and Mail remote notification system"
Step
Operation
When using the phone line modem
When using the E-mail
Main body NIC
Controller NIC
0
Registered the machine ID in the application on the CS Remote Care center side.
1
Modem connection
When using the E-mail, remove the modem for the
Turn off the power of the modem, connect the
phone line.
When the machine ID is not registered, no initial connection cannot be made.
main body and the modem with a modem cable,
and the modem and the wall outlet with a modular cable.
* For the connection of a modular cable, see the
instructions of the modem to be used.
2
I/O check mode and data collection clear available
3
CS Remote Care memory initialization
(Service mode → 07 System Setting → 01 Software SW Setting → Set 03-6 to "On (1)")
(Service mode → 04 Machine Condition → 01 I/O Check Mode → [1] [5] [ACCESS] [9] [8] → [Start]
button ON)
4
CS Remote Care function ON
(Service mode → 07 System Setting → 01 Software SW Setting → Set 15-5 to "On (1)")
451
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Step
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Operation
When using the phone line modem
When using the E-mail
Main body NIC
5
6
7
Proceed to the step 6.
CS Remote Care function selection
Controller NIC
CS Remote Care used
CS Remote Care used
NIC selection (main
NIC selection (controller
body NIC used)
NIC used)
(Service mode → 07
(Service mode → 07
System Setting → 01
System Setting → 01
Software SW Setting →
Software SW Setting →
Set 16-7 to "On (1)")
Set 16-7 to "Off (0)")
CS Remote Care function selection
(Service mode → 09 CS Remote Care → 01 CS
(Service mode → 09 CS Remote Care → 01 CS
Remote Care → Set 02 Modem)
Remote Care → Set 01 E-mail)
No. code entry
(Service mode → 09 CS Remote Care → 01 CS Remote Care → Press No. Code → Enter the No.
code* → Press No. Code)
* For the No. code, enter a specified code.
8
Date and time setting for the CS Remote Care
(Enter the No. code → Detail setting → 02 Date and time setting → Press Setting Time → Enter the
current time → Press SET → Press Time Zone → Enter the time zone)
9
Center ID setting
(Enter the No. code → Detail setting → 01 Basic setting → Press the Center No. → Enter the center
No.*)
* Enter the center No. in five digits.
10
11
Center telephone Number setting
Response time out setting: Optional
(Enter the No. code → Detail setting → 01 Basic
(Enter the No. code → Detail setting → 03
setting → Press Center Telephone Number →
Response time out setting → Enter the response
Enter the center telephone Number*)
time out time)
* Make an entry using "T" and "P" as required.
(This is usually left as default.)
Machine telephone Number setting
Proceed to the step 12.
(Enter the No. code → Detail setting → 01 Basic
setting → Press Machine Telephone Number →
Enter the machine telephone Number *)
* Make an entry using "T" and "P" as required.
12
452
Modem initialization AT command entry
Main body mail address
Controller mail address
(Enter the No. code → Detail setting → 04 AT
setting
setting
command → Press First command → Enter the
This is set from the Web
This is set by the admin-
initialization command *)
utility on the browser of
istrator set network set-
* For particulars of the initialization command,
the PC connected to
ting through the
see the instructions of the modem to be used.
the main body NIC by
operation panel of the
the network.
main body.
Be sure to conduct the
Be sure to conduct the
sending and receiving
sending and receiving
test.
test.
Step
10. SERVICE MODE
Operation
When using the phone line modem
When using the E-mail
Main body NIC
13
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
DIPSW setting for the CS Remote Care
Controller NIC
Proceed to the step 14.
(Enter the No. code → Detail setting → Software
SW setting)
(Baud rate setting: Select the baud rate at the
software DIPSW setting 01-4 to 7.)
14
Turn on and off the power switch (SW2) of the main body.
15
First call execution
Initial connection mail
Initial connection mail
(Service mode → 09 CS Remote Care → 01 CS
reception
reception
Remote Care → Press No. Code twice → Detail
The initial connection
The initial connection
setting → 01 Basic setting → First call*)
mail is sent to the mail
mail is sent to the mail
* When the connection to the center completes
address of the main
address of the controller
successfully, the CS Remote Care setting screen
body NIC from the cen-
NIC from the center.
is displayed.
ter.
* When the CS Remote
* When the CS Remote
Care related window is
Care related screen is
opened while receiving
opened while receiving
the initial connection
the initial connection
mail from the center, the
mail from the center, the
information being cre-
information being cre-
ated is destroyed and
ated is destroyed and
the CS Remote Care
the CS Remote Care
setting screen is dis-
setting screen is dis-
played.
played.
453
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
10.11.3 List of combinations of E-Mail CS Remote Care and Mail remote notification system
To change a combination of E-Mail CS Remote Care and Mail remote notification system, refer to this table to
configure the DIPSW setting or the mail account setting.
Case
Mail remote
E-Mail CS
E-Mail CS
notification
Remote Care
Remote Care
system
Setting item
Value
"Use the mail remote notification
Use
Remark
using the main using the conbody NIC
troller NIC
system" of the main body NIC’s
Web utility
1
{
{
—
"Service mode - Software
1
(*3)
DIPSW": 15-5 (*1)
"Service mode - Software
1
DIPSW": 16-7 (*2)
"Use the mail remote notification
Use
system" of the main body NIC
Web utility
2
{
—
{
"Service mode - Software
1
(*4)
DIPSW": 15-5 (*1)
"Service mode - Software
0
DIPSW": 16-7 (*2)
"Use the mail remote notification
Use
system" of the main body NIC
Web utility
3
{
—
—
"Service mode - Software
0
—
DIPSW": 15-5 (*1)
"Service mode - Software
0
DIPSW": 16-7 (*2)
"Use the mail remote notification
system" of the main body NIC
Do not
use
Web utility
4
—
{
—
"Service mode - Software
1
—
DIPSW": 15-5 (*1)
"Service mode - Software
1
DIPSW": 16-7 (*2)
"Use the mail remote notification
system" of the main body NIC
Do not
use
Web utility
5
—
—
{
"Service mode - Software
1
—
DIPSW": 15-5 (*1)
"Service mode - Software
0
DIPSW": 16-7 (*2)
*1
Service mode - Software DIPSW: 15-5 (CS Remote Care function ON, 0=OFF, 1=ON)
*2
Service mode - Software DIPSW: 16-7 (NIC selection of E-Mail CS Remote Care, 0=controller NIC, 1=main
*3
*4
454
body NIC)
Mail remote notification system and CS Remote Care using the main body NIC share the same mail account
Mail remote notification system and CS Remote Care using the controller NIC use separate mail accounts
10.11.4 Detailed setup procedure
A. I/O check mode, data collection clear valid
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [07 System Setting] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
10. SERVICE MODE
5. Set the bit data to "On (1)".
On (1): CS Remote Care function enabled
Off (0): CS Remote Care function disabled
(default)
6. Press the [Return] key to finish the configuration.
Press the [01 Software SW Setting] key.
4. "Software SW Setting screen"
Set "03" with the DIPSW number.
Set "6" with the DIPSW bit number.
5. Set the bit data to "On (1)".
On (1): I/O check mode, data collection clear
enabled
Off (0): I/O check mode, data collection clear
disabled (default)
6. Press the [Return] key to finish the configuration.
D. NIC selection for E-Mail CS Remote Care
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [07 System Setting] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [01 Software SW Setting] key.
4. "Software SW Setting screen"
Set "16" with the DIPSW number.
Set "7" with the DIPSW bit number.
5. Set the bit data to the NIC you use.
On (1): Use the main body NIC
B. CS Remote Care memory initialization
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Off (0): Use the controller NIC (default)
6. Press the [Return] key to finish the configuration.
Press the [04 Machine Condition] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [01 I/O Check Mode] key.
4. "I/O Check Mode screen"
Enter "15" with the numeric keys. Confirm that
"15-00" is displayed on the message display
area.
5. Press the [Access] button.
6. Enter "98" with the numeric keys.
7. Press the [Start] button.
Confirm that the output check display switches
to "FIN."
E. CS Remote Care function selection (E-Mail/
Phone line modem)
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [09 CS Remote Care] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [01 CS Remote Care] key.
4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"
Select the key for the function you use.
01 E-Mail: Use the E-Mail CS Remote Care
02 Modem: Use the Modem CS Remote Care
5. Press the [No. Code] key.
C. CS Remote Care function ON
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [07 System Setting] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [01 Software SW Setting] key.
4. "Software SW Setting screen"
Set "15" with the DIPSW number.
Set "5" with the DIPSW bit number.
6. Enter the No. code* with the numeric keys.
7. Press the [No. Code] key.
8. Press the [Detail setting] key.
9. "Setting menu screen"
Press the [02 Date and time setting] key.
10. Enter the date with the numeric keys, and
press the [Set] key.
11. Enter the month with the numeric keys, and
press the [Set] key.
455
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
12. "Date and Time setting screen"
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
*1
Enter the year in 2 digits with the numeric keys,
the screen other than numeric keys represent
and press the [Set] key.
13. Enter time with the numeric keys, and press the
[Set] key.
14. Press the [Time Zone] key.
15. Enter the time zone with the numeric keys, and
press the [Set] key.
16. Press the [OK] key to return to the "Setting
menu screen."
*
Enter the No. code that is assigned in advance.
F.
Modem initial setting
When entering the telephone number, keys on
the followings.
[ , ] Pause: holds the self-dial delivery for some time
[W] Wait: detects the destination dial tone
[T] Tone dial: tone dialing
[P] Pulse dial: pulse dialing
[—] Number delimiter: ignored when actually dialed
[*] [#] [•]: use as necessary
*2
Change the modem initialization command if
necessary (Usually, there is no need to change).
For details, refer to the manual of the modem.
G. Baud rate setting
1. "Modem setting menu screen"
Press the [01 Basic setting] key.
2. "Basic setting screen"
Press the [Center No.] key.
3. Enter the center ID with the keyboard, and
press the [OK] key.
4. Press the [Center Telephone Number] key.
5. Enter the center telephone number with the
numeric and symbolic keys.
Use [T]s and [P]s depending on the modem
and the phone line. *1
6. Press the [Machine Telephone Number] key.
7. Enter the machine telephone number with the
numeric and symbolic keys.
Use [T]s and [P]s depending on the modem
and the phone line. *1
8. Press the [OK] key to return to the "Modem setting menu screen."
9. "Modem setting menu screen"
Press the [04 AT command] key.
10. "AT command setting screen"
Press the [First command] key.
11. Enter the modem initialization command with
the keyboard, and press the [OK] key. *2
12. Press the [OK] key to return to the "Modem setting menu screen."
456
NOTE
• In case you changed bit data by accident, be
sure to restore the previous state.
1. "Modem setting menu screen"
Press the [05 Software SW setting] key.
2. "Software SW Setting screen"
Set "01" with the DIPSW number.
Set the modem baud rate using the DIPSW bit
number "4 to 7".*
3. Press the [Return] key to return to the "Modem
setting menu screen."
* Modem baud rate
Baud rate
01-7 01-6 01-5 01-4
1200 bps
0
0
1
1
2400 bps
0
1
0
0
4800 bps
0
1
0
1
9600 bps
0
1
1
0
19200 bps
0
1
1
1
38400 bps
1
0
0
0
57600 bps
1
0
0
1
10. SERVICE MODE
H. E-Mail initial setting
10.11.5 Software DIPSW setting for CS Remote
Care
1. "E-Mail Setting Menu screen"
Press the [01 Basic setting] key.
2. "Basic setting screen"
Press the [Center No.] key.
NOTE
• DIPSW bits data are written into the Parameter board (PB) every time a change is made.
3. Enter the center ID with the keyboard, and
In case you changed bit data by accident, be
press the [OK] key.
sure to restore the previous state.
4. Press the [OK] key to return to the "E-Mail Setting Menu screen."
5. "E-Mail Setting Menu screen"
Press the [03 Response time out setting] key. *
6. Enter the response time out time with the
numeric keys. (in minutes)
7. Press the [OK] key to return to the "E-Mail Setting Menu screen."
NOTE
• The response time out setting is automati-
A. Input procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [09 CS Remote Care] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [01 CS Remote Care] key.
4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"
Press the [No. Code] key.
5. Use the sheet setting keys to enter the No.
code. *1
cally set on receiving the initial connection
mail. Change the setting if necessary.
6. Press the [No. Code] key.
7. Press the [Detail setting] key.
8. "Setting menu screen"
Press the [05 Software SW Setting] key.
9. "Software SW Setting screen"
Select the DIPSW number.
Use the left arrow key or the numeric keys.
10. Select the DIPSW bit number.
Use the right arrow key or the numeric keys.
11. Select DIPSW On (1), Off (0).
Use the [On (1)], [Off (0)] key.
12. Press the [Return] key to return to the "Setting
menu screen."
*1
If the No. code is already entered, confirm that
No. code.
NOTE
• About functions of each switch, see to "B.
List of software DIPSW for CS Remote Care".
457
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. List of software DIPSW for CS Remote Care
Note
• Do not change any bit not described on this table.
DIPSW No
Bit
DIPSW1
0
—
1
Modem reception
2
3
4
DIPSW2
Functions
0
1
—
—
Default
1
Receive*1
Do not receive*1
0
—
—
—
0
—
—
—
0
Baud rate
*2
*2
0
5
*2
*2
0
6
*2
*2
0
7
*2
*2
1
1
0
Auto call on SC occurrence
Do not call
Call
1
Auto call on date specification
Do not call
Call
1
2
Auto call on the part replacement
Do not call
Call
1
3
Auto call on the drum replacement
Do not call
Call
1
4
Auto call on the periodic maintenance
Do not call
Call
1
(PM)
DIPSW3
5
—
—
—
0
6
—
—
—
0
7
—
—
—
0
0
—
—
—
0
1
Auto call on the toner supply
Do not call
Call
1
2
Auto call on frequent JAM occurrence
Do not call
Call
1
—
—
—
0
CS Remote Care communication mode
*3
*3
0
*3
*3
1
—
—
—
0
Modem redial interval
*4
*4
1
1
*4
*4
1
2
*4
*4
0
3
*4
*4
0
—
—
—
0
Modem redial times
*5
*5
0
1
*5
*5
1
2
*5
*5
0
3
*5
*5
1
4
*5
*5
0
5
*5
*5
0
6
*5
*5
0
—
—
0
Do not redial
Redial
1
—
—
0
3 to 7
DIPSW4
0
1
2 to 7
DIPSW5
0
4 to 7
DIPSW6
0
7
DIPSW7
0
1 to 7
458
—
Redial for response time out
—
10. SERVICE MODE
DIPSW No
Bit
Functions
0
1
Default
DIPSW8
0
Retransmission interval on E-Mail delivery
*6
*6
0
1
error
*6
*6
1
2
*6
*6
1
3
*6
*6
0
—
—
—
0
0
Retransmission times on E-Mail delivery
*7
*7
0
1
error
*7
*7
1
2
*7
*7
0
3
*7
*7
1
4
*7
*7
0
5
*7
*7
0
6
*7
*7
0
4 to 7
DIPSW9
DIPSW10
DIPSW11
DIPSW12
DIPSW13
7
—
—
—
0
0
Time zone setting
*8
*8
0
1
*8
*8
0
2
*8
*8
0
3
*8
*8
0
4
*8
*8
0
5
*8
*8
0
6
*8
*8
0
7
*8
*8
0
0
Timer 1
*9
*9
0
1
RING reception → CONNECT reception
*9
*9
0
2
*9
*9
0
3
*9
*9
0
4
*9
*9
0
5
*9
*9
1
6
*9
*9
0
7
*9
*9
0
0
Timer 2
*10
*10
0
1
Dial request completed → CONNECT
*10
*10
0
2
reception
*10
*10
0
3
*10
*10
0
4
*10
*10
0
5
*10
*10
0
6
*10
*10
1
7
*10
*10
0
0
Timer 3
—
—
0
1
Not used
—
—
1
2
—
—
0
3
—
—
1
4
—
—
0
459
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
DIPSW No
Bit
0
1
Default
DIPSW13
5
Timer 3
Functions
—
—
0
6
Not used
—
—
0
—
—
0
7
DIPSW14
DIPSW15
DIPSW16
DIPSW17
DIPSW18
0
Timer 4
*11
*11
0
1
Line connection → Start request telegram
*11
*11
0
2
delivery
*11
*11
0
3
*11
*11
0
4
*11
*11
0
5
*11
*11
1
6
*11
*11
0
7
*11
*11
0
0
Timer 5
*12
*12
0
1
Wait time for other side's response
*12
*12
1
2
*12
*12
1
3
*12
*12
1
4
*12
*12
1
5
*12
*12
0
6
*12
*12
0
7
*12
*12
0
0
Retry data, timer 6
*13
*13
1
1
Initialization OK → Dial request
*13
*13
1
2
*13
*13
1
3
*13
*13
1
4
*13
*13
1
5
*13
*13
1
6
*13
*13
1
7
*13
*13
1
*14
1
0
Call JAM date (main body)
*14
1
Valid copy quantity
*14
*14
0
2
Call ADF JAM date
*15
*15
1
3
Valid original feed quantity
*15
*15
0
4
Call JAM date
*16
*16
1
5
MCBJ setting
*16
*16
0
6
Call ADF JAM date
*17
*17
1
0
7
MOBJ setting
0
Attention display
*17
*17
Do not call
Call
1
1 to 7
—
—
—
0
DIPSW19 to 0 to 7
—
—
—
0
DIPSW40
460
1
*1
10. SERVICE MODE
Modem reception
*6
Mode
01-1
Receive
Mode
0
Issue ATA by RING delivery
Do not receive
1
Do not issue ATA by RING delivery
*2
Retransmission interval on E-Mail delivery error
Baud rate
Mode
01-7 01-6 01-5 01-4
08-3 08-2 08-1 08-0
0 minute
0
0
0
0
10 minutes
0
0
0
1
20 minutes
0
0
1
0
30 minutes
0
0
1
1
40 minutes
0
1
0
0
50 minutes
0
1
0
1
60 minutes
0
1
1
0
1200 bps
0
0
1
1
70 minutes
0
1
1
1
2400 bps
0
1
0
0
80 minutes
1
0
0
0
4800 bps
0
1
0
1
90 minutes
1
0
0
1
9600 bps
0
1
1
0
100 minutes
1
0
1
0
19200 bps
0
1
1
1
110 minutes
1
0
1
1
38400 bps
1
0
0
0
120 minutes
1
1
0
0
57600 bps
1
0
0
1
*7
*3
Retransmission times on E-Mail delivery error
CS Remote Care communication mode
Mode
Mode
03-1
03-0
Data modem
0
0
0 to 9 times
FAX (not used)
0
1
10 times
E-Mail
1
0
11 to 99 times
Reservation
1
1
*8
*4
Modem redial interval
4
3
2
1
0
000 0000 to 000 1001
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
000 1011 to 110 0011
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DIPSW10
05-3 05-2 05-1 05-0
1 minute
0
0
0
1
-12 to -1
2 minutes
0
0
1
0
0
3 minutes
0
0
1
1
1 to 12
4 minutes
0
1
0
0
5 minutes
0
1
0
1
6 minutes
0
1
1
0
7 minutes
0
1
1
1
Mode
8 minutes
1
0
0
0
DIPSW11
*9
1111 0100 to 1111 1111
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0000 0001 to 0001100
Timer 1 (RING reception → CONNECT reception)
9 minutes
1
0
0
1
0 to 31 sec
10 minutes
1
0
1
0
32 sec
33 to 255 sec
*5
5
Time zone setting
Mode
Mode
6
DIPSW09
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0000 0000 to 0001 1111
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0010 0001 to 1111 1111
Modem redial times
Mode
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DIPSW06
0 to 9 times
10 times
11 to 99 times
000 0000 to 000 1001
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
000 1011 to 110 0011
461
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
*10 Timer 2 (Dial request completed → CONNECT
reception)
Mode
Valid original feed quantity
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0 to 63 sec
0000 0000 to 0011 1111
0
65 to 255 sec
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0100 0001 to 1111 1111
*11 Timer 4 (Line connection → Start request telegram delivery)
Mode
7
0 to 31 (x 100 msec)
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0010 0001 to 1111 1111
(x 100 msec)
7
0 to 29 sec
6
5
4
3
2
1
31 to 255 sec
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0001 1111 to 1111 1111
*13 Retry data, timer 6 (Initialization OK → Dial
request)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DIPSW16
0 to 254 (x 5 msec)
0000 0000 to 1111 1110
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
*14 Call JAM date (main body)
Valid copy quantity
Mode
462
17-1
17-0
3000 copies
0
0
6000 copies
0
1
9000 copies
1
0
12000 copies
1
1
1
1
1800 sheets
1
0
2400 sheets
1
1
*16 Call JAM date
17-5
17-4
1000
Mode
0
0
2000
0
1
3000
1
0
5000
1
1
0
0000 0000 to 0001 1101
0
255 (x 5 msec)
0
MOBJ setting
DIPSW15
Mode
0
1200 sheets
*17 Call ADF JAM date
*12 Timer 5 (Wait time for other side's response)
30 sec
17-2
0
0
0000 0000 to 0001 1111
33 to 255
Mode
17-3
600 sheets
MCBJ setting
DIPSW14
32 (x 100 msec)
Mode
0
DIPSW12
64 sec
*15 Call ADF JAM date
1
17-7
17-6
100
Mode
0
0
200
0
1
400
1
0
600
1
1
10.11.6 Mail address setting
A. Procedure for setting the main body NIC
Display the Web utility on the browser of the PC that
10. SERVICE MODE
5. Click [E-Mail Initial Setting]. The mail initial setting screen is displayed.
is connected to this machine by the network to set
the mail address. The mail setting method of the CS
Remote Care that uses the main body NIC is the
same as that for the mail remote notification system.
Corresponding browser: Internet Explorer 5.5 or
Netscape4.7x or above
1. Start up the PC that is connected to this
machine by the network.
2. Open the browser and select "Open" in the file
menu.
3. Enter the IP address of this machine or the host
name, and press the [Enter] key. The main page
of the Web utility screen of this machine is displayed.
4. Click [Extension for maintenance].
Enter "ce" for the user name and then enter the
8-digit CE password (default: 92729272) for
the password, and then click the [OK] button.
The CE extended function screen is displayed.
463
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
6. Set the following items.
• Enable E-mail notification:
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Supplement:
[Communication log]
Select "Yes."
The CE extended function page shows 5 sent-out
The setting method of the CS Remote Care
and 5 received mail logs. The CS Remote Care
that uses the main body NIC is the same as
related mails are displayed as "Kind: CS Remote
that of the mail remote notification system.
Care Mail."
• Sending mail (SMTP) server:
Set the IP address of the sending mail server.
• Interval between fetching mails:
Set the intervals from 1 minute to 60 minutes to
check the receiving mail server to see if a mail is
newly received.
• Receiving mail server:
Set the IP address of the receiving mail server.
• Kind of mail spool:
Select either of POP3 and IMAP according to
the mail server to be used by the main body.
Default: "POP3"
• User name on the server:
Enter the account name assigned to the main
body by the receiving mail server.
• Password:
Enter the password to the above account
name.
• E-mail address of this copy machine:
1. Press the [Utility] button on the operation panel.
2. "Utility menu screen"
Press the [06 Machine Manager Setting] key.
3. "Machine manager setting menu screen"
Press the [04 Network Setting] key.
4. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [02 Controller NIC Setting] key.
5. "Controller NIC setting menu screen"
Press the [11 CSRC] key.
6. "CSRC setting menu screen"
Press the [01 CSRC Send Setting] key.
7. Configure the following items.
• CSRC Send
Select [Yes].
• SMTP Server Address
Enter the mail address assigned to the main
Specify the SMTP server address. You can use
body.
symbols and alphanumeric characters within
• CE password:
Enter any alphanumeric characters (including
symbols) up to 20 characters.
• Enable POP (IMAP) before SMTP:
After authentication is made by the receiving
63 characters.
• Port Number
Specify the SMTP port number within the range
from 1 to 65535. Default is [25].
• Connection Time Out Time
mail server, a selection is made if the mail is to
Specify the SMTP time out time with in the
be sent out or not. Default: "To be sent."
range from 30 to 300 (sec). Default is [60] sec-
* : Change "SMTP port No." and "POP (IMAP)
port No." as necessary.
* : "Nickname for the copier," "Mail transfer
option," "E-mail address for transfer" and "Dis-
onds.
• Machine Manager From Address
Specify the From address of mails from the
controller NIC.
play of the time required in the mail" are set for
==========================
the mail remote notification system. Set them
In case you use a server in which authentication is
as necessary.
required for sending and receiving mails, press the
7. Press the [Apply] button to decide the entry.
[Next] key to configure necessary settings.
8. Click the [Sending and Receiving test] button to
8. Press the [OK] key.
conduct the sending and receiving test of the
mail.
When the test is completed successfully, proceed to the next step. When the test fails,
check the setting again according to the error
message to conduct the test once more.
464
B. Procedure for setting the Controller NIC
9. "CSRC setting menu screen"
Press the [02 CSRC Receive Setting] key.
10. Configure the following items.
• CSRC Receive
Select [Yes].
• POP Server Address
Specify the POP server address. You can use
symbols and alphanumeric characters within
63 characters.
• User Name
Enter the user name to login to the POP server.
You can use symbols and alphanumeric characters within 63 characters.
10. SERVICE MODE
10.11.7 Modem First Call
Send the machine ID and telephone number to the
CS Remote Care center computer to establish connection with the center.
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [09 CS Remote Care] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [01 CS Remote Care] key.
4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"
Press the [No. Code] key.
• Password
Enter the password to login to the POP server.
5. Enter the No. code with the numeric keys. *1
You can use symbols and alphanumeric char-
6. Press the [No. Code] key.
acters within 16 characters.
7. Press the [Detail setting] key.
• APOP
Select [On] to use the APOP function.
• Port Number
Specify the POP port number within the range
from 1 to 65535. Default is [110].
• Connection Time Out Time
8. "Setting menu screen"
Press the [01 Basic setting] key.
9. "Basic setting screen"
Press the [First Call] key.
10. Confirm that the connection with the center is
properly completed. *2
Specify the POP time out time with in the range
When properly completed, the "CS Remote
from 30 to 300 (sec). Default is [60] seconds.
Press the [Next] key to configure the following two
Care setting screen" appears.
*1
If the No. code is already entered, confirm that
*2
In case an error occurred in the communication
No. code.
settings.
• Auto Check
Select [Yes].
• Auto Check Interval Time
Specify the interval between checking new
with the center, check the displayed code. For
details on error codes, see "10.11.14 Error code
list".
mails within the range from 1 to 60 (minutes).
Default is 15 minutes.
11. Press the [OK] key.
12. "CSRC setting menu screen"
Press the [03 CSRC Communication Test] key.
13. "CSRC Communication Test"
Press the [Start] key.
Confirm that the sending and receiving are correctly performed and go to next step. If the test
failed, re-confirm the settings and perform the
test again following the error message.
465
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
10.11.8 Receiving the initial connection mail
In case E-Mails are used, after settings are done on
the main body, the center needs to send an initial
connection mail to the mail address of the main body,
thus enabling mail transmission between the center
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
10.11.9 Setup confirmation
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [09 CS Remote Care] key.
and the main body.
3. "Sub menu screen"
MEMO:
4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"
Press the [01 CS Remote Care] key.
• About how to send the initial connection mail, refer
to the CS Remote Care center's manual.
• Mail transmission are possible only between the
center and the main body that the initial connection has been established.
• The initial connection mail is sent from the center.
The mail address of the center used then is stored
in the main body.
• To check the center's mail address on the main
body, output "Machine Management List." Procedure: Service mode → 05 List Output → 01 List
Output → Machine Management List. Press the
[COPY] key at upper left of the screen to output
the list from the basic screen.
466
Make sure that only selected items for
"Modem" or "E-Mail" are displayed.
10. SERVICE MODE
10.11.10 Maintenance call
10.11.11 Center call from manager
As the CE starts the maintenance, enter the ID code
If the setup of CS Remote Care is completed, the
of CE (7-digit number with which each CE is identi-
manager can call the center of CS Remote Care.
fied, managed by a distributor.) to notify the center
the start of maintenance. After the maintenance,
pressing the maintenance completion key notifies the
center the completion of maintenance.
1. Enter the utility mode.
2. "Utility Menu screen"
Press the [06 Machine Manager Setting] key.
3. "Machine manager setting menu screen"
<At the start of maintenance>
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [09 CS Remote Care] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [01 CS Remote Care] key.
4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"
Press the [06 System Connection] key.
4. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [01 User Call] key.
5. "User Call screen"
Press the [Start] key.
If the setup is not completed, or if other call is
made, the [Start] key is grayed out, disabling to
make a call.
Press the [No. Code] key.
5. Enter the No. code with the numeric keys.
About how to call the center and send various data of
6. Press the [No. Code] key.
the main body on the specified date and time, refer to
the CS Remote Care center's manual.
During the maintenance, the [Start] button blinks until
the completion of the maintenance.
<At the end of maintenance>
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [09 CS Remote Care] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [01 CS Remote Care] key.
4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"
Press the [Maintenance comp] key.
467
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
10.11.12 Confirm communication log
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
10.11.13 Initialization of RAM for CS Remote
You can output and confirm the communication log.
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [05 List Output] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Care
Initializing the RAM for CS Remote Care enables you
to perform the setup again.
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [09 CS Remote Care] key.
Press the [01 List Output] key.
4. "List output mode menu screen"
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [01 CS Remote Care] key.
Press the [Communication Log List] key.
5. Press the [COPY] key to output the list from the
4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"
Press the [No. Code] key.
basic screen.
5. Enter the No. code with the numeric keys. *1
For details of logs, see "10.7 List output".
6. Press the [No. Code] key.
7. Press the [Detail setting] key.
8. "Setting menu screen"
Press the [04 RAM Clear] key.
9. "RAM Clear setting screen"
10. The confirmation screen appears.
Press the [OK] key.
11. The RAM is cleared, and the "CS Remote Care
setting screen" appears.
12. Perform the setup again if necessary.
*1
If the No. code is already entered, confirm that
No. code.
468
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
10.11.14 Error code list
Error code
K00_00
Error
Connection NG (Cannot connect from the modem,
Solution
Redial and wait for re-reception.
timed out).
K00_01
No response (After connection, no start telegram
Redial and wait for re-reception.
from the center detected).
K00_02
Copying. Could not be written in non-volatile memory, and line disconnected.
K00_03
Center ID mismatch.
Confirm the center ID.
K00_04
Serial number mismatch.
Confirm the serial number.
Grammar error (when receiving undefined com-
Redial.
K00_05
mands or parameters).
K00_06
Received a write order for an unwritable item.
K00_07
Unread item error.
K00_08
Signal reception time out after a response detection
Redial.
(after the start telegram shuttled).
K00_09
Already registered serial number.
K00_10
Communication error occurred because of the car-
Redial.
rier OFF (NO CARRIER detected in the modem).
K00_11
Dialtone (NO DIALTONE) detected in the modem.
Redial.
K00_12
Busy signal (BUSY) detected in the modem.
Redial.
K00_13
NO ANSWER detected in the modem.
Redial.
K00_14
Telegram error (irregular telegram received in
Retry standard times, and redial.
K00_15
Serial number not registered in the center (4 x 40
response to the telegram you sent).
telegrams received).
K00_16
Errors not defined in the above -00 to 15 (last 2 dig-
Redial.
its).
K00_17
Telephone number you must call was not registered.
K01_00
DSR turned OFF or remains turned OFF.
K01_01
Error on creating a message queue.
K01_02
Error on generating a task.
K01_03
Error on sending a message.
K01_04
Error on receiving a message.
K01_05
Received an error (NG) from the timer task.
K02_01
Modem initialization NG.
K03_00
Center call evacuation buffer is full. Cannot evacuate
any more.
K05_90
Because of memory shortage, unable to secure
enough area for sending a mail.
469
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Error code
K05_92
Error
Solution
Controller in operation: unable to send a mail
In the manual transmission, retry
because the controller is in operation.
when the controller is idling. In the
auto transmission, an automatic retry
is performed after 1 minute.
K05_93
Mail sending error: an error was returned on sending
In the auto transmission, an auto-
a mail.
matic retry is performed after the
specified time. Check if there is no
fault in the network environment and
the network settings.
K05_94
Machine in operation: unable to send a mail because
In the manual transmission, retry
the machine is in operation.
when the machine is idling. In the
auto transmission, an automatic retry
is performed after 1 minute.
K05_95
Controller not connected: unable to send a mail
Check the connection between the
because the controller is not connected.
controller and the main body.
K05_96
Controller-driven SC: unable to send a mail because
In case of the controller-driven SC, a
of a controller-driven SC (49-xx).
mail cannot be sent through the controller. Use a telephone. This error do
not occur in the main body NIC.
*
The shaded error codes are the ones that may occur when a transmission is made from the main body to
the center.
10.11.15 Troubleshooting
Check the followings when the main body neither receives the initial connection mail nor returns a response.
1) The center ID or the machine ID are not set in the main body.
2) The center ID or the machine ID are different (A machine ID error is not returned at the initial connection).
3) CS Remote Care function is disabled, or the phone line is selected in the CS Remote Care function selection.
4) Communication between the main body and the mail server is not proper (Check this with a transmission
test).
470
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
10.12 ISW
9. "Stapling Center Position Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press
See "5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP".
the [Set] key.
• Setting range: -20 (in front) to +20 (in back)
10.13 Finisher adjustment
1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be
10.13.1 Staple Finisher adjustment
obtained.
Conduct various settings of the FS.
A. Stapling center position adjustment
B. Paper Width (Straight Mode)
Adjust the center position of the staple while in stapling.
Adjust an uneven paper stack (main scanning direction)
on the main tray in non-sort and sort mode.
This adjustment adjusts the position of the alignment
(1) Procedure
plate while in alignment.
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
(1) Procedure
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [01 Staple Position Adj.] key on the sub
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
menu.
4. "Staple Finisher adjustment mode screen"
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [01 Stapling Center Position Adjustment]
Press the [01 Stapler Position Adj.] key on the sub
key.
menu.
5. "Stapling Center Position Adjustment screen"
4. "Staple Finisher adjustment mode screen"
Press the [02 Paper Width Adjustment] key.
Press the [COPY] key.
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and select the 2 sta-
5. "Stapling Paper Width Adj. screen"
plings. Press the Start button to output the test pat-
Press the [Straight Mode] key and press the
tern (No.16).
[COPY] key .
7. Fold the outputted paper in half in the paper feed
6. Select the paper size according to the item you
direction to check the misalignment with the sta-
want to adjusted and press the Start button to out-
pling center position.
put a test pattern (No. 16).
7. Open the front door of the FS and pull out the
• Standard value: a = ± 3mm
stacker.
Note
• If the length of the paper is longer than 239 mm
[1]
in sub-scanning direction, the paper edge will
hanging out of the stacker. In that case, remove
a
the paper through the paper opening section
before pulling out the stacker, and reload the
[2]
paper in the stacker.
8. Measure the gap between the paper in the stacker
fs503fs3011ca
[1] Paper center
[2] Stapling center position
8. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
and the alignment plate.
Standard value: 0.1 to 1 mm
9. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
10. "Stapling Paper Width Adj. screen"
Use the [Next] and [Back] key to select the paper
size you want to adjust.
471
11. "Stapling Paper Width Adj. screen"
Enter a value with the numeric keys and press the
[Set] key.
10. SERVICE MODE
11. "Stapling Paper Width Adj. screen"
Enter a value with the numeric keys and press the
[Set] key.
• Setting range: -20 (wide) to +20 (narrow)
• Setting range: -20 (wide) to +20 (narrow)
1 step = 0.1 mm
12. Repeat steps 5 to 11 until the standard value can be
obtained.
1 step = 0.1 mm
12. Repeat steps 5 to 11 until the standard value can be
obtained.
C. Paper Width (Staple Mode)
Adjust an uneven paper stack (main scanning direction)
on the main tray in non-sort and sort mode.
This adjustment adjusts the position of the alignment
plate while in alignment.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [01 Stapler Position Adj.] key on the sub
menu.
4. "Staple Finisher adjustment mode screen"
Press the [02 Paper Width Adjustment] key.
5. "Stapling Paper Width Adj. screen"
Press the [Staple Mode] key and press the [COPY]
key .
6. Select the paper size according to the item you
want to adjusted and press the Start button to output a test pattern (No. 16).
7. Open the front door of the FS and pull out the
stacker.
Note
• If the length of the paper is longer than 239 mm
in sub-scanning direction, the paper edge will
hanging out of the stacker. In that case, remove
the paper through the paper opening section
before pulling out the stacker, and reload the
paper in the stacker.
8. Measure the gap between the paper in the stacker
and the alignment plate.
Standard value: 0 ± 0.5 mm
9. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
10. "Stapling Paper Width Adj. screen"
Use the [Next] and [Back] key to select the paper
size you want to adjust.
2
471
471-1
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
10.13.2 Multi folder (hole-punch) adjustment
Conduct the FD punch related adjustment.
A. Paper width adjustment
When a large mis-alignment is found with the position
of a punch hole, use a corresponding paper size to
adjust the width of the alignment plate.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on
the right side of the
screen.
Press the [02 Multi Folder (Punch) Adj.] key on
the sub menu.
4. "Multi Folder (Hole-Punch) adj. menu screen"
Press the [01 Paper Width Adjustment] key.
5. "Paper Width Adjustment screen"
Press the [COPY] key.
6. Set paper you want to adjust in the tray, the
number of copies is set to 10 and press the
Start button.
7. Check the diameter of the through-hole when
the ejected paper is stacked.
No. of holes
Standard value (mm)
2 & 4 holes
φ 5.0 or larger
3 holes
φ 6.5 or larger
8. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
9. "Paper Width Adjustment screen"
Use the [Next] and [Back] key to select the
paper size you want to adjust.
10. Enter the set value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-20 (n arrow) to +20 (wide)
1 step = 0.1 mm
Note
• When the alignment plate is wider than an
appropriate position, the punch centering
is displaced, and when too narrow, the
punch holes are apt to disperse.
11. Repeat steps 5 to 10 un
can be obtained.
472
til the standard value
10. SERVICE MODE
B. Hole-punch vertical position adjustment
Adjust punch holes in the sub scan direction.
11. Enter a value through the numeric keys and
press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-40 (wide) to +40 (narrow)
(1) Procedure
1 step = 0.1 mm
12. Repeat steps 5 to 11 until the standard value
1. Enter the service mode.
can be obtained.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
13. To configure other punch hole/paper size,
repeat steps 5 to 11.
screen.
Press the [02 Multi Folder (Punch) Adj.] key on
the sub menu.
4. "Multi Folder (Hole-Punch) adj. menu screen"
Press the [02 Hole-Punch Vertical Position
Adjustment] key.
5. "Punch Vertical Position Adj. screen"
Press the [COPY] key.
6. Set the paper of the paper size you want to
adjust in the tray, and select the number of
punch holes. Press the Start button to output
the test pattern (No.16).
7. Check the distance a from the outputted paper
leading edge to the punch holes center position.
a
fs503fs3013c
Holes
Standard value a (mm)
2 & 4 holes
10.5 ± 5.0
3 holes
9.5 ± 5.0
8. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
9. "Punch Vertical Position Adj. screen"
Use the [Next] and [Back] key to select the
paper size you want to adjust.
10. Press the punch hole key you want to adjust.
473
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
10.13.3 Multi folder (Fold) adjustment
B. Letter fold-in position adjustment
Conduct the FD folding related adjustment.
Adjust the folding position on the letter fold-in printing
mode.
A. Folding position adjustment
Adjust the folding position on the fold printing.
NOTE
• When adjusting both the single fold and the
(1) Procedure
double fold, be sure to start with the double
fold.
1. Enter the service mode.
• The position of the single fold is based on the
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
leading edge of paper and the position of the
double fold is based on the position of the
single fold. So, the dimension "b" in the step
screen.
7 varies when either position of the single fold
Press the [03 Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.] key on the
and the double fold is changed.
sub menu.
4. "Multi Folder (Fold) adj. mode screen"
Press the [01 Folding Position Adjustment] key.
5. "Folding Position Adjustment screen"
Press the [COPY] key.
6. Set the paper of the paper size you want to
adjust in the tray. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.16).
7. Check the misalignment "a" on the edge of the
outputted paper.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [03 Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.] key on the
sub menu.
4. "Multi Folder (Fold) adj. mode screen"
• Standard value a: ± 1.5 mm
Press the [02 Letter Fold-in Position Adjustment] key.
a
5. "Letter Fold-in Position Adjustment screen"
Press the [COPY] key.
6. Set the paper of the paper size you want to
fs503fs3014c
8. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
9. "Folding Position Adjustment screen"
Use the [Next] and [Back] key to select the
paper size you want to adjust.
10. Enter a value through the numeric keys and
press the [Set] key.
• Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• In the case of the mis-alignment given in the
step 7, enter a set value on the positive side.
11. Repeat steps 5 to 10 until the standard value
can be obtained.
12. To configure other paper size, repeat steps 5 to
11.
474
adjust in the tray. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.16).
10. SERVICE MODE
C. Letter fold-out position adjustment
7. Check "a" and "b" on the outputted paper.
Adjust the folding position on the letter fold-out printing mode.
b
NOTE
[1]
a
• The position of the single fold is based on the
leading edge of paper and the position of the
[2]
double fold is based on the position of the
single fold. So, the dimension "a" and "b" in
a03uf3c019ca
[1] Single fold
Paper size
[2] Double fold
the step 7 varies when either position of the
single fold and the double fold is changed.
Standard value (mm)
a± 1.5
b± 1.5
(1) Procedure
A3
139.0
142.0
1. Enter the service mode.
B4
120.3
123.3
2. "Service mode menu screen"
A4S
98.0
101.0
12 x 18
151.4
154.4
11 x 17
142.9
145.9
screen.
81/2 x 14
117.5
120.5
Press the [03 Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.] key on the
81/2 x 11S
92.1
95.1
8K
129.0
132.0
8. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
9. "Letter Fold-in Position Adjustment screen"
Use the [Next] and [Back] key to select the
paper size you want to adjust.
10. Press the [Double Fold] key.
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
sub menu.
4. "Multi Folder (Fold) adj. mode screen"
Press the [03 Letter Fold-out Pos. Adjustment]
key.
5. "Letter Fold-out Pos. Adjustment screen"
Press the [COPY] key.
6. Set the paper of the paper size you want to
adjust in the tray. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.16).
11. Enter a value through the numeric keys and
press the [Set] key.
• Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "a" in the step 7 gets larger
when the set value is moved to the positive side
and gets smaller when moved to the negative
side.
12. Press the [Single Fold] key.
13. Enter a value through the numeric keys and
press the [Set] key.
• Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "b" in the step 7 gets larger
when the set value is moved to the positive side
and gets smaller when moved to the negative
side.
14. Repeat steps 5 to 13 until the standard value
can be obtained.
2
475
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
D. Double parallel position adjustment
7. Check "a" and "b" on the outputted paper.
Adjust the folding position on the double parallel position.
b
NOTE
[1]
a
[2]
Paper size
[2] Double fold
Standard value (mm)
b± 1.5
A3
282.0
144.0
B4
243.7
123.3
A4S
199.0
101.0
12 x 18
306.8
156.4
11 x 17
289.9
147.9
81/2 x 14
238.1
120.5
81/2 x 11S
187.3
95.1
8K
262.0
134.0
8. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
9. "Letter Fold-out Pos. Adjustment screen"
Use the [Next] and [Back] key to select the
paper size you want to adjust.
10. Press the [Single Fold] key.
11. Enter a value through the numeric keys and
press the [Set] key.
• Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "a" in the step 7 gets larger
when the set value is moved to the plus side
and gets smaller when moved to the minus
side.
12. Press the [Double Fold] key.
13. Enter a value through the numeric keys and
press the [Set] key.
• Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "b" in the step 7 gets larger
when the set value is moved to the positive side
and gets smaller when moved to the negative
side.
14. Repeat steps 5 to 13 until the standard value
476
2
• The position of the single fold is based on the
leading edge of paper and the position of the
a± 1.5
can be obtained.
double fold, be sure to start with the double
fold.
a03uf3c020ca
[1] Single fold
• When adjusting both the single fold and the
double fold is based on the position of the
single fold. So, the dimension "b" in the step
7 varies when either position of the single fold
and the double fold is changed.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [03 Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.] key on the
sub menu.
4. "Multi Folder (Fold) adj. mode screen"
Press the [04 Double Parallel Position Adjustment] key.
5. "Double Parallel Pos. Adj. screen"
Press the [COPY] key.
6. Set the paper of the paper size you want to
adjust in the tray. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.16).
10. SERVICE MODE
7. Check "a" and "b" on the outputted paper.
E. Z-fold position adjustment
Adjust the folding position on the Z-fold position.
NOTE
b
[1]
• When adjusting both the single fold and the
double fold, be sure to start with the single
a
fold.
• The position of the single fold is based on the
[2]
leading edge of paper and the position of the
a03uf3c021ca
[1] Single fold
Paper size
[2] Double fold
double fold is based on the position of the
single fold. So, the dimension "b" in the step
Standard value (mm)
a± 1.5
b± 1.5
A3
208.5
103.8
B4
180.5
89.8
7 varies when either position of the single fold
and the double fold is changed.
(1) Procedure
A4S
147.0
73.0
1. Enter the service mode.
12 x 18
227.1
113.1
2. "Service mode menu screen"
11 x 17
214.4
106.7
81/2 x 14
176.3
87.7
81/2 x 11S
138.2
68.6
8K
193.5
96.3
8. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
9. "Double Parallel Pos. Adj. screen"
Use the [Next] and [Back] key to select the
paper size you want to adjust.
10. Press the [Single Fold] key.
11. Enter a value through the numeric keys and
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [03 Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.] key on the
sub menu.
4. "Multi Folder (Fold) adj. mode screen"
Press the [05 Z-Fold Position Adjustment] key.
5. "Z-Fold Position Adjustment screen"
Press the [COPY] key.
6. Set the paper of the paper size you want to
adjust in the tray. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.16).
press the [Set] key.
• Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "a" in the step 7 gets smaller
when the set value is moved to the positive side
and gets larger when moved to the negative
side.
12. Press the [Double Fold] key.
13. Enter a value through the numeric keys and
press the [Set] key.
• Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "b" in the step 7 gets smaller
when the set value is moved to the positive side
and gets larger when moved to the negative
side.
14. Repeat steps 5 to 13 until the standard value
can be obtained.
2
477
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
7. Check "a" and "b" on the outputted paper.
13. Enter a value through the numeric keys and
press the [Set] key.
• Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
b
• The dimension "b" in the step 7 gets smaller
[2]
a
when the set value is moved to the positive side
[1]
a03uf3c022ca
and gets larger when moved to the negative
side.
14. Repeat steps 5 to 13 until the standard value
can be obtained.
8 1㧛2˜14
[1]
a
a03uf3c031ca
[1] Single fold
Paper size
[2] Double fold
Standard value (mm)
a± 1.5
b± 1.5
A3
105.5
108.5
B4
91.5
94.5
A4S
74.8
77.8
12 x 18
114.8
117.8
11 x 17
108.5
111.5
81/2 x 14
94.0
—
81/2 x 11S
70.4
73.4
8K
98.0
101.0
8. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
9. "Z-Fold Position Adjustment screen"
Use the [Next] and [Back] key to select the
paper size you want to adjust.
10. Press the [Single Fold] key.
11. Enter a value through the numeric keys and
press the [Set] key.
• Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "a" in the step 7 gets smaller
when the set value is moved to the positive side
and gets larger when moved to the negative
side.
12. Press the [Double Fold] key.
478
2
F.
Gate position adjustment
Adjust the folding position on the gate position.
10. SERVICE MODE
7. Check "a" and "b" on the outputted paper.
NOTE
b
• When adjusting the single fold, the double
a
fold and the triple fold, be sure to conduct the
[1]
single fold, the double fold and the triple fold
in this order.
• The position of the single fold is based on the
[2]
c
[3]
leading edge of paper and the position of the
a03uf3c023ca
double fold is based on the position of the
single fold. So, the dimension "a" and "b" in
the step 7 varies when either position of the
[1] Single fold [2] Double fold [3] Triple fold
Paper size
single fold and the double fold is changed.
Standard value (mm)
a± 1.5
b± 1.5
c± 1.5
A3
103.5
213.0
106.5
B4
89.5
185.0
92.5
1. Enter the service mode.
A4S
72.8
151.5
75.8
2. "Service mode menu screen"
12 x 18
112.8
231.6
115.8
11 x 17
106.5
218.9
109.5
81/2 x 14
87.4
180.8
90.4
81/2 x 11S
68.4
142.7
71.4
8K
96.0
198.0
99.0
(1) Procedure
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [03 Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.] key on the
sub menu.
4. "Multi Folder (Fold) adj. menu screen"
Press the [06 Gate Position Adjustment] key.
5. "Gate Position Adjustment screen"
Press the [COPY] key.
6. Set the paper of the paper size you want to
8. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
9. "Gate Position Adjustment screen"
Use the [Next] and [Back] key to select the
paper size you want to adjust.
adjust in the tray. Press the Start button to out-
10. Press the [Single Fold] key.
put the test pattern (No.16).
11. Enter a value through the numeric keys and
press the [Set] key.
• Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "a" in the step 7 gets smaller
when the set value is moved to the positive side
and gets larger when moved to the negative
side.
12. Press the [Double Fold] key.
13. Enter a value through the numeric keys and
press the [Set] key.
• Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "b" in the step 7 gets larger
when the set value is moved to the positive side
and gets smaller when moved to the negative
side.
14. Press the [Triple Fold] key.
2
479
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
15. Enter a value through the numeric keys and
press the [Set] key.
10.13.5 Stacker adjustment
Conduct the LS related adjustments.
• Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
A. Paper width adjustment
• The dimension "c" in the step 7 gets smaller
when the set value is moved to the positive side
and gets larger when moved to the negative
side.
16. Repeat steps 5 to 14 until the standard value
Conduct this adjustment when a paper exit mis-alignment occurs in the main scan direction of the stacker
tray.
This adjusts the position of the alignment plate while
in alignment.
can be obtained.
(1) Procedure
G. Fold regist loop adjustment
Adjust the paper loop amount at the registration roller
section to adjust the folding skew, the wrinkling of
paper or a jam at the registration section.
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [05 Stacker Adjustment] key on the
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [03 Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.] key on the
sub menu.
4. "Multi Folder (Fold) adj. menu screen"
Press the [07 Fold Regist Loop Adjustment]
key.
5. "Fold Regist Loop Adjustment screen"
Press the [COPY] key.
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the start
button to output the test pattern (No. 16).
7. When the trouble recurs, press the [SERVICE]
key.
8. "Fold Regist Loop Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and
press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-50 (small) to +50 (large)
1 step = 0.1 mm
9. Repeat the steps 5 to 8 until an appropriate
value is obtained.
10.13.4 Multi folder (PI) adjustment
This is not used in the field.
480
sub menu.
4. "Stacker Adjustment Mode Menu screen"
Press the [01 Paper Width Adjustment] key.
5. "Paper Width Adjustment screen"
Press the [COPY] key.
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the start
button to output the test pattern (No. 16).
7. When a paper exit mis-alignment occurs, press
the [SERVICE] key.
8. "Paper Width Adjustment screen"
Press the [Next] or [Back] key to select either
the stacker 1 or the stacker 2.
9. Enter a value through the numeric keys and
press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-20 (narrow) to +20 (wide)
1 step: 0.1 mm
10. Repeat the steps 5 to 9 until an appropriate
value is obtained.
10. SERVICE MODE
B. Paper length adjustment
10.13.6 Saddle stitcher adjustment
Conduct this adjustment when a paper exit mis-align-
Conduct various adjustment related to SD
ment occurs in the sub scan direction of the stacker
tray.
A. Stapling center position adjustment
This adjusts the position of the leading edge stopper.
Adjust the center position of the staple for the saddle
stitching mode.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
screen.
Press the [05 Stacker Adjustment] key on the
Press the [06 Saddle Stitcher Adj.] key on the
sub menu.
sub menu.
4. "Stacker Adjustment Mode Menu screen"
Press the [02 Paper Length Adjustment] key.
5. "Paper Length Adjustment screen"
Press the [COPY] key.
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the start
button to output the test pattern (No. 16).
7. When a paper exit mis-alignment occurs, press
the [SERVICE] key.
8. "Paper Length Adjustment screen"
4. "Saddle Stitcher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press the [01 Staple Center Adjustment] key.
5. "Stapling Center Position Adjustment screen"
Press the [COPY] key.
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the start
button to output the test pattern (No. 16).
7. Check the misalignment between the staplecenter and the paper center.
• Standard value: a = ± 2 mm
Press the [Next] or [Back] key to select either
the stacker 1 or the stacker 2.
9. Enter a value through the numeric keys and
press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-20 (narrow) to +20 (wide)
1 step: 0.1 mm
[2]
[1]
10. Repeat the steps 5 to 9 until an appropriate
value is obtained.
a
[1] Single fold
fs503fs3300c
[2] Stapling center
8. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
9. "Stapling Center Position Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and
press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-20 (right) to +20 (left)
1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value
can be obtained.
1
481
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. Stapling paper width adjustment
When there is an uneven edge found with the bundle
paper at the saddle stitching mode, conduct this
adjustment.
This adjustment adjusts the position of the saddle
stitching alignment plate.
9. "Staple Paper Width Adj.screen"
Use the [Next] and [Back] key to select the
paper size you want to adjust.
10. Enter a value through the numeric keys and
press the [Set] key.
Setting range:-20 (narrow) to +20 (wide)
1 step = 0.1 mm
NOTE
• Make sure that the folding skew adjustment
of the mechanical adjustment has been com-
11. Repeat steps 5 to 10 until the standard value
can be obtained.
pleted.
C. Staple pitch adjustment
Adjust the stapling interval for the saddle stitching
(1) Procedure
mode.
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
screen.
Press the [06 Saddle Stitcher Adj.] key on the
sub menu.
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
4. "Saddle Stitcher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press the [02 Stapling Paper Width Adjustment] key.
Press the [06 Saddle Stitcher Adj.] key on the
sub menu.
4. "Saddle Stitcher Adjustment Menu screen"
5. "Staple Paper Width Adj. screen"
Press the [03 Staple Pitch Adjustment] key.
Press the [COPY] key.
5. "Staple Pitch Adjustment screen"
6. Set the paper of the paper size you want to
adjust. Press the Start button to output the test
pattern (No. 16).
Press the [COPY] key.
6. Set the paper of the paper size you want to
adjust. Press the Start button to output the test
7. Check to see if the bundle of papers is misaligned (a: a misalignment occurs when the
paper width setting is larger than the paper
width) and if the bundle is curved (b: the curve
pattern (No. 16).
7. Check the interval "a" between the staples
against the paper size "b."
• Standard value: a = (b/2) ± 2 mm
occurs when the paper width setting is smaller
than the paper width).
• Standard value a: 1.0 mm or less
a
a
b
b
fs503fs3011c
fs503fs3012c
8. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
482
2
8. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
9. "Staple Pitch Adjustment screen"
Use the [Next] and [Back] key to select the
paper size you want to adjust.
10. SERVICE MODE
7. Check the misalignment "a" on the edge of the
outputted paper.
• Standard value a: 1.5 mm or less
10. Enter a value through the numeric keys and
press the [Set] key.
a
• Setting range:-20 (narrow) to +20 (wide)
1 step = 1 mm
• Setting range is restricted by the paper size.
Minimum value is determined based on the stapler movable range and the maximum value is
determined so that the saddle stitching alignment plate and stapler do not interfere with
each other.
B5S: Setting is not possible (fixed to 91 mm)
B4: -20 to +20 mm (108.5 to 148.5 mm)
A4S: -14 to +14 mm (91 to 119 mm)
fs503fs3014c
8. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
9. "Folding Position Adjustment screen"
Use the [Next] and [Back] key to select the
paper size you want to adjust.
10. Enter a value through the numeric keys and
A3: -20 to +16.5 mm (128.5 to 165 mm)
press the [Set] key.
81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11S: -16.95 to +16.95 mm
Setting range: -20 to +20
1 step = 0.1 mm
(91 to 124.9 mm)
11 x 17, 81/2 x 11: -20 to +20 mm
(119.7 to 159.7 mm)
11. Repeat steps 5 to 10 until the standard value
can be obtained.
• In case of the misalignment given in the step 7,
enter a set value on the positive side.
11. Repeat steps 5 to 10 until the standard value
can be obtained.
D. Folding position adjustment
E. Three-Fold position adjustment
Adjust the folding position at the center folding mode.
Adjust the folding position on the multi letter folding
mode.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
NOTE
• When adjusting both the single fold and the
double fold, be sure to start with the double
fold.
• The position of the single fold is based on the
screen.
leading edge of paper and the position of the
Press the [06 Saddle Stitcher Adj.] key on the
double fold is based on the position of the
sub menu.
single fold. So, the dimension "b" in the step
4. "Saddle Stitcher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press the [04 Folding Position Adjustment] key.
7 varies when either position of the single fold
and the double fold is changed.
5. "Folding Position Adjustment screen"
Press the [COPY] key.
6. Set the paper of the paper size you want to
adjust. Press the Start button to output the test
pattern (No. 16).
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [06 Saddle Stitcher Adj.] key on the
sub menu.
2
483
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
4. "Saddle Stitcher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press the [05 Three-Fold Position Adjustment] key.
5. "Three-Folding Position Adj. screen"
F.
Fold paper width adjustment
When there is an uneven edge found with the bundle
paper at the folding or multi letter folding mode, conduct this adjustment.
Press the [COPY] key.
6. Set the paper of the paper size you want to
adjust. Press the Start button to output the test
pattern (No. 16).
7. Check "a" and "b" on the outputted paper.
This adjustment adjusts the alignment width for the
main scan alignment.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
a
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [06 Saddle Stitcher Adj.] key on the
sub menu.
b
4. "Saddle Stitcher Adjustment Menu screen"
fs503fs3015c
Press the [06 Fold Paper Width Adjustment] key.
5. "Fold Paper Width Adjustment screen"
Paper size
Standard value (mm)
a
b
A4S
97.5 ± 2.5
102.0 ± 2.5
81/2 x 11S
91.6 ± 2.5
96.1 ± 2.5
Press the [COPY] key.
6. Set the paper of the paper size you want to
adjust. Press the Start button to output the test
pattern (No. 16).
7. Check the printed pages for misalignment.
8. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
9. "Three-Folding Position Adj. screen"
a. When the paper width setting is set to wider
than the actual paper width, misalignment
occurs at random.
Use the [Next] and [Back] key to select the
b. When the paper width setting is set to nar-
paper size you want to adjust.
rower than the actual paper width, misalign-
10. Press the [Double fold] key.
ment occurs in one direction.
11. Enter a value through the numeric keys and
press the [Set] key.
• Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "a" in the step 7 gets larger
when the set value is moved to the positive side
a
and gets smaller when moved to the negative
side.
12. Press the [Single-folding] key.
13. Enter a value through the numeric keys and
press the [Set] key.
• Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
b
• The dimension "b" in the step 7 gets larger
when the set value is moved to the positive side
and gets smaller when moved to the negative
side.
14. Repeat steps 5 to 13 until the standard value
can be obtained.
fs503fs3302ca
8. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
9. "Fold Paper Width Adjustment screen"
Use the [Next] and [Back] key to select the
paper size you want to adjust.
484
2
10. SERVICE MODE
10. Enter a value through the numeric keys and
press the [Set] key.
10. Enter a value through the numeric keys and
press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-20 (narrow) to +20 (wide)
• Setting range:-400 (smaller) to +400 (larger)
1 step = 0.1mm
1 step = 0.1mm
11. Repeat steps 5 to 10 until the standard value
11. Repeat steps 5 to 10 until the standard value
can be obtained.
can be obtained.
G. Trimming adjustment
When there is misalignment in the trimmed fore-edge
or the trimming is too much, conduct this adjustment.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [06 Saddle Stitcher Adj.] key on the
sub menu.
4. "Saddle Stitcher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press the [07 Trimming Adjustment] key.
5. "Trimming Adjustment screen"
Press the [COPY] key.
6. Set the paper of the paper size you want to
adjust. Press the Start button to output the test
pattern (No. 16).
7. Check the trimming distance "a" on the cover
paper.
• Standard value: a = 2 mm or more
Note
• Trimming distance less than 2mm may
cause trimming fault.
a
fs503fs3301c
8. When the value is not within the standard value,
press the [SERVICE] key.
9. "Trimming Adjustment screen"
Use the [Next] and [Back] key to select the
paper size you want to adjust.
1
485
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
10.13.7 Perfect binder adjustment
10. "Cover Trimming Adjustment"
A. Cover trimming adjustment
Adjusts the trimming position of the right side edge of
the cover paper.
Enter a value through the numeric keys and
press the [Set] key.
• Setting range: -128 (reduces the trimming amount) to
+127 (enlarges the trimming amount)
NOTE
1 step = 0.1mm
• In order to align the leading edges on the left
and right covers, perform the adjustments in
11. Repeat the steps 5 to 10 until an appropriate
value is obtained.
the order shown below:
1. B Cover lead edge adjustment
B. Cover lead edge adjustment
2. A Cover trimming adjustment
Sets the length that the left side of cover paper
exceeds the length (width) of inside pages.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
(1) Procedure
2. "Service mode menu screen"
1. Enter the service mode.
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
screen.
Press the [07 Perfect Binder Adjustment] key
screen.
on the sub menu.
4. "Perfect
Binder
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
adjustment
mode
menu
Press the [07 Perfect Binder Adjustment] key
on the sub menu.
screen"
Press the [01 Cover Trimming Adjustment] key.
5. "Cover Trimming Adjustment screen"
Press the [Next] or [Back] key to select PB Tray
4. "Perfect Binder adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [02 Cover Lead Edge Adjustment] key.
5. "Cover Lead Edge Adj. screen"
Press the [Main Tray] or [PB Tray] key to select
or Main Tray.
PB tray or tray on the main body.
6. Press the [COPY] key.
7. Select the paper type and press the start but-
6. Press [Next] or [Back] key to select the paper
ton to make test prints and carry out perfect
size from the following options.
binding.
All Size
8. Check the cover of the created book if its right
side edge and left side edge align with each
other.
8.5 x 11
5.5 x 8.5R
A4
A5R
B5
[3]
A5
5.5 x 8.5
Special
16K
8.5 x 11W
[2]
[1]
5.5 x 8.5W
1050fs3357c
A4W
[1] Trimming position [2] Right cover paper
A5W
[3] Left cover paper
B5W
9. Press the [SERVICE] key to change the trimming position of the right cover paper.
Note
• Above paper sizes are book (the inside
pages) finished sizes.
486
2
10. SERVICE MODE
C. Spine corner forming position adjustment
7. Press the [COPY] key.
8. Select the paper type and press the start but-
Adjusts the corner folding position of the cover paper.
ton to make test prints and carry out perfect
(1) Procedure
binding.
9. Check that the width of the left cover paper is
longer than that of the inside pages by specified amount.
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
[3]
screen.
[4]
[5]
[1]
Press the [07 Perfect Binder Adjustment] key
on the sub menu.
4. "Perfect
Binder
adjustment
mode
menu
screen"
Press the [03 Spine Corner forming Position
[2]
1050fs3358c
[1] Inside pages
[2] Right cover paper
[3] Left cover paper
[4] Length differential
[5] Edge of the left cover paper
10. To change the width of the left cover paper,
press the [SERVICE] key.
11. "Cover Lead Edge Adj. screen"
Adj.] key.
5. "Spine Corner forming Up/Down Adj. screen"
Press the [COPY] key.
6. Select the paper type and press the start button to make test prints and carry out perfect
binding.
7. Check that the corner edges of the cover paper
Enter a value through the numeric keys and
are created uniformly in the main scan direc-
press the [Set] key.
tion.
• Setting range:-128 (short) to +127 (long)
1 step = 0.1mm
[4]
12. Repeat the steps 5 to 11 until an appropriate
value is obtained.
[1]
[2]
[3]
1050fs3359c
[1] Right cover paper [2] Main scanning direction
[3] Cover paper
[4] Left cover paper
8. When the corner edges of the cover paper are
not created uniformly, press the [SERVICE] key.
9. "Spine Corner forming Up/Down Adj. screen"
Press [Next] or [Back] key to Select the front
edge/rear edge adjustment
10. Enter a value through the numeric keys and
press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-128 (down) to +127(up)
1 step = 0.1mm
11. Repeat the steps 5 to 10 until an appropriate
value is obtained.
2
487
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
D. Pasting start postion adjustment
Adjusts the start position for applying glue to inside
pages.
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
9. Check that the glue applying start position to
the inside pages is appropriate.
[3]
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
[1]
screen.
Press the [07 Perfect Binder Adjustment] key
on the sub menu.
4. "Perfect Binder adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [04 Pasting Start Postion Adjustment]
key.
5. "Pasting Start Pos. Adj. screen"
Press [Go Ahead] or [Go Back] to select which
start position, for applying during frontward
movement or backward movement, to be
adjusted.
6. Press [Next] or [Back] key to select the paper
size from the following options.
All Size
8.5 x 11
A4
B5
A5
5.5 x 8.5
16K
A4W
B5W
A5W
8.5 x 11W
5.5 x 8.5 W
Special
Note
• Above paper sizes are book (the inside
pages) finished sizes.
7. Press the [COPY] key.
8. Select the paper type and press the start button to make test prints and carry out perfect
binding.
488
2
[2]
1050fs3360c
[1] Start position for frontward applying
[2] Start position for backward applying
[3] Inside pages
10. To adjust the start position, press the [SERVICE] key.
11. "Pasting Start Pos. Adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and
press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-128 (earlier) to +127 (later)
1 step = 0.1mm
12. Repeat the steps 5 to 11 until an appropriate
value is obtained.
E. Pasting finish position adjustment
Adjusts the position to finish applying glue.
10. SERVICE MODE
9. Check that the glue applying finish position to
the inside pages is appropriate.
(1) Procedure
[3]
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
[1]
Press the [07 Perfect Binder Adjustment] key
on the sub menu.
4. "Perfect Binder adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [05 Pasting Finish Position Adjustment] key.
5. "Paste Finish Pos. Adj. screen"
Press [Go Ahead] or [Go Back] to select which
finish position, for applying during frontward
movement or backward movement, to be
adjusted.
6. Press [Next] or [Back] key to select the paper
size from the following options.
All Size
8.5 x 11
A4
B5
[2]
1050fs3361c
[1] Finish position for frontward applying
[2] Finish position for backward applying
[3] Inside pages
10. To adjust the finish position, press the [SERVICE] key.
11. "Paste Finish Pos. Adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and
press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-128 (earlier) to +127 (later)
1 step = 0.1mm
12. Repeat the steps 5 to 11 until an appropriate
value is obtained.
A5
5.5 x 8.5
16K
A4W
B5W
A5W
8.5 x 11W
5.5 x 8.5 W
Special
Note
• Above paper sizes are book (the inside
pages) finished sizes.
7. Press the [COPY] key.
8. Select the paper type and press the start button to make test prints and carry out perfect
binding.
2
489
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
F.
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Paste formation finish position adjustment
Adjusts the finish position of the process to make a
uniform layer of glue applied on the inside pages
spine.
10. "Paste Formation Finish Adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and
press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-128 (earlier) to +127 (later)
1 step = 0.1mm
(1) Procedure
11. Repeat the steps 5 to 9 until an appropriate
value is obtained.
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [07 Perfect Binder Adjustment] key
on the sub menu.
4. "Perfect
Binder
adjustment
mode
menu
screen"
Press the [06 Paste Formation Finish Position
Adj.] key.
5. "Paste Formation Finish Adj. screen"
Press [Next] or [Previous] key to select the
paper size from the following options.
All Size
8.5 x 11
A4
B5
A5
5.5 x 8.5
16K
A4W
B5W
A5W
8.5 x 11W
5.5 x 8.5 W
Special
Note
• Above paper sizes are book (the inside
pages) finished sizes.
6. Press the [COPY] key.
7. Select the paper type and press the start button to make test prints and carry out perfect
binding.
8. Check that the finish position of the process to
make a uniform layer of glue on the inside
pages spine is appropriate.
9. When adjusting the the finish position of the
process to make a uniform layer of glue,
press the [SERVICE] key.
490
2
10. SERVICE MODE
G. Temperature adjustment
Sets the temperatures to be detected by the glue
apply roller temperature sensor (TH1), the glue tank
temperature sensor/Up (TH2), the glue tank temperature sensor/Md (TH3), and the glue tank temperature
sensor/Lw (TH4) provided in the glue tank.
10. Enter a value through the numeric keys and
press the [Set] key.
• Melt Tank - Top
Setting range: 10 to 200 °C
Default: 132 °C
• Melt Tank - Mid
Setting range: 140 to 200 °C
(1) Procedure
Default: 145 °C
• Melt Tank - Low
1. Enter the service mode.
Setting range: 140 to 200°C
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Default: 185 °C
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [07 Perfect Binder Adjustment] key
on the sub menu.
4. "Perfect
Binder
adjustment
mode
menu
• Pasting Roller
Setting range: 140 to 200 °C
Default: 165 °C
11. Repeat the steps 5 to 10 until an appropriate
value is obtained.
screen"
Press the [07 Temperature Adjustment] key.
5. "Temperature Adjustment screen"
Press the [COPY] key.
6. Select the paper type and press the start button to make test prints and carry out perfect
binding.
7. Check that the glue applied has dried appropriately.
8. To adjust the dryness of the glue, press the
[SERVICE] key.
9. "Temperature Adjustment screen"
Press the [NEXT] or the [Back] key to select the
option of which the temperature is set.
The following options are provided.
Melt Tank - Top
Melt Tank - Mid
Melt Tank - Low
Pasting Roller
2
491
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
H. Sub Compile CD width adjustment
I.
Adjusts the alignment width of the inside pages when
Adjusts the alignment width of the inside pages when
aligning in the main scan direction.
aligning in the main scanning direction.
(1) Procedure
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
screen.
Press the [07 Perfect Binder Adjustment] key
Press the [07 Perfect Binder Adjustment] key
on the sub menu.
4. "Perfect Binder adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [08 Sub Compile CD Width Adjustment] key.
on the sub menu.
4. "Perfect Binder adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [09 Clamp CD Width Adjustment]
key.
5. "Sub Compile CD Width Adj. screen"
5. "Clamp CD Width Adj. screen"
Press [Next] or [Back] key to select the paper
Press [Next] or [Back] key to select the paper size
size from the following options.
from the following options.
All Size
All Size
8.5 x 11
8.5 x 11
A4
A4
B5
B5
A5
A5
5.5 x 8.5
5.5 x 8.5
16K
16K
A4W
A4W
B5W
B5W
A5W
A5W
8.5 x 11W
8.5 x 11W
5.5 x 8.5 W
5.5 x 8.5 W
Special
Special
Note
Note
• Above paper sizes are book (the inside
• Above paper sizes are book (the inside
pages) finished sizes.
6. "Sub Compile CD Width Adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press
the [Set] key.
pages) finished sizes.
6. "Clamp CD Width Adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press
the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-20 (wider) to +20 (narrower)
492
Clamp CD width adjustment
• Setting range:-20 (wider) to +20 (narrower)
1 step = 0.1mm
1 step = 0.1mm
7. Create multiple books in normal copy mode,
7. Create multiple books in normal copy mode,
and check the alignment of the second and
and check the alignment of the second and
later book. Change set value set in Step 5 until
later book. Change set value set in Step 5 until
an properly aligned book is created.
an properly aligned book is created.
2
J.
10. SERVICE MODE
Cover up/down CD width adjustment
K. Clamp FD position adjustment
Adjusts the positional relation in the main scan direc-
Adjusts the alignment width of the inside pages when
tion between the cover paper and the inside pages.
aligning in the sub scan direction.
(1) Procedure
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
screen.
Press the [07 Perfect Binder Adjustment] key
Press the [07 Perfect Binder Adjustment] key
on the sub menu.
4. "Perfect
Binder
on the sub menu.
adjustment
mode
menu
4. "Perfect
Binder
adjustment
mode
menu
screen"
screen"
Press the [10 Cover Up/Down CD Width
Press the [11 Clamp FD Position Adjustment]
Adjustment] key.
5. "Cover Up/Down CD Width Adj. screen"
key.
5. "Clamp FD Position Adj. screen"
Press the [Next] and [Back] key to select PB
Press [Next] or [Back] key to select the paper
Tray or Main Tray on the main body.
size from the following options.
6. Press the [COPY] key.
7. Select the paper type and press the start button to make test prints and carry out perfect
binding.
8. Check if the relation between the main-scanning position of the cover and that of the inside
pages are appropriate.
9. To adjust the relation of their main-scanning
positions, press the [SERVICE] key.
10. "Cover Up/Down CD Width Adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and
press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-20 (wider) to +20 (narrower)
1 step = 0.1mm
11. Repeat the steps 5 to 10 until an appropriate
value is obtained.
All Size
8.5 x 11
A4
B5
A5
5.5 x 8.5
16K
A4W
B5W
A5W
8.5 x 11W
5.5 x 8.5 W
Special
Note
• Above paper sizes are book (the inside
pages) finished sizes.
6. Press the [COPY] key.
7. Select the paper type and press the start button to make test prints and carry out perfect
binding.
8. Check if the sub-scanning direction of all the
inside pages are properly aligned.
9. To adjust the alignment width in sub-scanning
direction of the inside pages, press the [SERVICE] key.
2
493
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
10. "Clamp FD Position Adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and
press the [Set] key.
• Setting range:-20 (wider) to +20 (narrower)
1 step = 0.1mm
11. Repeat the steps 5 to 10 until an appropriate
value is obtained.
Note
• If the setting is too wide, pages are misplaced in sub-scanning direction.
• If the setting is too narrow, mark of the FD
alignment plate may appear.
494
2
10.13.8 Recall standard data
10. SERVICE MODE
10.14 Machine manager setting
Reset various setting values of the finisher adjustment
to the factory initial data or the installation initial data.
NOTE
• The stacker adjustments cannot recall.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [11 Finisher Adjustment] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Important
• The use of the security strengthen mode in
the machine manager setting in the utility
mode is limited only when the manager
authentication is set to "Authentication On."
10.14.1 Manager authentication
To strengthen security of the machine manager setting of the utility mode, configure the setting so that a
password is required to enter the machine manager
setting.
Press the [07 Recall Standard Data] key on the
sub menu.
4. "Recall Standard Data (Finisher adj.) screen"
Pressing [Factory Initial Data] or [Installation Initial Data] displays "Standard data is returning."
When completed, the data returns with "Standard data has returned" displayed.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [12 Machine Manager Setting] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Note
• Selecting [Factory Initial Data] recalls the
factory initial data.
• Selecting [Installation Initial Data] recalls
the adjustment values stored when code
"90-00" of the I/O check mode was con-
Press the [01 Manager Authentication] key.
4. "Manager Authentication Setting screen"
Press the [Authentication On] key and press the
[OK] key to confirm.
5. To disable the authentication setting, press the
[Cancel] key or [Authentication Off] key.
ducted.
495
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
10.14.2 Machine manager password
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
10.15 CE Setting
Configure a password to enter the machine manager
setting of the utility mode.
The machine manager password can also be set in
the machine manager setting of the utility mode.
NOTE
• The selection of the [Machine Manager Pass-
Important
• The use of the security strengthen mode in
the machine manager setting in the utility
mode is limited only when the CE authentication setting is set to "Authentication On."
word] key is limited only when the [Manager
Authentication] is set to "Authentication On."
• Do not use anything easily guessed by others
such as your name, birthday.
10.15.1 CE authentication
To strengthen security of the service mode, configure
the setting so that a password is required to enter the
service mode.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [12 Machine Manager Setting] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [02 Machine Manager Password] key.
4. "Machine Manager Password setting screen"
Enter an 8-digit password with alphanumeric
keys.
Default is "00000000."
5. Press the [OK] key to register data.
Press the [Cancel] key to cancel the setting you
entered.
496
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [13 CE Setting] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [01 CE Authentication Setting] key.
4. "CE Authentication Setting screen"
Press the [Authentication On] key and press the
[OK] key to confirm.
5. To disable the authentication setting, press the
[Cancel] key or [Authentication Off] key.
10.15.2 CE password setting
10. SERVICE MODE
10.16 IP HDD format
Configure a password to enter the service mode.
Format the hard disk /2 (HDD2) on the print controller.
NOTE
Formatting enables you to secure space/delete inter-
• The selection of the [CE Password Setting]
nal data.
key is limited only when the CE authentication setting is set to "Authentication On."
• Do not use anything easily guessed by others
such as your name, birthday.
• CE should not inform other people of the
password.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [14 IP HDD Format] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [13 CE Setting] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the
screen.
Press the [01 IP HDD Format] key on the sub
menu.
4. "IP HDD Format screen"
HDD format includes the following five items.
[ALL]
screen.
[Document]
Press the [02 CE Password Setting] key.
[Parameter]
4. "CE Password Setting screen"
Enter an 8-digit password with alphanumeric
[Font]
[Spool]
keys.
5. Press the item you want to format.
Default is "92729272."
6. "Format confirmation screen"
5. Press the [OK] key to register data.
The message "Execute Format Yes/No?"
Press the [Cancel] key to cancel the setting you
appears.
entered.
Press the [Yes] key.
(2) Purpose of each item
• [ALL]
Formats all areas of the hard disk.
This is equal to performing the following four
operations at once. Conduct this on such occasions as replacing the hard disk /2 (HDD2).
• [Document]
Formats the document storage area. Conduct
this when deleting the Scan to HDD job.
• [Parameter]
Formats the storage area for the controller setting information.
Conduct this when deleting the whole setting
information on the print controller (the network
setting and default settings of each port, etc).
NOTE
• Be sure to output the settings information list
before formatting parameters.
497
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
10. SERVICE MODE
• [Font]
Formats the font data storage area.
Conduct this when deleting downloaded external font data.
NOTE
• By formatting, all downloaded external fonts
are deleted.
• [Spool]
Formats the spool area.
There is no need to format this area alone.
498
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
11.1 Paper feed section
11.1.1
Tray centering adjustment
This adjustment is made when the mis-centering of paper varies each paper supplied from the trays /1 and /2.
The mis-centering is automatically adjusted in the image processing unit, and this adjustment is made only when
a mis-centering exceeding the range of auto correction (±5 mm) occurs.
1. Disable (data=1) the Software DIPSW12-3 "Printer
[2]
mis-centering correction. (See P.429).
2. Perform copying/printing without automatic correction to check the mis-centering of image.
3. Pull out the paper feed tray.
4. If any paper remaining, remove it.
5. If the paper guide [1] is at the small size position,
stretch the guide.
6. Loosen 2 screws [2].
7. Move the paper guide [1]. According to the miscentering you checked in step 2, adjust the center
position using the marking line [3].
[1]
[1]
8. Tighten 2 screws [2].
9. Insert a paper and set the tray.
10. Make a copy/print and check to see if the mis-
[3]
centering is within the standard value (±2 mm).
11. When not up to the standard value, repeat the
steps 3 to 10.
12. Enable (data=0) the Software DIPSW12-3 "Printer
mis-centering correction."
1050fs3028c
499
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
11.1.2
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Separation pressure adjustment
Perform the separation pressure adjustment when the no feed (a paper is conveyed to the paper feed roller section but stops there) or the double feed occurs at the paper feed.
Note
• Affected by the paper type and the operating environment (the no feed is likely in the low temperature environment and the double feed is likely in the high temperature environment).
• Excess adjustment may reverse the symptom.
1. Pull out the paper feed tray.
2. Change the position of the spring adjustment
lever [1].
Note
• The separation pressure is strengthened
when the lever is moved to the direction [2]
and is weakened when the lever is moved to
the direction [3].
Weak: a double feed jam is improved.
[2]
[1]
Strong: a no feed jam is improved.
[3]
Reference
• The spring load changes 10% as the spring is
moved one step.
3. Set the tray to perform copying/printing. Check
whether the no feed or the double feed occurs or
not.
4. In case either jam occurs, repeat steps 1 to 3.
1050fs3029c
500
11.1.3
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
Pick-up roller load adjustment
In case a no feed jam occurs frequently, perform the pick-up roller load adjustment.
[2]
1. Pull out the paper feed tray.
2. In the pick-up roller section [1], put paper feed
[1]
assist plate [3] on the paper feed assist plate
holder [2], and fix them with accompanying screw
(M3 x 8 mm) [4].
3. Set the tray.
4. Perform copying/printing to check whether the no
feed or the double feed occurs or not.
Note
• The maximum number of the paper feed
assist plates that can be attached is 4 plates.
For the number of plates to be attached, see
[4]
[3]
[4]
chapter V "5. Paper setting."
• The paper feed assist plate is approx. 10g
each.
1050fs3030c
501
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
11.1.4
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Pick-up roller height adjustment
Perform this adjustment when the following situations occurred.
•
A no feed jam is not improved by the pick-up roller load adjustment
•
A no feed jam in which a thick paper is stuck on the entrance guide (a metallic guide plate near the separation roller)
•
A double feed jam is not improved by the separation pressure adjustment
Note
• On performing the pick-up roller height adjustment, the paper feed pick-up amount is changed. Be
sure to confirm the paper feed pick-up amount in the paper feed pick-up amount adjustment.
(See P.505)
[2]
[3]
[1]
1.
2.
3.
4.
Pull out the paper feed tray.
If any paper remaining, remove it.
Loosen a screw [1].
With the release lever [2] placed at its original
position, hold the stopper [3] and tighten the
screw [1] to fix the stopper.
1050fs3031c
502
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
5. Set the tray. Confirm that the paper lift finished its
[1]
elevation to the top by hearing the sound of the
paper lift motor. Pull out the tray again.
6. Remove 2 screws [1] to remove the paper feed
cover [2].
[2]
[1]
[3]
1050fs3032c
7. Check whether the actuator [1] of the pick-up
[2]
roller section matches with the center [3] position
of the upper limit sensor /1 (PS6), /2 (PS12) [2].
8. Remove the pick-up roller section [4]. (See P.86)
[4]
1050fs3033c
503
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
9. Record a mark for the height of the sensor placing
[2]
[3]
[1]
plate.
10. Remove 2 screws [3], and place them temporarily
in the slotted hole on the upper limit sensor placing plate [1].
11. Adjust the height of the sensor placing plate [1],
and fix it with the screws [3].
Note
• Place the upper limit sensor placing plate [1]
horizontally.
[4]
[1]
Adjustment standard
• Lifting the upper limit sensor position lowers
the height of the pick-up roller [5]. (The difference of elevation [7] between the paper feed
roller [6] and the pick-up roller [5] becomes
larger.)
• Lowering the upper limit sensor position lifts
the height of the pick-up roller [5]. (The difference of elevation [7] between the paper feed
[3]
[5]
roller [6] and the pick-up roller [5] becomes
smaller.)
[6]
• In case a no feed occurred, lower the upper
limit sensor.
• In case a double feed occurred, lift the upper
limit sensor.
[7]
12. Place the pick-up roller section, and replace the
stopper of step 4 to the original position.
Note
1050fs3034c
• If you set the tray without placing the pick-up
roller, the paper lift does not stop at the upper
limit, thus damaging the tray. Be sure to place
the roller.
13. Insert a paper, and set the tray.
14. Perform copying/printing to confirm that the no
feed or jam do not occur. In case they are not
improved, repeat steps 7 to 14.
15. Confirm the paper feed pick-up amount.
(See P.505)
16. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
Note
• After the adjustment, be sure to replace the
stopper of the release lever to the original
position.
504
11.1.5
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
Paper feed pick-up amount adjustment
Perform the paper feed pick-up amount adjustment as you have done the pick-up roller height adjustment.
[2]
[3]
[1]
1.
2.
3.
4.
Pull out the paper feed tray.
If any paper remaining, remove it.
Loosen a screw [1].
With the release lever [2] placed at its original
position, hold the stopper [3] and tighten the
screw [1] to fix the stopper.
1050fs3035c
5. Set the tray. Confirm that the paper lift finished its
[1]
elevation to the top by hearing the sound of the
paper lift motor. Pull out the tray again.
6. Remove 2 screws [1] to remove the paper feed
cover [2].
[2]
1050fs3036c
505
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
[1]
7. Pull the plunger [2] of the pick-up solenoid [1] to
[2]
measure the gap "A" between the pick-up roller
[3] and the paper lift plate [4] with the gap gauge.
Standard value A = 0.1 to 1.5 mm
If it is not within the standard value, follow step 8
and after.
8. Loosen the screw [5].
Note
• Before loosening the screw [5], record the
position of the pick-up solenoid [1] with the
marking line [6].
9. With the plunger [2] pulled, adjust the position of
[5]
[3]
[6]
the pick-up solenoid [1] so that the standard value
[4]
can be obtained for the gap A between the pickup roller [3] and the paper lift plate [4].
10. Tighten the screw [5] to fix the pick-up solenoid
[1].
11. Replace the stopper of step 4 to the original posi-
A
tion.
12. Insert a paper, and set the tray.
13. Perform copying/printing to confirm that the no
1050fs3037c
feed does not occur.
14. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
Note
• After the adjustment, be sure to replace the
stopper of the release lever to the original
position.
506
11.1.6
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
Paper lift plate skew adjustment
Perform the paper lift plate skew adjustment after replacing a lift wire or when the paper lift plate is skewed.
[2]
[3]
[1]
1.
2.
3.
4.
Pull out the paper feed tray.
If any paper remaining, remove it.
Loosen a screw [1].
With the release lever [2] placed at its original
position, hold the stopper [3] and tighten the
screw [1] to fix the stopper.
1050fs3038c
[1]
5. Set the tray. Confirm that the paper lift finished its
[2]
elevation to the top by hearing the sound of the
paper lift motor. Pull out the tray again.
6. Remove 2 screws [2] of the stopper of the rails [1]
on the right and left side. Pull out the tray.
1050fs3039c
507
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
7. Remove 2 screws (with washers) on the right and
[1]
left side[1] and 2 screws on the upper side [2].
Note
• Removing the screws [1] and [2] causes the
tray front cover [3] to fall. Support the cover
not to drop.
8. Remove the connector [4] to remove the tray front
cover [3].
[1]
Note
• Be sure to connect the connector as you
place it. Otherwise, all trays in the main body
become unable to be pulled out.
[2]
[3]
[4]
1050fs3040c
508
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
[3]
9. Lift up the pick-up roller [1].
10. In case the paper guide [2] is open, close it to the
[4]
smallest-size position.
11. Remove the screw [3], and place them temporarily
in the slotted screw hole [4].
12. While holding the pulley placing plate being
placed with the screw [5], loosen the screw [5] to
adjust the skewed paper lift plate [7] with the
marking line [6].
13. Confirm that the paper lift plate is horizontal, and
fix the screw [5] and [8].
14. Pull down the pick-up roller [1].
15. Place the tray front cover.
16. Insert a paper, and set the tray.
17. Perform copying/printing to confirm that the no
jam occurs, and that papers are properly fed.
18. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[5]
[7]
[1]
[6]
[8]
Note
• After the adjustment, be sure to replace the
stopper of the release lever to the original
position.
[2]
1050fs3041c
509
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
11.2 REGISTRATION SECTION
11.2.1
Registration roller paper skew adjustment
Perform this adjustment when there is skew in the registration section.
1. Remove the screw [1] and then make sure the
graduation of the screw [1].
[1]
2. Loosen 3 screws [2].
3. Move the registration section [3] to the arrow on
[2]
4. Tighten the screw [1] and screws [2].
5. Perform copy/printing to check the paper skew.
6. In case it is not improved, repeat steps 1 to 5.
the basis of the graduation.
[3]
[2]
510
1
1050fs3070c
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
11.3 ADU section
11.3.1
Pre-transfer roller nip pressure adjustment
This adjustment enables you to up/down the pre-transfer roller nip pressure.
Perform this adjustment when a transfer jitter occurred. For more information on how to perform this adjustment, see "12.4 Transfer jitter adjustment".
A. Nip pressure up adjustment procedure
1. Pull out the ADU. (See P.36)
2. Remove the ADU cover /Lt, /Rt. (See P.36)
3. Twist counterclockwise the conveyance roller /T
axis [1] until the axis stopper [2] is locked.
Note
• To restore the previous nip pressure, twist
clockwise the conveyance roller /T axis until
the axis stopper is locked.
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2]
[1]
1050fs3025c
1
511
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. Nip pressure down adjustment procedure
[5]
[4]
[3]
[6]
1. Pull out the ADU.
(See P.112)
2. Remove the ADU cover /Lt, /Rt.
(See P.117)
3. Remove the registration section.
(See P.118)
4. Twist clockwise the conveyance roller /T axis [1] to
make the nip pressure standard.
(See P.511)
5. Remove 2 springs /Fr [2], /Rr [3] from the hook
hole /Up [4], /Lw [5]. (By removing the spring, pretransfer roller's own weight becomes the only nip
pressure.)
[1]
[7]
Note
• To restore the standard nip pressure, place
the spring /Fr [2], /Rr [3].
• Removing/placing the spring with the nip
pressure up tends to stretch the spring. Thus,
remove/place the spring with the standard nip
pressure. If tension of the spring /Fr and /Rr
differs, a transfer misalignment occurs. When
restoring the standard nip pressure, in case
the spring was stretched, do not use it and
replace it with a new one.
• In case the spring /Fr [2], /Rr [3] are not easily
removed from the hook hole /Lw [5], remove it
from the hook hole /Up [4] first. Then, while
holding the spring not to drop, twist counterclockwise (nip pressure up) the conveyance
roller /T axis [1] and rotate the cam [6] to
make a gap, thus making it easy to remove
the spring.
• Be careful not to drop the spring. Put a paper
over the ADU section [7] so that the spring
does not fall inside the machine.
6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[4]
[2]
512
[6]
[5]
1050fs3058c
12. ADJUSTMENT FOR POD
12. ADJUSTMENT FOR POD
12.2.1
The front and back registration (printer)
A. Procedure
12.1 Before using the adjustment
for POD
This section describes how to make adjustments to
improve image quality (The front and back registration, image density, transfer jitter) and paper feeding
1. Adjust the paper skew on both side.
With the registration roller paper skew adjustment in the mechanical adjustment, adjust the
skew of the sub scan direction on both side to
be parallel to each other.
so as to satisfy the needs of customers (especially
POD customers) who demand even higher quality of
image and feeding than the factory settings.
12.2 The front and back registration
Align image printing position on the front side and
back side.
Misalignment of image printing position occurs for the
following reasons.
• The image leading edge on the front and back side
are different. Thus, in case leading edge timings
are misaligned, image positions on the front and
back side are misaligned.
• Even the standard size papers are not cut off
according to the standard size.
• A paper that passes the fusing section becomes
smaller because of moisture evaporation of the
paper due to heat. In duplex printing, the front side
passes the fusing section twice and the back side
[1]
passes once, thus image on the front side
[2]
becomes smaller than the back side.
• The shrinkage ratio in passing the fusing section is
[1] Front
1050fs3350c
[2] Back
different depending on the paper type, paper
brand, temperature/humidity of a paper storage
location. To adjust misalignment due to these factors, use the front and back adjustment in the user
mode, selecting [MACHINE] - [Paper Set] - [Register Type/Weight]. To adjust misalignment due to
individual difference of each tray, select the tray
you want to adjust in the user mode, selecting
[MACHINE] - [Paper Set] - [Tray Setting]. Then,
select [Change] - [Both Sides Adj.] to make an
adjustment.
1
513
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
12. ADJUSTMENT FOR POD
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
2. Adjust distortion in the main scan direction on both sides.
Remove the photo conductor cover and open the
3. Use the service mode to adjust various image
timing in the front side of printer system.
intermediate toner hopper. Mark current position of
the positioning plate [1] as a reference point with
Note
something like a pencil. Loosen 2 screws [2] to move
• With the [Printer Centering Adjustment] in
the positioning plate [1] side to side and move the
the service mode, there is no adjustment
shaft [3] that positions the write unit, thus adjusting
for individual tray. In case you need to
the distortion and making the lines in the main scan
adjust individual tray, select the user mode,
direction parallel on both sides.
selecting [MACHINE] - [Paper Set] - [Tray
When distortion is found as shown in the drawing
Setting]. Then, select [Change] - [Both
below, move the positioning plate to the right.
Sides Adj.] to make adjustment with the
Image Shift function.
4. Adjust the leading edge timing of the back side.
Reference
• Attaching the long screw M4 to the shaft [3]
Use
[Printer
Restart
Timing
Adjust-
ment<SIDE2>] in the service mode. Use the
makes the adjustments easy.
cross on the figure A to align the leading edge
[3]
timing of the back side to that of the front side.
[2]
A
[1]
[1]
[2]
[1] Front
[4]
[5]
[4] Front
514
1050fs3042c
[5] Back
1050fs3043c
[2] Back
12. ADJUSTMENT FOR POD
5. Align the magnification of the back side to the
6. Adjust the centering of the back side.
front side.
At the user mode, select the tray you want to
Use [Printer Drum Clock Adjustment <SIDE2>]
adjust from [MACHINE] - [Paper Set] - [Tray
and [Printer Horizontal Adjustment <SIDE2>] to
Setting]. Then, select [Change] - [Both Sides
align magnification of the back side to the front
Adj.] to make adjustment. Use the Image Shift
side.
function to align the centering of the back side
on the figure A to the front side.
Note
• With the [Printer Centering Adjustment] in
the service mode, there is no adjustment
for individual tray.
• Since a test pattern cannot be output in the
user mode, output an image from a PC so
you can confirm the image centering or use
[Test Pattern Output Mode] in Service
mode.
• The [Tray Setting] you set in step 5 is an
individual adjustment, in which the updated
settings are not applied to the registered
paper type. Thus, to change the registered
paper type, select the paper name key you
want to adjust in [MACHINE] - [Paper Set] -
[1]
[Register Type/Weight]. Make the adjust-
[2]
[1] Front
1050fs3044c
[2] Back
ment with the Image Shift function of [Both
Sides Adj.].
A
[1]
[2]
[1] Front
1050fs3045c
[2] Back
515
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
12. ADJUSTMENT FOR POD
12.2.2
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
The front and back registration (scanner)
5. Adjust the original skew.
Remove the original stopper plate /Rr, and
A. Procedure
mark the current position of the adjustment
1. Set a test chart on the original glass. Make the
sub scan magnification with [Scanner Drum
Clock Adjustment] in the service mode.
2. Set a test chart on the original glass. Adjust dis-
plate [1] with something like a pencil. Loosen
the screw [2] to move the adjustment plate [1]
up and down, thus adjusting the mounting
position of the original stopper plate /Rr.
tortion with [Scanner (Orig. Glass) warp
adj.(Main)] and [Scanner (Orig.Glass) warp adj.
[1]
[2]
(Deputy)] in the service mode.
3. Align the leading edge timing of both sides.
Use [Scanner Restart Timing Adjustment] in the
service mode. Use the cross on the figure A to
align the leading edge timing of both sides.
A
[1]
[2]
[1] Front
1050fs3046c
[2] Back
4. Align the centering of both sides.
Use [Scanner Centering Adjustment] in the
service mode to align the centering of both
sides on the figure A.
A
[1]
[1]
[2]
[1] Front
516
1050fs3047c
[2] Back
[2]
[1] Front
1050fs3048c
[2] Back
12. ADJUSTMENT FOR POD
6. Perform steps 3 and 4 to adjust the misalign-
4. Align the centering of both sides.
ments of timing and centering caused by the
Use [ADF centering adj.(SIDE2)] in the service
original skew adjustment and the magnification
mode to align the centering of the back side on
adjustment.
the figure A to the front side.
12.2.3
The front and back registration (ADF)
A. Procedure
A
1. Set an adjustment chart on the ADF. Make the
sub scan magnification, leading edge timing
and centering adjustment on the front side with
[Scanner(ADF) drum clock adj.], [ADF restart
timing
adj.(SIDE1)]
and
[ADF
centering
adj.(SIDE1)] in the service mode.
2. Set the "adjustment chart" on the ADF. Adjust a
distortion with [Scanner(ADF) warp adj.(Main)]
and [Scanner(ADF) warp adj.(Deputy)] in the
[1]
service mode.
[2]
3. Align the leading edge timing of both sides.
Use [ADF restart timing adjustment(SIDE2)] in
the service mode. Use the cross on the figure A
to align the leading edge timing of the back
side to the front side.
[1] Front
1050fs3050c
[2] Back
5. Adjust the ADF paper skew.
With the ADF paper skew adjustment in the
mechanical adjustment, adjust the skew on the
front and back side.
A
[1]
[2]
[1] Front
1050fs3049c
[2] Back
[1]
[2]
[1] Front
1050fs3051c
[2] Back
517
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
12. ADJUSTMENT FOR POD
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
6. Perform steps 3 and 4 to adjust the misalign-
3. Press the name key of paper you want to
ments of timing and centering caused by the
change, or press [Next] key to register paper
ADF paper skew adjustment.
newly.
12.2.4
The front and back registration by user
(by paper brand)
Even when conducting the front and back registration
in 12.2.1 to 12.2.3, adjustments may be required
depending on the type and brand of paper to be
used.
NOTE
• Check to see if the front and back registrations in 12.2.1 to 12.2.3 are completed.
A. Procedure
1. From "MACHINE screen" in the user mode,
press the [Paper Set] key.
2. Press the [Register Type/Weight] key.
4. Enter the type of paper, the name of paper, the
weight, the color paper and the punch hole. For
the type of paper and the weight, see "19.
PAPER SETTING"."
5. Press the [Both Sides Adj.] key, and adjust the
front and back registration.
518
12.2.5
The front and back registration by user
(for fine adjustments)
Even when conducting the adjustments for brand of
12. ADJUSTMENT FOR POD
3. Press the tray key you want to adjust, and then
press the [Change] key.
paper as described in 12.2.4, an adjustment may be
required depending on the number of tray in which
paper is fed, the storage condition (temperature and
humidity) of paper and the temperature and humidity
in the room, etc.
This adjustment describes the method for fine adjustment of each tray to the front and back adjustment of
the paper brand setting described in 12.2.4.
NOTE
• Check to see if the front and back registrations in 12.2.1 to 12.2.4 are completed.
4. Press the [Both Sides Adj.] key.
1. From "MACHINE screen" in the user mode,
press the [Paper Set] key.
2. Press the [Tray Setting] key.
2
519
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
12. ADJUSTMENT FOR POD
5. Register the front and back of the paper.
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
12.3 Image density adjustment
There are two modes for the registration, automatic (adjustment) and manual (adjustment).
• Manual registration (adjustment)
12.3.1
Darken image density
Print industry customers may demand image settings
with dark image density in the shadow area such as
the offset printing.
This section describes how to adjust the shadow
area (max. density) to make its image density darker.
If the adjustment to make image density darker is not
performed properly, toner spillage or image background occurs. By this procedure, the density can be
adjusted more safely, minimizing occurrences of
these problems. However, perform this adjustment
only when necessary.
Related adjustments are as follows.
• Utility mode
1) Image density selection
• Automatic registration (adjustment)
Press [Chart Adjustment] to execute the automatic registration (adjustment).
This setting changes the charger voltage and the
developing bias.
• Service mode
1) DIPSW23-2, 3, 4 toner density of developer
This setting changes the developing roller rotation and toner density, thus changing the toner
density of developer without changing image
density.
2) DIPSW27-2, 3 image density selection (toner control patch density)
This setting changes the developing bias for creating the toner control patch formed on the drum
to determine toner density, thus changing toner
density of developer to change image density.
6. When adjusting another tray, repeat the steps 3
to 5.
A. Procedure
1. With the image density selection of the density
setting in the utility mode, set Darker [+1].
2. In the test pattern output mode, output the test
pattern No.11 to check image density.
3. When image density is insufficient, set the
image density selection "approx. 0.5% up" in
the DIPSW27-2, 3.
4. With the DIPSW23-2, 3, 4 toner density of
developer,
set
"approx.
0.5%
down"
or
"approx. 1.0% down" to prevent from image
background and toner spillage.
520
2
5. Output 500 prints of test pattern No.11 in the
test pattern output mode.
12. ADJUSTMENT FOR POD
A. Procedure
1. With the image density selection of the density
setting in the utility mode, set Lighter [-1].
Note
• The settings in steps 3 and 4 change the
toner density of developer. Thus, image
density does not change without making
prints.
6. Confirm image density.
7. When image density is insufficient, set the
image density selection "approx. 1.0% up" in
DIPSW27-2, 3.
8. With DIPSW23-2, 3, 4 toner density of developer, set "approx. 1.5% down."
9. Output 500 prints of the test pattern No.11 in
the test pattern output mode.
2. Output test pattern No.11 in the test pattern
output mode to confirm image density.
3. When image density is insufficient, repeat steps
1 and 2 until "-5."
4. When image density is insufficient, set as
"lighter" in the DIPSW5-2, 3.
5. Output test pattern No.11 in the test pattern
output mode to confirm image density.
6. When image density is insufficient, set as "lightest" in the DIPSW5-2, 3.
7. Output test pattern No.11 in the test pattern
output mode to confirm image density.
10. Confirm image density.
12.3.2
Lighten image density
Such printing materials as books use lighter letters so
as to reduce readers' eyestrain. Thus, print industry
customers may demand light image settings.
This section describes how to lighten image density
of the shadow section (max. density) without changing image density of the highlight section.
If the adjustment to make image density lighter is not
performed properly, white spots in the shadow section occurs. By this procedure, the density can be
adjusted more safely, minimizing occurrences of
problems. However, perform this adjustment only
when necessary.
Related adjustments are as follows.
• Utility mode
1) Image density selection
This setting changes the charger voltage and the
developing bias.
• Service mode
1) DIPSW5-2, 3 image density selection (laser PWM) for copier
This setting changes the image writing laser
PWM.
521
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
12. ADJUSTMENT FOR POD
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
12.4 Transfer jitter adjustment
B. Cause and tendency of occurrence
(1) 250 mm from the trailing edge
Describes how to adjust transfer jitter.
1)
When the trailing edge of the paper passed
through the loop roller, the stiffness of the
A. Preparation:
paper caused the loop created to try and
Adjustments differ depending on the position at
revert.
which transfer jitter occurs. Thus, locate the position
This may be found with paper weight 161 g/
where transfer jitter occurs. Measure with a scale.
m2 or less. (Because less loop is created for
(1) Procedure
loop control.)
paper weight 162 g/m2 or more by paper
1. Output No.9 of the "test pattern output mode"
with A3 paper.
(2) 145 mm from the trailing edge
1)
When the line speed of the registration roller
is faster than that of the drum, paper is
Note
pushed out from the registration roller to
• Check to ensure the test pattern density is
the drum and a loop is formed between the
set to 255.
registration roller and the drum. Accord-
2. Confirm the position where transfer jitter
ingly, the paper conveyance speed may
occurs.
change when paper passes through the registration roller.
2)
[1]
When the trailing edge of the paper passed
through the registration roller, the load
[2]
decreased and the transfer paper speed
[5]
became faster momentarily.
Possible with thick papers 200 g/m2 or
heavier.
(3) 138 mm from the trailing edge
1)
Fluctuation of load when the paper entered
the fusing roller.
Possible with thick papers 130 g/m2 or
heavier
[3][4]
2)
leading edge of paper hits against the
1050fs3052c
entrance guide plate and the paper does not
[1]: Approx. 250 mm from the trailing edge
enter smoothly. Possible with paper weight
[2]: Approx. 145 mm from the trailing edge
80 g/m2 or less.
[3]: Approx. 138 mm from the trailing edge
[4]: Approx. 138 to 103 mm from the trailing edge
[5] Approx. 40 mm from the trailing edge
Transfer jitter occurs randomly other than the
above
When paper gets into the fusing unit, the
(4) 138 to 103 mm from the trailing edge
1)
When paper gets into the fusing unit, the
leading edge of paper hits against the
entrance guide plate, and the resulting
shock creates a loop between the drum and
NOTE
• The position where transfer jitter occurs differs depending on the paper type, paper
weight or paper conveyance behavior.
the pre-transfer roller. The stiffness of paper
causes the loop created to try and revert,
thus resulting in transfer jitter of band
shape.
Possible with paper weight around 160 g/m2
at a low humidity.
522
(5) 40 mm from the trailing edge
1)
When the trailing edge of the paper passed
through the pre-transfer roller, the load
decreased and the paper speed became
12. ADJUSTMENT FOR POD
(3) Approx. 138 mm from the trailing edge
1. Strengthen the nip pressure of the pre-transfer
roller. (See P.511)
faster momentarily.
Possible with thick papers 200 g/m2 or
heavier.
Note
• If the nip pressure is strengthened it is possible that transfer jitter 40 mm from the
(6) Random occurrence
1)
Transfer jitter that occurs when the leading
edge of paper touches the conveyance section. Main causes are as follows.
trailing edge may occur. In this instance
select whichever image is best. (before
pressure increase or after)
• If transfer jitter occurs at around 140 mm
• Speed change of the conveyance belt itself
from the trailing edge, it may be impossible
• Speed difference between the registration roller
to determine if the jitter is caused by the
and the conveyance belt
• Rough paper movement while it passes through
the conveyance belt
• Shock because of the paper leading edge touching the conveyance belt
registration roller (145 mm) or by the fusing
unit (138 mm). In this instance cut 20 mm
off the trailing edge of an A3 sheet and
print a test pattern to the cut paper. If the
position of the jitter changes in relation to
the leading edge the cause can be deter-
C. Procedure
(1) Approx. 250 mm from the trailing edge
1. With the [Printer Regist Loop Adjustment] in the
service mode, reduce loop amount.
mined to be the registration roller.
2. Remove 2 screws [2] to remove 2 suction covers [1] at the lower side of the conveyance belt
on both sides of the conveyance section so as
to improve the conveyance suction ability.
(2) Approx. 145 mm from the trailing edge
[2]
[1]
1. Adjust the registration line speed. (See P.328))
2. Strengthen the nip pressure of the pre-transfer
roller. (See P.511)
Note
• If the nip pressure is strengthened it is possible that transfer jitter 40 mm from the
trailing edge may occur. In this instance
select whichever image is best. (before
pressure increase or after)
• If transfer jitter occurs at around 140 mm
from the trailing edge, it may be impossible
to determine if the jitter is caused by the
[2]
registration roller (145 mm) or by the fusing
[1]
1050fs3053c
unit (138 mm). In this instance cut 20 mm
off the trailing edge of an A3 sheet and
Note
print a test pattern to the cut paper. If the
• If the transfer suction ability is increased it
position of the jitter changes in relation to
is possible that transfer jitter may occur
the leading edge the cause can be deter-
145 mm from the trailing edge. Select
mined to be the registration roller.
whichever image is best. (before adjustment or after)
523
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
12. ADJUSTMENT FOR POD
3. Reverse the paper set direction in the tray. Set
paper so that the curling direction of paper
becomes concave on the conveyance section.
When the curling is convex, the leading edge of
paper hits against the entrance guide plate and
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(5) Approx. 40 mm from the trailing edge
1. Remove 2 pressure springs of the pre-transfer
roller.
(See P.511)
this may be apt to cause a transfer jitter.
(6) Random occurrence
(4) Approx. 138 to 103 mm from the trailing
edge
1. Strengthen the nip pressure of the pre-transfer
1. Remove the 2 suction covers provided under
the conveyance belts on both sides of the conveyance section.
roller. (See P.511)
Note
• If the transfer jitter is due to the speed dif-
Note
• If the nip pressure is strengthened it is pos-
ference between the registration roller and
sible that transfer jitter 40 mm from the
the conveyance belt, the transfer jitter
trailing edge may occur. In this instance
occurs
select whichever image is best. (before
image is best. (before adjustment or after)
pressure increase or after)
• If transfer jitter occurs at around 140 mm
from the trailing edge, it may be impossible
to determine if the jitter is caused by the
registration roller (145 mm) or by the fusing
unit (138 mm). In this instance cut 20 mm
off the trailing edge of an A3 sheet and
print a test pattern to the cut paper. If the
position of the jitter changes in relation to
the leading edge the cause can be determined to be the registration roller.
2. Remove the 2 suction covers provided under
the conveyance belts on both sides of the conveyance section.
Note
• If the transfer suction ability is increased it
is possible that transfer jitter may occur
145 mm from the trailing edge. Select
whichever image is best. (before adjustment or after)
3. Reverse the paper set direction in the tray. Set
paper so that the curling direction of paper
become concave on the conveyance section.
When the curling is convex, the leading edge of
paper hits against the entrance guide plate and
this may be apt to cause a transfer jitter.
524
1
more
easily.
Select
whichever
12.5 Overlay printing adjustment
12. ADJUSTMENT FOR POD
A. Preparation
Make the following settings with the tray /4 in the
1.
Overlay printing is to re-print the company name, the
address, the logo, etc. on offset printed paper.
user mode.
• Set paper on which overlay printing has been
When performing overlay printing, take notice the following description.
made.
• Set the type of paper to [Coated B].
• Set the air assist setting to [On].
Reference:
• The surface of coated paper is applied with a coat-
NOTE
ing agent and so it takes more time for the ink of
• Registration of back and front sides must be
offset printing to dry. Therefore, to prevent block-
checked every day before starting printing.
ing (back transfer), the entire surface of paper is
applied with powder.
2.
The powder drastically reduces the conveyance
• Set software DIPSW26-4 to 1. (Sets tray /4 forced
Make the following settings in the service mode.
forces of the pick-up roller and the paper feed
separation clutch control to the operation at all times.)
roller, and this may be apt to cause a no feed jam
• When performing overlay printing on both front
and back sides of paper weighing 91 g/m2 or
or a double feed jam.
lighter, set the software DIPSW6-2 to "1". (this disables the transfer assist control.)
NOTE
• Before overlay printing, be sure to take note
• Set the DIPSW2-4/5 to "1". (sets the cleaning
cycle of the charging corona to every 5,000 prints )
of following.
a) Be sure to install the PP-701 (urethane
• When using paper other than coated paper for
overlay printing, make the paper type setting to
roller)
other than "coated B" and set the software DIPSW
b) We recommend use of RC-501 for the
corresponds to the selected paper tray to "1".
overlay printing.
tray 1: DIPSW39-0
c) Apply as little powder as possible when
tray 2: DIPSW39-1
offset printing.
tray 3: DIPSW39-2
d) Get paper loosened sufficiently before
tray 4: DIPSW39-3
setting it in the tray /4.
tray 5: DIPSW39-4
e) Adjust paper condition with the same
environments (temperature and humidity)
as those for the main body. When left in a
NOTE
high humidity environment, paper strongly
• When the above mentioned DIPSW is set to
adhere to each other making them unable
"1", paper feed control will be the same as
to feed.
that of [Coated paper B]. This improves the
endurance of the urethane roller, however,
double feed may occur at frequent intervals.
• A paper centering error is likely to occur due
to contamination of the centering sensor
• The above mentioned DIPSW will not work
(PS54) with powder. Clean the sensor if the
when [Coated paper A] or [Paper weight 92 g/
error occurs or before starting overlay print-
m2] or more is selected for the paper setting.
ing.
• Registration of paper must be checked every
30,000 prints.
3.
Install the paper feed assist plate.
(See "5.3 Adjusting the pick-up roller pressure"
in the Field Service for the PF-701.)
NOTE
• The number of paper feed assist plates varies
according to the paper weight.
130 g/m2 or less → None
131 g/m2 or more → 4 pcs.
2
525
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
12. ADJUSTMENT FOR POD
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. Air assist adjustment
Check to see if the height of the air supply opening of
the paper feed assist fan and the upper surface of
paper are appropriate. Otherwise air assist is not conducted properly and this may result in a jam occurrence.
4. Check the measurement "a" between the
center position [1] (The center is 4.5 mm from
the upper edge [2].) of the air supply openings
of the paper feed assist fan /Fr and /Rr and the
upper surface of paper [3].
• Standard value a: within 4.5 ± 2.5 mm
(1) Procedure
When the value is not within the standard, con-
1. Pull out tray /4 and set about 10 sheets of
duct step 7 and succeeding steps.
coated paper that have been printed.
2. Push in the release lever [1], insert the screw [2]
into the hole [3] to fix the release lever, and then
set the tray /4.
[2]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[3]
a
[1]
1050fs3067c
3. After stop sound of the paper lift motor operation (when the paper lift plate gets to the upper
limit position), pull out tray /4 again.
1050fs3059c
5. Release the release lever that was fixed at step
2 and bring down the paper lift plate.
6. Pull out tray /4 and load it fully with coated
paper that has been printed, and perform steps
2 to 5.
7. Conduct the following adjustments according
to the curling condition of paper.
1) When there is no paper curling with no paper
slant.
Conduct "Pick-up roller height adjustment."
(See "5.2 Adjusting the pick-up roller height" in
the Field service for the PF-701.)
526
12. ADJUSTMENT FOR POD
2) If there is slant found due to paper curling:
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
3) When there is a convex curling found with
paper:
1050fs3060c
Put the underlays (included in the PP package)
1050fs3062c
[1] under the lower side of the stacked paper.
Put the underlays (included in the PP package)
[1] under the both sides of the stacked paper.
Note
• To prevent air from blowing upon the pad
when the remaining paper gets low, place
Note
the pad to the right side of the air supply
• To prevent air from blowing upon the pad
opening position [2].
when the remaining paper gets low, place
the pad to the right side of the air supply
[2]
opening position [2].
[1]
[2]
[1]
1050fs3351c
1050fs3352c
2
527
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
12. ADJUSTMENT FOR POD
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
4) When there is a concave curling found with
9. Remove the PF right cover.
(See chapter II "2.2.1 A. Removal/reinstallation of the
paper:
right cover" in the Field service for the PF-701.)
10. Select the code 42-21 of the service mode - I/
O check and press the Start button to operate
the paper feed assist fan.
11. After checking the paper separation condition
[1] from the right side of the PF, press the Stop
button to complete the I/O check.
12. Conduct the respective operations depending
on the condition of separation.
a. Air is blown upon more than 10 sheets of
paper and separate a sheet each.
b. Paper separation is not made for one sheet each, but 10
or more sheets of paper are being floated by air.
c. The number of sheets of paper that are being
floated by air is less than 4 or 5.
1050fs3064c
d. No paper is floated
Put the underlays (included in the PP package)
[1] under the center part of the stacked paper.
Note
• To prevent air from blowing upon the pad
when the remaining paper gets low, place
[1]
the pad to the right side of the air supply
opening position [2], hitting it against the
paper rear guide plate [3].
In the case of a concave curling, it is normally possible to adjust curling by placing a
pad at the center position 40 mm away
from the front and rear paper guides.
[2]
[1]
1050fs3066c
In the cases of "a" and "b," conduct step 12
and succeeding steps.
In the cases of "c" and "d," repeat step 1 to
1050fs3353c
8. After adjustment, repeat step 1 to step 6 to
check again the paper height at the air supply
opening section.
528
2
step 11.
12. ADJUSTMENT FOR POD
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
13. Conduct a test print to check to see if a jam
occurs.
[2]
When a jam occurs, conduct "C. Paper feed
pressure adjustment."
14. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
Note
• Be sure to release the release lever that
has been fixed at the step 2.
C. Paper feed pressure adjustment
[5]
[1]
[6]
Despite the paper separation being made correctly by
air from the paper feed assist fan, when a paper jam
occurs, conduct the following adjustments.
(1) Procedure
1. Conduct the respective operations depending
on the condition of jam.
• J14-01 (Paper is not conveyed to the separation roller due to slipping of pick-up roller.)
Add paper feed assist plates to raise pressure
on the pick-up roller. (See "5.3 Adjusting the
[3]
[4]
pick-up roller pressure" in PF-701 Field Service.)
Note
• 4 sheets of paper feed assist plate are normally used. However, when a no feed condition recurs, it is possible to use up to 8
sheets.
• J14-01 (paper bumps against the both
1050fs3354c
• J14-01 with thick paper (Paper is not conveyed
to the separation roller due to paper being unable to get over the entrance guide plate.)
Up the pick-up roller height. (Down the sensor
position. 2 mm as a tentative)
(See "5.2 Adjusting the pick-up roller height" in
PF-701 Field Service.)
• J14-01 (Jam with a crushed leading edge of
sides [2] of the entrance guide plate [1] and
paper)
cannot go over the entrance guide plate
Increase the separation pressure.
[1].) Put the underlays (included in the PP
(See "5.4 Adjusting the separation pressure" in
package) [3] on the bottom of the tray
PF-701 Field Service.)
locating them directory below [4] the both
edges [2] of the entrance guide plate [1].
• J14-02 (No feed occurs before the pre-registration roller.)
Increase the separation pressure.
• Be sure to set the underlays [3] so that
those top edges are not contacted with the
surface [5] of the tray, otherwise they may
interfere with the paper lift plate operation.
• Put the underlays [3] avoiding the paper
empty sensor [6].
(See "5.4 Adjusting the separation pressure" in
PF-701 Field Service.)
• J17-02 (Double feed)
Down the pick-up roller height. (Up the sensor
position. 2 mm as a tentative)
(See "5.2 Adjusting the pick-up roller height" in
the Field Service for the PF-701.)
2
529
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
12. ADJUSTMENT FOR POD
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
12.6 User setting of each paper
brand
12.7 Settings for feeding carbonless paper
For the user setting method for paper which is com-
When using carbonless paper (thin paper), take the
monly used in the POD market, see "19. PAPER SET-
following measures.
TING", by paper brand.
This document shows the optimum set values for
Reference
paper brands tested by KMBT.
• The carbonless paper adheres to the conveyance
However, it does not assure the same image quality
belt under suction while it is conveyed by the belt.
and paper feed ability as the paper specified by
This makes the paper reading edge to be flipped
KMBT. Only the basic performance under usual envi-
up when it comes to the fusing section, and the
ronment (temperature and humidity) has been tested
reading edge is rubbed against the fusing entrance
and confirmed.
guide causing soiled on the printed side.
Information on other brand of paper will be also provided when the test is finished, by updating the docu-
NOTE
ment.
• When feeding carbonless paper, take the following countermeasures.
a) When
printing
on
carbonless
middle
sheets, 50mm width of the sheet leading
edge reacts by the pressure and changes
in color. If this cannot be allowed, use
middle sheets 60 mm longer in main scan
direction, and 20 mm longer in sub scan
direction to trim off the discolored portion.
b) Set carbonless paper in SEF position (the
narrower side of paper comes to the
paper feed roller side).
c) Set the paper so that the paper curls convexly in the conveyance section.
d) Allowable curl amount is less than 3 mm.
When using paper curled more than 3 mm,
use the overlays included in the PP-701
package to correct the curl.
e) Only [Simplex mode] is acceptable for
carbonless paper.
A. Preparation
1. Configure the settings below in user mode.
• Set the paper type to [Coated A].
• Set the air-blow setting to [ON].
• Set the output setting to [Face-down].
2.
Carry out the following mechanical adjustment.
• Weaken the separation pressure of the paper feed
section for 1 step. (See P.500)
530
2
12. ADJUSTMENT FOR POD
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU main body. (See P.291)
2. Turn over the conveyance belt [1] so that the
suction holes [2] can be seen.
[2]
[1]
1050fs3355c
3. Install the cover [2] with the screw [1].
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2]
[1]
1050fs3356c
2
531
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
12. ADJUSTMENT FOR POD
Blank page
532
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
13. JAM CODE
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
„ TROUBLESHOOTING
13. JAM CODE
13.1 Jam code list
Jam
cation
code
Tray 1
J11-01
J11-02
Cause
Resulting
Correction
operation
During operation
Classifi-
J11-03
The paper feed sensor /1 (PS7) does
If there is a sheet
Pull out tray /1 and
not turn ON within a specified period of
of paper being
remove jammed paper if
time after the paper feed clutch /1 (CL4)
printed when a
any.
turns ON.
jam occurs, the
The pre-registration sensor /1 (PS17)
main body com-
Open tray /1 and the
does not turn ON within a specified
pletes the paper
main body vertical con-
period of time after the paper feed
exit before stop-
veyance door, and
clutch /1 (CL4) turns ON.
ping operations.
remove jammed paper if
any.
The vertical conveyance sensor /1
(PS19) does not turn ON within a specified period of time after the pre-registration sensor /1 (PS17) turns ON.
J11-05
When the trailing edge of paper is pass- After completion
When idling
J11-04
J11-06
ing through the vertical conveyance
of the exit of the
sensor /1 (PS19), the pre-registration
preceding paper,
sensor /1 (PS17) is turned ON by the
the main body
succeeding paper.
stops operations.
The vertical conveyance sensor /1
—
(PS19) turns ON while in idling.
Open the main body vertical conveyance door
and remove jammed
paper if any.
The pre-registration sensor /1 (PS17)
Pull out tray /1 and
turns ON while in idling.
remove jammed paper if
J12-01
J12-02
J12-03
During operation
any.
Tray 2
The paper feed sensor /2 (PS13) does
If there is a sheet
Pull out tray /2 and
not turn ON within a specified period of
of paper being
remove jammed paper if
time after the paper feed clutch /2 (CL6)
printed when a
any.
turns ON.
jam occurs, the
The pre-registration sensor /2 (PS18)
main body com-
Open tray /2 and the
does not turn ON within a specified
pletes the paper
main body vertical con-
period of time after the paper feed-
exit before stop-
veyance door, and
clutch /2 (CL6) turns ON.
ping operations.
remove jammed paper if
The vertical conveyance sensor /3
any.
(PS21) does not turn ON within a specified period of time after the pre-registration sensor /2 (PS18) turns ON.
2
533
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
code
Tray 2
J12-04
J12-05
Cause
Resulting
Correction
operation
During operation
Jam
cation
When the trailing edge of paper is pass- After completion
Open tray /2 and the
ing through the vertical conveyance
of the exit of the
main body vertical con-
sensor /3 (PS21), the pre-registration
preceding paper,
veyance door, and
sensor /2 (PS18) is turned ON by the
the main body
remove jammed paper if
succeeding paper.
stops operations.
any.
When idling
Classifi-
The vertical conveyance sensor /3
—
Open the main body ver-
J12-06
(PS21) turns ON while in idling.
tical conveyance door
and remove jammed
paper if any.
The pre-registration sensor /2 (PS18)
Pull out tray /2 and
turns ON while in idling.
remove jammed paper if
J13-01
(PF)
J13-02
During operation
any.
Tray 3
J13-03
The paper feed sensor /1 (PS72) does
If there is a sheet
Pull out tray /3 and
not turn ON within a specified period of
of paper being
remove jammed paper if
time after the pick-up clutch /1 (CL6)
printed when a
any.
turns ON.
jam occurs, the
The pre-registration sensor /1 (PS89)
main body com-
Open tray /3, the PF
does not turn ON within a specified
pletes the paper
front door and the verti-
period of time after the pick-up clutch /
exit before stop-
cal conveyance door /
1 (CL6) turns ON.
ping operations.
Up, and remove jammed
paper if any.
The vertical conveyance sensor /1
(PS90) does not turn ON within a specified period of time after the pre-registration sensor /1 (PS89) turns ON.
J13-04
J13-05
When the trailing edge of paper is pass- After completion
When idling
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
13. JAM CODE
ing through the vertical conveyance
of the exit of the
sensor /1 (PS90), the pre-registration
preceding paper,
sensor /1 (PS89) is turned ON by the
the main body
succeeding paper.
stops operations.
The vertical conveyance sensor /1
—
(PS90) turns ON while in idling.
Open the PF front door
and the vertical conveyance door /Up and
remove jammed paper if
any.
J13-06
The pre-registration sensor /1 (PS89)
Pull out tray /3 and
turns ON while in idling.
remove jammed paper if
any.
534
2
Jam
cation
code
Tray 4
J14-01
(PF)
J14-02
Cause
Resulting
Correction
operation
During operation
Classifi-
13. JAM CODE
J14-03
The paper feed sensor /2 (PS78) does
If there is a sheet
Pull out tray /4 and
not turn ON within a specified period of
of paper being
remove jammed paper if
time after the pick-up clutch /2 (CL9)
printed when a
any.
turns ON.
jam occurs, the
The pre-registration sensor /2 (PS93)
main body com-
Open tray /4, the PF
does not turn ON within a specified
pletes the paper
front door and the hori-
period of time after the pick-up clutch /
exit before stop-
zontal conveyance jam
2 (CL9) turns ON.
ping operations.
release lever and remove
jammed paper if any.
When the trailing edge of paper is passing through the loop sensor /2 (PS94),
the pre-registration sensor /2 (PS93) is
J15-02
When idling
J15-01
(PF)
The paper feed sensor /3 (PS84) does
If there is a sheet
Pull out tray /5 and
not turn ON within a specified period of
of paper being
remove jammed paper if
time after the pick-up clutch /3 (CL12)
printed when a
any.
turns ON.
jam occurs, the
J15-03
—
turns ON while in idling.
Pull out tray /4 and
remove jammed paper if
any.
The pre-registration sensor /3 (PS95)
main body com-
Open tray /5, the PF
does not turn ON within a specified
pletes the paper
front door and the verti-
period of time after the pick-up clutch /
exit before stop-
cal conveyance door /
3 (CL12) turns ON.
ping operations.
Lw, and remove jammed
paper if any.
The vertical conveyance sensor /3
(PS96) does not turn ON within a specified period of time after the pre-registration sensor /3 (PS95) turns ON.
J15-04
J15-05
When the trailing edge of paper is pass- After completion
When idling
Tray 5
The pre-registration sensor /2 (PS93)
During operation
turned ON by the succeeding paper.
J14-04
ing through the vertical conveyance
of the exit of the
sensor /3 (PS96), the pre-registration
preceding paper,
sensor /3 (PS95) is turned ON by the
the main body
succeeding paper.
stops operations.
The vertical conveyance sensor /3
—
(PS96) turns ON while in idling.
Open the PF front door
and the vertical conveyance door /Lw and
remove jammed paper if
any.
J15-06
The pre-registration sensor /3 (PS95)
Pull out tray /5 and
turns ON while in idling.
remove jammed paper if
any.
2
535
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classifi-
Jam
cation
code
J17-01
Resulting
Correction
operation
The registration sensor (PS40) does not
If there is a sheet
Open the main body
turn ON within a specified period of
of paper being
front doors /R and /L,
time after the ADU deceleration sensor
printed when a
pull out the ADU section
(PS42) turns ON.
jam occurs, the
and remove jammed
The ADU deceleration sensor (PS42)
main body com-
paper if any.
does not turn ON within a specified
pletes the paper
each
period of time after the loop sensor
exit before stop-
tray)
(PS16) turns ON.
ping operations.
feed
conveyance
(com-
J17-02
mon to
Paper
During operation
Paper
Cause
The loop sensor (PS16) does not turn
After completion
Open the main body ver-
feed
J17-03
ON within a specified period of time
of the exit of the
tical conveyance door
convey-
after the vertical conveyance sensor /1
preceding paper,
and remove jammed
ance
(PS19) turns ON.
the main body
paper if any.
(trays 1/
stops operations.
and /2)
Paper
J17-04
The vertical conveyance sensor /2
feed
(PS20) does not turn ON within a speci-
convey-
fied period of time after the vertical con-
ance
(tray /2)
veyance sensor /3 (PS21) turns ON.
J17-05
The vertical conveyance sensor /1
(PS19) does not turn ON within a specified period of time after the vertical conveyance sensor /2 (PS20) turns ON.
Paper
J17-06
The loop sensor (PS16) does not turn
Open the PF front door
feed
ON within a specified period of time
and the horizontal con-
convey-
after the PF exit sensor (PS99) turns
veyance jam release
ance (PF)
ON.
lever, and remove
J17-07
feed
convey-
J17-08
ance
When idling
jammed paper if any.
Paper
J17-09
The paper leading edge sensor (PS41)
—
J17-10
front doors /R and /L,
The registration sensor (PS40) turns ON
pull out the ADU section
while in idling.
and remove jammed
The ADU deceleration sensor (PS42)
paper if any.
The loop sensor (PS16) turns ON while
in idling.
J17-11
The vertical conveyance sensor /2
(PS20) turns ON while in idling.
J17-12
The multi feed detection boards /1 and
If there is a sheet
/2 detect a double feed.
of paper being
printed when a
jam occurs, the
main body completes the paper
exit before stopping operations.
536
Open the main body
turns ON while in idling.
turns ON while in idling.
During operation
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
13. JAM CODE
Jam
cation
code
J18-01
feed
conveyance (PF)
J18-02
Resulting
Correction
operation
J18-03
The intermediate sensor /Up (PS91)
If there is a sheet
Open the PF front door
does not turn ON within a specified
of paper being
and the PF vertical con-
period of time after the vertical convey-
printed when a
veyance door /Up, and
ance sensor /1 (PS90) turns ON.
jam occurs, the
remove jammed paper if
The loop sensor /1 (PS92) does not
main body com-
any.
turn ON within a specified period of
pletes the paper
time after the intermediate sensor /Up
exit before stop-
(PS91) turns ON.
ping operations.
The loop sensor /2 (PS94) does not
Open the PF front door
turn ON within a specified period of
and the horizontal con-
time after the pre-registration sensor /2
veyance jam release
(PS93) turns ON.
lever, and remove
The intermediate sensor /Lw (PS97)
Open the PF front door
does not turn ON within a specified
and the PF vertical con-
period of time after the vertical convey-
veyance door /Lw, and
ance sensor /3 (PS96) turns ON.
remove jammed paper if
The loop sensor /3 (PS98) does not
any.
jammed paper if any.
J18-04
J18-05
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the intermediate sensor /Lw
(PS97) turns ON.
J18-06
The PF exit sensor (PS99) does not turn
Open the PF front door,
ON within a specified period of time
the PF vertical convey-
after the loop sensor /1 (PS92) turns
ance door /Up and the
ON.
horizontal conveyance
jam release lever, and
remove jammed paper if
any.
J18-07
The PF exit sensor (PS99) does not turn
Open the PF front door
ON within a specified period of time
and the PF horizontal
after the loop sensor /2 (PS94) turns
conveyance jam release
ON.
lever, and remove
The PF exit sensor (PS99) does not turn
Open the PF front door,
ON within a specified period of time
the PF vertical convey-
after the loop sensor /3 (PS98) turns
ance door /Lw and the
ON.
horizontal conveyance
jammed paper if any.
J18-08
jam release lever, and
remove jammed paper if
any.
J18-09
J18-10
When idling
Paper
Cause
During operation
Classifi-
13. JAM CODE
The intermediate sensor /Up (PS91)
—
Open the PF front door
turns ON while in idling.
and the PF vertical con-
The loop sensor /1 (PS92) turns ON
veyance door /Up, and
while in idling.
remove jammed paper if
any.
537
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Jam
cation
code
Paper
J18-11
feed
conveyance (PF)
Cause
Resulting
Correction
operation
When idling
Classifi-
The loop sensor /2 (PS94) turns ON
—
while in idling.
Open the PF front door
and the horizontal conveyance jam release
lever, and remove
jammed paper if any.
J18-12
J18-13
The intermediate sensor /Lw (PS97)
Open the PF front door
turns ON while in idling.
and the PF vertical con-
The loop sensor /3 (PS98) turns ON
veyance door /Lw, and
while in idling.
remove jammed paper if
any.
J18-14
The PF exit sensor (PS99) turns ON
Open the PF front door
while in idling.
and the horizontal conveyance jam release
lever, and remove
J19-01
ance
PF
J19-02
During operation
jammed paper if any.
Convey-
The main body vertical conveyance
The main body
Close the vertical con-
door is opened while in printing.
stops immedi-
veyance door.
ately.
The PF front door is opened while in
The main body/
printing.
PF stops immedi-
Close the PF front door.
ately.
Fusing/
J21-01
While in the print sequence, the maxi-
If there is a sheet
Open the main body
paper
mum density sensor detects paper at
of paper being
front doors /R and /L,
exit
the specified timing.
printed when a
pull out the ADU section
jam occurs, the
and remove jammed
main body com-
paper if any.
pletes the paper
exit before stop-
J31-01
J31-02
J32-01
When idling
ping operations.
J21-02
While in idling, the maximum density
During operation
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
13. JAM CODE
The paper leading edge sensor (PS41)
If there is a sheet
does not turn ON within a specified
of paper being
period of time after the registration
printed when a
motor (M17) turns no.
jam occurs, the
The fusing exit sensor (PS22) does not
main body com-
turn ON within a specified period of
pletes the paper
time after the paper leading edge sen-
exit before stop-
sor (PS41) turns ON.
ping operations.
sensor detects paper at the specified
timing.
The paper exit sensor (PS3) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the fusing exit sensor (PS22)
turns ON.
538
—
Jam
cation
code
Fusing/
J32-02
paper
exit
J32-03
Cause
Resulting
Correction
operation
During operation
Classifi-
13. JAM CODE
J32-04
The ADU acceleration sensor (PS49)
If there is a sheet
Open the main body
does not turn ON within a specified
of paper being
front doors /R and /L,
period of time after the fusing exit sen-
printed when a
pull out the ADU section
sor (PS22) turns ON.
jam occurs, the
and remove jammed
The reverse sensor /1 (PS48) does not
main body com-
paper if any.
turn ON within a specified period of
pletes the paper
time after the ADU acceleration sensor
exit before stop-
(PS49) turns ON.
ping operations.
The PS46 does not turn ON again
within a specified period of time after
the reverse sensor /1 (PS48) turns ON.
J32-05
The paper exit sensor (PS3) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the reverse sensor /1 (PS48)
turns ON.
J32-06
The paper exit sensor (PS3) does not
turn OFF within a specified period of
J32-08
When idling
time after the PS3 turns ON.
J32-07
J32-09
The paper exit sensor (PS3) turns ON
—
while in idling.
The ADU acceleration sensor (PS49)
turns ON while in idling.
The fusing exit sensor (PS22) turns ON
while in idling.
J32-10
The reverse/exit sensor (PS50) turns
ON while in idling.
J32-11
The fusing jam sensor (PS23) turns ON
while in idling.
J32-12
The reverse sensor /1 (PS48) turns ON
while in idling.
J32-13
The reverse sensor /2 (PS47) turns ON
External
J51-01
During operation
while in idling.
The front door/R, /L of the main body
The main body
Open the main body
was opened while printing.
stops immedi-
front doors /R and /L,
ately.
pull out the ADU section
and remove jammed
paper if any.
2
539
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classifi-
Jam
cation
code
DF
J61-1
J61-2
J62-1
Cause
Resulting
The RADF open/close sensor (PS301)
The DF stops
Open the DF open/close
turns OFF while in operation.
immediately. If
cover and remove
The cover open/close switch (MS301)
there is paper
jammed paper if any.
turns OFF while in operation.
being transferred
The original registration sensor /Rt
or having been
(PS306) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after the prefeed start.
transferred, the
main body completes the paper
exit before stopping operations.
J62-2
The original conveyance sensor
(PS308) does not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the prefeed start of the front side of the double
sided original (including the single sided
original).
J62-3
The original conveyance sensor
(PS308) does not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the prefeed start of the back side of the double
sided original.
J62-4
While in the forward rotation of the original conveyance motor (M301), the original conveyance sensor (PS308) does
not turn OFF within a specified period of
time after it turns ON.
J62-5
While in the reverse rotation of the original conveyance motor (M301), the original conveyance sensor (PS308) does
not turn OFF within a specified period of
time after it turns ON.
J62-6
When entering a large size double sided
original in the reverse section, the original reverse sensor (PS309) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the original conveyance sensor (PS308) turns ON.
J62-7
When exiting a large size single sided
original, the original exit sensor /Lt
(PS307) does not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the original
conveyance sensor (PS308) turns ON.
540
Correction
operation
During operation
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
13. JAM CODE
Jam
cation
code
DF
J62-8
J62-9
J62-10
Cause
Resulting
Correction
operation
During operation
Classifi-
13. JAM CODE
When exiting a large size double sided
The DF stops
Open the DF open/close
original, the original exit sensor /Lt
immediately. If
cover and remove
(PS307) does not turn ON within a
there is paper
jammed paper if any.
specified period of time after the original
being transferred
reverse sensor (PS309) turns ON.
or having been
When exiting a large size single sided
transferred, the
original, the original exit sensor /Lt
main body com-
(PS307) does not turn OFF within a
pletes the paper
specified period of time after it turns
exit before stop-
ON.
ping operations.
When exiting a large size double sided
original, the original exit sensor /Lt
(PS307) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after it turns
ON.
J63-1
When outputting a large size double
sided original from the reverse section,
the original reverse sensor (PS309)
does not turn ON.
J63-2
When entering a large size double sided
original into the reverse section, the
original reverse sensor (PS309) does
not turn OFF within a specified period of
time after it turns ON.
J63-3
When outputting a large size double
sided original from the reverse section,
the original reverse sensor (PS309)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after it turns ON.
J63-4
When exiting a small size single sided
original, the original exit sensor /Rt
(PS314) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after the original
reverse sensor (PS309) turns ON.
J63-5
When exiting a small size double sided
original, the original exit sensor /Rt
(PS314) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after the original
reverse/exit sensor (PS313) turns ON.
J63-6
When exiting a small size single sided
original, the original exit sensor /Rt
(PS314) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after it turns
ON.
541
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classifi-
Jam
cation
code
DF
J63-7
J63-8
Cause
The DF stops
Open the DF open/close
original, the original exit sensor /Rt
immediately. If
cover and remove
(PS314) does not turn OFF within a
there is paper
jammed paper if any.
specified period of time after it turns
being transferred
ON.
or having been
When entering a small size double
transferred, the
sided original into the reverse section,
main body com-
the original reverse sensor (PS309)
pletes the paper
does not turn ON within a specified
exit before stop-
period of time after original conveyance
ping operations.
When outputting a small size double
sided original from the reverse section,
the original reverse sensor (PS309)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after original conveyance
sensor (PS308) turns ON.
J63-10
When entering a small size double
sided original into the reverse section,
the original reverse sensor (PS309)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after it turns ON.
J63-11
When outputting a small size double
sided original from the reverse section,
the original reverse sensor (PS309)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after it turns ON.
J65-1
The original registration sensor /Rt
(PS306) turns ON while in idling.
J65-2
The original conveyance sensor
(PS308) turns ON while in idling.
J65-4
The original reverse sensor (PS309)
turns ON while in idling.
J65-8
The original exit sensor /Lt (PS307)
turns ON while in idling.
J65-10
The original reverse/exit sensor (PS313)
turns ON while in idling.
J65-20
The original exit sensor /Rt (PS314)
turns ON while in idling.
J65-40
The reverse jam sensor (PS304) turns
ON while in idling.
J65-80
The original registration sensor /Lt
(PS318) turns ON while in idling.
542
Correction
When exiting a small size double sided
sensor (PS308) turns ON.
J63-9
Resulting
operation
During operation
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
13. JAM CODE
Jam
cation
code
FD
J72-01
J72-02
Cause
Resulting
Correction
operation
During operation
Classifi-
13. JAM CODE
The FD entrance sensor (PS1) does not
The FD and the
Remove jammed paper if
turn ON within a specified period of
main body stop
any from the FD/main
time after the main body paper exit sen- immediately.
body.
sor (PS3) turns ON.
The intermediate conveyance sensor
(PS13) does not turn ON within a specified period of time after the FD entrance
sensor (PS1) turns ON.
J72-03
The main tray exit sensor (PS18) does
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the intermediate conveyance
sensor (PS13) turns ON.
J72-04
The main tray exit sensor (PS18) does
not turn OFF within a specified period of
time after it turns ON.
J72-05
The sub tray paper exit sensor (PS16)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the intermediate
conveyance sensor (PS13) turns ON.
J72-06
The sub tray paper exit sensor (PS16)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after it turns ON.
J72-09
The punch conveyance sensor (PS5)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the FD entrance
sensor (PS1) turns ON.
J72-10
The 3rd folding conveyance sensor
(PS54) does not turn ON within a specified period of time after the punch conveyance sensor (PS5) turns ON.
J72-11
The punch registration sensor (PS6)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the punch conveyance sensor (PS5) turns ON.
J72-12
The 1st folding conveyance sensor
(PS51) does not turn ON within a specified period of time after the punch registration sensor (PS6) turns ON.
J72-13
The 3rd folding conveyance sensor
(PS54) does not turn ON within a specified period of time after the 1st folding
conveyance sensor (PS51) turns ON.
J72-14
The intermediate conveyance sensor
(PS13) does not turn ON within a specified period of time after the 3rd folding
conveyance sensor (PS54) turns ON.
543
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classifi-
Jam
cation
code
FS
J72-16
J72-17
Cause
The FS and the
Remove jammed paper,
not turn ON within a specified period of
main body stop
if any, from the FS/main
time after the main body paper exit sen-
immediately.
body.
sor (PS3) turns ON.
The main tray exit sensor (PS10) does
time after the stacker entrance sensor
(PS5) turns OFF.
The stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the FNS entrance
sensor (PS4) turns ON.
J72-19
While in stapling, the stacker entrance
sensor (PS5) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after the
stacker entrance motor (M13) turns
ON. While in any other operations than
stapling, the PS5 does not turn OFF
within a specified period of time after it
turns ON.
J72-20
While in stapling a small size paper, the
main tray exit sensor (PS10) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the paper exit arm motor
(M23) turns ON.
J72-21
While in stapling a large size paper, the
main tray exit sensor (PS10) does not
turn OFF within a specified period of
time after the paper exit arm motor
(M23) turns ON.
J72-22
While in exiting paper in the sub tray,
the sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the FNS entrance
sensor (PS4) turns ON.
J72-23
While in exiting paper in the sub tray,
the sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after the PS1 turns ON.
J72-28
While in the straight/shift of the small
size paper, the main tray paper exit sensor (PS10) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after the PS10
turns ON.
544
Correction
The FNS entrance sensor (PS4) does
not turn OFF within a specified period of
J72-18
Resulting
operation
During operation
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
13. JAM CODE
Jam
cation
code
FS
J72-30
J72-39
FD
J72-40
Cause
Resulting
Correction
operation
During operation
Classifi-
13. JAM CODE
While in stapling a small size paper, the
The FS and the
Remove jammed paper,
main tray paper exit sensor (PS10) does
main body stop
if any, from the FS/main
not turn OFF within a specified period of
immediately.
body.
Close the front door.
time after the PS10 turns ON.
The door switch (MS1) turns OFF while
The copier stops
in the copy/print.
immediately.
While in the folding operation, the 2nd
The FD and the
Remove jammed paper if
folding conveyance sensor (PS53) does
main body stop
any from the FD/main
not turn ON within a specified period of
immediately.
body.
time after the 1st folding motor (M4)
starts to accelerate.
J72-41
While in the folding operation, the 3rd
folding conveyance sensor (PS54) does
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the 1st folding motor (M4)
starts to accelerate.
J72-42
While in the folding operation, the 3rd
folding conveyance sensor (PS54) does
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the 2nd folding motor (M5)
starts to accelerate.
J72-43
While in the folding operation, the intermediate conveyance sensor (PS13)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the 3rd folding
motor (M6) starts to accelerate.
J72-44
While in the folding operation, the 3rd
folding conveyance sensor (PS54) does
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the 2nd folding conveyance
sensor (PS53) turns ON.
J72-45
While in the folding operation, the intermediate conveyance sensor (PS13)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the 3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54) turns ON.
J72-46
The PI conveyance sensor /Up (PS31)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the PI pick-up solenoid /Up (SD13) turns ON.
J72-47
The PI exit sensor (PS4) does not turn
ON within a specified period of time
after the PI conveyance sensor /Up
(PS31) turns ON.
545
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classifi-
Jam
cation
code
FD
J72-48
J72-49
Cause
Resulting
Correction
operation
During operation
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
13. JAM CODE
The PI conveyance sensor /Lw (PS37)
The FD and the
Remove jammed paper if
does not turn ON within a specified
main body stop
any from the FD/main
period of time after the PI pick-up sole-
immediately.
body.
noid /Lw (SD14) turns ON.
The PI exit sensor (PS4) does not turn
ON within a specified period of time
after the PI conveyance sensor /Lw
(PS37) turns ON.
J72-50
The FD entrance sensor (PS1) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the PI exit sensor (PS4) turns
ON.
J72-58
SD
The PI multi feed is detected.
J72-59
The door switch (MS1) turns OFF.
J72-61
The entrance sensor (PS1) does not
The SD and the
Remove jammed paper if
turn ON within a specified period of
main body stop
any from the SD/main
time after the exit sensor (PS3) on the
immediately.
body.
main body turns ON.
J72-62
The horizontal conveyance sensor /1
(PS2) does not turn ON within a specified period of time after the entrance
sensor (PS1) turns ON.
J72-63
The horizontal conveyance sensor /2
(PS3) does not turn ON within a specified period of time after the horizontal
conveyance sensor /1 (PS2) turns ON.
J72-64
The horizontal conveyance exit sensor
(PS4) does not turn ON within a specified period of time after the horizontal
conveyance sensor /2 (PS3) turns ON.
J72-65
The horizontal conveyance exit sensor
(PS4) does not turn OFF within a specified period of time after it turns ON.
J72-66
The subtray exit sensor (PS11) does
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the horizontal conveyance
sensor /1 (PS2) turns ON.
J72-67
The subtray exit sensor (PS11) does
not turn OFF within a specified period of
time after it turns ON.
J72-68
The entrance sensor (PS1) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the exit sensor (PS3) on the
main body turns ON.
546
2
Jam
cation
code
SD
J72-69
J72-70
Cause
Resulting
Correction
operation
During operation
Classifi-
13. JAM CODE
The right angle conveyance sensor /2
The SD and the
Remove jammed paper if
(PS6) does not turn ON within a speci-
main body stop
any from the SD/main
fied period of time after the right angle
immediately.
body.
conveyance motor (M6) turns ON.
The folding sensor /1 (PS7) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the folding entrance motor
(M3) turns ON.
J72-71
The saddle stitching paper sensor
(PS13) does not turn ON within a specified period of time after the folding sub
scan alignment exit motor (M8) turns
ON.
J72-72
The bundle sensor /1 (PS14) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the bundle arm rotation motor
(M22) turns ON.
J72-73
The bundle sensor /2 (PS15) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the bundle clip motor (M11)
turns ON.
J72-74
The bundle sensor /4 (PS54) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the bundle sensor /2 (PS15)
turns ON.
J72-75
The entrance sensor (PS1) does not
turn Off within a specified period of time
after it turns ON.
J72-76
The horizontal conveyance sensor
(PS3) does not turn OFF within a specified period of time after the entrance
sensor (PS1) turns ON.
J72-77
The right angle conveyance sensor /2
(PS6) does not turn OFF within a specified period of time after the folding
entrance motor (M3) turns ON.
J72-78
The folding sensor /2 (PS44) does not
turn OFF within a specified period of
time after the folding sub scan alignment exit motor (M8) turns ON.
J72-79
The saddle stitching paper sensor
(PS13) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after the folding
sub scan alignment exit motor (M8)
turns ON.
2
547
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Jam
cation
code
SD
J72-80
J72-81
Cause
Resulting
Correction
operation
During operation
Classifi-
The bundle sensor /1 (PS14) does not turn
The SD and the
Remove jammed paper if
OFF within a specified period of time after
main body stop
any from the SD/main
the bundle clip motor (M11) turns ON.
immediately.
body.
The bundle sensor /2 (PS15) does not
turn OFF within a specified period of
time after the bundle registration motor
(M12) turns ON.
J72-82
With paper bundle exit, the bundle sensor /4 (PS54) does not turn OFF within
a specified period of time after the bundle registration motor (M12) turns ON.
J72-83
The folding passage sensor (PS8) does
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the folding conveyance motor
(M4) turns ON.
J72-84
The tri-folding exit sensor (PS9) does
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the folding conveyance motor
(M4) turns ON.
The folding sub scan alignment exit
J72-85
motor (M8) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after it turns ON.
J72-86
The folding passage sensor (PS8) does
not turn OFF within a specified period of
time after the folding conveyance motor
(M4) turns ON.
J72-87
The tri-folding exit sensor (PS9) does
not turn OFF within a specified period of
time after it turns ON.
With paper bundle exit, the bundle sen-
J72-88
sor /2 (PS15) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after it turns ON.
J72-89
The trimmer registration sensor (PS55)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after the bundle press
movement motor (M17) turns ON.
J72-90
The trimmer registration sensor (PS55)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the bundle registration motor (M12) turns ON.
J72-99
During printing, either the SD front door
switch /Rt (MS1) or /Lt (MS2) turns OFF.
FS
J73-01
J73-02
548
2
When idling
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
13. JAM CODE
The stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
—
Open the FS front door
turns ON while in idling.
and the jam release lever,
The FNS entrance sensor (PS4) turns
and remove jammed
ON while in idling.
paper, if any.
Jam
cation
code
FS
J73-03
J73-04
Cause
Resulting
Correction
operation
When idling
Classifi-
13. JAM CODE
The main tray paper exit sensor (PS10)
—
Open the FS front door
turns ON while in idling. Or, the stack
and the jam release lever,
empty sensor (PS20) turns ON while
and remove jammed
turning ON the power source.
paper, if any.
The sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)
turns ON while in idling.
FD
J73-05
Either of the FD entrance sensor (PS1),
—
Open the FD front door,
the punch conveyance sensor (PS5)
open then the entrance
and the punch registration sensor (PS6)
conveyance jam release
turns ON while in idling.
levers /1 and /2 and the
punch conveyance jam
release levers /1 and /2,
and then remove
jammed paper, if any.
J73-06
J73-07
Either of the intermediate conveyance
Open the FD front door
sensor (PS13), the sub tray paper exit
and the intermediate
sensor (PS16) and the main tray paper
conveyance jam lever,
exit sensor (PS18) turns ON while in
and remove the jammed
idling.
paper, if any.
Either of the 1st folding conveyance
Open the FD front door,
sensor (PS51), the 2nd folding convey-
pull out the folding con-
ance sensor (PS53), the 3rd folding
veyance section, open
conveyance sensor (PS54), the S size
the folding conveyance
conveyance sensor (PS58), the folding
jam release levers /1 to /
entrance sensor (PS52) and the folding
5, and remove jammed
exit sensor (PS2) turns ON while in
paper, if any.
idling.
J73-08
Either of the PI conveyance sensor /Up
Open the FD upper door
(PS31), the PI conveyance sensor /Lw
and remove jammed
(PS37) and the PI exit sensor (PS4)
paper, if any. When
turns ON while in idling.
jammed paper gets in
the PI exit, open the
entrance conveyance
jam release lever /1 and
remove the jammed
paper.
SD
J73-09
J73-10
The entrance sensor (PS1) turns ON
Open the SD front door /
while in idling.
Rt and remove jammed
Either of the horizontal conveyance
paper, if any.
sensor /1 (PS2), the horizontal conveyance sensor /2 (PS3), or the subtray
exit sensor (PS11) turns ON while in
idling.
J73-11
The horizontal conveyance exit sensor
Open the SD front door /
(PS4) turns ON while in idling.
Lt and remove jammed
paper, if any.
1
549
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classifi-
Jam
cation
code
SD
J73-12
J73-13
Cause
Resulting
Correction
operation
When idling
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
13. JAM CODE
Either of the right angle conveyance
—
Open the SD front door /
sensor /1 (PS5) or the right angle con-
Rt and remove jammed
veyance sensor /2 (PS6) turns ON while
paper, if any.
in idling.
Either of the folding sensor /1 (PS7), the
folding passage sensor (PS8), the trifolding exit sensor, or the folding sensor
/2 (PS44) turns ON while in idling.
J73-14
J73-15
The saddle stitching paper sensor
Open the SD front door /
(PS13) turns ON while in idling.
Lt and remove jammed
Either of the bundle sensor /1 (PS14),
paper, if any.
the bundle sensor /2 (PS15), the bundle
sensor /4 (PS54), or the bundle exit
sensor /2 (PS57) turns ON while in
idling.
LS
J73-17
The entrance sensor (PS4) of the tan-
Open the tandem (1st)
dem (1st) LS turns ON while in idling.
LS front door, open then
entrance conveyance
jam release lever and
remove jammed paper, if
any.
J73-18
The sub tray exit sensor (PS10) of the
Open the tandem (1st)
tandem (1st) LS turns ON while in idling.
LS sub tray cover, and
remove jammed paper, if
any.
J73-19
Either of the conveyance sensors /1, /2
Open the tandem (1st)
and /3 (PS7, 16 and 17) of the tandem
LS JAM door, and
(1st) LS turns ON while in idling.
remove jammed paper, if
The coupling exit sensor (PS18) of the
Open the tandem (1st)
tandem (1st) LS turns ON while in idling.
LS front door, open then
any.
J73-20
the coupling exit jam
release lever, and
remove jammed paper, if
any.
J73-21
The entrance sensor (PS4) of the tan-
Open the tandem (2nd)
dem (2nd) LS turns ON while in idling.
LS front door, open then
entrance conveyance
jam release lever and
remove jammed paper, if
any.
J73-22
The sub tray paper exit sensor (PS10)
Open the tandem (2nd)
of the tandem (2nd) LS turns ON while
LS sub tray cover, and
in idling.
remove jammed paper, if
any.
550
1
Jam
cation
code
LS
J73-23
Cause
Resulting
Correction
operation
When idling
Classifi-
13. JAM CODE
Either of the conveyance sensors /1, /2
—
Open the tandem (2nd)
and /3 (PS7, 16 and 17) of the tandem
LS JAM door, and
(2nd) LS turns ON while in idling.
remove jammed paper, if
However, in the case of LS-502, only
any.
the conveyance sensor /1 (PS7) is
applicable.
J73-24
The coupling exit sensor (PS18) of the
Open the tandem (2nd)
tandem (2nd) LS turns ON while in
LS front door, open then
idling.
the coupling exit jam
However, in the case of LS-501 only.
release lever and remove
The entrance sensor (PS1) turns ON
Open the front door and
while in idling.
remove jammed paper, if
The SC entrance sensor (PS2) turns ON
any.
jammed paper, if any.
PB
J73-30
while in idling.
The cover paper entrance sensor (PS3)
turns ON while in idling.
The sub tray exit sensor (PS4) turns ON
Open the upper door
while in idling.
and remove jammed
The SC paper detection sensor (PS16)
Open the front door and
turns ON while in idling.
remove jammed paper, if
The clamp paper sensor (PS28) turns
any.
paper, if any.
J73-31
J73-32
ON while in idling.
J73-33
The cover paper switchback sensor
(PS44) turns ON while in idling.
The cover paper sensor/Rt (PS45) turns
ON while in idling.
The cover paper sensor/Lt (PS46) turns
ON while in idling.
J73-34
The book end sensor (PS61) turns ON
Open the stacker door
while in idling.
and remove jammed
The cover paper conveyance sensor /1
Pull out the paper feed
(PS75) turns ON while in idling.
tray and remove jammed
The cover paper conveyance sensor /2
paper, if any.
paper, if any.
J73-35
(PS76) turns ON while in idling.
The cover paper conveyance sensor /3
(PS77) turns ON while in idling.
The cover paper conveyance sensor /4
(PS78) turns ON while in idling.
The cover paper conveyance sensor /5
(PS79) turns ON while in idling.
2
551
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Jam
cation
code
LS
J74-01
J74-02
Cause
The LS and the
Remove jammed paper,
dem (1st) LS does not turn ON within a
main body stop
if any, from the LS/main
specified period of time after the main
immediately.
body.
body paper exit sensor (PS3) turns ON.
The entrance sensor (PS4) of the tanspecified period of time after it turns ON.
J74-04
The sub tray exit sensor (PS10) does
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the entrance sensor (PS4) of
the tandem (1st) LS turns ON.
The sub tray exit sensor (PS10) of the
tandem (1st) LS does not turn OFF
within a specified period of time after it
turns ON.
J74-05
The conveyance sensor /1 (PS7) does
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the entrance sensor (PS4) of
the tandem (1st) LS turns ON.
J74-06
The conveyance sensor /1 (PS7) of the
tandem (1st) LS does not turn OFF
within a specified period of time after it
turns ON.
J74-07
The conveyance sensor /2 (PS16) does
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the conveyance sensor /1
(PS7) of the tandem (1st) LS turns ON.
J74-08
The conveyance sensor /2 (PS16) of
the tandem (1st) LS does not turn OFF
within a specified period of time after it
turns ON.
J74-09
The conveyance sensor /3 (PS17) does
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the conveyance sensor /2
(PS16) of the tandem (1st) LS turns ON.
J74-10
The conveyance sensor /3 (PS17) of
the tandem (1st) LS does not turn OFF
within a specified period of time after it
turns ON.
J74-11
The coupling exit sensor (PS18) does
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the conveyance sensor /3
(PS17) of the tandem (1st) LS turns ON.
552
Correction
The entrance sensor (PS4) of the tan-
dem (1st) LS does not turn OFF within a
J74-03
Resulting
operation
During operation
Classifi-
During operation
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
13. JAM CODE
Jam
cation
code
LS
J74-12
J74-19
Cause
Resulting
Correction
operation
During operation
Classifi-
13. JAM CODE
The coupling exit sensor (PS18) of the
The LS and the
Remove jammed paper,
tandem (1st) LS does not turn OFF
main body stop
if any, from the LS/main
within a specified period of time after it
immediately.
body.
turns ON.
The LS front door open jam. While in
any other modes than the tandem
mode, the front door switch (MS1) of
the tandem (1st) LS turns OFF while in
the print/print.
J74-31
The entrance sensor (PS4) of the tandem (2nd) LS does not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the coupling exit sensor (PS18) of the tandem
(1st) LS turns ON.
J74-32
The entrance sensor (PS4) of the tandem (2nd) LS does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after it turns ON.
J74-33
The sub tray exit sensor (PS10) does
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the entrance sensor (PS4) of
the tandem (2nd) LS turns ON.
J74-34
The sub tray exit sensor (PS10) of the
tandem (2nd) LS does not turn OFF
within a specified period of time after it
turns ON.
J74-35
The conveyance sensor /1 (PS7) does
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the entrance sensor (PS4) of
the tandem (2nd) LS turns ON.
J74-36
The conveyance sensor /1 (PS7) of the
tandem (2nd) LS does not turn OFF
within a specified period of time after it
turns ON.
J74-37
The conveyance sensor /2 (PS16) does
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the conveyance sensor /1
(PS7) of the tandem (2nd) LS turns ON.
J74-38
The conveyance sensor /2 (PS16) of
the tandem (2nd) LS does not turn OFF
within a specified period of time after it
turns ON.
J74-39
The conveyance sensor /3 (PS17) does
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the conveyance sensor /2
(PS16) of the tandem (2nd) LS turns
ON.
553
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classifi-
Jam
cation
code
LS
J74-40
J74-41
Cause
Resulting
Correction
operation
During operation
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
13. JAM CODE
The conveyance sensor /3 (PS17) of
The LS and the
Remove jammed paper,
the tandem (1st) LS does not turn OFF
main body stop
if any, from the LS/main
within a specified period of time after it
immediately.
body.
The entrance sensor (PS1) does not
The PB and the
Remove jammed paper,
turn ON within a specified period of
main body stop
if any, from the PB/main
time after the main body paper exit sen-
immediately.
body.
turns ON.
The coupling exit sensor (PS18) does
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the conveyance sensor /3
(PS17) of the tandem (2nd) LS turns
ON.
J74-42
The coupling exit sensor (PS18) of the
tandem (2nd) LS does not turn OFF
within a specified period of time after it
turns ON.
J74-49
The LS front door open jam. While in
any other modes other than the tandem
mode, the front door switch (MS1) of
the tandem (2nd) LS turns OFF while in
the print/print.
PB
J74-60
sor (PS3) turns ON.
J74-61
The SC entrance sensor (PS2) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the entrance sensor (PS1)
turns ON.
J74-62
The SC entrance sensor (PS2) does not
turn OFF within a specified period of
time after it turns ON.
J74-63
The cover paper entrance sensor (PS3)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the main body
paper exit sensor (PS3) turns ON.
J74-64
The sub tray exit sensor (PS4) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the entrance sensor (PS1)
turns ON.
J74-65
The sub tray exit sensor (PS4) does not
turn OFF within a specified period of
time after it turns ON.
J74-66
The SC paper detection sensor (PS16)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the SC entrance
sensor (PS2) turns ON.
554
2
Jam
cation
code
PB
J74-67
J74-68
Cause
Resulting
Correction
operation
During operation
Classifi-
13. JAM CODE
The SC paper detection sensor (PS16)
The PB and the
Remove jammed paper,
does not turn OFF within a specified
main body stop
if any, from the PB/main
period of time after it turns ON.
immediately.
body.
When conveying two pages at a time,
the SC paper detection sensor (PS16)
does not turn ON within a specified
time period after the SC entrance sensor (PS2) turns ON.
J74-69
When conveying two pages at a time,
the SC paper detection sensor (PS16)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after it turns ON.
J74-70
The SC paper detection sensor (PS16)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after the SC bundle conveynace motor (M17) turns ON.
J74-71
The clamp paper sensor (PS28) does
not turn OFF within a specified period of
time after the Clamp motor (M22) turns
OFF.
J74-72
The glue apply position detection sensor (PS32) does not turn ON within a
specified period of time after reversal of
glue tank movement motor (the tank
moves back) turns ON.
J74-73
The glue apply position detection sensor (PS32) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after it turns
ON.
J74-74
The cover paper sensor/Rt (PS45) does
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the cover paper pick up
clutch (MC71) turns ON.
J74-76
When starting trimming of the cover
paper fed from the PB, the cover paper
switchback sensor (PS44) does not
turn ON within a specified time period
after the cover paper conveyance
motor (M45) turns ON.
J74-77
When trimming of the cover paper fed
from the PB is complete, the cover
paper switchback sensor (PS44) does
not turn OFF within a specified time
period after the cover paper conveyance motor (M45) turns ON.
2
555
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classifi-
Jam
cation
code
PB
J74-78
J74-79
Cause
The PB and the
Remove jammed paper,
the cover paper fed from the PB, the
main body stop
if any, from the PB/main
cover paper sensor/Lt (PS46) does not
immediately.
body.
turn OFF within a specified time period
after the cover paper conveyance
motor (M45) turns ON.
When positioning the leading edge of
cover paper sensor/Lt (PS46) does not
turn ON within a specified time period
after the cover paper conveyance
motor (M45) turns ON.
When cover paper is fed from the main
body, the cover paper sensor/Rt (PS45)
does not turn OFF within a specified
time period after the cover paper
entrance sensor (PS3) turns ON.
J74-82
When starting trimming of the cover
paper fed from the main body, the
cover paper switchback sensor (PS44)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the cover paper
conveyance motor (M45) turns ON.
J74-83
When trimming of the cover paper fed
from the main body is complete, the
cover paper switchback sensor (PS44)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after the cover paper
conveyance motor (M45) turns ON.
J74-84
When positioning the leading edge of
the cover paper fed from the main
body, the cover paper sensor/Lt (PS46)
does not turn OFF within a specified
time period after the cover paper conveyance motor (M45) turns ON.
J74-85
When positioning the leading edge of
the cover paper fed from the main
body, the cover paper sensor/Lt (PS46)
does not turn ON within a specified
time period after the cover paper conveyance motor (M45) turns ON.
J74-86
The book end sensor (PS61) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the book conveyance belt
motor (M61) turns ON.
556
2
Correction
When positioning the leading edge of
the cover paper fed from the PB, the
J74-80
Resulting
operation
During operation
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
13. JAM CODE
Jam
cation
code
PB
J74-87
J74-88
Cause
Resulting
Correction
operation
During operation
Classifi-
13. JAM CODE
When loading first book, the book sen-
The PB and the
Remove jammed paper,
sor /1 (PS66) does not turn ON within a
main body stop
if any, from the PB/main
specified period of time after the book
immediately.
body.
conveyance belt up down motor (M63)
turns ON.
When first row of book moves, the
book sensor /2 (PS67) does not turn
ON within a specified period of time
after the book movement motor (M64)
turns ON.
J74-89
When feeding paper, the cover paper
conveyance sensor /1 (PS75) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the cover paper pick up
clutch (MC71) turns ON.
J74-90
The cover paper conveyance sensor /2
(PS76) does not turn ON within a specified period of time after the cover paper
conveyance sensor /1 (PS75) turns ON.
J74-91
When re-feeding paper, the cover paper
conveyance sensor /3 (PS77) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the cover paper pick up
clutch (MC71) turns ON.
J74-92
The cover paper conveyance sensor /4
(PS78) does not turn ON within a specified period of time after the cover paper
conveyance sensor /3 (PS77) turns ON.
J74-93
The multi feed detection board /2
(MFDTB72) turns OFF.
J74-96
The cover paper switchback sensor
(PS44) does not turn ON within a specified period of time after the cover paper
feed motor (M74) turns ON.
J74-97
No paper is detected (the paper has
removed) when restarting the job after
recovery.
J74-98
A cover paper has not been conveyed
to the cover paper table section when
clamping of inside pages is finished.
J74-99
The front door switch (MS2), the upper
door switch (MS3) and the stacker door
switch (MS4) became OFF during printing.
2
557
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Jam
cation
code
ADU
J92-01
J92-02
Cause
Resulting
Correction
operation
During operation
Classifi-
The ADU reverse sensor /1 (PS46) does
If there is a sheet
Open the main body
not turn ON within a specified period of
of paper being
front doors /R and /L,
time after the reverse sensor /1 (PS48)
printed when a
pull out the ADU section
turns ON.
jam occurs, the
and remove jammed
The ADU reverse sensor /1 (PS46) does
main body com-
paper if any.
not turn ON again within a specified
pletes the paper
period of time after the PS46 turns ON.
exit before stop-
J93-01
When idling
J92-04
The ADU reverse sensor /1 (PS46)
During operation
ping operations.
J92-03
The ADU exit sensor (PS43) does not
If there is a sheet
Open the main body
turn ON within a specified period of
of paper being
front doors /R and /L,
time after the ADU reverse sensor /1
printed when a
pull out the ADU section
(PS46) turns ON.
jam occurs, the
and remove jammed
main body com-
paper if any.
—
turns ON while in idling.
The ADU reverse sensor /2 (PS45)
turns ON while in idling.
pletes the paper
exit before stop-
J94-01
During operation
J93-03
When idling
ping operations.
J93-02
The ADU conveyance sensor /1 (PS35)
—
turns ON while in idling.
The ADU conveyance sensor /2 (PS36)
turns ON while in idling.
The ADU deceleration sensor (PS42)
If there is a sheet
does not turn ON within a specified
of paper being
period of time after the ADU exit sensor
printed when a
(PS43) turns ON.
jam occurs, the
main body completes the paper
exit before stopping operations.
J94-03
558
When idling
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
13. JAM CODE
The ADU exit sensor (PS43) turns ON
while in idling.
—
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
14.1 Malfunction code list
A. Note for use
Turn OFF/ON the power switch (SW2) of the main body when releasing an abnormal condition.
B. Code list
NOTE
• For codes with "*" in the code column, "Turn ON the power switch again" is displayed on the touch
panel. For other codes, "Please call service" is displayed.
• For codes with "**" in the code column (SC78-40 to 62: perfect binding tank temperature abnormality related), always repair defective parts then set the DipSW3-1 software of service mode to 0.
If DipSW3-1 is set to 0 before defective parts are fixed, it may cause fire.
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
Main body
operation
Drive
SC13-01 An abnormal speed signal of the
The main body
Paper feed motor (M4)
paper feed motor (M4) is checked.
stops immediately
Printer control board (PRCB)
An error detection signal is
to turn OFF the
detected twice in succession a
RL1 (main).
specified period of time after M4
was turned ON (the first signal is
PF
ignored).
SC13-02 An abnormal speed signal of the
PFU paper feed motor (M40) is
Paper feed motor (M40)
PF drive board (PFUDB)
checked.
An error detection signal is
detected twice in succession a
specified period of time after M40
was turned ON (the first signal is
Main body
ignored).
SC13-03 The blowout of a fuse for the verti-
Printer control board (PRCB)
cal conveyance motor (M8) in the
Vertical conveyance motor
printer control board (PRCB) is
(M8)
checked.
An error detection signal (blowout
of a fuse) of M8 is detected when
PF
M8 is turned ON.
SC13-05 The blowout of a fuse for the exit
PF exit conveyance motor
conveyance motor (M41) in the PF
(M41)
drive board (PFUDB) is checked.
PF drive board (PFUDB)
An error detection signal (blowout
of a fuse) of M41 is detected when
M41 is turned ON.
2
559
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
Main body
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Tray /1 SC18-10 The locking of the paper lift motor
The main body
Paper lift motor /1 (M25)
/1 (M25) is detected.
stops immediately
Upper limit sensor /1 (PS6)
An error detection signal of M25 is
to turn OFF the
detected while M25 is ON.
RL1 (main).
SC18-11 When the upper limit sensor /1
Error code is not
DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
(PS6) is OFF, PS6 does not turn
displayed on the
2)
ON within 20 seconds after the
operation panel,
paper lift motor /1 (M25) turns ON
but displayed only
for lifting operation. And at this
on the data collec-
time, an error detection signal
tion, the list output
(24V cut off) is detected.
and CSRC. Since
SC18-12 When the upper limit sensor /1
the lifting opera-
(PS6) is OFF, PS6 does not turn
tion of the tray is
ON within 20 seconds after the
not completed,
paper lift motor /1 (M25) turns ON
"Set paper in the
for lifting operation. And at this
tray 1" is displayed
time, an error detection signal
on the operation
(blowout of a fuse) is detected.
board.
SC18-13 When the upper limit sensor /1
Printer control board (PRCB)
Paper lift motor /1 (M25)
(PS6) is OFF, PS6 does not turn
ON within 20 seconds after the
paper lift motor /1 (M25) turns ON
for lifting operation. And at this
time, an error detection signal is
not detected.
Tray /2 SC18-20 The locking of the paper lift motor
The main body
Paper lift motor /2 (M26)
/2 (M26) is detected.
stops immediately
Upper limit sensor /2 (PS12)
When M26 is ON, an error detec-
to turn OFF the
tion signal of the M26 is detected.
RL1 (main).
SC18-21 When the upper limit sensor /2
Error code is not
DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
(PS12) is OFF, PS12 does not turn
displayed on the
2)
ON within 20 seconds after the
operation panel,
paper lift motor /2 (M26) turns ON
but displayed only
for lifting operation. And at this
on the data collec-
time, an error detection signal
tion, the list output
(24V cut off) is detected.
and CSRC. Since
SC18-22 When the upper limit sensor /2
560
the lifting opera-
(PS12) is OFF, PS12 does not turn
tion of the tray is
ON within 20 seconds after the
not completed,
paper lift motor /2 (M26) turns ON
"Set paper in the
for lifting operation. And at this
tray 2" is displayed
time, an error detection signal
on the operation
(blowout of a fuse) is detected.
board.
Printer control board (PRCB)
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
Main body
operation
Tray /2 SC18-23 When the upper limit sensor /2
Error code is not
(PS12) is OFF, PS12 does not turn
displayed on the
ON within 20 seconds after the
operation panel,
paper lift motor /2 (M26) turns ON
but displayed only
for lifting operation. And at this
on the data collec-
time, an error detection signal is
tion, the list output
not detected.
and CSRC. Since
Paper lift motor /2 (M26)
the lifting operation of the tray is
not completed,
"Set paper in the
tray 2" is displayed
on the operation
PF
board.
Tray /3 SC18-30 The locking of the paper lift motor
The main body
Paper lift motor /1 (M42)
/1 (M42) is detected.
stops immediately
Upper limit sensor /1 (PS71)
When M42 is ON, an error detec-
to turn OFF the
tion signal of the M42 is detected.
RL1 (main).
SC18-31 When the upper limit sensor /1
Error code is not
DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
(PS71) is OFF, PS71 does not turn
displayed on the
2)
ON within 20 seconds after the
operation panel,
paper lift motor /1 (M42) turns ON
but displayed only
for lifting operation. And at this
on the data collec-
time, an error detection signal
tion, the list output
(24V cut off) is detected.
and CSRC. Since
SC18-32 When the upper limit sensor /1
the lifting opera-
(PS71) is OFF, PS71 does not turn
tion of the tray is
ON within 20 seconds after the
not completed,
paper lift motor /1 (M42) turns ON
"Set paper in the
for lifting operation. And at this
tray 3" is displayed
time, an error detection signal
on the operation
(blowout of a fuse) is detected.
board.
SC18-33 When the upper limit sensor /1
PF drive board (PFUDB)
Paper lift motor /1 (M42)
(PS71) is OFF, PS71 does not turn
ON within 20 seconds after the
paper lift motor /1 (M42) turns ON
for lifting operation. And at this
time, an error detection signal is
not detected.
Tray /4 SC18-40 The locking of the paper lift motor
The main body
Paper lift motor /2 (M43)
/2 (M43) is detected.
stops immediately
Upper limit sensor /2 (PS77)
When M43 is ON, an error detec-
to turn OFF the
tion signal of the M43 is detected.
RL1 (main).
561
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
PF
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Tray /4 SC18-41 When the upper limit sensor /2
Error code is not
DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
(PS77) is OFF, PS77 does not turn
displayed on the
2)
ON within 20 seconds after the
operation panel,
paper lift motor /2 (M43) turns ON
but displayed only
for lifting operation. And at this
on the data collec-
time, an error detection signal
tion, the list output
(24V cut off) is detected.
and CSRC. Since
SC18-42 When the upper limit sensor /2
the lifting opera-
(PS77) is OFF, PS77 does not turn
tion of the tray is
ON within 20 seconds after the
not completed,
paper lift motor /2 (M43) turns ON
"Set paper in the
for lifting operation. And at this
tray 4" is displayed
time, an error detection signal
on the operation
(blowout of a fuse) is detected.
board.
SC18-43 When the upper limit sensor /2
Error code is not
(PS77) is OFF, PS77 does not turn
displayed on the
ON within 20 seconds after the
operation panel,
paper lift motor /2 (M43) turns ON
but displayed only
for lifting operation. And at this
on the data collec-
time, an error detection signal is
tion, the list output
not detected.
and CSRC. Since
PF drive board (PFUDB)
Paper lift motor /2 (M43)
the lifting operation of the tray is
not completed,
"Set paper in the
tray 4" is displayed
on the operation
board.
Tray /5 SC18-50 The locking of the paper lift motor
The main body
Paper lift motor /3 (M44)
/3 (M44) is detected.
stops immediately
Upper limit sensor /3 (PS83)
When M44 is ON, an error detec-
to turn OFF the
tion signal of the M44 is detected.
RL1 (main).
SC18-51 When the upper limit sensor /3
Error code is not
DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
(PS83) is OFF, PS83 does not turn
displayed on the
2)
ON within 20 seconds after the
operation panel,
paper lift motor /3 (M44) turns ON
but displayed only
for lifting operation. And at this
on the data collec-
time, an error detection signal
tion, the list output
(24V cut off) is detected.
and CSRC. Since
SC18-52 When the upper limit sensor /3
562
the lifting opera-
(PS83) is OFF, PS83 does not turn
tion of the tray is
ON within 20 seconds after the
not completed,
paper lift motor /3 (M44) turns ON
"Set paper in the
for lifting operation. And at this
tray 5" is displayed
time, an error detection signal
on the operation
(blowout of a fuse) is detected.
board.
PF drive board (PFUDB)
Classification
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
PF
operation
Tray /5 SC18-53 When the upper limit sensor /3
Error code is not
(PS83) is OFF, PS83 does not turn
displayed on the
ON within 20 seconds after the
operation panel,
paper lift motor /3 (M44) turns ON
but displayed only
for lifting operation. And at this
on the data collec-
time, an error detection signal is
tion, the list output
not detected.
and CSRC. Since
Paper lift motor /3 (M44)
the lifting operation of the tray is
not completed,
"Set paper in the
tray 5" is displayed
on the operation
Main body
board.
Wire
SC21-01 It is checked that the time for the
The main body
Charger cleaning motor
cleaning
charger cleaning motor (M23)
stops immediately
(M23)
abnor-
operations is over.
to turn OFF the
Charger cleaning home sen-
mality
• When the charger cleaning RL1 (main).
home sensor (PS26) is OFF
sor (PS26)
Printer control board (PRCB)
with the main power switch
(SW1) ON, PS26 does not turn
ON within 35 seconds after
the M23 turns ON for home
position
research
operation
(return operation). At this time,
an
error
detection
signal
(blowout of a fuse) is not
detected.
• PS26 does not turn OFF within
15 seconds after the reverse
operation (return operation) is
started. At this time, an error
detection signal (blowout of a
fuse) is not detected.
• The charger cleaning limit sensor (PS27) does not turn ON
within a specified period of
time after the reverse operation
(return
operation)
is
started for detection of PS26
being OFF. Or, PS26 does not
turn ON within a specified
period of time after PS27 turns
ON. At this time, an error
detection signal (blowout of a
fuse) is not detected.
563
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
Main body
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Wire
SC21-02 The blowout of a fuse for the
The main body
Charger cleaning motor
cleaning
charger cleaning motor (M23) in
stops immediately
(M23)
abnor-
the printer control board (PRCB) is
to turn OFF the
Printer control board (PRCB)
mality
checked.
RL1 (main).
• When the charger cleaning
home sensor (PS26) is OFF
with the main power switch
(SW1) ON, PS26 does not turn
ON within 35 seconds after
the M23 turns ON for home
position
research
operation
(return operation). And at this
time, an error detection signal
(blowout of a fuse) is detected.
• PS26 does not turn OFF within
15 seconds after the reverse
operation (return operation) is
started. And at this time, an
error detection signal (blowout
of a fuse) is detected.
• The charger cleaning limit sensor (PS27) does not turn ON
within a specified period of
time after the reverse operation
(return
operation)
is
started for detection of PS26
being OFF. Or, PS26 does not
turn ON within a specified
period of time after PS27 turns
ON. At this time, an error
detection signal (blowout of a
fuse) is detected.
SC21-03 The locking of the charger clean-
(M23)
A motor lock signal is detected
Charger/cleaning member
while moving from the charger
cleaning limit sensor (PS27) side
to the charger cleaning home sensor (PS26) side, and after a retry
operation, a fifth motor lock signal
is detected.
564
Charger cleaning motor
ing motor (M23) is detected.
Classification
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
Main body
operation
Wire
SC21-04 It is checked that the operations of
The main body
Transfer/separation clean-
cleaning
the transfer/separation cleaning
stops immediately
ing motor (M20)
abnor-
motor (M20) are over.
to turn OFF the
Transfer/separation clean-
RL1 (main).
ing home sensor (PS38)
mality
• When the transfer/separation
cleaning home sensor (PS38)
Transfer/separation clean-
is OFF with the main power
ing limit sensor (PS39)
switch (SW1) ON, PS38 does
ADU drive boards /1, /2
not turn ON within a specified
(ADUDB/1, /2)
period of time after the transfer/separation cleaning motor
(M20) turns ON for a home
position
research
operation
(return operation). At this time,
an
error
detection
signal
(blowout of a fuse) is not
detected.
• PS38 does not turn OFF within
a specified period of time after
the reverse operation (return
operation) is started. At this
time, an error detection signal
(blowout of a fuse) is not
detected.
• The transfer/separation cleaning limit sensor (PS39) does
not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the reverse
operation (return operation) is
started for detection of PS38
being OFF. Or, PS38 does not
turn ON within a specified
period of time after PS39 turns
ON. At this time, an error
detection signal (blowout of a
fuse) is not detected.
565
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
Main body
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Wire
SC21-05 The blowout of a fuse for the
The main body
Transfer/separation clean-
cleaning
transfer/separation cleaning motor
stops immediately
ing motor (M20)
abnor-
(M20) in the ADU drive boards /1
to turn OFF the
ADU drive boards /1, /2
mality
and /2 (ADUDB/1 and /2)is
RL1 (main).
(ADUDB/1, /2)
checked.
• When the transfer/separation
cleaning home sensor (PS38)
is OFF with the main power
switch (SW1) ON, PS38 does
not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the transfer/separation cleaning motor
(M20) turns ON for a home
position
research
operation
(return operation). At this time,
an
error
detection
signal
(blowout of a fuse) is detected.
• PS38 does not turn OFF within
a specified period of time after
the reverse operation (return
operation) is started. At this
time, an error detection signal
(blowout of a fuse) is detected.
• PS39 does not turn ON within
a specified period of time after
the reverse operation (return
operation) is started for detection of PS38 being OFF. Or,
PS38 does not turn ON within
a specified period of time after
PS39 turns ON. At this time,
an
error
detection
signal
(blowout of a fuse) is detected.
SC21-06 The locking of the transfer/separa-
ing motor (M20)
detected.
Transfer/separation charger/
Motor lock signals are detected
Transfer/separation clean-
while moving from the transfer/
ing member
separation limit sensor (PS39) side
to the transfer/separation home
sensor (PS38) side, and after a
retry operation, a fifth motor lock
signal is detected.
566
Transfer/separation clean-
tion cleaning motor (M20) is
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
Main body
operation
Wire
SC21-07 The home position search time of
The main body
Transfer assist motor (M19)
cleaning
the transfer assist motor is out.
stops immediately
Transfer assist home sensor
abnor-
The transfer assist home sensor
to turn OFF the
(PS37)
mality
(PS37) does not turn ON within a
RL1 (main).
ADU drive boards /1, /2
specified period of time after the
(ADUDB/1, /2)
home position search operation of
the transfer assist motor (M19) is
started.
SC21-08 An error is detected while in the
Transfer assist motor (M19)
operation of the transfer assist
Transfer/separation clean-
motor.
ing limit sensor (PS39)
An error is detected of the transfer
Transfer assist home sensor
assist motor (M19) while in the
(PS37)
print operation.
Motor
SC23-01 The speed error signal of the toner
Toner bottle motor (M6)
abnor-
bottle motor (M6) is checked.
Printer control board (PRCB)
mality
An error detection signal is
Toner bottle/large capacity
detected twice in succession a
hopper
specified period of time after M6
turns ON (the first signal is
ignored).
SC23-02 The speed error signal of the
developing motor (M3) is checked.
Developing motor (M3)
Printer control board (PRCB)
Since an error detection signal is
detected a second after M3 turns
ON, turn OFF M3 for 0.5 seconds.
Then, an error detection signal is
detected again a second after it is
turned ON again.
SC23-03 The locking of the blade motor is
Blade motor (M22)
detected.
Blade sensor /1 (PS24), /2
The error detection signal (over
(PS25)
current) of M22 is detected.
SC23-04 It is checked that the movement of
the blade motor (M22) is not com-
DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
2)
pleted, and the 24V power source
is also checked.
The drum READY1 signal (READY
condition) cannot be detected
within a specified period of time
after the drum motor (M2) turns
ON. Or, the drum READY1 signal
(READY release condition) cannot
be detected within a specified
period of time after M2 turns OFF.
At this time, an error detection signal (24V cut out) is detected.
567
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
Main body
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Motor
SC23-05 The blowout of a fuse for the
The main body
Blade motor (M22)
abnor-
blade motor (M22) in the printer
stops immediately
Printer control board (PRCB)
mality
control board (PRCB) is checked.
to turn OFF the
The drum READY1 signal (READY
RL1 (main).
condition) cannot be detected
within a specified period of time
after the drum motor (M2) turns
ON. Or, the drum READY1 signal
(READY release condition) cannot
be detected within a specified
period of time after M2 turns OFF.
At this time, the error detection
signal (blowout of a fuse) of the
blade motor (M22) is detected.
SC23-06 It is checked that the movement of
the blade motor (M22) is not completed.
The drum READY1 signal (READY
condition) cannot be detected
within a specified period of time
after the drum motor (M2) turns
ON. Or, the drum READY1 signal
(READY release condition) cannot
be detected within a specified
period of time after M2 turns OFF.
At this time, an error detection signal is not detected.
SC23-07 It is checked that the movement of
the blade motor (M22) is not completed, and 24V power source is
also checked.
The blade READY signal (READY
condition) cannot be detected
within a specified period of time
after the blade replacement signal
turns ON. Or, the blade READY
signal (READY release condition)
cannot be detected within a specified period of time after the blade
replacement signal turns OFF. At
this time, an error detection signal
(24V cut off) is detected.
568
DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
2)
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
Main body
operation
Motor
SC23-08 The blowout of a fuse for the
The main body
Blade motor (M22)
abnor-
blade motor (M22) in the printer
stops immediately
Printer control board (PRCB)
mality
control board (PRCB) is checked.
to turn OFF the
The blade READY signal (READY
RL1 (main).
condition) cannot be detected
within a specified period of time
after the blade replacement signal
turns ON. Or, the blade READY
signal (READY release condition)
cannot be detected within a specified period of time after the blade
replacement signal turns OFF. At
this time, an error detection signal
(blowout of a fuse) of the blade
motor (M22) is detected.
SC23-09 It is checked that the movement of
the blade motor (M22) is not completed. The blade READY signal
(READY condition) cannot be
detected within a specified period
of time after the blade replacement signal turns ON. Or, the
blade READY signal (READY
release condition) cannot be
detected within a specified period
of time after the blade replacement signal turns OFF. At this
time, an error detection signal is
not detected.
SC23-10 It is checked that the drum motor
(M2) does not start. The drum
Drum motor (M2)
Printer control board (PRCB)
READY2 signal (READY signal) is
not detected within a specified
period of time after M2 turns ON.
SC23-11 The blowout of a fuse for the inter-
Intermediate hopper motor
mediate hopper motor (M11) in
(M11)
the printer control board (PRCB) is
Printer control board (PRCB)
checked.
An error detection signal (blowout
of a fuse) is detected when M11
turns ON.
569
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
Main body
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Motor
SC23-12 The blowout of a fuse for the air
The main body
Air separation motor (M10)
abnor-
separation motor (M10) in the
stops immediately
Printer control board (PRCB)
mality
printer control board (PRCB) is
to turn OFF the
checked.
RL1 (main).
An error detection signal (blowout
of a fuse) is detected when M10
turns ON.
Toner
SC23-13 Air separation motor (M10) rota-
Air separation motor (M10)
convey-
tion abnormality. Since an error is
Air motor encoder sensor
ance
detected when M10 turns ON,
(PS30)
abnor-
turn it OFF. An error is still
Resetting of the intermedi-
mality
detected when turn it ON again.
SC23-14 The toner conveyance abnormality
ate toner hopper section
Toner pump motor (M28)
is detected. When toner is sup-
Air pump motor (M29)
plied for 8 minutes and the toner
Toner remaining sensor /1
remaining sensor /1 (PS31) does
(PS31)
not turn ON, it is found that the
Toner remaining sensor /3
toner remaining sensor /3 (PS33)
(PS33)
of the large capacity hopper turns
ON for the last 15 seconds in succession.
Note:
• When the code SC2314 occurs, be sure to
repair defective parts
before
setting
the
software DIPSW3-1 to
0.
Setting
the
DIPSW3-1 to 0 without repairing defective parts may cause
toner
to
overflow
inside and outside of
the machine.
SC23-15 Toner remaining detection sensor /
3 (PS33) abnormality. When the
(PS32)
toner remaining sensor /1 (PS31)
Toner remaining sensor /3
does not turn ON even if toner is
(PS33)
supplied for 8 minutes, it is found
that the toner remaining sensor /2
(PS32) of the large capacity hopper turns ON for the last 15 seconds in succession, and the toner
remaining sensor /3 (PS33) turns
OFF.
570
Toner remaining sensor /2
Classification
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
Main body
operation
Toner
SC23-17 Leakage at the mixing section is
The main body
Toner pump motor (M28)
convey-
detected. When the toner pump
stops immediately
Air pump motor (M29)
ance
motor (M28) is operating, the
to turn OFF the
Toner remaining sensor /4
abnor-
toner remaining sensor /4 (PS34)
RL1 (main).
(PS34)
mality
detects the toner being provided
in succession for 20 seconds.
Note:
• When the code SC2317 occurs, be sure to
repair defective parts
before
setting
the
software DIPSW3-1 to
0.
Setting
the
DIPSW3-1 to 0 without repairing defective parts may cause
toner
to
overflow
inside and outside of
the machine.
SC23-20 Toner pump motor (M28) abnor-
DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
mality. The rotation of the toner
2)
pump motor (M28) and the 24 V
Toner pump motor (M28)
power source are checked. While
M28 is rotating, an error detection
signal (abnormal rotation) is
detected for more than 1 second.
At this time, an error detection signal (24V cut off) is detected.
SC23-21
• Toner
pump
motor
(M28)
Printer control board (PRCB)
abnormality. The blowout of a
Toner pump motor (M28)
fuse for the toner pump motor
Recycle cut motor (M30)
(M28) in the printer control
board (PRCB) is checked.
While M28 is rotating, an error
detection
signal
(abnormal
rotation) is detected for more
than 1 second. At this time, an
error detection signal (blowout
of a fuse) is detected, but an
error signal (24V cut off) is not
detected.
• When recycle cut motor (M30)
is
operating,
abnormality
detection signal was continuously detected twice for the
specified
time.
(First
time
ignored)
2
571
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
Main body
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Toner
SC23-22 Toner pump motor (M28) abnor-
The main body
Toner pump motor (M28)
convey-
mality. The rotation of the toner
stops immediately
Pump encoder sensor /1
ance
pump motor (M28) is checked.
to turn OFF the
(PS28)
abnor-
While M28 is rotating, an error
RL1 (main).
mality
detection signal (abnormal rotation) is detected for more than 1
second. At this time, error signals
(blowout of a fuse and 24V cut off)
are not detected.
SC23-24 Air pump motor (M29) abnormal-
DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
ity. The rotation of the air pump
2)
motor (M29) and the 24V power
Air pump motor (M29)
source are checked.
While M29 is rotating, an error
detection signal (abnormal rotation) is detected for more than 1
second. At this time, an error signal (24V cut off) is detected.
SC23-25 Air pump motor (M29) abnormality. The blowout of a fuse for the
Printer control board (PRCB)
Air pump motor (M29)
air pump motor (M29) in the
printer control board (PRCB) is
checked.
While M29 is rotating, an error
detection signal (abnormal rotation) is detected for more than 1
second. At this time, an abnormality signal (blowout of a fuse) is
detected, but no abnormality signal (24V cut off) is detected.
SC23-26 Air pump motor (M29) abnormal-
Pump encoder sensor
motor (M29) is checked for more
(PS29)
than 1 second. An error detection
Load of the pump
signal (abnormal rotation) is
detected for more than 1 second.
At this time, error signals (blowout
of a fuse and 24V cut off) are not
detected.
572
Air pump motor (M29)
ity. The rotation of the air pump
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
Main body
operation
Toner
SC-23-50 Toner collection box detected full
When the waste
convey-
toner amount
ance
exceeds 80% of
abnor-
the toner collec-
mality
tion box, a warn-
Toner collection box
ing message is
displayed in the
operation panel
and the recycle
cut motor (M30) is
stopped after specific printing.
Drum
SC24-01 When the change in temperature
The main body
Drum temperature sensor
of the drum temperature sensor
stops immediately
(TH5)
(TH5) is less than -2°C a specified
to turn OFF the
period of time after the main
RL1 (main).
power switch (SW1) turns ON to
start the control of the dehumidification heater /1 (HTR1) and the
drum temperature is below 10°C
after the elapse of 1 minute.
SC24-02 When the main power switch
(SW1) turns ON with the fusing
temperature below 50°C, the
detected temperature of the drum
temperature sensor (TH5) is more
than 52°C, and when the detected
temperature is above 52°C after a
specified period of time.
High
SC28-01 A charge leak is detected. After a
Charger
voltage
charge error detection signal is
Power feeding contact
power
detected while in the charge ON,
High voltage unit /1 (HV1)
source
up to 5 charge ON/OFF opera-
abnor-
tions occur in succession while in
mality
10 prints.
SC28-02 A transfer leak is detected. After a
Transfer/separation charger
transfer error detection signal is
Power feeding point
detected while in the transfer ON,
High voltage unit /2 (HV2)
up to 5 transfer ON/OFF operations occur in succession while in
10 prints.
SC28-03 A separation leak is detected.
After a separation error detection
signal is detected while in the separation ON, up to 5 separation
ON/OFF operations occur in succession while in 10 prints.
2
573
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
Main body
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
High
SC28-04 The error detection signal (blowout
The main body
ADU drive boards /1, /2
voltage
of a 24V fuse) of the high voltage
stops immediately
(ADUDB1, 2)
power
unit /2 (HV2) is detected.
to turn OFF the
High voltage unit /2 (HV2)
source
RL1 (main).
abnormality
Process
SC29-01 The dirt correction of the sensor is
abnor-
not completed. While in the maxi-
mality
mum density correction, the dirt
Toner control sensor board
(TCSB)
correction of the maximum density
sensor is not sufficient. When this
condition is detected 10 times in
succession, the error code is displayed.
SC29-02 The maximum density correction
Error code is not
Toner control sensor board
is not completed. While in the
displayed on the
(TCSB)
maximum density correction, the
operation panel,
Developing motor (M3)
number of rotations of the devel-
but displayed only
oping sleeve gets to the maxi-
on the data collec-
mum.
tion, the list output
and the CSRC.
Toner control sensor board
put abnormality. While in the maxi-
The control of the
(TCSB)
mum density correction, a patch
main body is
Write unit
for control is not output. (No out-
made by using a
Image processing board
put is made from the maximum
data previously
(IPB)
density sensor.)
obtained.
Overall control board
SC29-03 The maximum density sensor out-
(OACB)
SC29-04 The dirt correction of the sensor is
The main body
Toner control sensor board
not completed. While in gamma
stops immediately
(TCSB) (gamma sensor
correction, the dirt correction of
to turn OFF the
cleaning required)
the gamma sensor is not suffi-
RL1 (main).
cient. When gamma sensor less
than the specified value is
detected ten times in succession,
this error code is displayed.
574
2
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
Main body
operation
Process
SC29-05 The gamma sensor output abnor-
Error code is not
Toner control sensor board
abnor-
mality. While in the gamma correc-
displayed on the
(TCSB)
mality
tion, a patch for control is not
operation panel,
Write unit
output. (No output is made from
but displayed only
Image processing board
the gamma sensor.)
on the data collec-
(IPB)
tion, the list output
Overall control board
and the CSRC.
(OACB)
The control of the
Image processing board
defective. The gamma correction
main body is
(IPB)
output is abnormal. A regression
made by using a
Printer control board (PRCB)
error when carrying out a gamma
data previously
curve operation while in the
obtained.
SC29-06 The gamma correction data is
gamma correction.
SC29-07 The dirt correction of the sensor is
The main body
Toner control sensor board
not completed. While in the dot
stops immediately
(TCSB) (gamma sensor
diameter correction, the dirt cor-
to turn OFF the
cleaning required)
rection of the gamma sensor is
RL1 (main).
not sufficient. When gamma sensor less than the specified value is
detected five times in succession,
this error code is displayed.
SC29-08 Correction abnormality. While in
Error code is not
Image processing board
the dot diameter correction, the
displayed on the
(IPB)
correction is terminated with an
operation panel,
Printer control board (PRCB)
abnormal value.
but displayed only
on the data collection, the list output
and the CSRC.
The control of the
main body is
made by using a
data previously
obtained.
SC29-09 Drum potential sensor (DPS) out-
The main body
Drum potential sensor (DPS)
put abnormality. While in the 0V
stops immediately
Printer control board (PRCB)
check of the DPS, more than
to turn OFF the
100V of the drum surface potential
RL1 (main).
is detected more than 5 times.
When the error code is detected 5
times in succession, this error
code is displayed.
2
575
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
Main body
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Process
SC29-10 Drum potential sensor (DPS) out-
The main body
Drum potential sensor (DPS)
abnor-
put abnormality. While in the drum
stops immediately
Printer control board (PRCB)
mality
potential correction, a patch for
to turn OFF the
control is not output with the V1
RL1 (main).
getting to more than 350V. When
this condition is detected 5 times
in succession, the error code is
displayed.
SC29-11 The data is defective. While in the
drum potential correction, no convergence is obtained even after
correction is made more than 10
times. When this condition is
detected 5 times in succession,
the error code is displayed.
SC29-12 Auto adjustment monitor value
Error code is not
abnormality. No convergence is
displayed on the
made in the auto adjustment of
operation panel,
the transfer current.
but displayed only
SC29-13 Auto adjustment monitor value
on the data collec-
abnormality. No convergence is
tion, the list output
made in the auto adjustment of
and the CSRC.
the separation (AC) current.
The control of the
SC29-14 Auto adjustment monitor value
abnormality. No convergence is
made in the auto adjustment of
the separation (DC) current.
High voltage unit /2 (HV2)
main body is
made by using a
data previously
obtained.
SC29-15 Auto adjustment monitor value
High voltage unit /1 (HV1)
abnormality. No convergence is
made in the auto adjustment of
the developing bias.
SC29-16 Drum charger capacity deteriora-
The main body
Drum
tion abnormality. When the
stops immediately
Drum potential sensor (DPS)
charger grid/developing bias is in
to turn OFF the
excess of the limit of correction,
RL1 (main).
lower the developing potential/
fogging margin potential in steps
of 50V. And as a result, less than
50V of the difference with the target charger potential is detected
10 times in succession.
576
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
Main body
operation
Fan
SC32-01 The rotation of the IPB cooling fan
The main body
DC power supply /1 (DCPS/
abnor-
(FM12) is checked, and the 24V
stops immediately
1)
mality
power source is also checked. An
to turn OFF the
abnormal signal condition occurs
RL1 (main).
a specified period of time after
FM12 is turned ON. This abnormal
condition recurs even a specified
period of time after FM12 is turned
OFF and then turned ON, and an
error detection signal (24V cut off)
is detected.
SC32-02 The blowout of a fuse for the IPB
AC drive board (ACDB)
cooling fan (FM12) in the AC drive
IPB cooling fan (FM12)
board (ACDB) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM12 EM signal a specified period of time after FM12 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM12 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (blowout of a
fuse) is detected with the 24V normal.
SC32-03 The rotation of the IPB cooling fan
(FM12) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM12 EM signal a specified period of time after FM12 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM12 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off/blowout of a fuse) is not detected.
SC32-04 When the print is started, the EM
Error code is not
AC drive board (ACDB)
signal of the PB cooling fan
displayed on the
IPB cooling fan (FM12)
(FM12) turns ON.
operation panel,
but displayed only
on the data collection, the list output
and the CSRC.
The control of the
main body is
made by using a
data previously
obtained.
577
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
Main body
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Fan
SC32-05 The rotation of the pump cooling
The main body
DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
abnor-
fan (FM11) is checked, and the
stops immediately
2)
mality
24V power source is also
to turn OFF the
checked.
RL1 (main).
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM11 EM signal a specified period of time after FM11 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM11 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
detected.
SC32-06 The blowout of a fuse for the
pump cooling fan (FM11) in the
Pump cooling fan (FM11)
Printer control board (PRCB)
printer control board (PRCB) is
checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM11 EM signal a specified period of time after FM11 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM11 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (blowout of a
fuse) is detected.
SC32-07 The rotation of the pump cooling
fan (FM11) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM11 EM signal a specified period of time after FM11 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM11 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off/blowout of a fuse) is not detected.
578
Pump cooling fan (FM11)
Printer control board (PRCB)
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
Main body
operation
Fan
SC32-09 The rotation of the transfer/sepa-
The main body
DC power supply /1 (DCPS/
abnor-
ration suction fan (FM4) is
stops immediately
1)
mality
checked, and the 24V power
to turn OFF the
source is also checked.
RL1 (main).
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM4 EM signal a specified
period of time after FM4 is turned
ON. This abnormal condition
recurs even a specified period of
time after FM4 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
detected.
SC32-10 The blowout of a fuse for the
Transfer/separation suction
transfer/separation suction fan
fan (FM4)
(FM4) in the printer control board
Printer control board (PRCB)
(PRCB) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM4 EM signal a specified
period of time after FM4 is turned
ON. This abnormal condition
recurs even a specified period of
time after FM4 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (blowout of a
fuse) is detected with the 24V normal.
SC32-11 The rotation of the transfer/sepa-
Transfer/separation suction
ration suction fan (FM4) is
fan (FM4)
checked.
Printer control board (PRCB)
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM4 EM signal a specified
period of time after FM4 is turned
ON. This abnormal condition
recurs even a specified period of
time after FM4 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off/blowout of a fuse) is not detected.
579
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
Main body
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Fan
SC32-12 The rotation of the developing
The main body
DC power supply /1 (DCPS/
abnor-
suction fan (FM5) is checked, and
stops immediately
1)
mality
the 24V power source is also
to turn OFF the
checked.
RL1 (main).
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM5 EM signal a specified
period of time after FM5 is turned
ON. This abnormal condition
recurs even a specified period of
time after FM5 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
detected.
SC32-13 The blowout of a fuse for the
Developing suction fan
developing suction fan (FM5) in
(FM5)
the printer control board (PRCB) is
Printer control board (PRCB)
checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM5 EM signal a specified
period of time after FM5 is turned
ON. This abnormal condition
recurs even a specified period of
time after FM5 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (blowout of a
fuse) is detected with the 24V normal.
SC32-14 The rotation of the developing
(FM5)
An abnormal condition occurs
Printer control board (PRCB)
with the FM5 EM signal a specified
period of time after FM5 is turned
ON. This abnormal condition
recurs even a specified period of
time after FM5 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off/blowout of a fuse) is not detected.
580
Developing suction fan
suction fan (FM5) is checked.
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
Main body
operation
Fan
SC32-15 The rotation of the paper exit cool- The main body
abnor-
ing fan /1 (FM9) is checked, and
stops immediately
mality
the 24V power source is also
to turn OFF the
checked.
RL1 (main).
DC power supply /1 (DCPS/
1)
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM9 EM signal a specified
period of time after FM9 is turned
ON. This abnormal condition
recurs even a specified period of
time after FM9 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
detected.
SC32-16 The blowout of a fuse for the
Paper exit cooling fan /1
paper exit cooling fan /1 (FM9) in
(FM9)
the printer control board (PRCB) is
Printer control board (PRCB)
checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM9 EM signal a specified
period of time after FM9 is turned
ON. This abnormal condition
recurs even a specified period of
time after FM9 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (blowout of a
fuse) is detected with the 24V normal.
SC32-17 The rotation of the paper exit cool-
Paper exit cooling fan /1
ing fan /1 (FM9) is checked.
(FM9)
An abnormal condition occurs
Printer control board (PRCB)
with the FM9 EM signal a specified
period of time after FM9 is turned
ON. This abnormal condition
recurs even a specified period of
time after FM9 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off/blowout of a fuse) is not detected.
581
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
Main body
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Fan
SC32-18 The rotation of the paper exit cool-
The main body
DC power supply /1 (DCPS/
abnor-
ing fan /2 (FM10) is checked, and
stops immediately
1)
mality
the 24V power source is also
to turn OFF the
checked.
RL1 (main).
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM10 EM signal a specified period of time after FM10 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM10 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
detected.
SC32-19 The blowout of a fuse for the
paper exit cooling fans /2 (FM10)
Paper exit cooling fans /2
(FM10), /3 (FM28)
and /3 (FM28) in the printer control
board (PRCB) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM10 EM signal a specified period of time after FM10 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM10 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (blowout of a
fuse) is detected with the 24V normal.
SC32-20 The rotation of the paper exit cooling fans /2 (FM10) and /3 (FM28)
is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM10 EM signal a specified period of time after FM10 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM10 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off/blowout of a fuse) is not detected.
582
Paper exit cooling fans /2
(FM10), /3 (FM28)
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
Main body
operation
Fan
SC32-21 The rotation of the paper feed
The main body
DC power supply /1 (DCPS/
abnor-
assist fan /Fr1 (FM20) is checked,
stops immediately
1)
mality
and the 24V power source is also
to turn OFF the
checked.
RL1 (main).
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM20 EM signal a specified period of time after FM20 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM20 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
detected.
SC32-22 The blowout of a fuse for the
Paper feed assist fan /Fr1
paper feed assist fan /Fr1 (FM20)
(FM20)
in the printer control board (PRCB)
Printer control board (PRCB)
is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM20 EM signal a specified period of time after FM20 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM20 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (blowout of a
fuse) is detected with the 24V normal.
SC32-23 The rotation of the paper feed
Paper feed assist fan /Fr1
assist fan /Fr1 (FM20) is checked.
(FM20)
An abnormal condition occurs
Printer control board (PRCB)
with the FM20 EM signal a specified period of time after FM20 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM20 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off/blowout of a fuse) is not detected.
583
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
Main body
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Fan
SC32-24 The rotation of the paper feed
The main body
DC power supply /1 (DCPS/
abnor-
assist fan /Rr1 (FM21) is checked,
stops immediately
1)
mality
and the 24V power source is also
to turn OFF the
checked.
RL1 (main).
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM21 EM signal a specified period of time after FM21 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM21 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
detected.
SC32-25 The blowout of a fuse for the
Paper feed assist fan /Rr1
paper feed assist fan /Rr1 (FM21)
(FM21)
in the printer control board (PRCB)
Printer control board (PRCB)
is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM21 EM signal a specified period of time after FM21 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM21 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (blowout of a
fuse) is detected with the 24V normal.
SC32-26 The rotation of the paper feed
(FM21)
An abnormal condition occurs
Printer control board (PRCB)
with the FM21 EM signal a specified period of time after FM21 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM21 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off/blowout of a fuse) is not detected.
584
Paper feed assist fan /Rr1
assist fan /Rr1 (FM21) is checked.
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
Main body
operation
Fan
SC32-27 The rotation of the paper feed
The main body
DC power supply /1 (DCPS/
abnor-
assist fan /Fr2 (FM22) is checked,
stops immediately
1)
mality
and the 24V power source is also
to turn OFF the
checked.
RL1 (main).
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM22 EM signal a specified period of time after FM22 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM22 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
detected.
SC32-28 The blowout of a fuse for the
Paper feed assist fan /Fr2
paper feed assist fan /Fr2 (FM22)
(FM22)
in the printer control board (PRCB)
Printer control board (PRCB)
is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM22 EM signal a specified period of time after FM22 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM22 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (blowout of a
fuse) is detected.
SC32-29 The rotation of the paper feed
Paper feed assist fan /Fr2
assist fan /Fr2 (FM22) is checked.
(FM22)
An abnormal condition occurs
Printer control board (PRCB)
with the FM22 EM signal a specified period of time after FM22 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM22 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off/blowout of a fuse) is not detected.
585
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
Main body
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Fan
SC32-30 The rotation of the paper feed
The main body
DC power supply /1 (DCPS/
abnor-
assist fan /Rr2 (FM23) is checked,
stops immediately
1)
mality
and the 24V power source is also
to turn OFF the
checked.
RL1 (main).
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM23 EM signal a specified period of time after FM23 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM23 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
detected.
SC32-31 The blowout of a fuse for the
Paper feed assist fan /Rr2
paper feed assist fan /Rr2 (FM23)
(FM23)
in the printer control board (PRCB)
Printer control board (PRCB)
is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM23 EM signal a specified period of time after FM23 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM23 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (blowout of a
fuse) is detected with the 24V normal.
SC32-32 The rotation of the paper feed
(FM23)
An abnormal condition occurs
Printer control board (PRCB)
with the FM23 EM signal a specified period of time after FM23 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM23 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off/blowout of a fuse) is not detected.
586
Paper feed assist fan /Rr2
assist fan /Rr2 (FM23) is checked.
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
PF
operation
Fan
SC32-33 The rotation of the paper feed
The main body
DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
abnor-
assist fan /Fr1 (FM41) is checked,
stops immediately
2)
mality
and the 24V power source is also
to turn OFF the
checked.
RL1 (main).
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM41 EM signal a specified period of time after FM41 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM41 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
detected.
SC32-34 The blowout of a fuse for the
Paper feed assist fan /Fr1
paper feed assist fan /Fr1 (FM41)
(FM41)
in the printer control board (PRCB)
PF drive board (PFUDB)
is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM41 EM signal a specified period of time after FM41 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM41 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (blowout of a
fuse) is detected with the 24V normal.
SC32-35 The rotation of the paper feed
Paper feed assist fan /Fr1
assist fan /Fr1 (FM41) is checked.
(FM41)
An abnormal condition occurs
PF drive board (PFUDB)
with the FM41 EM signal a specified period of time after FM41 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM41 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off/blowout of a fuse) is not detected.
587
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
PF
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Fan
SC32-36 The rotation of the paper feed
The main body
DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
abnor-
assist fan /Rr1 (FM42) is checked,
stops immediately
2)
mality
and the 24V power source is also
to turn OFF the
checked.
RL1 (main).
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM42 EM signal a specified period of time after FM42 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM42 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
detected.
SC32-37 The blowout of a fuse for the
Paper feed assist fan /Rr1
paper feed assist fan /Rr1 (FM42)
(FM42)
in the printer control board (PRCB)
PF drive board (PFUDB)
is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM42 EM signal a specified period of time after FM42 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM42 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (blowout of a
fuse) is detected with the 24V normal.
SC32-38 The rotation of the paper feed
(FM42)
An abnormal condition occurs
PF drive board (PFUDB)
with the FM42 EM signal a specified period of time after FM42 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM42 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off/blowout of a fuse) is not detected.
588
Paper feed assist fan /Rr1
assist fan /Rr1 (FM42) is checked.
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
PF
operation
Fan
SC32-39 The rotation of the paper feed
The main body
DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
abnor-
assist fan /Fr2 (FM43) is checked,
stops immediately
2)
mality
and the 24V power source is also
to turn OFF the
checked.
RL1 (main).
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM43 EM signal a specified period of time after FM43 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM43 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
detected.
SC32-40 The blowout of a fuse for the
Paper feed assist fan /Fr2
paper feed assist fan /Fr2 (FM43)
(FM43)
in the printer control board (PRCB)
PF drive board (PFUDB)
is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM43 EM signal a specified period of time after FM43 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM43 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (blowout of a
fuse) is detected with the 24V normal.
SC32-41 The rotation of the paper feed
Paper feed assist fan /Fr2
assist fan /Fr2 (FM43) is checked.
(FM43)
An abnormal condition occurs
PF drive board (PFUDB)
with the FM43 EM signal a specified period of time after FM43 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM43 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off/blowout of a fuse) is not detected.
589
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
PF
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Fan
SC32-42 The rotation of the paper feed
The main body
DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
abnor-
assist fan /Rr2 (FM44) is checked,
stops immediately
2)
mality
and the 24V power source is also
to turn OFF the
checked.
RL1 (main).
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM44 EM signal a specified period of time after FM44 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM44 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
detected.
SC32-43 The blowout of a fuse for the
Paper feed assist fan /Rr2
paper feed assist fan /Rr2 (FM44)
(FM44)
in the printer control board (PRCB)
PF drive board (PFUDB)
is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM44 EM signal a specified period of time after FM44 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM44 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (blowout of a
fuse) is detected with the 24V normal.
SC32-44 The rotation of the paper feed
(FM44)
An abnormal condition occurs
PF drive board (PFUDB)
with the FM44 EM signal a specified period of time after FM44 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM44 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off/blowout of a fuse) is not detected.
590
Paper feed assist fan /Rr2
assist fan /Rr2 (FM44) is checked.
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
PF
operation
Fan
SC32-45 The rotation of the paper feed
The main body
DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
abnor-
assist fan /Fr3 (FM45) is checked,
stops immediately
2)
mality
and the 24V power source is also
to turn OFF the
checked.
RL1 (main).
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM45 EM signal a specified period of time after FM45 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM45 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
detected.
SC32-46 The blowout of a fuse for the
Paper feed assist fan /Fr3
paper feed assist fan /Fr3 (FM45)
(FM45)
in the printer control board (PRCB)
PF drive board (PFUDB)
is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM45 EM signal a specified period of time after FM45 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM45 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (blowout of a
fuse) is detected with the 24V normal.
SC32-47 The rotation of the paper feed
Paper feed assist fan /Fr3
assist fan /Fr3 (FM45) is checked.
(FM45)
An abnormal condition occurs
PF drive board (PFUDB)
with the FM45 EM signal a specified period of time after FM45 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM45 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and no error
detection signal (24V cut off/blowout of a fuse) is detected.
591
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
PF
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Fan
SC32-48 The rotation of the paper feed
The main body
DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
abnor-
assist fan /Rr3 (FM46) is checked,
stops immediately
2)
mality
and the 24V power source is also
to turn OFF the
checked.
RL1 (main).
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM46 EM signal a specified period of time after FM46 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM46 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
detected.
SC32-49 The blowout of a fuse for the
Paper feed assist fan /Rr3
paper feed assist fan /Rr3 (FM46)
(FM46)
in the printer control board (PRCB)
PF drive board (PFUDB)
is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM46 EM signal a specified period of time after FM46 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM46 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (blowout of a
fuse) is detected with the 24V normal.
SC32-50 The rotation of the paper feed
(FM46)
An abnormal condition occurs
PF drive board (PFUDB)
with the FM46 EM signal a specified period of time after FM46 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM46 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off/blowout of a fuse) is not detected.
592
Paper feed assist fan /Rr3
assist fan /Rr3 (FM46) is checked.
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
PF
operation
Fan
SC32-51 The rotation of the cooling fan
The main body
DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
abnor-
(FM20) is checked, and the 24V
stops immediately
2)
mality
power source is also checked.
to turn OFF the
An abnormal condition occurs
RL1 (main).
with the FM46 EM signal a specified period of time after FM46 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM46 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
detected.
SC32-52 The blowout of a fuse for the cooling fan (FM20) in the printer con-
Cooling fan (FM20)
PF drive board (PFUDB)
trol board (PRCB) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM46 EM signal a specified period of time after FM46 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM46 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (blowout of a
fuse) is detected with the 24V norMain body
mal.
SC32-53 The rotation of the cooling fan
(FM20) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM46 EM signal a specified period of time after FM46 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM46 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off/blowout of a fuse) is not detected.
593
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
Main body
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Fan
SC32-54 The rotation of the power supply
The main body
DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
abnor-
cooling fan /3 (FM27) is checked.
stops immediately
2)
mality
An abnormal condition occurs
to turn OFF the
with the FM27 EM signal a speci-
RL1 (main).
fied period of time after FM27 is
turned ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period
of time after FM27 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and no error
detection signal (24V cut off/blowout of a fuse) is detected.
SC32-55 The EM signal of the power supply
Error code is not
cooling fan /3 (FM27) is ON when
displayed on the
starting the print.
operation panel,
but displayed only
on the data collection, the list output
and the CSRC.
The control of the
main body is
made by using a
data previously
obtained.
ADU
SC33-01 The blowout of a fuse for the
The main body
ADU drive board /2
sec-
motor of the registration section in
stops immediately
(ADUDB2)
tion
the ADU drive board /2 (ADUDB2)
to turn OFF the
ADU conveyance motor /2
motor
is checked.
RL1 (main).
(M16)
abnor-
An error detection signal (blowout
Registration motor (M17)
mality
of a fuse) of the ADU conveyance
Loop motor (M18)
motor /2 (M16)/ registration motor
(M17)/loop motor (M18) is
detected after the print is started.
At this time, the closing of the
door detection/PFU door is
detected 10 times in succession.
594
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
Main body
operation
ADU
SC33-02 The blowout of a fuse for the ADU
The main body
ADU drive board /1
sec-
motor in the ADU drive board /1
stops immediately
(ADUDB1)
tion
(ADUDB1) is checked.
to turn OFF the
Reverse/exit motor (M13)
motor
An error detection signal (blowout
RL1 (main).
ADU accelerate motor (M14)
abnor-
of a fuse) of the reverse/exit motor
ADU conveyance motor /1
mality
(M13)/ADU acceleration motor
(M15)
(M14)/ ADU conveyance motor /1
ADU reverse motor (M12)
(M15)/ADU reverse motor (M12) is
detected after the print is started.
At this time, the closing of the
door detection/PFU door is
detected 10 times in succession.
SC33-04 The blowout of a fuse for the
transfer assist motor (M19) in the
Printer control board (PRCB)
Transfer assist motor (M19)
printer control board (PRCB) is
checked.
When M19 turns ON from OFF, an
error detection signal (blowout of a
fuse) is detected. At this time, the
closing of the door is detected 10
times in succession.
SC33-05 The blowout of a fuse for the web
motor (M24) in the printer control
DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
2)
board (PRCB) is checked, and the
24V power source is also
checked.
When M24 turn ON from OFF,
error detection signals (blowout of
a fuse and the 24V cut off) are
detected.
SC33-06 The blowout of a fuse for the web
motor (M24) in the printer control
Printer control board (PRCB)
Web motor (M24)
board (PRCB) is checked.
When M24 turns ON from OFF, an
error detection signal (blowout of a
fuse) is detected. At this time, an
error detection signal (24V cut off)
is not detected.
595
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
Main body
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Fusing
SC34-01 Thermistor /1 (TH1) high tempera-
The main body
Printer control board (PRCB)
high tem-
ture detection (software).
stops immediately
AC drive board (ACDB)
perature
TH1 detects a temperature of
to turn OFF the
Fusing heater lamp /1 (L2)
abnor-
210°C or above 5 times in a
RL1 (main).
Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3)
mality
period of 1 second.
SC34-02 Thermistor /3 (TH3) high tempera-
Thermistor /2 (TH2)
TH3 detects a temperature of
Thermistor /3 (TH3)
230°C or above 5 times in a
Thermistor /4 (TH4)
SC34-03 Thermistor /1 (TH1) high tempera-
** or SC36-** (fusing
An abnormal condition is detected
temperature
with the fusing error detection sig-
abnormalities) occur,
nal 1.
be
ture detection (hardware). An
abnormal condition is detected
with the fusing error detection signal 4.
SC35-01 Thermistor /1 (TH1) low tempera-
low tem-
ture detection (software). TH1
perature
does not get to 50°C when a
abnor-
specified period of time elapses
mality
after the main switch (SW1) is
turned ON for the fusing ON control.
SC35-02 Thermistor /3 (TH3) low temperature detection (software). TH3
does not get to 50°C when a
specified period of time elapses
after the main switch (SW1) is
turned ON for the fusing ON control.
SC36-01 Thermistor /1 (TH1) high tempera-
sensor
ture detection (long time/soft-
abnor-
ware). TH1 detects a temperature
mality
of 200°C or above 30 times in a
row in a period of 1 second.
SC36-02 Thermistor /3 (TH3) high temperature detection (long time/software). TH3 detects a temperature
of 220°C or above 30 times in a
row in a period of 1 second.
596
Caution:
• When SC34-**, SC35-
ture detection (hardware).
SC34-04 Thermistor /3 (TH3) high tempera-
Fusing
Thermistor /1 (TH1)
ture detection (software).
period of 1 second.
Fusing
Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4)
sure
to
related
repair
defective parts before
setting the software
DIPSW3-1 to 0. Setting the DIPSW3-1 to
0 with defective parts
not
repaired
result in a fire.
may
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
Main body
operation
Fusing
SC36-03 Thermistor /1 (TH1) low tempera-
The main body
Printer control board (PRCB)
sensor
ture detection (hardware). TH1
stops immediately
AC drive board (ACDB)
abnor-
detects an abnormal condition
to turn OFF the
Fusing heater lamp /1 (L2)
mality
with the fusing error detection sig-
RL1 (main).
Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3)
nal 2.
SC36-04 Thermistor /1 (TH1) low tempera-
Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4)
Thermistor /1 (TH1)
ture detection (hardware). TH3
Thermistor /2 (TH2)
detects an abnormal condition
Thermistor /3 (TH3)
with the fusing error detection sig-
Thermistor /4 (TH4)
nal 5.
SC36-05 Thermistor /3 (TH3) low tempera-
Caution:
• When SC34-**, SC35-
ture detection (hardware). TH1
** or SC36-** (fusing
detects an abnormal condition
temperature
with the fusing error detection sig-
abnormalities) occur,
nal 3.
be
sure
related
to
repair
defective parts before
SC36-06 Thermistor /3 (TH3) low tempera-
setting the software
ture detection (hardware). TH3
DIPSW3-1 to 0. Set-
detects an abnormal condition
ting the DIPSW3-1 to
with the fusing error detection sig-
0 with defective parts
nal 6.
not
repaired
may
result in a fire.
Scanner
SC41-01 It is checked that the movement
abnor-
time for the scanner motor (M27)
mality
is over, and the 24V power source
DC power supply /1 (DCPS/
1)
is also checked. The scanner
home sensor (PS51) or the APS
sensor /1 (PS52) does not turn
ON within a specified period of
time after the home position
search is started. And an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
detected with the scanner motor
(M27).
SC41-02 The blowout of a fuse for the
scanner motor (M27) in the scan-
Scanner drive board (SDB)
Scanner motor (M27)
ner drive board (SDB) is checked.
The scanner home sensor (PS51)
or the APS sensor /1 (PS52) does
not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the home position search is started. And an error
detection signal (blowout of a
fuse) is detected with M27. At this
time, an error detection signal
(24V cut off) is not detected with
the M27.
2
597
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
Main body
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Scanner
SC41-03 The time for the movement of the
The main body
Scanner drive board (SDB)
abnor-
scanner motor (M27) is over. The
stops immediately
Scanner motor (M27)
mality
scanner home sensor (PS51) or
to turn OFF the
Scanner home sensor
the APS sensor /1 (PS52) does
RL1 (main).
(PS51)
not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the home position search is started. And an error
detection signal (blowout of a
fuse/24V cut off) is not detected
with the M27.
Write
SC41-10 The abnormal speed of the poly-
abnor-
gon motor (M21) is checked, and
mality
the 24V power source is also
DC power supply /1 (DCPS/
1)
checked. When switching the
speed of M21, the lock signal of
M21 is not detected within a
specified period of time after the
switchover is started, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
detected.
SC41-11 The abnormal speed of the polygon motor (M21) is checked.
Polygon motor (M21)
Printer control board (PRCB)
When switching the speed of
M21, the lock signal of M21 is not
detected within a specified period
of time after the switchover is
started.
Fan
SC42-01 The rotation of the scanner cool-
abnor-
ing fan (FM19) is checked, and
mality
24V power source is also
checked. An abnormal condition
occurs with the FM19 EM signal a
specified period of time after
FM19 turns ON. This abnormal
condition recurs even a specified
period of time after FM19 is turned
OFF and then turned ON, and an
error detection signal (24V cut off)
is detected.
598
DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
2)
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
Main body
operation
Fan
SC42-02 The blowout of a fuse for the
The main body
Scanner drive board (SDB)
abnor-
scanner cooling fan (FM19) in the
stops immediately
Scanner cooling fan (FM19)
mality
scanner drive board (SDB) is
to turn OFF the
checked. An abnormal condition
RL1 (main).
occurs with the FM19 EM signal a
specified period of time after
FM19 turns ON. This abnormal
condition recurs even a specified
period of time after FM19 is turned
OFF and then turned ON, and an
error detection signal (blowout of a
fuse) is detected. At this time, an
error detection signal (24V cut off)
is not detected.
SC42-03 The rotation of the scanner cool-
Scanner cooling fan (FM19)
ing fan (FM19) is checked. An
abnormal condition occurs with
the FM19 EM signal a specified
period of time after FM19 turns
ON. This abnormal condition
recurs even a specified period of
time after FM19 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off/blowout of a fuse) is not detected.
SC42-04 The rotation of the suction fan /1
(FM6) is checked, and 24V power
DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
2)
source is also checked. An abnormal condition occurs with the FM6
EM signal a specified period of
time after FM6 turns ON. This
abnormal condition recurs even a
specified period of time after FM6
is turned OFF and then turned
ON, and an error detection signal
(24V cut off) is detected.
599
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
Main body
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Fan
SC42-05 The blowout of a fuse for the suc-
The main body
AC drive board (ACDB)
abnor-
tion fan /1 (FM6) in the AC drive
stops immediately
Suction fan /1 (FM6)
mality
board (ACDB) is checked. An
to turn OFF the
abnormal condition occurs with
RL1 (main).
the FM6 EM signal a specified
period of time after FM6 turns ON.
This abnormal condition recurs
even a specified period of time
after FM6 is turned OFF and then
turned ON, and an error detection
signal (blowout of a fuse) is
detected. At this time, an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is not
detected.
SC42-06 The rotation of the suction fan /1
(FM6) is checked. An abnormal
condition occurs with the FM6 EM
signal a specified period of time
after FM6 turns ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period of time after FM6 is
turned OFF and then turned ON,
and an error detection signal (24V
cut off/blowout of a fuse) is not
detected.
SC42-07 The EM signal of the suction fan /1
Suction fan /1 (FM6)
(FM6) is ON when the printing is
started.
SC42-08 The rotation of the suction fans /2
(FM7) and /3 (FM8) is checked,
and the 24V power source is also
checked. An abnormal condition
occurs with the FM7/FM8 EM signal a specified period of time after
FM7/FM8 turns ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period of time after FM7/FM8
is turned OFF and then turned
ON, and an error detection signal
(24V cut off) is detected.
600
DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
2)
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
Main body
operation
Fan
SC42-09 The blowout of a fuse for the suc-
The main body
AC drive board (ACDB)
abnor-
tion fans /2 (FM7) and /3 (FM8) in
stops immediately
Suction fan /2 (FM7)
mality
the AC drive board (ACDB) is
to turn OFF the
Suction fan /3 (FM8)
checked. An abnormal condition
RL1 (main).
occurs with the FM7/FM8 EM signal a specified period of time after
FM7/FM8 turns ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period of time after FM7/FM8
is turned OFF and then turned
ON, and an error detection signal
(blowout of a fuse) is detected. At
this time an error detection signal
(24V cut off) is not detected.
SC42-10 The rotation of the suction fans /2
(FM7) and /3 (FM8) is checked. An
abnormal condition occurs with
the FM7/FM8 EM signal a specified period of time after FM7/FM8
turns ON. This abnormal condition
recurs even a specified period of
time after FM7/FM8 is turned OFF
and then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off/blowout of a fuse) is not detected.
SC42-16 The rotation of the polygon cooling fan (FM18) is checked, and the
DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
2)
24V power source is also
checked. An abnormal condition
occurs with the FM18 EM signal a
specified period of time after
FM18 turns ON. This abnormal
condition recurs even a specified
period of time after FM18 is turned
OFF and then turned ON, and an
error detection signal (24V cut off)
is detected.
601
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Code
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
Main body
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Fan
SC42-17 The blowout of a fuse for the poly-
The main body
AC drive board (ACDB)
abnor-
gon cooling fans (FM18) in the AC
stops immediately
Polygon cooling fan (FM18)
mality
drive board (ACDB) is checked.
to turn OFF the
An abnormal condition occurs
RL1 (main).
with the FM18 EM signal a specified period of time after FM18
turns ON. This abnormal condition
recurs even a specified period of
time after FM18 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (blowout of a
fuse) is detected. At this time, an
error detection signal (24V cut off)
is not detected.
SC42-18 Rotation of the polygon cooling
fans (FM18) is checked. An abnormal condition occurs with the
FM18 EM signal a specified period
of time after FM18 turns ON. This
abnormal condition recurs even a
specified period of time after
FM18 is turned OFF and then
turned ON, and an error detection
signal (24V cut off/blowout of a
fuse) is not detected.
SC42-19 The EM signal of the polygon
Error code is not
cooling fan (FM18) is ON when the
displayed on the
printing is started.
operation panel,
but displayed only
on the data collection, the list output
and the CSRC.
The control of the
main body is
made by using a
data previously
obtained.
602
Polygon cooling fan (FM18)
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
Main body
operation
Image
SC46-01* APC abnormality. While in the
If there is a copy
Write unit
pro-
image write, APC is not applicable
being made, the
Power connector of the
cess-
for the correction of the sub scan
main body com-
image processing board
ing
beam. Due to the 12V DC power
pletes the paper
(IPB)
abnor-
for the laser drive not supplied, the
exit before stop-
mality
MPC being wrong and the laser
ping operations.
defective, the laser does not light
Turn OFF the RL1
up.
(main).
Also, due to the rotation of the
polygon mirror unavailable, the
displacement of the index sensor,
and the index sensor being defective, the index sensor cannot
detect the laser.
SC46-02* Scanner FIFO abnormality. FIFO
address abnormality for the scan-
Image processing board
(IPB)
ner.
While in the image read, the compression of image data that is read
in is not correctly terminated.
SC46-03* FIFO address abnormality for the
printer.
While in the image write, the
expansion processing of image
data that is read in is not correctly
terminated.
SC46-05* Compression input FIFO abnormality. An error interrupt occurs
with the compression/expansion
chip FIFO.
SC46-06* Elongation abnormality. Due to the
elongation of data the compression of which is not completed,
the destruction of the compressed
data and the abnormal length of
data, an elongation abnormality is
detected.
SC46-08* Index sensor abnormality. While in
Write unit
the execution of APC, no change
Power connector of the
is found in the output of the index
image processing board
sensor.
(IPB)
SC46-12* SVV length abnormality. After
negation of SVV, the compression
Image processing board
(IPB)
of images that are read in and their
development into the page memory are not terminated within a
specified period of time.
603
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
Main body
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Image
SC46-13* Scanner time out. While in the
If there is a copy
Image processing board
pro-
image read, the compression pro-
being made, the
(IPB)
cess-
cessing from the scanner into the
main body com-
ADF
ing
memory does not terminate within
pletes the paper
Printer control board (PRCB)
abnor-
a specified period of time. The
exit before stop-
mality
development from the scanner
ping operations.
into the page memory does not
Turn OFF the RL1
terminate within a specified period
(main).
of time. The SVV is not detected
within a specified period of time.
SC46-14* Printer time out. While in the
Image processing board
image write, the expansion pro-
(IPB)
cessing from the memory to the
Printer control board (PRCB)
printer does not terminate within a
specified period of time.
The output from the page memory
to the printer does not terminate
within a specified period of time.
The PVV is not detected within a
specified period of time.
SC46-15* Expansion device access abnor-
(IPB)
despite of no resource provided,
Image processing program
an inappropriate processing such
as accessing to the elongation
device is made.
SC46-16* Compression device access
abnormality. When writing images,
in spite of no resource provided,
an inappropriate processing such
as an access to the compression
device is made.
SC46-17* Filter coefficient abnormality.
When processing images, a filter
coefficient cannot be created normally.
SC46-19* When accessing to the memory
device, a defective software is
detected.
604
Image processing board
mality. While in the image write,
Classification
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
Main body
operation
Image
SC46-21* Memory time out. The expansion
If there is a copy
Image processing board
pro-
processing from the memory to
being made, the
(IPB)
cess-
the pate memory is not terminated
main body com-
Image processing program
ing
within a specified period of time.
pletes the paper
Printer control board (PRCB)
abnor-
The compression processing from
exit before stop-
mality
the page memory to the memory
ping operations.
is not terminated within a specified
Turn OFF the RL1
period of time.
(main).
The development from the memory into the page memory is not
terminated within a specified
period of time. The transmission of
the compressed data from memory to memory is not terminated
within a specified period of time.
SC46-23* SVV off abnormality. While in the
image read, SVV does not turn
Image processing board
(IPB)
OFF within a specified period of
time and the preparation for scanning the next page cannot be
started.
SC46-24* Shading correction abnormality
(GA abnormality).
SC46-25* AOC/AGC adjustment level abnor-
Image processing board
(IPB)
Image processing program
mality.
• The light blocking cover at the
read section and the lens
cover are removed.
• The connector of the A/D converter board is disconnected.
•
The power cable of the A/D
converter board is unplugged.
• The IC protector of the A/D
converter board is cut off.
• The light volume of the exposure lamp is excessive.
• The exposure lamp does not
light up.
605
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
Main body
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Image
pro-
SC46-26 The adjustment data evacuated
by resolutions is not available.
cessing
abnormality
Error code is not
Image processing board
displayed on the
(IPB)
operation panel,
SC46-27 A density conversion gamma
curve cannot be created normally.
but displayed only
on the data collection, the list output
and the CSRC.
The control of the
main body is
made by using a
data previously
obtained.
SC46-31* Despite of the MPC not being ter-
If there is a copy
Image processing board
minated, the initial sampling of the
being made, the
(IPB)
APC is attempted.
main body com-
Image processing program
SC46-32* While executing the APC, the execution of the MPC is attempted.
SC46-35* Sequentially shot page area
abnormality. Due to an image area
abnormality on the memory,
pletes the paper
exit before stopping operations.
Turn OFF the RL1
(main).
images cannot be developed on
the memory.
SC46-36* Initial APC timing abnormality. The
Write section
PVV is turned ON before the initial
Printer control program
APC start processing is com-
Image processing program
pleted.
SC46-40 Hard disk initialization abnormality.
The main body
Image processing board
The hard disk is defective, or the
stops immediately
(IPB)
connector is poorly connected.
to turn OFF the
Image processing program
(1050,1050e only)
RL1 (main).
Hard disk /1 (HDD1)
SC46-41 The JOB information cannot be
stored on the hard disk.
(1050,1050e only)
SC46-42 While in a periodical cleaning,
opening the rote to hard disk is
not succeed. (1050,1050e only)
SC46-43 Hard disk access defective.
The hard disk is defective or the
connector is connected improperly. (1050,1050e only)
SC46-50 Communication error is detected
during tandem operation.
SC46-51 Communication error is detected
during tandem image transmission.
606
2
Image processing board
(IPB)
Image processing program
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
Main body
operation
Image
SC46-61 The scan operation starts before
Error code is not
ADF
pro-
the original skew adjustment is
displayed on the
Original skew sensor /Fr
cess-
terminated. (The skew adjustment
operation panel,
(PS312), /Rr (PS311)
ing
is too late.)
but displayed only
abnormality
SC46-62 The print operation starts before
on the data collec-
the paper mis-centering adjust-
tion, the list output
ment is terminated. (The mis-cen-
and the CSRC.
tering adjustment is too late.)
The control of the
SC46-63 The AGC is retried due to the
decreased light volume of the
exposure lamp. However, no error
occurs.
main body is
made by using a
Centering sensor (PS54)
Exposure lamp (L1)
data previously
obtained.
SC46-64 A PWM gamma curve is not cre-
Toner control sensor board
ated properly.
(TCSB)
SC46-66 Shift amount abnormality while in
the repeat (when the width is
specified, or in the auto mode).
When the shift amount while in the
repeat is negative (-).
SC46-80* The message queue is insufficient
or destroyed.
SC46-81* The parameter value is in excess
of the permissible limits.
SC46-82* The ID of the task that sends the
message queue is undefined.
SC46-83* The receiving event of the message is undefined.
If there is a copy
Image processing program
being made, the
main body com-
Image processing board
pletes the paper
(IPB)
exit before stopping operations.
Turn OFF the RL1
(main).
SC46-90* Memory access abnormality.
SC46-91* Header readout address abnormality.
SC46-99* DIMM memory abnormality. An
error is detected in the DIMM
memory check at the start.
IC
Controller
abnormality
SC49-01 Printer controller initial communication abnormality
SC49-03 Transfer error to the main body
image memory
SC49-04 Hard disc /2 (HDD2) abnormality
The main body
IC board (ICB)
stops immediately
Hard disk /2 (HDD2)
to turn OFF the
IC board (ICB)
RL1 (main).
IC board (ICB)
Hard disk /2 (HDD2)
SC49-05 IC cooling fan (FM24) lock abnor-
IC board (ICB)
mality
SC49-06 Unregulations IP error.
–
SC49-07 The CF version is different from
Hard disk /2 (HDD2)
the version information in the hard
format HDD2
disc /2 (HDD2).
2
607
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
Main body
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
IC
SC49-08 While in the security ON, the
The main body
Hard disk /2 (HDD2)
Con-
unlock of the HDD results in a fail-
stops immediately
format HDD2
troller
ure due to the mismatched pass-
to turn OFF the
word of the hard disk /2 (HDD2).
RL1 (main).
abnormality
SC49-09 Unlocked hard disk/2 (HDD2) is
detected when security turns ON.
SC49-10 An unformatted hard disc /2
(HDD2) is detected.
Drive
SC50-01* Main body drive serial input abnor-
Printer control board (PRCB)
abnor-
mality 1.
PF drive board (PFUDB)
mality
In the I/O initial communication
The connector between the
check in the printer control board
PF and the main body.
(PRCB) from the power on ACK, a
serial data is not received from the
main body drive unit within a
specified period of time.
SC50-02* Main body drive serial input abnormality 2.
In the I/O initial communication
check in the printer control board
(PRCB) from the power on ACK, a
serial data is not received from the
main body drive unit within a
specified period of time.
SC50-03* Main body drive serial input abnormality 3.
In the I/O initial communication
check in the printer control board
(PRCB) from the power on ACK, a
serial data is not received from the
main body drive unit within a
specified period of time.
SC50-04* Main body drive serial input abnormality 4.
In the I/O initial communication
check in the printer control board
(PRCB) from the power on ACK, a
serial data is not received from the
main body drive unit within a
specified period of time.
Commu- SC50-05* Drive communication reception
nication
abnormality
error detection abnormality.
SC50-06* Drive communication reception
error detection abnormality.
SC50-07* Drive communication reception
error detection abnormality.
608
2
Printer control board (PRCB)
Classification
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
Main body
operation
Commu- SC50-08* Drive communication reception
The main body
nication
stops immediately
abnormality
error detection abnormality.
SC50-10 When the power switch is turned
ON, the printer control board
(PRCB) cannot receive initial data
Printer control board (PRCB)
to turn OFF the
Printer control board (PRCB)
RL1 (main).
Image processing board
(IPB)
from the image processing board
(IPB) within a specified period of
time.
SC50-11 Any of the following error is
Printer control board (PRCB)
detected during data reception
Image processing board
between image processing board
(IPB)
(IPB) and printer control board
The connector between the
(PRCB).
PRDB and the IPB.
• Data head error
• Data checksum error
• Undefined command reception error
• Occurrence of communication GA error vector
SC51-01* Drive communication reception
error detection abnormality.
SC51-02* Drive communication reception
error detection abnormality.
Printer control board (PRCB)
PF drive board (PFUDB)
The connector between the
PF and the main body.
SC51-03* Drive communication reception
error detection abnormality.
Fan
SC52-01 The rotation of the cooling fan /1
abnor-
(FM1) is checked, and +24V
mality
power source is also checked. An
DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
2)
abnormal condition occurs with
the FM1 EM signal a specified
period of time after FM1 turns ON.
This abnormal condition recurs
even a specified period of time
after FM1 is turned OFF and then
turned ON, and an error detection
signal (24V cut off) is detected.
2
609
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
Main body
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Fan
SC52-02 The blowout of a fuse for the cool-
The main body
AC drive board (ACDB)
abnor-
ing fan /1 (FM1) in the AC drive
stops immediately
Cooling fan /1 (FM1)
mality
board (ACDB) is checked. An
to turn OFF the
Printer control board (PRCB)
abnormal condition occurs with
RL1 (main).
the FM1 EM signal a specified
period of time after FM1 turns ON.
This abnormal condition recurs
even a specified period of time
after FM1 is turned OFF and then
turned ON, and an error detection
signal (blowout of a fuse) is
detected. At this time, an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is not
detected.
SC52-03 Rotation of the cooling fan /1
AC drive board (ACDB)
(FM1) is checked. An abnormal
Cooling fan /1 (FM1)
condition occurs with the FM1 EM
Printer control board (PRCB)
signal a specified period of time
after FM1 turns ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period of time after FM1 is
turned OFF and then turned ON,
and an error detection signal (24V
cut off/blowout of a fuse) is not
detected.
SC52-04 The rotation of the cooling fan /2
(FM2) is checked, and +24V
power source is also checked. An
abnormal condition occurs with
the FM2 EM signal a specified
period of time after FM2 turns ON.
This abnormal condition recurs
even a specified period of time
after FM2 is turned OFF and then
turned ON, and an error detection
signal (24V cut off) is detected.
610
DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
2)
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
Main body
operation
Fan
SC52-05 The blowout of a fuse for the cool- The main body
AC drive board (ACDB)
abnor-
ing fan /2 (FM2) in the AC drive
stops immediately
Cooling fan /2 (FM2)
mality
board (ACDB) is checked. An
to turn OFF the
Printer control board (PRCB)
abnormal condition occurs with
RL1 (main).
the FM2 EM signal a specified
period of time after FM2 turns ON.
This abnormal condition recurs
even a specified period of time
after FM2 is turned OFF and then
turned ON, and an error detection
signal (blowout of a fuse) is
detected. At this time, an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is not
detected.
SC52-06 Rotation of the cooling fan /2
AC drive board (ACDB)
(FM2) is checked. An abnormal
Cooling fan /2 (FM2)
condition occurs with the FM2 EM
Printer control board (PRCB)
signal a specified period of time
after FM2 turns ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period of time after FM2 is
turned OFF and then turned ON,
and an error detection signal (24V
cut off/blowout of a fuse) is not
detected.
SC52-07 The rotation of the cooling fan /3
(FM3) is checked, and +24V
DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
2)
power source is also checked. An
abnormal condition occurs with
the FM3 EM signal a specified
period of time after FM3 turns ON.
This abnormal condition recurs
even a specified period of time
after FM3 is turned OFF and then
turned ON, and an error detection
signal (24V cut off) is detected.
611
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
Main body
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Fan
SC52-08 The blowout of a fuse for the cool-
The main body
AC drive board (ACDB)
abnor-
ing fan /3 (FM3) in the AC drive
stops immediately
Cooling fan /3 (FM3)
mality
board (ACDB) is checked. An
to turn OFF the
Printer control board (PRCB)
abnormal condition occurs with
RL1 (main).
the FM3 EM signal a specified
period of time after FM3 turns ON.
This abnormal condition recurs
even a specified period of time
after FM3 is turned OFF and then
turned ON, and an error detection
signal (blowout of a fuse) is
detected. At this time, an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is not
detected.
SC52-09 Rotation of the cooling fan /3
AC drive board (ACDB)
(FM3) is checked. An abnormal
Cooling fan /3 (FM3)
condition occurs with the FM3 EM
Printer control board (PRCB)
signal a specified period of time
after FM3 turns ON. This abnormal condition recurs even a specified period of time after FM3 is
turned OFF and then turned ON,
and an error detection signal (24V
cut off/blowout of a fuse) is not
detected.
SC52-10 The EM signal of the cooling fan /1
Error code is not
(FM1) is ON when the print is
displayed on the
started.
operation panel,
SC52-11 The EM signal of the cooling fan /2
but displayed only
(FM2) is ON when the print is
on the data collec-
started.
tion, the list output
SC52-12 The EM signal of the cooling fan /3
(FM3) is ON when the print is
started.
and the CSRC.
The control of the
Cooling fan /1 (FM1)
Cooling fan /2 (FM2)
Cooling fan /3 (FM3)
main body is
made by using a
data previously
obtained.
Power SC53-01 A speed error signal of the fusing
The main body
abnor-
motor (M1) is checked. An error
stops immediately
mality
detection signal is detected twice
to turn OFF the
in succession a specified period of
RL1 (main).
time after M1 turns ON. (The first
signal is ignored.)
612
Fusing motor (M1)
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
Main body
operation
Power SC53-02 The 24V power source for the total
The main body
DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
abnor-
counter (CNT1) is checked. When
stops immediately
2)
mality
CNT1 is turned ON from OFF, an
to turn OFF the
error detection signal (blowout of a
RL1 (main).
fuse/24V cut off) is detected.
SC53-03 The blowout of a fuse for the total
Main relay (RL1)
counter (CNT1) in the AC drive
Total counter (CNT1)
board (ACDB) is checked. When
AC drive board (ACDB)
CNT1 is turned ON from OFF, an
error detection signal (blowout of a
fuse) is detected. However, an
error detection signal (24V cut off)
is not detected.
SC53-04 The 24V power source for the key
counter (CNT2) is checked. When
DC power supply /2 (DCPS/
2)
CNT2 is turned ON from OFF, an
error detection signal (blowout of a
fuse/24V cut off) is detected.
SC53-05 The blowout of a fuse for the key
Key counter (CNT2)
counter (CNT2) in the AC drive
board (ACDB) is checked. When
CNT2 is turned ON from OFF, an
error detection signal (blowout of a
fuse) is detected. However, an
error detection signal (24V cut off)
is not detected.
SC53-06 The blowout of a 12V fuse for the
AC drive board (ACDB)
AC drive board (ACDB) is
checked. In the serial initial communication, a signal of the blowout of a 12V fuse (AC drive) is
detected.
SC53-07 The blowout of a 5V fuse for the
AC drive board (ACDB) is
checked. In the serial initial communication, a signal of the blowout of a 5V fuse (AC drive) is
detected.
SC53-08 The 12V power source in the
DC power supply /1 (DCPS/
printer control board (PRCB) is
1)
checked. An error detection signal
Printer control board (PRCB)
of the 12V in PRCB is detected.
613
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
Main body
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Power SC53-11 The blowout of a SD/CL fuse in
The main body
DC power supply /1 (DCPS/
abnor-
the tray is detected 1. The 24V
stops immediately
1)
mality
power source for the SD/CL in the
to turn OFF the
printer control board (PRCB) is
RL1 (main).
checked. At the start, an error
detection signal (blowout of a fuse
for the solenoid/clutch) is
detected, and an error detection
signal (24V cut off) is also
detected.
SC53-12 The blowout of a SD/CL fuse in
Paper feed clutch /1 (CL4), /
the tray is detected 2. The blow-
2 (CL6)
out of a fuse for the SD/CL in the
Separation clutch /1 (CL5), /
printer control board (PRCB) is
2 (CL7)
checked. At the start, an error
Printer control board (PRCB)
detection signal (blowout of a fuse
for the solenoid/clutch) is
detected. However, an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is not
detected.
SC53-13 The blowout of a fuse for SD/CL in
the vertical conveyance is
DC power supply /1 (DCPS/
1)
detected 1. The 24V power
source for SD/CL in the printer
control board (PRCB) is checked.
At the start, an error detection signal (blowout of a fuse for the solenoid/clutch) is detected, and an
error detection signal (24V cut off)
is detected.
SC53-14 The blowout of a fuse for SD/CL in
/2 (SD2), /3 (SD5)
detected 2. The blowout of a fuse
Drum claw solenoid (SD5)
for SD/CL in the printer control
Pre-registration clutch /1
board (PRCB) is checked. At the
(CL1), /2 (CL3)
start, an error detection signal
Vertical conveyance clutch
(blowout of a fuse for the solenoid/
(CL2)
clutch) is detected. However, an
Printer control board (PRCB)
error detection signal (24V cut off)
is not detected.
614
Tray lock solenoid /1 (SD1),
the vertical conveyance is
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
Main body
operation
Power SC53-15 The blowout of a fuse for SD/CL in
The main body
abnor-
the PF is detected 1. The 24V
stops immediately
mality
power source for SD/CL in the PF
to turn OFF the
drive board (PFUCB) is checked.
RL1 (main).
PF drive board (PFUDB)
At the start, an error detection signal (blowout of a fuse for the solenoid/clutch) is detected, and an
error detection signal (24V cut off)
is detected.
SC53-16 The blowout of a fuse for SD/CL in
the PF is detected 2. The blowout
of a fuse for SD/CL in the PF drive
board (PFUDB) is checked. At the
start, an error detection signal
(blowout of a fuse for the solenoid/
motor) is detected. However, an
error detection signal (24V cut off)
is not detected.
SC53-17 The blowout of the sensor 5VICP
Printer control board (PRCB)
is detected. An error detection
signal of the blowout of the 5VICP
is detected.
SC53-18 The fall-off of the erase lamp (EL)
The main body
CN is detected. When turning ON
stops immediately
the power, an error detection sig-
to turn OFF the
nal (fall-off) is detected a specified
RL1 (main).
Erase lamp (EL)
period of time after the fall-off
detection control signal of the EL
CN turns ON.
SC53-19 An M5 EM error detection signal is
detected twice in succession a
Conveyance motor (M5)
Printer control board (PRCB)
specified period of time after the
conveyance motor (M5) turns ON.
SC53-20 An M31 EM error detection signal
ADU reverse paper exit
is detected twice in succession a
motor (M31)
specified period of time after the
Printer control board (PRCB)
ADU reverse/exit motor (M31)
turns ON.
SC56-02 The communication between the
Operation board /1 (OB1)
image processing board (IPB) and
Overall control board
the operation board /1 (OB1) is
(OACB)
checked. An initial communication from the main body to the
operation board is not sent within
30 seconds after the power is
turned ON.
615
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
DF
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
DF
SC60-01* Although the main body sent out
If there is a copy
Image processing board
abnor-
data according to the data trans-
being made, the
(IPB)
mality
mission request by the DF, the
main body and the
same request is received again.
DF complete the
paper exit before
RADF control board
SRGA reception error was
stopping opera-
(ADFCB)
detected while in the reception in
tions. Turn OFF
serial communication, a signal
the RL1 (main).
SC60-02* When a checksum error or an
was sent to make a request for
sending data again. And when
data is being received upon this
request, a checksum error or an
SRGA reception error is detected
again.
SC60-03* When the main power switch
RADF control board
(SW1) is ON, there is no response
(ADFCB)
to the initial communication
request from the main body to the
DF even after a specified period of
time elapses.
SC60-11 When the main power switch
RADF control board
(SW1) is ON, a region into which
(ADFCB)
no write was made by the ISW is
RADF program
detected in the DF control program.
SC67-01 Original registration sensor /Rt
If there is a copy
Original registration sensor /
(PS306) abnormality.
being made, the
Rt (PS306)
main body com-
Original conveyance sensor
(PS308) abnormality.
pletes the paper
(PS308)
SC67-03 Original reverse sensor (PS309)
exit before stop-
Original reverse sensor
SC67-02 Original conveyance sensor
abnormality.
SC67-04 Non-volatile memory error
SC67-05 Cooling fan /Lt (FM301) abnormal-
ping operations.
Turn OFF the RL1
(main).
(PS309)
RADF control board
(ADFCB)
Cooling fan /Lt (FM301)
ity.
SC67-06 Original reverse sensor (PS309)
abnormality.
SC67-07 Original reverse/exit sensor
(PS313) abnormality.
SC67-08 Tray up/down motor (M303)
Original reverse sensor
(PS309)
Original reverse/exit sensor
(PS313)
Tray up/down motor (M303)
abnormality.
SC67-09 Original skew sensor /Fr (PS312)
abnormality.
SC67-10 Original skew sensor /Rr (PS311)
abnormality.
616
Original skew sensor /Fr
(PS312)
Original skew sensor /Rr
(PS311)
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
DF
operation
DF
abnor-
SC67-11 Original registration sensor /Lt
(PS318) abnormality.
mality
If there is a copy
Original registration sensor /
being made, the
Lt (PS318)
main body comSC67-12 Mis-centering sensor /Fr (PS320)
abnormality.
SC67-13 Mis-centering sensor /Rr (PS321)
abnormality.
SC67-14 Multi feed sensor /1 (MFS1)
pletes the paper
Centering sensor /Fr
exit before stop-
(PS320)
ping operations.
Centering sensor /Rr
Turn OFF the RL1
(main).
(PS321)
Multi feed sensor /1 (MFS1)
FS, FD, SD
abnormality.
Commu- SC70-01 FS, FD, SD serial receive error.
The main body ,
FNS control board (FNSCB)
nication
During re-transmission demand,
the FS, The FD
FD control board (FDCB)
abnor-
either one of the error vector
and the SD stop
SD control board (SDCB)
mality
occurrence or data checksum
immediately to
error was continuously detected
turn OFF the main
for specified time.
relay (RL1).
SC70-02 FS, FD, SD start up response
error.
When there is no response to
operation starting order, even after
LS
several retries.
LS
SC76-01 The Stacker tray encoder sensor
The main body
Stacker tray up down motor
abnor-
(PS2) does not turn ON within a
and the LS stop
(M1)
mality
specified period of time after the
immediately to
LS control board (LSCB)
stacker tray up down motor (M1)
turn OFF the main
of the tandem (1st) LS turns ON.
relay (RL1).
Or, the initial operation or the
stacker tray down operation is not
completed within a specified
period of time.
SC76-02 The shift unit home sensor (PS11)
does not turn OFF within a speci-
Shift unit motor (M5)
LS control board (LSCB)
fied period of time after the shift
unit motor (M5) of the tandem (1st)
LS turns ON. Or, PS11 does not
turn ON within a specified period
of time.
SC76-03 The alignment plate home sensor
(PS12) does not turn OFF within a
Alignment motor (M7)
LS control board (LSCB)
specified period of time after the
alignment motor (M7) of the tandem (1st) LS turns ON. Or, PS12
does not turn ON within a specified period of time.
2
617
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
LS
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
LS
SC76-04 The grip conveyance home sensor
The main body
abnor-
(PS5) does not turn ON within a
and the LS stop
mality
specified period of time after the
immediately to
grip conveyance motor (M4) of the
turn OFF the main
tandem (1st) LS turns ON.
relay (RL1).
SC76-05 The stacker tray upper limit switch
Grip conveyance motor (M4)
Stacker tray up down motor
(MS2) is ON when the stacker tray
(M1)
up down motor (M1) of the tan-
Stacker tray upper limit
dem (1st) LS is in the up opera-
switch (MS2)
tion.
SC76-06 The stacker tray lower limit switch
Stacker tray up down motor
(MS3) is ON when the stacker tray
(M1)
up down motor (M1) of the tan-
Stacker tray upper limit
dem (1st) LS is in the down opera-
switch (MS3)
tion.
SC76-07 An error detection signal is
Paper cooling fan motor /Fr
detected for a specified period of
(FM1)
time in succession while the paper
LS control board (LSCB)
cooling fan motor /Fr (FM1) of the
tandem (1st) LS is ON.
SC76-08 An error detection signal is
detected for a specified period of
Cooling fan motor /1 (FM2)
LS control board (LSCB)
time in succession while the cooling fan motor /1 (FM2) of the tandem (1st) LS is ON.
SC76-09 An error detection signal is
Paper cooling fan motor /Mi
detected for a specified period of
(FM3)
time in succession while the paper
LS control board (LSCB)
cooling fan motor /Mi (FM3) of the
tandem (1st) LS is ON.
SC76-10 An error detection signal is
Motor cooling fan motor
detected for a specified period of
(FM4)
time in succession while the motor
LS control board (LSCB)
cooling fan motor (FM4) of the tandem (1st) LS is ON.
SC76-11 An error detection signal is
(FM5)
time in succession while the paper
LS control board (LSCB)
cooling fan motor /Rr (FM5) of the
tandem (1st) LS is ON.
618
Paper cooling fan motor /Rr
detected for a specified period of
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
LS
operation
LS
SC76-31 The stacker tray encoder sensor
The main body
Stacker tray up down motor
abnor-
(PS2) does not turn ON a speci-
and the LS stop
(M1)
mality
fied period of time after the
immediately to
LS control board (LSCB)
stacker tray up down motor (M1)
turn OFF the main
of the tandem (2nd) LS turns ON.
relay (RL1).
Or, the initial operation or the
stacker tray down operation is not
completed within a specified
period of time.
SC76-32 The shift unit home sensor (PS11)
does not turn OFF within a speci-
Shift unit motor (M5)
LS control board (LSCB)
fied period of time after the shift
unit motor (M5) of the tandem
(2nd) LS turns ON. Or, PS11 does
not turn ON within a specified
period of time.
SC76-33 The alignment plate home sensor
(PS12) does not turn OFF within a
Alignment motor (M7)
LS control board (LSCB)
specified period of time after the
alignment motor (M7) of the tandem (2nd) LS turns ON. Or, PS12
does not turn ON within a specified period of time.
SC76-34 The grip conveyance home sensor
Grip conveyance motor (M4)
(PS5) does not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the
grip conveyance motor (M4) of the
tandem (2nd) LS turns ON.
SC76-35 The stacker tray upper limit switch
Stacker tray up down motor
(MS2) is ON when the stacker tray
(M1)
up down motor (M1) of the tan-
Stacker tray upper limit
dem (2nd) LS is in the up opera-
switch (MS2)
tion.
SC76-36 The stacker tray lower limit switch
Stacker tray up down motor
(MS3) is ON when the stacker tray
(M1)
up down motor (M1) of the tan-
Stacker tray lower limit
dem (2nd) LS is in the down oper-
switch (MS3)
ation.
SC76-37 An error detection signal is
Paper cooling fan motor /Fr
detected for a specified period of
(FM1)
time in succession while the paper
LS control board (LSCB)
cooling fan motor /Fr (FM1) of the
tandem (2nd) LS is ON.
619
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
LS
operation
LS
SC76-38 An error detection signal is
The main body
Paper cooling fan motor /1,
abnor-
detected for a specified period of
and the LS stop
/2 (FM2, FM6)
mality
time in succession while the paper
immediately to
LS control board (LSCB)
cooling fan motor /1, /2 (FM2,
turn OFF the main
FM6) of the tandem (2nd) LS is
relay (RL1).
ON.
SC76-39 An error detection signal is
Paper cooling fan motor /Mi
detected for a specified period of
(FM3)
time in succession while the paper
LS control board (LSCB)
cooling fan motor /Mi (FM3) of the
tandem (2nd) LS is ON.
SC76-40 An error detection signal is
Motor cooling fan motor
detected for a specified period of
(FM4)
time in succession while the motor
LS control board (LSCB)
cooling fan motor (FM4) of the tandem (2nd) LS is ON.
SC76-41 An error detection signal is
Paper cooling fan motor /Rr
detected for a specified period of
(FM5)
time in succession while the paper
LS control board (LSCB)
cooling fan motor /Rr (FM5) of the
tandem (2nd) LS is ON.
FS
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
FS
SC77-01 The conveyance motor (M1) oper-
The main body
FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor-
ates for more than the allowed
and the FS stop
FNS drive board (FNSDB)
mality
time at a speed out of the speci-
immediately to
Conveyance motor (M1)
fied one.
turn OFF the main
SC77-02 The tray up down motor (M3)
relay (RL1).
FNS control board (FNSCB)
does not turn OFF even when a
FNS drive board (FNSDB)
specified period of time elapses
Tray up down motor (M3)
after it starts operations. Or, it
Tray upper limit sensor (PS2)
operates for more than the
Tray lower limit sensor (PS3)
allowed time at a speed out of the
specified one.
SC77-03 The alignment home sensors /Rr
FNS control board (FNSCB)
(PS8) and /Fr (PS31) do not turn
FNS drive board (FNSDB)
ON within a specified period of
Alignment motor /Rr (M5)
time after the home position
Alignment motor /Fr (M22)
search operation of the alignment
Alignment home sensor /Rr
motors /Rr (M5) and /Fr (M22)
(PS8)
starts.
Alignment home sensor /Fr
(PS31)
SC77-04 The main tray paper exit motor
FNS drive board (FNSDB)
allowed time at a speed out of the
Main tray exit motor (M7)
specified one.
620
FNS control board (FNSCB)
(M7) operates for more than the
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
FS
operation
FS
SC77-05 The paper exit opening unit does
The main body
FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor-
not get to the specified opening
and the FS stop
FNS drive board (FNSDB)
mality
position within a specified period
immediately to
Paper exit opening motor
of time after the paper exit open-
turn OFF the main
(M8)
ing motor (M8) starts operations.
relay (RL1).
Paper exit opening sensor
(PS12)
SC77-06 The stapler movement home sen-
FNS control board (FNSCB)
sor (PS11) does not turn ON
FNS drive board (FNSDB)
within a specified period of time
Stapler movement motor
after the home position search
(M11)
operation of the stapler movement
Stapler movement home
motor (M11) starts.
sensor (PS11)
SC77-07 The stapler rotation home sensor
FNS control board (FNSCB)
(PS14) does not turn ON within a
FNS drive board (FNSDB)
specified period of time after the
Stapler rotation motor (M4)
home position search operation of
Stapler rotation home sen-
the stapler rotation motor (M4)
sor (PS14)
starts.
SC77-08 The stapler rotation home sensor
FNS control board (FNSCB)
(PS14) does not turn OFF within a
FNS drive board (FNSDB)
specified period of time after the
Stapler rotation motor (M4)
home position search operation of
Stapler rotation home sen-
the stapler rotation motor (M4)
sor (PS14)
starts.
SC77-11 After the stapler motor /Fr (M31)
FNS control board (FNSCB)
starts operations, it does not com-
FNS drive board (FNSDB)
plete operations within a specified
Stapler board (SB)
period of time, and the stapler
Stapler motor /Fr (M31)
home sensor /Fr (PS41) does not
Stapler home sensor /Fr
turn ON.
(PS41)
SC77-12 After the stapler motor /Rr (M30)
FNS control board (FNSCB)
starts operations, it does not com-
FNS drive board (FNSDB)
plete operations within a specified
Stapler board (SB)
period of time, and the stapler
Stapler motor /Rr (M30)
home sensor /Rr (PS40) does not
Stapler home sensor /Rr
turn ON.
(PS40)
SC77-15 After the paper exit arm motor
FNS control board (FNSCB)
(M23) starts operations, it does
FNS drive board (FNSDB)
not complete operations within a
Paper exit arm motor (M23)
specified period of time, and the
Paper exit arm home sensor
paper exit arm sensor (PS9) does
(PS9)
not turn ON. Or, it operates for
more than the allowed time at a
speed out of the specified one.
621
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
FS
operation
FS
SC77-21 After the home position search
The main body
FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor-
operation of the rear stopper
and the FS stop
FNS drive board (FNSDB)
mality
motor (M26) starts, the rear stop-
immediately to
Rear stopper motor (M26)
per home sensor (PS35) does not
turn OFF the main
Rear stopper home sensor
turn ON within a specified period
relay (RL1).
(PS35)
of time.
SC77-22 After the home position search
FNS control board (FNSCB)
operation of the stack assist guide
FNS drive board (FNSDB)
motor (M24) starts, the stack
Stack assist guide motor
assist home sensor (PS32) does
(M24)
not turn ON within a specified
Stack assist home sensor
period of time.
(PS32)
SC77-25 After the home position search
FNS control board (FNSCB)
operation of the intermediate roller
FNS drive board (FNSDB)
open close motor (M25) starts, the
Intermediate roller open
intermediate roller home sensor
close motor (M25)
(PS33) does not turn ON within a
Intermediate roller home
specified period of time.
sensor (PS33)
SC77-28 Data was resent according to the
FNS control board (FNSCB)
re-dispatch request of communication data, but the error recurs.
FD
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
FD
SC77-30 After the 1st folding release motor
The main body
1st folding release motor
abnor-
(M14) turns ON, the 1st folding
and the FD stop
(M14)
mality
cam home sensor (PS55) does
immediately to
Folding drive board (FDB)
not turn ON within a specified
turn OFF the main
1st folding cam home sen-
period of time.
relay (RL1).
SC77-31 After the 2nd folding release motor
(M15) turns ON, the 2nd folding
(M15)
cam home sensor (PS56) does
Folding drive board (FDB)
not turn ON within a specified
2nd folding cam home sen-
period of time.
SC77-32 After the 3rd folding release motor
sor (PS56)
3rd folding release motor
(M16) turns ON, the 3rd folding
(M16)
cam home sensor (PS57) does
Folding drive board (FDB)
not turn ON within a specified
3rd folding cam home sen-
period of time.
sor (PS57)
SC77-33 The 2 holes punch home sensor
Punch motor (M10)
(PS8) does not turn OFF within a
Punch drive board (PDB)
specified period of time after the 2
2 holes punch home sensor
holes punch home position return
(PS8)
operation starts. Or, after the
punch motor (M10) turns ON, the
2 holes punch home sensor (PS8)
does not turn OFF.
622
sor (PS55)
2nd folding release motor
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
FD
operation
FD
SC77-34 The 3 holes/4 holes punch home
The main body
Punch motor (M10)
abnor-
sensor (PS9) does not turn OFF
and the FD stop
Punch drive board (PDB)
mality
within a specified period of time
immediately to
3 holes/4 holes punch home
after the 3 holes/4 holes punch
turn OFF the main
sensor (PS9)
home position return operation
relay (RL1).
starts. Or, after the punch motor
(M10) turns ON, the 3 holes/4
holes punch home sensor (PS9)
does not turn OFF.
SC77-35 The alignment plate home sensor
Alignment motor (M12)
(PS10) does not turn ON within a
Punch drive board (PDB)
specified period of time after the
Alignment plate home sen-
alignment plate home position
sor (PS10)
return operation starts. Or, after
the alignment motor (M12) turns
ON, the alignment plate home
sensor (PS10) does not turn OFF.
SC77-36 The punch registration home sen-
Punch registration motor
sor (PS11) does not turn ON
(M13)
within a specified period of time
Punch drive board (PDB)
after the punch registration claw
Punch registration home
home position return operation
sensor (PS11)
starts. Or, after the punch registration motor (M13) turns ON, the
punch registration home sensor
(PS11) does not turn OFF.
SC77-37 The main tray upper limit sensor
Tray up down motor (M11)
(PS20) does not turn ON within a
Main tray upper limit sensor
specified period of time after the
(PS20)
main tray home position search
Punch drive board (PDB)
starts. Or, after the tray up down
motor (M11) turns ON, the main
tray upper limit sensor (PS20)
does not turn OFF.
SC77-38 The main tray lower limit sensor
Tray up down motor (M11)
(PS22) does not turn ON within a
Punch drive board (PDB)
specified period of time after the
Main tray lower limit sensor
tray up down motor (M11) is in the
(PS22)
down operation.
623
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
FD
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
FD
SC77-39 After the FD paper lift motor /Up
The main body
Paper lift motor /Up (M8)
abnor-
(M8) is in the down operation, the
and the FD stop
PI drive board (PIDB)
mality
PI lift plate home sensor /Up
immediately to
PI lift plate home sensor /Up
(PS34) does not turn ON within a
turn OFF the main
(PS34)
specified period of time. Or, after
relay (RL1).
PI tray upper limit sensor /
the paper lift motor /Up (M8) is in
Up (PS32)
the up operation, the PI tray upper
limit sensor /Up (PS32) does not
turn ON.
SC77-40 After the FD paper lift motor /Lw
Paper lift motor /Lw (M9)
(M9) is in the down operation, the
PI drive board (PIDB)
PI lift plate home sensor /Lw
PI lift plate home sensor /Lw
(PS40) does not turn ON within a
(PS40)
specified period of time. Or, after
PI tray upper limit sensor /
the paper lift motor /Lw (M9) is in
Lw (PS38)
the up operation, the PI tray upper
limit sensor /Lw (PS38) does not
turn ON.
SC77-41 The entrance conveyance motor
Entrance conveyance motor
(M1) detects an error detection
(M1)
signal for a specified period of
Punch drive board (PDB)
time in succession.
SC77-42 The intermediate conveyance
Intermediate conveyance
motor (M3) detects an error detec-
motor (M3)
tion signal for a specified period of
Punch drive board (PDB)
time in succession.
SC77-43 The PI conveyance motor (M7)
detects an error detection signal
PI conveyance motor (M7)
PI drive board (PIDB)
for a specified period of time in
succession.
SC77-44 The main tray paper exit motor
Main tray paper exit motor
(M17) detects an error detection
(M17)
signal for a specified period of
Punch drive board (PDB)
time in succession.
SC77-48 Resending of communication data
due to an error is not available.
SC77-49 When non-volatile memory is
being accessed, no response is
Main body I/F wiring harness
FD control board (FDCB)
EEPROM
obtained for a specified period of
time.
SC77-58* When the FD is unready, a signal
to start operations is received from
the main body.
SC77-59* Communication error in FD
624
1
Software bug
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
SD
operation
SD
SC77-60 Scraps press home sensor (PS48)
The main body
Bundle exit motor (M5)
abnor-
does not turn ON within a speci-
and the SD stop
Scrap press home sensor
mality
fied period of time after the bundle
immediately to
(PS48)
drive motor (M5) starts the home
turn OFF the main
SD control board (SDCB)
position search operation.
relay (RL1).
SD drive board (SDDB)
SC77-61 Folding main scan alignment
Folding main scan alignment
home sensor /Fr1 (PS18) does not
motor /Fr (M7)
turn ON within a specified period
Folding main scan alignment
of time after the folding main scan
home sensor /Fr1 (PS18)
alignment motor /Fr (M7) starts
SD control board (SDCB)
the home position search opera-
SD drive board (SDDB)
tion.
Or, even after a specified period of
time after M7 starts the operation,
it does not stop.
SC77-62 Folding exit home sensor (PS24)
Folding sub scan alignment
does not turn ON within a speci-
exit motor (M8)
fied period of time after the folding
Folding exit home sensor
sub scan alignment paper exit
(PS24)
motor (M8) starts the home posi-
SD control board (SDCB)
tion search operation.
SD drive board (SDDB)
Or, even after a specified period of
time after M8 starts to decelerate,
it does not stop.
SC77-63 Saddle stitch alignment home
Saddle stitching alignment
sensor /Rt (PS28) does not turn
motor /Rt (M9)
ON within a specified period of
Saddle stitching alignment
time after the saddle stitch align-
home sensor /Rt (PS28)
ment motor /Rt (M9) starts the
SD control board (SDCB)
home position search operation.
SD drive board (SDDB)
Or, even after a specified period of
time after M9 starts the operation,
it does not stop.
SC77-64 Bundle arm home sensor (PS32)
Bundle arm motor (M10)
does not turned ON within a spec-
Bundle arm home sensor
ified period of time after the bun-
(PS32)
dle arm motor (M10) starts the
SD control board (SDCB)
home position search operation.
SD drive board (SDDB)
Or, even after a specified period of
time after M10 starts the operation, it does not stop.
1
625
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
SD
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
SD
SC77-65 Bundle clip upper limit sensor
The main body
Bundle clip motor (M11)
abnor-
(PS33) does not turned ON within
and the SD stop
Bundle clip upper limit sen-
mality
a specified period of time after the
immediately to
sor (PS33)
bundle clip motor (M11) starts the
turn OFF the main
Bundle clip lower limit sen-
home position search operation.
relay (RL1).
sor (PS30)
Or, even after a specified period of
SD control board (SDCB)
time after M11 starts the opera-
SD drive board (SDDB)
tion, it does not stop.
SC77-66 Bundle registration home sensor
Bundle registration motor
(PS34) does not turned ON within
(M12)
a specified period of time after the
Bundle registration home
bundle registration motor (M12)
sensor (PS34)
starts the home position search
SD control board (SDCB)
operation.
SD drive board (SDDB)
Or, even after a specified period of
time after M12 starts the operation, it does not stop.
SC77-67 Overlap home sensor (PS17) does
Overlap motor (M13)
not turned ON within a specified
Overlap home sensor
period of time after the overlap
(PS17)
motor (M13) starts the home posi-
SD control board (SDCB)
tion search operation.
SD drive board (SDDB)
Or, even after a specified period of
time after M13 starts the operation, it does not stop.
SC77-68 Folding main scan alignment
Folding main scan alignment
home sensor /Rr (PS19) does not
motor /Rr (M14)
turned ON within a specified
Folding main scan alignment
period of time after the folding
home sensor /Rr (PS19)
main scan alignment motor /Rr
SD control board (SDCB)
(M14) starts the home position
SD drive board (SDDB)
search operation.
Or, even after a specified period of
time after M14 starts the operation, it does not stop.
SC77-69 Stapler moving home sensor
(M15)
a specified period of time after the
Stapler movement home
stapler moving motor (M15) starts
sensor (PS25)
the home position search opera-
SD control board (SDCB)
tion.
SD drive board (SDDB)
Or, even after a specified period of
time after M15 starts the operation, it does not stop.
626
1
Stapler movement motor
(PS25) does not turned ON within
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
SD
operation
SD
SC77-70 Saddle stitching alignment home
The main body
Saddle stitching alignment
abnor-
sensor /Lt (PS29) does not turned
and the SD stop
motor /Lt (M16)
mality
ON within a specified period of
immediately to
Saddle stitching alignment
time after the saddle stitching
turn OFF the main
home sensor /Lt (PS29)
alignment motor /Lt (M16) starts
relay (RL1).
SD control board (SDCB)
the home position search opera-
SD drive board (SDDB)
tion.
Or, even after a specified period of
time after M16 starts the operation, it does not stop.
SC77-71 Bundle press movement home
Bundle press movement
sensor (PS36) does not turned ON
motor (M17)
within a specified period of time
Bundle press movement
after the bundle press movement
home sensor (PS36)
motor (M17) starts the home posi-
SD control board (SDCB)
tion search operation.
SD drive board (SDDB)
Or, even after a specified period of
time after M17 starts the operation, it does not stop.
SC77-72 1st folding blade home sensor /2
1st folding blade motor
(PS21) does not turned ON within
(M18)
a specified period of time after the
1st folding blade home sen-
1st folding blade motor (M18)
sor /1 (PS20), /2 (PS21)
starts the home position search
SD control board (SDCB)
operation.
SD drive board (SDDB)
Or 1st folding blade home sensor
/1 (PS20) does not turned ON
within a specified period of time
after M18 starts the operation.
SC77-73 2nd folding blade home sensor /2
2nd folding blade motor
(PS23) does not turned ON within
(M19)
a specified period of time after the
2nd folding blade home
2nd folding blade motor (M19)
sensor /1 (PS22), /2 (PS23)
starts the home position search
SD control board (SDCB)
operation.
SD drive board (SDDB)
Or the 2nd folding blade home
sensor /1 (PS22) does not turned
ON within a specified period of
time after M19 starts the operation.
1
627
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
SD
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
SD
SC77-74 Clincher up down home sensor
The main body
Clincher up down motor
abnor-
(PS26) does not turned ON within
and the SD stop
(M20)
mality
a specified period of time after the
immediately to
Clincher up/down home
clincher up down motor (M20)
turn OFF the main
sensor (PS26)
starts the home position search
relay (RL1).
SD control board (SDCB)
operation.
SD drive board (SDDB)
Or, even after a specified period of
time after M20 starts the operation, it does not stop.
SC77-75 Saddle stitching press home sen-
Saddle stitching press
sor (PS27) does not turned ON
motor (M21)
within a specified period of time
Saddle stitching press home
after the saddle stitching press
sensor (PS27)
motor (M21) starts the home posi-
SD control board (SDCB)
tion search operation.
SD drive board (SDDB)
Or, even after a specified period of
time after M21 starts the operation, it does not stop.
SC77-76 Bundle arm rotation home sensor
Bundle arm rotation motor
(PS31) does not turned ON within
(M22)
a specified period of time after the
Bundle arm rotation home
bundle arm rotation motor (M22)
sensor (PS31)
starts the home position search
SD control board (SDCB)
operation.
SD drive board (SDDB)
Or, even after a specified period of
time after M22 starts the operation, it does not stop.
SC77-77 Bundle press home sensor (PS37)
Bundle press motor (M23)
does not turned ON within a spec-
Bundle press home sensor
ified period of time after the bun-
(PS37)
dle press motor (M23) starts the
Bundle press lower limit
home position search operation.
sensor (PS47)
Or, even after a specified period of
SD control board (SDCB)
time after M23 starts the opera-
SD drive board (SDDB)
tion, it does not stop.
SC77-78 Bundle press stage up down
turned ON within a specified
Bundle press stage up
period of time after the bundle
down home sensor (PS35)
press stage up down motor (M24)
Bundle press stage up
starts the home position search
down limit sensor (PS45)
operation.
SD control board (SDCB)
Or PS35 or the bundle press
SD drive board (SDDB)
(PS45) does not turned ON after a
specified period of time M24
starts the operation.
1
Bundle press stage up
down motor (M24)
stage up down upper limit sensor
628
.
home sensor (PS35) does not
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
SD
operation
SD
abnormality
SC77-79 Guide shaft home sensor (PS46)
does not turned ON within a specified period of time after the guide
shaft motor (M25) starts the home
position search operation.
Or, even after a specified period of
time after M25 starts the operation, it does not stop.
The main body
and the SD stop
immediately to
turn OFF the main
relay (RL1).
Guide shaft motor (M25)
Guide shaft home sensor
(PS46)
SD control board (SDCB)
SD drive board (SDDB)
SC77-80 Stapler home sensor /Rt (HS1) or
clincher start sensor /Rt (HS2)
does not turned ON within a specified period of time after the stapler
motor /Rt (M29) starts the operation.
Stapler assembly /Rt
SD control board (SDCB)
SD drive board (SDDB)
SC77-81 Stapler home sensor /Lt (HS3) or
clincher start sensor /Lt (HS4)
does not turned ON within a specified period of time after the stapler
motor /Lt (M30) starts the operation.
Stapler assembly /Lt
SD control board (SDCB)
SD drive board (SDDB)
SC77-82 Trimmer blade motor (M31) does
not turned OFF within a specified
period of time after it turned ON.
An error detection signal is
detected for a specified period of
time in succession while the trimmer paddle motor (M33) is ON.
Trimmer blade motor (M31)
Trimmer paddle motor (M33)
Trimmer blade home sensor
(PS50)
Trimmer blade upper limit
sensor (PS51)
SD control board (SDCB)
SD drive board (SDDB)
SC77-83 Trimmer press motor (M32) does
not turned OFF within a specified
period of time after it turned ON.
Trimmer press motor (M32)
Trimmer press home motor
(PS53)
Trimmer press upper limit
sensor (PS52)
SD control board (SDCB)
SD drive board (SDDB)
SC77-84 Bundle arm assist motor (M26)
does not turned OFF within a
specified period of time after it
turned ON.
Bundle arm assist motor
(M26)
Bundle arm assist home
sensor (PS38)
Bundle arm assist upper
limit sensor (PS39)
SD control board (SDCB)
SD drive board (SDDB)
SC77-85 An error detection signal is
Entrance conveyance motor
detected for a specified period of
(M1)
time in succession while the
SD control board (SDCB)
entrance conveyance motor (M1)
SD drive board (SDDB)
is ON.
1
629
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
SD
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
SD
SC77-86 An error detection signal is
The main body
Horizontal conveyance
abnor-
detected for a specified period of
and the SD stop
motor (M2)
mality
time in succession while the hori-
immediately to
SD control board (SDCB)
zontal conveyance motor (M2) is
turn OFF the main
SD drive board (SDDB)
ON.
relay (RL1).
SC77-87 An error detection signal is
Folding entrance motor (M3)
detected for a specified period of
SD control board (SDCB)
time in succession while the fold-
SD drive board (SDDB)
ing entrance motor (M3) is ON.
SC77-88 An error detection signal is
Folding conveyance motor
detected for a specified period of
(M4)
time in succession while the fold-
SD control board (SDCB)
ing conveyance motor (M4) is ON.
SD drive board (SDDB)
SC77-89 An error detection signal is
Bundle exit motor (M5)
detected for a specified period of
SD control board (SDCB)
time in succession while the bun-
SD drive board (SDDB)
dle exit motor (M5) is ON.
SC77-90 An error detection signal is detected
for a specified period of time in suc-
Folding sub scan alignment
exit motor (M8)
cession while the folding sub scan
SD control board (SDCB)
alignment exit motor (M8) is ON.
SD drive board (SDDB)
SC77-91 An error detection signal is
Scraps removal fan motor
detected for a specified period of
(FM1)
time in succession while the
SD control board (SDCB)
scraps removal fan motor (FM1) is
SD drive board (SDDB)
ON.
And normal operation is not
detected after the restart (retry).
(even after being started for the
specified times)
Or, an error detection is detected
at the start operation and normal
operation is not detected even
after the restart (retry). (normal
operation is not detected after the
start of the specified times after
error detection)
SC77-95 5VDC power supply error detection signal is detected for a speci-
SD drive board (SDDB)
SD control board (SDCB)
fied period of time in succession.
SC77-96 Resending of communication data
to the main body is not available
due to an error.
630
1
SD control board (SDCB)
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
SD
operation
SD
The main body
SD control board (SDCB)
abnor-
SC77-97 When non-volatile memory is being
accessed, no response is obtained
and the SD stop
EEPROM
mality
for a specified period of time.
immediately to
SC77-98* When the SD is unready, a signal
to start operations is received from
turn OFF the main
Software bug
relay (RL1).
the main body.
PB
SC77-99* Communication error in SD
PB
SC78-01 After the main CPU in the PB con-
The main body
PB control board (PBCB)
abnor-
trol board (PBCB) sends an
and the PB stop
PB drive board (PBDB)
mality
entrance conveyance start signal
immediately to
Entrance conveyance motor
to the sub CPU, a signal to notify
turn OFF the main
(M1)
the completion of the procvess is
relay (RL1).
not returned to the main CPU
within a specified time period.
SC78-02 An error detection signal is
PB control board (PBCB)
detected continuously for a speci-
PB drive board (PBDB)
fied time period while the interme-
Intermediate conveyance
diate conveyance motor (M2) is
motor (M2)
driving.
SC78-04 After the main CPU on the PB
PB control board (PBCB)
control board (PBCB) sends a SC
PB drive board (PBDB)
entrance conveyance start signal
SC entrance conveyance
to the sub CPU, a signal to notify
motor (M11)
the completion of the process is
not returned to the main CPU
within a specified time period.
SC78-05 After the main CPU on the PB
PB control board (PBCB)
control board (PBCB) sends a SC
PB drive board (PBDB)
switchback conveyance start sig-
SC switchback conveyance
nal to the sub CPU, a signal to
motor (M12)
notify the completion of the process is not returned to the main
CPU within a specified time
period.
SC78-06 The switchback roller release
PB control board (PBCB)
operation has not completed
PB drive board (PBDB)
within a specified time period after
SC switchback release
the SC switchback release motor
motor (M13)
(M13) turns ON.
SC78-07 After the main CPU on the PB
PB control board (PBCB)
control board (PBCB) sends an
PB drive board (PBDB)
SC alignment start signal to the
SC alignment motor (M15)
sub CPU, a signal to notify the
completion of the process is not
returned to the main CPU within a
specified time period.
2
631
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
PB
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
PB
SC78-08 After the main CPU on the PB
The main body
PB control board (PBCB)
abnor-
control board (PBCB) sends an
and the PB stop
PB drive board (PBDB)
mality
SC pages conveyance start signal
immediately to
SC bundle conveynace
to the sub CPU, a signal to notify
turn OFF the main
motor (M17)
the completion of the process is
relay (RL1).
not returned to the main CPU
within a specified time period.
SC78-09 The SC roller release operation
PB control board (PBCB)
has not completed within a speci-
PB drive board (PBDB)
fied time period after the SC roller
SC roller release motor
release motor (M18) turns ON.
(M18)
SC78-10 The movement of the SC entrance
PB control board (PBCB)
has not completed within a speci-
PB drive board (PBDB)
fied time period after the clamp
Clamp entranse movement
entrance movement motor (M19)
motor (M19)
turns ON.
SC78-11 The SC entrance roller release
PB control board (PBCB)
operation has not completed
PB drive board (PBDB)
within a specified time period after
Clamp entranse roller
the clamp entrance roller release
release motor (M20)
motor (M20) turns ON
SC78-12 After clamp alignment motor
PB control board (PBCB)
(M21) turns on, the alignment
PB drive board (PBDB)
operation is not complete within
Clamp alignment motor
the specified time.
(M21)
SC78-13 After clamp motor (M22) turns on,
PB control board (PBCB)
the open/close process of the
PB drive board (PBDB)
clamp section is not complete
Clamp motor (M22)
within the specified time.
SC78-14 The rotation of the clamp section
PB control board (PBCB)
has not completed within a speci-
PB drive board (PBDB)
fied time period after the clamp
Clamp rotation motor (M23)
rotation motor (M23) turns ON.
SC78-15 The movement of the glue tank
PB drive board (PBDB)
fied time period after the glue tank
Glue tank movement motor
movement motor (M31) turns ON.
(M31)
SC78-16 An error detection signal is
632
2
PB control board (PBCB)
has not completed within a speci-
PB control board (PBCB)
detected continuously for a speci-
PB drive board (PBDB)
fied time period while the glue
Glue apply roller motor
apply roller motor (M32) is driving.
(M32)
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
PB
operation
PB
SC78-17 The count of a specified number
The main body
PB control board (PBCB)
abnor-
of pellets, which is counted by the
and the PB stop
PB drive board (PBDB)
mality
pellet count sensor (PS37), has
immediately to
Pellet supply motor (M33)
not been reached after the pellet
turn OFF the main
supply motor (M33) turns ON. The
relay (RL1).
status was detected by a specified number of times in succession.
SC78-18 The movement of the pellet supply
PB control board (PBCB)
arm has not completed within a
PB drive board (PBDB)
specified time period after the pel-
pellet supply arm motor
let supply arm motor (M34) turns
(M34)
ON.
SC78-19 After the main CPU on the PB
PB control board (PBCB)
control board (PBCB) sends a SC
PB drive board (PBDB)
alignment start signal to the sub
Cover paper alignment
CPU, a signal to notify the com-
motor (M41)
pletion of the process is not
returned to the main CPU within a
specified time period.
SC78-20 After the main CPU on the PB
PB control board (PBCB)
control board (PBCB) sends a
PB drive board (PBDB)
book ejection start signal to the
Book exit motor (M42)
sub CPU, a signal to notify the
completion of the process is not
returned to the main CPU within a
specified time period.
SC78-21 After the main CPU on the PB
PB control board (PBCB)
control board (PBCB) sends a
PB drive board (PBDB)
driven arm/Rt shaking operation
Cover paper conveyance
start signal to the sub CPU, a sig-
arm motor /Rt (M43)
nal to notify the completion of the
process is not returned to the
main CPU within a specified time
period.
SC78-22 After the main CPU in the PB con-
PB control board (PBCB)
trol board (PBCB) sends a driven
PB drive board (PBDB)
arm/Lt shaking operation start sig-
Cover paper conveyance
nal to the sub CPU, a signal to
arm motor /Lt (M44)
notify the completion of the process is not returned to the main
CPU within a specified time
period.
2
633
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
PB
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
PB
SC78-23 After the main CPU on the PB
The main body
PB control board (PBCB)
abnor-
control board (PBCB) sends a
and the PB stop
PB drive board (PBDB)
mality
cover paper conveyance start sig-
immediately to
Cover paper conveyance
nal to the sub CPU, a signal to
turn OFF the main
motor (M45)
notify the completion of the pro-
relay (RL1).
cess is not returned to the main
CPU within a specified time
period.
SC78-24 The cover paper table up or down
PB control board (PBCB)
movement has not completed
PB drive board (PBDB)
within a specified time period after
Cover paper table up down
the cover paper table up down
motor /Fr (M46)
motor/Fr (M46) turns ON.
SC78-25 The cover paper table up or down
PB control board (PBCB)
movement has not completed
PB drive board (PBDB)
within a specified time period after
Cover paper table up down
the cover paper table up down
motor /Rr (M47)
motor/Rr (M47) turns ON.
SC78-26 The movement of the cover paper
PB control board (PBCB)
folding plate/Rt has not completed
PB drive board (PBDB)
within a specified time period after
Cover paper folding motor /
the cover paper folding motor/Rt
Rt (M48)
(M48) turns ON.
SC78-27 The movement of the cover paper
PB control board (PBCB)
folding plate/Lt has not completed
PB drive board (PBDB)
within a specified time period after
Cover paper folding motor /
the cover paper folding motor/Lt
Lt (M49)
(M49) turns ON.
SC78-28 The trimming of the cover paper
PB control board (PBCB)
has not completed within a speci-
PB drive board (PBDB)
fied time period after the cutter
Cutter motor (M50)
motor (M50) turns ON.
SC78-30 After the main CPU in the PB con-
PB control board (PBCB)
trol board (PBCB) sends a car-
PB drive board (PBDB)
riage belt driving operation start
Book conveyance belt
signal to the sub CPU, a signal to
motor (M61)
notify the completion of the process is not returned to the main
CPU within a specified time
period.
SC78-31 The carriage section movement
PB drive board (PBDB)
completed after the book convey-
Book conveyance belt
ance belt movement motor (M62)
movement motor (M62)
turns ON.
634
2
PB control board (PBCB)
according to paper size has not
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
PB
operation
PB
SC78-32 The up/down process of the car-
The main body
PB control board (PBCB)
abnor-
riage section has not completed
and the PB stop
PB drive board (PBDB)
mality
within a specified time period after
immediately to
Book conveyance belt up
the cover paper conveyance belt
turn OFF the main
down motor (M63)
up/down motor (M63) turns ON.
relay (RL1).
SC78-34 The pressing of the back edge of
PB control board (PBCB)
the book process has not com-
PB drive board (PBDB)
pleted within a specified time
Book stopper motor (M65)
period after the book stopper
motor (M65) turns ON.
SC78-35 An error detection signal is
PB control board (PBCB)
detected continuously for speci-
PB drive board (PBDB)
fied time period while the cover
Cover paper tray fan /1
paper tray fan/1 (M71) is started or
(M71)
driving.
SC78-36 An error detection signal is
PB control board (PBCB)
detected continuously for speci-
PB drive board (PBDB)
fied time period while the cover
Cover paper tray fan /2
paper tray fan/2 (M72) is started or
(M72)
driving.
SC78-37 The tray up movement has not
PB control board (PBCB)
completed within a specified time
PB drive board (PBDB)
period after the cover paper tray
Cover paper tray lift motor
lift motor (M73) turns ON.
(M73)
SC78-38 An error detection signal is
PB control board (PBCB)
detected continuously for a speci-
PB drive board (PBDB)
fied time period while the cover
Cover paper feed motor
paper feed motor (M74) is driving.
(M74)
SC78-39 An error detection signal is
PB control board (PBCB)
detected continuously for speci-
PB drive board (PBDB)
fied time period while the ventila-
Exhaust fan /1 (M80)
tion fan/1 (M80), /2 (M81) is
Exhaust fan /2 (M81)
started of driving.
SC78-40 After the warm-up is started, tem**
AC drive board (ACDB)
perature detected by the glue tank
Glue tank heater (H1)
temperature sensor /Md (TH3) has
Glue apply roller heater (H2)
not risen to a prescribed level
PB control board (PBCB)
within a specified time period.
PB drive board (PBDB)
Glue apply roller motor
(M32)
Glue tank temperature sensor /Md (TH3)
2
635
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
PB
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
PB
abnor-
SC78-41 After the warm-up is started, tem**
mality
The main body
AC drive board (ACDB)
perature detected by the glue tank
and the PB stop
Glue tank heater (H1)
temperature sensor /Lw (TH4) has
immediately to
Glue apply roller heater (H2)
not risen to a prescribed level
turn OFF the main
PB control board (PBCB)
within a specified time period.
relay (RL1).
PB drive board (PBDB)
Glue apply roller motor
(M32)
Glue tank temperature sensor /Lw (TH4)
SC78-42 After the warm-up is started, tem**
AC drive board (ACDB)
perature detected by the glue
Glue tank heater (H1)
apply roller temperature sensor
Glue apply roller heater (H2)
(TH1) has not risen to a prescribed
PB control board (PBCB)
level within a specified time
PB drive board (PBDB)
period.
Glue apply roller motor
(M32)
Glue apply roller temperature sensor (TH1)
SC78-43 After the pellet supply, tempera**
AC drive board (ACDB)
ture detected by the glue tank
Glue tank heater (H1)
temperature sensor/Up (TH2) has
Glue apply roller heater (H2)
not risen to a prescribed level
PB control board (PBCB)
within a specified time period.
PB drive board (PBDB)
Glue apply roller motor
(M32)
Glue tank temperature sensor /Up (TH2)
SC78-44 During standby, after the glue tank
**
AC drive board (ACDB)
heater (H1) is turned ON, temper-
Glue tank heater (H1)
ature detected by the glue tank
Glue apply roller heater (H2)
temperature sensor /Md (TH3) has
PB control board (PBCB)
not risen to a prescribed level
PB drive board (PBDB)
within a specified time period.
Glue apply roller motor
(M32)
Glue tank temperature sensor /Md (TH3)
SC78-45 When control temperature is
**
AC drive board (ACDB)
reached, after the glue tank heater
Glue tank heater (H1)
(H1) is turned ON, temperature
Glue apply roller heater (H2)
detected by the glue tank temper-
PB control board (PBCB)
ature sensor/Lw (TH4) has not
PB drive board (PBDB)
risen to a prescribed level within a
Glue apply roller motor
specified time period.
(M32)
Glue tank temperature sensor /Lw (TH4)
636
2
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
PB
operation
PB
abnor-
SC78-46 When control temperature is
**
mality
The main body
AC drive board (ACDB)
reached, after the glue tank heater
and the PB stop
Glue tank heater (H1)
(H1) is turned ON, temperature
immediately to
Glue apply roller heater (H2)
detected by the glue apply roller
turn OFF the main
PB control board (PBCB)
temperature sensor (TH1) has not
relay (RL1).
PB drive board (PBDB)
risen to a prescribed level within a
Glue apply roller motor
specified time period.
(M32)
Glue apply roller temperature sensor (TH1)
SC78-47 An abnormal high temperature is
**
AC drive board (ACDB)
detected by the glue apply roller
Glue tank heater (H1)
temperature sensor (TH1).
Glue apply roller heater (H2)
PB control board (PBCB)
PB drive board (PBDB)
Glue apply roller motor
(M32)
Glue apply roller temperature sensor (TH1)
SC78-48 An abnormal high temperature is
**
AC drive board (ACDB)
detected by the glue tank temper-
Glue tank heater (H1)
ature sensor /Up (TH2).
Glue apply roller heater (H2)
PB control board (PBCB)
PB drive board (PBDB)
Glue apply roller motor
(M32)
Glue tank temperature sensor /Up (TH2)
SC78-49 An abnormal high temperature is
**
AC drive board (ACDB)
detected by the glue tank temper-
Glue tank heater (H1)
ature sensor /Md (TH3).
Glue apply roller heater (H2)
PB control board (PBCB)
PB drive board (PBDB)
Glue apply roller motor
(M32)
Glue tank temperature sensor /Md (TH3)
SC78-50 An abnormal high temperature is
**
AC drive board (ACDB)
detected by the glue tank temper-
Glue tank heater (H1)
ature sensor /Lw (TH4).
Glue apply roller heater (H2)
PB control board (PBCB)
PB drive board (PBDB)
Glue apply roller motor
(M32)
Glue tank temperature sensor /Lw (TH4)
2
637
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Code
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
PB
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
PB
abnor-
SC78-51 The glue apply roller temperature
**
mality
The main body
AC drive board (ACDB)
sensor (TH1) high temperature
and the PB stop
Glue tank heater (H1)
hardware detection.
immediately to
Glue apply roller heater (H2)
An abnormal high temperature is
turn OFF the main
PB control board (PBCB)
detected by the glue apply roller
relay (RL1).
PB drive board (PBDB)
temperature sensor (TH1).
Glue apply roller motor
(M32)
Glue apply roller temperature sensor (TH1)
SC78-52 The glue tank temperature sensor
**
AC drive board (ACDB)
/Up (TH2) high temperature hard-
Glue tank heater (H1)
ware detection.
Glue apply roller heater (H2)
An abnormal high temperature is
PB control board (PBCB)
detected by the glue tank temper-
PB drive board (PBDB)
ature sensor /Up (TH2).
Glue apply roller motor
(M32)
Glue tank temperature sensor /Up (TH2)
SC78-53 The glue tank temperature sensor
**
AC drive board (ACDB)
/Md (TH3) high temperature hard-
Glue tank heater (H1)
ware detection.
Glue apply roller heater (H2)
An abnormal high temperature is
PB control board (PBCB)
detected by the glue tank temper-
PB drive board (PBDB)
ature sensor /Md (TH3).
Glue apply roller motor
(M32)
Glue tank temperature sensor /Md (TH3)
SC78-54 The glue tank temperature sensor
**
AC drive board (ACDB)
/Lw (TH4) high temperature hard-
Glue tank heater (H1)
ware detection.
Glue apply roller heater (H2)
An abnormal high temperature is
PB control board (PBCB)
detected by the glue tank temper-
PB drive board (PBDB)
ature sensor /Lw (TH4).
Glue apply roller motor
(M32)
Glue tank temperature sensor /Lw (TH4)
SC78-55 An abnormal low temperature is
**
AC drive board (ACDB)
detected by the glue apply roller
Glue tank heater (H1)
temperature sensor (TH1), after
Glue apply roller heater (H2)
completion of warm-up.
PB control board (PBCB)
PB drive board (PBDB)
Glue apply roller motor
(M32)
Glue apply roller temperature sensor (TH1)
638
2
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
PB
operation
PB
abnor-
SC78-56 An abnormal low temperature is
**
mality
The main body
AC drive board (ACDB)
detected by the glue tank temper-
and the PB stop
Glue tank heater (H1)
ature sensor /Up (TH2), after
immediately to
Glue apply roller heater (H2)
reaching glue supply control tem-
turn OFF the main
PB control board (PBCB)
perature.
relay (RL1).
PB drive board (PBDB)
Glue apply roller motor
(M32)
Glue tank temperature sensor /Up (TH2)
SC78-57 An abnormal low temperature is
**
AC drive board (ACDB)
detected by the glue tank
Glue tank heater (H1)
temperature sensor /Md (TH3),
Glue apply roller heater (H2)
after the warming-up is com-
PB control board (PBCB)
pleted.
PB drive board (PBDB)
Glue apply roller motor
(M32)
Glue tank temperature sensor /Md (TH3)
SC78-58 An abnormal low temperature is
**
AC drive board (ACDB)
detected by the glue tank temper-
Glue tank heater (H1)
ature sensor /Lw (TH4), after the
Glue apply roller heater (H2)
warming-up is completed.
PB control board (PBCB)
PB drive board (PBDB)
Glue apply roller motor
(M32)
Glue tank temperature sensor /Lw (TH4)
SC78-59 Glue apply roller temperature sen**
AC drive board (ACDB)
sor (TH1) low temperature abnor-
Glue tank heater (H1)
mality hardware detection.
Glue apply roller heater (H2)
TH1 detected low temperature
PB control board (PBCB)
abnormality of the glue apply roller
PB drive board (PBDB)
abnormality detection signal after
Glue apply roller motor
the warming-up is completed.
(M32)
Glue apply roller temperature sensor (TH1)
SC78-60 Glue tank temperature sensor/Up
**
AC drive board (ACDB)
(TH2) low temperature abnormality
Glue tank heater (H1)
hardware detection .
Glue apply roller heater (H2)
TH2 detected low temperature
PB control board (PBCB)
abnormality of the glue tank
PB drive board (PBDB)
abnormality detection signal after
Glue apply roller motor
reaching the glue supply control
(M32)
temperature.
Glue tank temperature sensor /Up (TH2)
2
639
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Code
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
operation
PB
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
PB
abnor-
SC78-61 Glue tank temperature sensor/Md
**
mality
The main body
AC drive board (ACDB)
(TH3) low temperature abnormality
and the PB stop
Glue tank heater (H1)
hardware detection.
immediately to
Glue apply roller heater (H2)
TH3 detected low temperature
turn OFF the main
PB control board (PBCB)
abnormality of the glue tank
relay (RL1).
PB drive board (PBDB)
abnormality detection signal after
Glue apply roller motor
the warming-up is completed.
(M32)
Glue tank temperature sensor /Md (TH3)
SC78-62 Glue tank temperature sensor /Lw
**
AC drive board (ACDB)
(TH4) low temperature abnormality
Glue tank heater (H1)
hardware detection.
Glue apply roller heater (H2)
TH4 detected low temperature
PB control board (PBCB)
abnormality of the glue tank
PB drive board (PBDB)
abnormality detection signal after
Glue apply roller motor
the warming-up is completed.
(M32)
Glue tank temperature sensor /Lw (TH4)
SC78-63 Abnormal rotation of the exhaust
AC drive board (ACDB)
fan/2 (M81) on start-up does not
PB control board (PBCB)
recover by reboot.
PB drive board (PBDB)
Abnormal rotation of the exhaust
Exhaust fan /2 (M81)
fan/2 (M81) during M81 is on does
not recover by reboot.
SC78-64 Abnormal rotation of the pellet
AC drive board (ACDB)
cooler fan (M4) on start-up does
PB control board (PBCB)
not recover by reboot.
PB drive board (PBDB)
Abnormal rotation of the pellet
Pellet supply cooling fan
cooler fan (M4) during M4 is on
motor (M4)
does not recover by reboot.
SC78-91 Message queue full or the control
abnormality of Sub CPU1 in the
PB control board (PBCB)
Control program
PB control board (PBCB).
SC78-92 Message queue full or the control
abnormality of Sub CPU2 in the
PB control board (PBCB)
Control program
PB control board (PBCB).
SC78-93 Communication abnormality
between Main CPU in the PB con-
PB control board (PBCB)
Control program
trol board (PBCB) and Sub CPU1.
SC78-94 Communication abnormality
between Main CPU in the PB con-
PB control board (PBCB)
Control program
trol board (PBCB) and Sub CPU2.
SC78-96 Paper feed abnormality between
the main body and the PB.
SC78-97 Non-volatile memory error in the
PB control board (PBCB).
640
2
PB control board (PBCB)
Control program
PB control board (PBCB)
Control program
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
PB
operation
PB
SC78-98 PB operation prohibition abnor-
The main body
abnor-
mality.
and the PB stop
mality
PB received operation start signal
immediately to
from the main body when the PB
turn OFF the main
is unready.
relay (RL1).
SC78-99 Message queue of the communi-
Control program
Control program
cation among tasks in the PB is
Main body
full.
Commu- SC80-01 In the communication check
The main body
Overall control board
nication
between the image processing
stops immediately
(OACB)
abnor-
board (IPB) and the printer control
to turn OFF the
Printer control board (PRCB)
mality
board (PRCB), the printer control
main relay (RL1).
Loose connection
does not respond within a specified period of time after the main
power switch (SW1) and the sub
power switch (SW2) turn ON.
Or ISW information is not written
on PRCB.
SC80-02 In the communication check
between the image processing
board (IPB) and the printer control
board (PRCB), an error is detected
from PRCB. Or transmission is not
completed.
SC80-03 In the communication check
Overall control board
between the image processing
(OACB)
board (IPB) and the operation
Operation board /1 (OB1)
board (OB1), an error is detected
Loose connection
from the OB1. Or transmission is
not completed.
SC80-11 ISW information is not written on
Printer control board (PRCB)
Printer control board (PRCB).
SC80-30 No normal header is transmitted
Overall control board
within a specified period of time
(OACB)
after ISW is started.
ISW Cable
SC80-31 An error is detected while downloading ISW.
Overall control board
(OACB)
ISW file abnormality
ISW Cable
SC80-32 An error is detected because ISW
data cannot be written on image
FD
processing board (IPB).
SC80-40 The firmware is not written on FD
ROM on each board
Inter-board communication
harness
FD firmware
or an error is detected during the
FD control board (FDCB)
ROM check.
Wiring harness between the
FDCB and the main body
2
641
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classification
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Code
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
SD
operation
Commu-
SC80-41 The firmware is not written on SD
The main body
SD firmware
nication
or an error is detected during the
stops immediately
SD control board (SDCB)
abnor-
ROM check.
to turn OFF the
Wiring harness between the
mality
main relay (RL1).
FS
SC80-42 The firmware is not written on FS
SDCB and the main body
FS firmware
or an error is detected during the
FNS control board (FNSCB)
ROM check.
Wiring harness between the
FNSCB and the main body
LS
SC80-43 The firmware is not written on first
LS firmware
LS or an error is detected during
LS control board (LSCB)
the ROM check.
Wiring harness between the
LSCB and the main body
SC80-44 The firmware is not written on sec-
LS firmware
ond LS or an error is detected
LS control board (LSCB)
during the ROM check.
Wiring harness between the
LSCB and the main body
IC
SC80-45 The firmware is not written on ICB
or an error is detected during the
IC firmware
IC board (ICB)
ROM check.
PB
SC80-46 The firmware is not written on PB
or an error is detected during the
PB firmware
PB control board (PBCB)
ROM check.
SC90-01 In the initial communication check
Main body
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Printer control board (PRCB)
between ADU drive board /1
ADU drive board /1
(ADJDB1) and printer control
(ADJDB1)
board (PRCB), no response is
Loose connection
returned from ADUDB1 after a
specified time from turning ON of
the main power switch (SW1) and
sub power switch (SW2) (ID=0).
SC90-02 In the initial communication check
Printer control board (PRCB)
between ADU drive board /1
ADU drive board /1
(ADJDB2) and printer control
(ADJDB1)
board (PRCB), no response is
Loose connection
returned from ADUDB2 after a
specified time from turning ON of
the main power switch (SW1) and
sub power switch (SW2) (ID7).
SC90-03 In the communication check between
ADU drive board /1 (ADUDB1) and
2
ADU drive board /1
printer control board (PRCB), an error
(ADJDB1)
was detected (ID=0).
Loose connection
SC90-04 In the communication check between
642
Printer control board (PRCB)
Printer control board (PRCB)
ADU drive board /1 (ADUDB2) and
ADU drive board /1
printer control board (PRCB), an error
(ADJDB1)
was detected (ID=').
Loose connection
Classification
Code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Causes
Resulting
Estimated abnormal parts
Main body
operation
Commu- SC90-05 In the initial communication check
The main body
Printer control board (PRCB)
nication
between ADU drive board /1
stops immediately
ADU drive board /1
abnor-
(ADJDB1) and printer control
to turn OFF the
(ADJDB1)
mality
board (PRCB), no response is
Rl1 (main).
Loose connection
returned from ADUDB1 after a
specified time from turning ON of
the main power switch (SW1) and
sub power switch (SW2) (ID=11).
SC90-06 In the communication check
Printer control board (PRCB)
between ADU drive board /1
ADU drive board /1
(ADUDB1) and printer control
(ADJDB1)
board (PRCB), an error was
Loose connection
detected (ID=11).
Power SC93-01 Error detection signal (blown fuse)
ADU drive board /1
abnor-
of ADU drive board /1 (ADUDB1)
(ADJDB1)
mality
was detected.
SC93-05 Error detection signal (blown fuse)
of offset sensor (PS54) or transfer
DC power supply /1
(DCPS1)
exposure lamp (TSL) was
detected and an error signal (24V
disconnection) was detected.
SC93-06 Error detection signal (blown fuse)
Centering sensor (PS54)
of offset sensor (PS54) or transfer
Transfer exposure lamp
exposure lamp (TSL) was
(TSL)
detected but no error signal (24V
ADU lock solenoid (SD6)
disconnection) is detected.
Reverse/exit solenoid (SD7)
Thick paper assist solenoid
(SD8)
SC93-08 Error detection signal (24V blown
PF drive board (PFUDB)
fuse) of PF drive board (PFUDB)
was detected.
Fan
SC95-01 The EM signal is found abnormal a
ADU drive board /1
abnor-
specified period of time after the
(ADJDB1)
mality
ADU cooling fans /1 (FM14), /2
ADU cooling fan /1 (FM14), /
(FM15) and /3 (FM13), the sensor
2 (FM15), /3 (FM13)
cooling fan (FM16) and the regis-
Sensor cooling fan (FM16)
tration cooling fan (FM17) turn on.
Registration cooling fan
And the signal is still found abnor-
(FM17)
mal a specified period of time after
it turns on again after turning off,
and the door close of the door
open/close sensors /1 (PS1) and /
2 (PS2) and the PF door open/
close sensor (PS70) has been
detected 10 times in a row.
1
643
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
C. Function to detach defective sections
For those abnormalities listed in the table below, defective units can be detached temporarily to use other control units.
While detached, an error detection is not carried out on these detached units.
There are 2 methods of setting for limited use.
(1) User operation
When an error code occurs, press the HELP key following the message on the LCD and then turn the power
switch (SW2) OFF and ON. This allows you to use it temporarily until the main power switch (SW1) is OFF and
ON (including an OFF/ON operation by the weekly timer) next time.
(2) DIPSW setting
Turning the main switch OFF and ON after setting the specified software DIPSW bit allows you to make a limited
use of it until the bit setting is released next time (this requires the OFF/ON operation of the main power switch
(SW1)).
Classifi- Error code
Description
Control while detached
DIPSW
Main body
PF
Main body
cation
DF
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
644
SC18-10
Paper lift motor /1 abnormality
Paper feed in tray /1 is unavail-
SC18-11
Tray /1 up abnormality 1
able
SC18-12
Tray /1 up abnormality 2
(The operation panel is displayed
SC18-13
Tray /1 up abnormality 3
in hatching)
SC18-20
Paper lift motor /2 abnormality
Paper feed in tray /2 is unavail-
SC18-21
Tray /2 up abnormality 1
able
SC18-22
Tray /2 up abnormality 2
(The control panel is displayed in
SC18-23
Tray /2 up abnormality 3
Paper lift motor /3 abnormality
Paper feed in tray /3 is unavail-
SC18-31
Tray /3 up abnormality 1
able
SC18-32
Tray /3 up abnormality 2
(The control panel is displayed in
SC18-33
Tray /3 up abnormality 3
Paper lift motor /4 abnormality
Paper feed in tray /4 is unavail-
SC18-41
Tray /4 up abnormality 1
able
SC18-42
Tray /4 up abnormality 2
(The control panel is displayed in
SC18-43
Tray /4 up abnormality 3
Paper lift motor /5 abnormality
Paper feed in tray /5 is unavail-
SC18-51
Tray /5 up abnormality 1
able
SC18-52
Tray /5 up abnormality 2
(The control panel is displayed in
SC18-53
Tray /5 up abnormality 3
SC46-40
HDD initialization abnormality
The use of HDD is unavailable
SC46-41
JOB RAM storage abnormality
(not connected)
HDD periodic cleaning abnormality
DIPSW18-3
hatching)
SC18-50
HDD access error
DIPSW18-2
hatching)
SC18-40
SC46-43
DIPSW18-1
hatching)
SC18-30
SC46-42
DIPSW18-0
DIPSW20-4
hatching)
SC67-01
Original registration abnormality
DF mode unavailable
SC67-02
Original conveyance abnormality
(DF connection not recognized)
SC67-03
Original reverse abnormality
SC67-04
RADF control board abnormality
DIPSW18-7
DIPSW18-4
Classifi- Error code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Description
Control while detached
DIPSW
LS
DF
cation
SC67-05
Cooling fan abnormality
DF mode unavailable
SC67-06
Original reverse abnormality
(DF connection not recognized)
SC67-07
Original reverse/exit abnormality
SC67-08
Tray up/down abnormality
SC76-01
Tandem (1st) LS stacker tray up down
The use of the tandem (1st) LS is
abnormality
unavailable.
SC76-02
SC76-03
DIPSW18-4
DIPSW33-06
Tandem (1st) LS shift unit drive abnormality
Tandem (1st) LS alignment plate drive
abnormality
SC76-04
Tandem (1st) LS grip drive abnormality
SC76-05
Tandem (1st) LS stacker tray upper
SC76-06
Tandem (1st) LS stacker tray lower limit
limit abnormality
abnormality
SC76-07
Tandem (1st) LS paper cooling fan /Fr
drive abnormality
SC76-08
Tandem (1st) LS cooling fan drive
abnormality
SC76-09
Tandem (1st) LS paper cooling fan /Mi
drive abnormality
SC76-10
Tandem (1st) LS motor cooling fan
drive abnormality
SC76-11
Tandem (1st) LS paper cooling fan /Rr
drive abnormality
SC76-31
SC76-32
SC76-33
Tandem (2nd) LS stacker tray up down
The use of the tandem (2nd) LS
abnormality
is unavailable
DIPSW33-07
Tandem (2nd) LS shift unit drive abnormality
Tandem (2nd) LS alignment plate drive
abnormality
SC76-34
SC76-35
Tandem (2nd) LS grip drive abnormality
Tandem (2nd) LS stacker tray upper
limit abnormality
SC76-36
Tandem (2nd) LS stacker tray lower
limit abnormality
SC76-37
Tandem (2nd) LS paper cooling fan /Fr
SC76-38
Tandem (2nd) LS cooling fan drive
SC76-39
Tandem (2nd) LS paper cooling fan /Mi
SC76-40
Tandem (2nd) LS motor cooling fan
SC76-41
Tandem (2nd) LS paper cooling fan /Rr
drive abnormality
abnormality
drive abnormality
drive abnormality
drive abnormality
645
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classifi- Error code
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Description
Control while detached
DIPSW
FS
cation
SC77-02
Tray up down drive abnormality
The use of sorting and stapling
SC77-03
Alignment drive abnormality
functions is unavailable
SC77-04
Paper exit roller drive abnormality
SC77-05
Paper exit opening drive abnormality
SC77-06
Staple abnormality
SC77-07
Staple rotation drive abnormality (skew
DIPSW35-1
The use of staple is unavailable
DIPSW35-0
DIPSW35-1
rotation)
SC77-08
Staple rotation abnormality (vertical
rotation)
SC77-11
Staple unit /Fr abnormality
SC77-12
Staple unit /Rr abnormality
SC77-15
Paper exit arm drive abnormality
The use of sorting and stapling
SC77-21
Rear stopper drive abnormality
functions is unavailable
SC77-22
Stack assist drive abnormality
SC77-25
Intermediate roller open/close drive
SC77-30
1st folding cam drive abnormality
The use of the folding function
SC77-31
2nd folding cam drive abnormality
and the punch section is unavail-
SC77-32
3rd folding cam drive abnormality
SC77-33
2 holes punch drive abnormality
SC77-34
3 holes/4 holes punch drive abnormality
SC77-35
Punch alignment plate drive abnormality
FD
abnormality
DIPSW33-0
able
SC77-36
Punch paper rear registration drive
abnormality
SC77-37
Main tray upper limit abnormality
Main tray paper exit is unavail-
DIPSW33-2
able
SC77-38
SD
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Main tray lower limit abnormality
SC77-39
PI lift plate /Up up/down abnormality
The use of the PI section
SC77-40
PI lift plate /Lw up/down abnormality
unavailable
SC77-41
Entrance conveyance drive abnormality
The use of the entire FD unavail-
SC77-42
Intermediate conveyance drive abnormality
able
SC77-43
PI conveyance drive abnormality
SC77-44
Paper exit conveyance drive abnormality
SC77-60
Bundle exit drive abnormality
DIPSW33-3
DIPSW33-4
The use of the saddle stitching, multi
DIPSW34-0,
center folding and trimmer unavail-
1, 3
able
SC77-61
SC77-62
Folding main scan alignment drive
The use of the saddle stitching,
DIPSW34-0,
abnormality
multi center folding, multi letter
1, 2, 3
Folding sub scan alignment paper exit
folding and trimmer unavailable
drive abnormality
646
1
Classifi- Error code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Description
Control while detached
DIPSW
Saddle stitching alignment/Rt drive
The use of the saddle stitching,
DIPSW34-0,
abnormality
multi center folding and trimmer
1, 3
SC77-64
Bundle arm drive abnormality
unavailable
SC77-65
Bundle clip drive abnormality
SD
cation
SC77-63
SC77-66
Bundle registration drive abnormality
SC77-67
Overlap drive abnormality
The use of the saddle stitching,
DIPSW34-0,
SC77-68
Folding main scan alignment /Rr drive
multi center folding, multi letter
1, 2, 3
abnormality
folding and trimmer unavailable
SC77-69
Stapler movement drive abnormality
The use of the saddle stitching,
DIPSW34-0,
SC77-70
Saddle stitching alignment /Lt drive
multi center folding and trimmer
1, 3
abnormality
unavailable
SC77-71
Bundle press movement drive abnor-
SC77-72
1st folding blade drive abnormality
mality
The use of the saddle stitching,
DIPSW34-0,
multi center folding, multi letter
1, 2, 3
folding and trimmer unavailable
SC77-73
2nd folding blade abnormality
The use of the multi center fold-
DIPSW34-2
ing unavailable
SC77-74
Clincher up down drive abnormality
SC77-75
SC77-76
Saddle stitching press drive abnormality multi center folding and trimmer
unavailable
Bundle arm rotation drive abnormality
SC77-77
Bundle press drive abnormality
SC77-78
The use of the saddle stitching,
DIPSW34-0,
1, 3
Bundle press stage up down drive
abnormality
SC77-79
Guide shaft drive abnormality
SC77-80
Stapler /Rt drive abnormality
The use of the saddle stitching
SC77-81
Stapler /Lt drive abnormality
and trimmer unavailable
DIPSW34-0,
3
SC77-82
Trimmer blade drive abnormality
The use of the trimmer unavailable
DIPSW34-3
SC77-83
Trimmer press drive abnormality
SC77-84
Bundle arm assist drive abnormality
The use of the saddle stitching, multi
DIPSW34-0,
center folding and trimmer unavailable 1, 3
Horizontal conveyance drive abnormal-
The use of the coupling exit and
ity
subtray paper exit unavailable
SC77-87
Folding entrance drive abnormality
The use of the saddle stitching,
DIPSW34-0,
SC77-88
Folding conveyance drive abnormality
multi center folding, multi letter
1, 2, 3
SC77-86
DIPSW34-4
folding and trimmer unavailable
SC77-89
Bundle exit drive abnormality
The use of the saddle stitching, multi
DIPSW34-0,
center folding and trimmer unavailable 1, 3
SC77-90
Folding sub scan alignment paper exit
The use of the saddle stitching,
DIPSW34-0,
drive abnormality
multi center folding, multi letter
1, 2, 3
folding and trimmer unavailable
SC77-91
Scraps removal fan drive abnormality
The use of the trimmer unavail-
DIPSW34-3
able
1
647
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classifi- Error code
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Description
Control while detached
Entrance conveyance drive abnormal-
The use of the PB is unavailable
DIPSW
cation
SC78-01
PB
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
SC78-02
SC78-04
Intermediate conveyance drive abnor-
Ejecting onto the sub tray is pos- DIPSW35-4
mality
sible.
SC entrance conveyance drive abnormality
SC78-05
SC switchback conveyance drive
abnormality
SC78-06
SC switchback roller release drive
abnormality
SC78-07
SC78-08
SC alignment drive abnomality
SC paper detection conveyance drive
abnormality
SC78-09
SC78-10
SC roller release drive abnormality
SC clamp entrance movement drive
abnomality
SC78-11
SC clamp entrance roller release drive
abnormality
SC78-12
Clamp alignment drive abnormality
SC78-13
Clamp open/close drive abnormality
SC78-14
Clamp rotation drive abnormality
SC78-15
Glue tank movement drive abnormality
SC78-16
Glue apply roller rotation drive abnormality
SC78-18
SC78-19
Pellet supply arm drive abnormality
Up/down cover paper alignment drive
abnormality
SC78-20
Up/down cover paper book paper exit
drive abnormality
SC78-21
Driven arm /Rt drive abnormality
SC78-22
Driven arm /Lt drive abnormality
SC78-23
Up/down cover paper conveyance
drive abnormality
SC78-24
Up/down cover paper/Fr up/down
drive abnormality
SC78-25
Up/down cover paper/Rr up/down
drive abnormality
SC78-26
Cover paper folding board /Rt drive
abnormality
SC78-27
Cover paper folding board /Lt drive
abnormality
SC78-28
Cover paper trimming cutter drive
abnormality
SC78-30
648
DIPSW35-5
ity
2
Carriage belt drive abnormality
Classifi- Error code
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
Description
Control while detached
DIPSW
PB
cation
SC78-31
Carriage size movement drive abnor-
Ejecting onto the sub tray is pos- DIPSW35-4
mality
sible.
SC78-32
Carriage up/down drive abnormality
SC78-33
Book movement drive abnormality
SC78-34
Book stopper drive abnormality
SC78-35
Cover paper tray fan /1 drive abnomal- Paper feed from the PB is
ity
SC78-36
DIPSW35-3
unavailable.
Cover paper tray fan /2 drive abnomality
SC78-37
Cover paper tray up/down drive
abnomality
SC78-38
Cover page conveyance drive abnor-
SC78-39
Exhaust fan drive abnormality
mality
Ejecting onto the sub tray is pos- DIPSW35-4
sible.
SC78-40
Warming-up abnormality
The use of the PB is unavailable
DIPSW35-5
Glue tank middle temperature abnormality
SC78-41
Warming-up abnormality
Glue tank low temperature abnormality
SC78-42
Warming-up abnormality
Glue apply roller temperature abnormality
SC78-43
Glue supply abnormality
Glue tank high temperature abnormallity
SC78-44
Heater continuous energization abnormality
Glue tank middle temperature abnormality
SC78-45
Heater continuous energization abnormality
Glue tank low temperature abnormality
SC78-46
Heater continuous energization abnormality
Glue apply roller temperature abnormality
SC78-47
High temperature abnormality
Glue apply roller temperature abnormality
SC78-48
High temperature abnormality
Glue tank high temperature abnormallity
2
649
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Classifi- Error code
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Description
Control while detached
DIPSW
cation
SC78-49
PB
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
14. MALFUNCTION CODE
High temperature abnormality
Glue tank middle temperature abnormality
SC78-50
High temperature abnormality
SC78-51
High temperature abnormality
Glue tank low temperature abnormality
Glue apply roller temperature abnormality
SC78-52
High temperature abnormality
Glue tank high temperature abnormallity
SC78-53
High temperature abnormality
Glue tank middle temperature abnormality
SC78-54
High temperature abnormality
SC78-55
High temperature abnormality
Glue tank low temperature abnormality
Glue apply roller temperature abnormality
SC78-56
Low temperature abnormality
Glue tank high temperature abnormallity
SC78-57
Low temperature abnormality
Glue tank middle temperature abnormality
SC78-58
Low temperature abnormality
SC78-59
Low temperature abnormality
Glue tank low temperature abnormality
Glue apply roller temperature abnormality
SC78-60
Low temperature abnormality
Glue tank high temperature abnormallity
SC78-61
Low temperature abnormality
Glue tank middle temperature abnormality
SC78-62
Low temperature abnormality
Glue tank low temperature abnormality
650
2
The use of the PB is unavailable
DIPSW35-5
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
„ APPENDIX
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
15.1 Main body
A. Switch/sensor
(1) Main body rear side
[3]
[2]
[1]
1050fs5001c
[1]
Pump encoder sensor /1 (PS28)
[2]
Pump encoder sensor /2 (PS29)
[3]
Dehumidification heater switch (SW3)
651
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(2) Main body upper surface
[6]
[5]
[7]
[8]
[9] [1]
[4]
[3]
[2]
1050fs5002c
652
[1]
Air motor encoder sensor (PS30)
[6]
Door open/close sensor /1 (PS1)
[2]
Main power switch (SW1)
[7]
Scanner home sensor (PS51)
[3]
Interlock switch /2 (MS2)
[8]
APS sensor /1 (PS52)
[4]
Door open/close sensor /2 (PS2)
[9]
APS sensor /2 (PS53)
[5]
Interlock switch /1 (MS1)
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(3) Cleaning section
[2]
[1]
[1]
Blade sensor /1 (PS24)
1050fs5003c
[2]
Blade sensor /2 (PS25)
(4) Charger unit
[2]
[1]
Charger cleaning home sensor (PS26)
[1]
[2]
1050fs5004c
Charger cleaning limit sensor (PS27)
653
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(5) Toner supply section
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
1050fs5005c
[1]
Toner remaining sensor /1 (PS31)
[4]
Toner remaining sensor /3 (PS33)
[2]
Door switch /2 (SW5)
[5]
Toner remaining sensor /4 (PS34)
[3]
Toner remaining sensor /2 (PS32)
(6) Photosensitive material section
[2]
[1]
1050fs5006c
[1]
654
Drum temperature sensor (TH5)
[2]
Drum potential sensor (DPS)
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(7) Paper feed section
[8]
[6]
[7]
[5]
[1]
[4]
[3]
[2]
1050fs5062c
[1]
Handle release sensor /1 (PS9), /2 (PS15)
[5]
[2]
Paper size VR /1 (VR2), /2 (VR4)
[6]
Remaining paper VR /1 (VR1), /2 (VR3)
Upper limit sensor /1 (PS6), /2 (PS12)
[3]
Paper size sensor /Rr1 (PS5), /2 (PS11)
[7]
Paper feed sensor /1 (PS7), /2 (PS13)
[4]
Paper size sensor /Fr1 (PS4), /Fr2 (PS10)
[8]
Paper empty sensor /1 (PS8), /2 (PS14)
655
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(8) Vertical conveyance section
[1]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[2]
[4]
[3]
1050fs5063c
656
[1]
Loop sensor (PS16)
[5]
[2]
Door switch /1 (SW4)
[6]
Vertical conveyance sensor /2 (PS20)
Pre-registration sensor /1 (PS17)
[3]
Pre-registration sensor /2 (PS18)
[7]
Vertical conveyance sensor /1 (PS19)
[4]
Vertical conveyance sensor /3 (PS21)
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(9) Registration section
[2]
[3]
[4]
[1]
1050fs5007c
[1]
ADU deceleration sensor (PS42)
[3]
Paper leading edge sensor (PS41)
[2]
Centering sensor (PS54)
[4]
Registration sensor (PS40)
(10) ADU section 1
[6]
[5]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[4]
[10]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[1]
ADU exit sensor (PS43)
[6]
Paper exit sensor (PS3)
[2]
ADU conveyance sensor /2 (PS36)
[7]
Reverse sensor /1 (PS48)
[3]
ADU conveyance sensor /1 (PS35)
[8]
Reverse sensor /2 (PS47)
[4]
ADU accelerate sensor (PS49)
[9]
ADU reverse sensor /1 (PS46)
[5]
ADU reverse paper exit sensor (PS50)
[10]
ADU reverse sensor /2 (PS45)
1050fs5008c
657
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(11) ADU section 2
[3]
[1]
[2]
1050fs5009c
[1]
Transfer/separation cleaning limit sensor (PS39)
[2]
Transfer/separation cleaning home sensor (PS38)
[3]
ADU handle release sensor (PS44)
(12) Transfer/separation charger unit
[1]
1050fs5010c
[1]
658
Transfer assist home sensor (PS37)
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(13) Fusing section
[8]
[7]
[6]
[3]
[4]
[2]
[5]
[1]
1050fs5011c
[1]
Fusing jam sensor (PS23)
[5]
Thermistor /4 (TH4)
[2]
Fusing exit sensor (PS22)
[6]
Thermostat /1 (TS1)
[3]
Thermistor /3 (TH3)
[7]
Thermistor /1 (TH1)
[4]
Thermostat /2 (TS2)
[8]
Thermistor /2 (TH2)
(14) Operation panel section
[1]
1050fs5012c
[1]
Power switch (SW2)
659
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. Load
(1) Main body rear side
[14]
[15]
[16] [17] [18]
[19]
[20] [21]
[13]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[12]
[11]
[4]
[10]
[5]
[9]
[6]
[8]
660
[7]
[1]
Pump cooling fan (FM11)
[12]
Vertical conveyance motor (M8)
[2]
Cooling fan /1 (FM1)
[13]
IC cooling fan (FM24)
[3]
Paper exit motor /1 (M9)
[14]
Developing motor (M3)
[4]
ADU reverse paper exit motor (M31)
[15]
Drum motor (M2)
[5]
Conveyance motor (M5)
[16]
Cooling fan /3 (FM3)
[6]
Transfer/separation suction fan (FM4)
[17]
Scanner motor (M27)
[7]
Power supply cooling fan /3 (FM27)
[18]
Cooling fan /2 (FM2)
[8]
Power supply cooling fan /2 (FM26)
[19]
Fusing motor (M1)
[9]
Power supply cooling fan /1 (FM25)
[20]
Air pump motor (M29)
[10]
Paper feed motor (M4)
[21]
Toner pump motor (M28)
[11]
Developing suction fan (FM5)
2
1050fs5013d
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(2) Main body upper surface
[3]
[1]
[2]
[4]
1050fs5014c
[1]
Air separation motor (M10)
[3]
Scanner cooling fan (FM19)
[2]
IPB cooling fan (FM12)
[4]
Suction fan /4 (FM29) (1050e/1050eP only)
(3) Main body right side
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
1050fs5015c
[1]
Polygon cooling fan (FM18)
[3]
Suction fan /2 (FM7)
[2]
Suction fan /1 (FM6)
[4]
Suction fan /3 (FM8)
2
661
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(4) Main body left side
[3]
[2]
[1]
1050fs5016c
[1]
Paper exit cooling fan /2 (FM10)
[2]
Paper exit cooling fan /3 (FM28)
[3]
Paper exit cooling fan /1 (FM9)
(5) Cleaning section
[1]
1050fs5017c
[1]
662
Blade motor (M22)
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(6) Charger unit
[1]
1050fs5018c
[1]
Charger cleaning motor (M23)
(7) Toner supply section
[5]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
1050fs5019c
[1]
Tray lock solenoid /1 (SD1)
[4]
Toner hopper motor (M7)
[2]
Tray lock solenoid /2 (SD2)
[5]
Toner bottle motor (M6)
[3]
Intermediate hopper motor (M11)
663
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(8) Drum claw unit
[1]
1050fs5020c
[1]
Drum claw solenoid (SD5)
(9) Paper feed section
[5]
[6]
[4]
[1]
[3]
[2]
1050fs5064c
664
[1]
Paper feed clutch /1 (CL4), /2 (CL6)
[4]
Pick-up solenoid /1 (SD3), /2 (SD4)
[2]
Separation clutch /1 (CL5), /2 (CL7)
[5]
Paper feed assist fan /Fr1 (FM20), /Fr2 (FM22)
[3]
Paper lift motor /1 (M25), /2 (M26)
[6]
Paper feed assist fan /Rr1 (FM21), /Rr2 (FM23)
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
[1]
[2]
1050fs5066c
[1]
Dehumidification heater /1 (HTR1)
[2]
Dehumidification heater /2 (HTR2)
(10) Vertical conveyance section
[3]
[2]
[1]
1050fs5065c
[1]
Pre-registration clutch /2 (CL3)
[2]
Vertical conveyance clutch (CL2)
[3]
Pre-registration clutch /1 (CL1)
665
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(11) ADU
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[6]
[7]
[17]
[16] [5] [15] [14] [13] [12]
[11]
[8]
[10]
[9]
1050fs5021c
666
[1]
Reverse/exit solenoid (SD7)
[10]
[2]
ADU cooling fan /3 (FM13)
[11]
Registration cooling fan (FM17)
Loop motor (M18)
[3]
Thick paper assist solenoid (SD8)
[12]
ADU cooling fan /1 (FM14)
[4]
Transfer assist motor (M19)
[13]
Registration motor (M17)
[5]
Reverse paper exit motor (M13)
[14]
ADU lock solenoid (SD6)
[6]
ADU conveyance motor /2 (M16)
[15]
Transfer/separation cleaning motor (M20)
[7]
ADU accelerate motor (M14)
[16]
ADU reverse motor (M12)
[8]
ADU cooling fan /2 (FM15)
[17]
Sensor cooling fan (FM16)
[9]
ADU conveyance motor /1 (M15)
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(12) Writing section
[1]
1050fs5022c
[1]
Polygon motor (M21)
(13) Fusing section
[1]
1050fs5023c
[1]
Web motor (M24)
667
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
C. Boards and others
(1) Main body rear side
[24]
[25]
[6]
[18] [19] [20] [21]
[22]
[23]
[7] [8]
[9]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[17]
668
[16]
[15]
[14] [13] [12]
[11]
[10]
[1]
Recycle cut drive board (RCDB)
[13]
[2]
High voltage unit /1 (HV1)
[14]
Coil (L)
Transformer /2 (T2)
[3]
PCI relay board (PCIRB)
[15]
DC power supply /2 (DCPS2)
[4]
Printer control board (PRCB)
[16]
Hard disk /2 (HDD2)
[5]
AC drive board (ACDB)
[17]
DC power supply /1 (DCPS1)
[6]
Transformer /1 (T1)
[18]
Parameter board (PB)
[7]
Noise filter /2 (NF2)
[19]
Image processing board (IPB)
[8]
Noise filter /1 (NF1)
[20]
Hard disk /1 (HDD1)
[9]
Outlet
[21]
Overall control board (OACB)
[10]
Circuit breaker (CBR)
[22]
IC board (ICB)
[11]
Sub relay (RL2)
[23]
Scanner drive board (SDB)
[12]
Main relay (RL1)
[24]
Triac /2 (TRC2)
[25]
Triac /1 (TRC1)
1050fs5024c
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(2) Main body upper surface
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
1050fs5025c
[1]
CCD board (CCDB)
[3]
Exposure lamp (L1)
[2]
L1 inverter (L1 INVB)
[4]
Total counter (CNT1)
(3) Charger unit
[1]
[1]
1050fs5031c
Erase lamp (EL)
669
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(4) Photosensitive material section
[2]
[1]
1050fs5026c
[1]
Drum potential sensor board (DPSB)
[2]
Toner control sensor board (TCSB)
(5) Registration section
[2]
[1]
1050fs5027c
[1]
670
Multi feed detection board /2 (MFDB2)
[2]
Multi feed detection board /1 (MFDB1)
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(6) ADU section
[1]
[4]
[3]
[2]
1050fs5028c
[1]
Transfer exposure lamp (TSL)
[3]
ADU drive board /2 (ADUDB2)
[2]
High voltage unit /2 (HV2)
[4]
ADU drive board /1 (ADUDB1)
671
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(7) Writing section
[2]
[3]
[1]
1050fs5029c
[1]
Polygon motor drive board (PMDB)
[2]
Index board (INDEXB)
[3]
Laser drive board (LDB)
(8) Fusing section
[2]
[3]
[1]
1050fs5030c
672
[1]
Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3)
[2]
Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4)
[3]
Fusing heater lamp /1 (L2)
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
(9) Operation panel section
[1] [2] [3]
[8]
[4]
[5]
[6] [7]
1050fs5032c
[1]
LCD board (LCDB)
[5]
Operation board /3 (OB3)
[2]
Backlight /1
[6]
Operation board /1 (OB1)
[3]
Backlight /2
[7]
Panel key board (PKB)
[4]
Operation board /2 (OB2)
[8]
OB inverter (OB INVB)
673
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
15.2 DF-603
A. Front side
[1]
[5]
[4]
674
[3]
[2]
df603fs5001c
[1]
Multi feed detection board /2 (MFDB2)
[4]
Gate solenoid (SD303)
[2]
Exit gate solenoid (SD304)
[5]
RADF open/close sensor (PS301)
[3]
Pressure roller release solenoid (SD302)
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. Rear side
[12]
[13]
[14] [15]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[11]
[10]
[9]
[8]
[7]
[6]
df603fs5002c
[1]
Original conveyance motor (M301)
[9]
[2]
Original skew sensor /Rr (PS311)
[10]
Original paper exit motor /1 (M304)
Original paper exit motor /2 (M305)
[3]
Original conveyance sensor (PS308)
[11]
RADF control board (RADFCB)
[4]
Original skew sensor /Fr (PS312)
[12]
Cooling fan /Rt (FM302)
[5]
Cooling fan /Lt (FM301)
[13]
Tray up/down motor (M303)
[6]
APS timing sensor (PS317)
[14]
Cover open/close switch (MS301)
[7]
Original feed motor (M302)
[15]
Tray lower limit sensor (PS316)
[8]
SDF switching solenoid (SD301)
675
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
C. Upper surface
[15] [16] [17]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[5]
[6]
[11]
[7]
[8]
[10]
[14] [13] [12]
[4]
[9]
df603fs5003c
676
[1]
Original count sensor (PS310)
[10]
[2]
Original size sensor /Lt (PS303)
[11]
Multi feed sensor /2 (MFS2)
Original registration sensor /Lt (PS306)
[3]
Original size sensor /Rt (PS302)
[12]
Original reverse sensor (PS309)
[4]
Reverse jam sensor (PS304)
[13]
Centering LED sensor /Fr (PS319)
[5]
Original empty sensor (PS305)
[14]
Centering sensor /Fr (PS320)
[6]
Tray upper limit sensor (PS315)
[15]
Centering sensor /Rr (PS321)
[7]
Original registration sensor /Rt (PS318)
[16]
Centering LED sensor /Rr (PS322)
[8]
Multi feed sensor /1 (MFS1)
[17]
Original exit sensor /Lt (PS307)
[9]
Multi feed detection board /1 (MFDB1)
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
D. Upper tray rear side
[1]
[2]
df603fs5004c
[1]
Tray board (TB)
[2]
Original size VR (VR301)
E. Reverse tray rear side
[1]
[2]
[1]
Original exit sensor /Rt (PS314)
[2]
df603fs5005c
Original reverse/exit sensor (PS313)
677
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
15.3 PF-701
A. Configuration front side
[1]
[6]
[2]
[5]
[4]
[3]
pf701fs5001c
[1]
Dehumidification heater /1 (HTR1)
[4]
Tray lock solenoid /3 (SD12)
[2]
Dehumidification heater /2 (HTR2)
[5]
Tray lock solenoid /2 (SD11)
[3]
Dehumidification heater /3 (HTR3)
[6]
Tray lock solenoid /1 (SD10)
B. Configuration left side/exit conveyance section
[1]
[6]
[2]
[5]
[4]
[3]
pf701fs5002c
678
[1]
Door open/close sensor (PS70)
[4]
[2]
Door switch (SW10)
[5]
PF exit sensor (PS99)
Horizontal conveyance door switch (SW13)
[3]
Paper feed motor (M40)
[6]
PF exit conveyance motor (M41)
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
C. Configuration rear side
[1]
[2]
[3]
[7]
[4]
[5]
[6]
pf701fs5003c
[1]
Pre-registration clutch /1 (CL1)
[5]
Intermediate clutch /Lw (CL5)
[2]
Intermediate clutch /Up (CL2)
[6]
Pre-registration clutch /3 (CL4)
[3]
Cooling fan (FM20)
[7]
PF drive board (PFUDB)
[4]
Pre-registration clutch /2 (CL3)
679
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
D. Vertical conveyance section
[1]
[2]
[12]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[11]
[7]
[8]
[10]
[9]
pf701fs5004c
680
[1]
Pre-registration sensor /1 (PS89)
[7]
Intermediate sensor /Lw (PS97)
[2]
Vertical conveyance sensor /1 (PS90)
[8]
Vertical conveyance sensor /3 (PS96)
[3]
Intermediate sensor /Up (PS91)
[9]
Pre-registration sensor /3 (PS95)
[4]
Loop sensor /1 (PS92)
[10]
Loop sensor /2 (PS94)
[5]
Pre-registration sensor /2 (PS93)
[11]
Vertical conveyance door switch /Lw (SW12)
[6]
Loop sensor /3 (PS98)
[12]
Vertical conveyance door switch /Up (SW11)
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
E. Tray section 1
[1]
[2]
[3]
[10]
[4]
[5]
[9]
[8]
[7]
[1]
[6]
Paper feed assist fan /Fr1, /Fr2, /Fr3
pf701fs5005c
[6]
(FM41/FM43/FM45)
Remaining paper VR /1, /2, /3 (VR10/VR12/
VR14)
[2]
Pick-up solenoid /1, /2, /3 (SD14/SD15/SD16)
[7]
Forced separation clutch (CL11) (tray 4 only)
[3]
Paper feed sensor /1, /2, /3 (PS72/PS78/PS84)
[8]
Separation clutch /1, /2, /3 (CL7/CL10/CL13)
[4]
Upper limit sensor /1, /2, /3 (PS71/PS77/PS83)
[9]
Pick-up clutch /1, /2, /3 (CL6/CL9/CL12)
[5]
Paper lift motor /1, /2, /3 (M42/M43/M44)
[10]
Paper feed assist fan /Rr1, /Rr2, /Rr3
(FM42/FM44/FM46)
681
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
F.
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Tray section 2
[4]
[1]
[3]
[1]
Paper size VR /1, /2, /3 (VR11/VR13/VR15)
[2]
Paper size sensor /Rr1, /Rr2, /Rr3 (PS76/
PS82/PS88)
[2]
[3]
pf701fs5006c
Paper size sensor /Fr1, /Fr2, /Fr3 (PS75/
PS81/PS87)
[4]
Paper empty sensor /1, /2, /3 (PS73/PS79/
PS85)
G. PP-701 (OPTIONAL)
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
a08rf5c001ca
682
[1]
Rear paper feed assist fan /1 (FM50)
[3]
Rear paper feed assist fan /3 (FM52)
[2]
Rear paper feed assist fan /2 (FM51)
[4]
Front side direction
2
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
15.4 FD-501
A. Conveyance section front side/right side
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[8]
[5]
[7]
[6]
fd501fs5001c
[1]
Multi feed detection board /1 (MFDB1)
[7]
Door switch (MS1)
[2]
FD entrance sensor (PS1)
[8]
Jam indicator board (JAMIB)
[3]
Roller solenoid /1 (SD5)
[9]
Temperature sensor board (TSB)
[4]
Roller solenoid /2 (SD6)
[10]
Multi feed detection board /2 (MFDB2)
[5]
Roller solenoid /3 (SD7)
[11]
PI exit sensor (PS4)
[6]
Roller solenoid /4 (SD8)
[12]
FD operation board (FDOB)
683
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. Major boards in the power source section
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[11]
[7]
[10]
684
[9]
[8]
[1]
PI drive board (PIDB)
[7]
Noise filter (NF1)
[2]
FD control board (FDCB)
[8]
Inlet
[3]
Punch drive board (PDB)
[9]
Circuit breaker /1 (CBR1)
[4]
DC power supply (DCPS)
[10]
Circuit breaker /2 (CBR2)
[5]
Folding drive board (FDB)
[11]
Relay (RL1)
[6]
Outlet
fd501fs5002c
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
C. Conveyance section rear side/left side
[1]
[3]
[4]
[2]
[19]
[18]
[17]
[16]
[15]
[14]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[13]
[8]
[12]
[11]
[10]
[9]
fd501fs5003c
[1]
Sub tray paper full sensor (PS46)
[11]
Tray up down motor (M11)
[2]
Paper exit solenoid (SD12)
[12]
L size gate solenoid (SD4)
[3]
Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS16)
[13]
S size gate solenoid (SD3)
[4]
Sub tray paper full sensor (PS17)
[14]
Alignment motor (M12)
[5]
Main tray paper exit sensor (PS18)
[15]
Punch conveyance motor (M2)
[6]
Main tray upper limit sensor (PS20)
[16]
Intermediate conveyance motor (M3)
[7]
Sub tray gate solenoid (SD9)
[17]
Entrance gate solenoid (SD1)
[8]
Main tray empty sensor (PS23)
[18]
Entrance conveyance motor (M1)
[9]
Main tray folding paper full sensor (PS7)
[19]
Main tray paper exit motor (M17)
[10]
Main tray lower limit sensor (PS22)
685
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
D. PI rear side
[6]
[7]
[8]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
fd501fs5004c
[1]
Paper lift motor /Up (M8)
[5]
[2]
PI lift plate home sensor /Up (PS34)
[6]
PI registration clutch /Lw (CL2)
PI conveyance sensor /Up (PS31)
[3]
Paper lift motor /Lw (M9)
[7]
PI conveyance motor (M7)
[4]
PI lift plate home sensor /Lw (PS40)
[8]
PI registration clutch /Up (CL1)
E. PI upper surface
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[13]
686
[12]
[11] [10]
[9]
[8]
[7]
fd501fs5005c
[1]
PI paper set sensor /Up (PS44)
[7]
PI paper empty sensor /Up (PS33)
[2]
S size sensor /Up (PS36)
[8]
PI paper empty sensor /Lw (PS39)
[3]
PI max paper size sensor /Up (PS47)
[9]
PI conveyance sensor /Lw (PS37)
[4]
L size sensor /Up (PS35)
[10]
PI upper limit sensor /Lw (PS38)
[5]
Paper size VR /Up (VR31)
[11]
PI upper limit sensor /Up (PS32)
[6]
PI cover open/close sensor (PS43)
[12]
PI pick-up solenoid /Lw (SD14)
[13]
PI pick-up solenoid /Up (SD13)
F.
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
PI lower tray
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
fd501fs5006c
[1]
PI paper set sensor /Lw (PS45)
[4]
L size sensor /Lw (PS41)
[2]
Paper size VR /Lw (VR32)
[5]
PI max paper size sensor /Lw (PS48)
[3]
S size sensor /Lw (PS42)
687
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
G. Punch section
[1]
[12]
[11]
[10]
[9]
[2]
[8]
[3]
[7]
688
[6]
[5]
[4]
fd501fs5007c
[1]
Punch registration home sensor (PS11)
[7]
Punch conveyance sensor (PS5)
[2]
Punch motor (M10)
[8]
Punch scraps box set sensor (PS12)
[3]
3 holes/4 holes home sensor (PS9)
[9]
Alignment plate home sensor (PS10)
[4]
2 holes punch home sensor (PS8)
[10]
Punch scraps full sensor (PS26)
[5]
Punch registration motor (M13)
[11]
Folding exit sensor (PS2)
[6]
Punch registration sensor (PS6)
[12]
Intermediate conveyance sensor (PS13)
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
H. Folding unit front side/right side
[1]
[10]
[2]
[9]
[3]
[8]
[7]
[4]
[6]
[5]
fd501fs5008c
[1]
S size conveyance sensor (PS58)
[6]
[2]
2nd folding roller solenoid (SD18)
[7]
1st folding release motor (M14)
2nd folding release motor (M15)
[3]
Folding entrance sensor (PS52)
[8]
2nd folding cam home sensor (PS56)
[4]
1st folding conveyance sensor (PS51)
[9]
3rd folding release motor (M16)
[5]
1st folding cam home sensor (PS55)
[10]
3rd folding cam home sensor (PS57)
689
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
I.
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Folding unit rear side/left side
[1]
[2]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[3]
690
fd501fs5009c
[1]
3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54)
[4]
2nd folding motor (M5)
[2]
2nd folding conveyance sensor (PS53)
[5]
Folding gate solenoid (SD15)
[3]
1st folding motor (M4)
[6]
3rd folding motor (M6)
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
15.5 LS-501/502
A. Front side
[14]
[15]
[16]
[17]
[18]
[19] [20]
[21]
[22]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[10]
[13]
[12]
[9]
[8]
[11]
ls502fs5013c
[1]
Entrance conveyance lock solenoid (SD5)
[13]
Grip conveyance home sensor (PS5)
[2]
Entrance sensor (PS4)
[14]
Relay board /1 (RLB/1)
[3]
Paper press solenoid /1 (SD6)
[15]
Shift unit home sensor (PS11)
[4]
Paper cooling fan motor /Rr (FM5)
[16]
Stacker tray set LED (LED1)
[5]
Paper cooling fan motor /Mi (FM3)
[17]
Alignment plate home sensor (PS12)
[6]
Paper cooling fan motor /Fr (FM1)
[18]
Coupling conveyance lock solenoid (SD11)
(LS-501 only)
[7]
Front door lock solenoid (SD4)
[8]
Front door switch (MS1)
[19]
Paper press solenoid /2 (SD7)
Alignment motor (M7)
[9]
Hand cart set switch (RS1)
[20]
[10]
Stacker tray set sensor (PS1)
[21]
2nd gate solenoid (SD10) (LS-501 only)
[11]
Stacker tray upper limit sensor (PS3)
[22]
Coupling conveyance motor (M6) (LS-502 only)
[12]
Paper detection sensor (PS19)
2
691
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. Upper surface
[9]
[8]
692
[10] [11]
[7]
[12]
[6]
[1]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
ls502fs5002c
[1]
Conveyance sensor /3 (PS17) (LS-501 only)
[7]
Paper cooling fan motor /1 (FM2)
[2]
Jam indication board (JAMIB)
[8]
Stacker tray operation board (TOB)
[3]
Coupling exit sensor (PS18) (LS-501 only)
[9]
Conveyance sensor /1 (PS7)
[4]
JAM door switch (RS2) (LS-501 only)
[10]
Sub tray full sensor (PS9)
[5]
Sub tray door sensor (PS8)
[11]
Sub tray exit sensor (PS10)
[6]
Paper cooling fan motor /2 (FM6)
[12]
Conveyance sensor /2 (PS16) (LS-501 only)
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
C. Rear side
[20]
[19]
[1]
[18]
[2]
[17]
[3]
[4]
[16]
[15]
[5]
[6]
[14]
[13]
[7]
[12]
[11]
[10]
[9]
[8]
ls502fs5003c
[1]
Shift unit motor (M5)
[11]
2,000 sheets stacked sensor (PS13)
[2]
Stacker tray upper limit switch (MS2)
[12]
Inlet (LS-501 only)
[3]
Grip conveyance motor (M4)
[13]
Stacker tray up down motor (M1)
[4]
Coupling conveyance motor (M6) (LS-501 only)
[14]
Stacker tray encoder sensor (PS2)
[5]
LS control board (LSCB)
[15]
Job partition solenoid (SD2)
[6]
DC power supply (DCPS) (LS-501 only)
[16]
1st gate solenoid (SD1)
[7]
Stacker tray lower limit switch (MS3)
[17]
Conveyance motor (M2)
[8]
Outlet (LS-501 only)
[18]
Sub tray exit motor (M3)
[9]
Stacker tray arm release sensor (PS15)
[19]
Motor cooling fan motor (FM4)
[10]
5,000 sheets stacked sensor (PS14)
[20]
Rear stopper solenoid (SD3)
2
693
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
D. Shift unit
[3]
[4]
[2]
694
[1]
ls502fs5004c
[1]
Front stopper solenoid (SD9)
[3]
Paper press solenoid /3 (SD8)
[2]
Relay board /2 (RLB/2)
[4]
Paper empty sensor (PS6)
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
15.6 FS-503
A. Rear side 1
[4]
[5]
[1]
[2]
[3]
fs503fs5001c
[1]
Counter reset sensor (PS15)
[4]
FNS drive board (FNSDB)
[2]
Tray lower limit sensor (PS3)
[5]
FNS control board (FNSCB)
[3]
Tray up down motor (M3)
695
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. Rear side 2
[6]
[7]
[8]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[5]
[4]
fs503fs5002c
[1]
Main tray exit motor (M7)
[5]
[2]
Paper exit opening solenoid (SD9)
[6]
Gate solenoid (SD2)
Conveyance motor (M1)
[3]
Paper exit opening sensor (PS12)
[7]
Paper exit opening motor (M8)
[4]
Bypass solenoid (SD5)
[8]
Sub tray exit motor (M6)
C. Front side
[8]
[9]
[10]
[1]
[2]
[7]
[6]
[3]
[5]
[4]
fs503fs5003c
696
[1]
FNS entrance sensor (PS4)
[6]
[2]
Staple scraps box set sensor (PS34)
[7]
Staple exit upper limit sensor (PS7)
Tray upper limit sensor (PS2)
[3]
Door switch (MS1)
[8]
Main tray exit sensor (PS10)
[4]
Jam indication board (JAMIB)
[9]
Sub tray paper full sensor (PS30)
[5]
Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
[10]
Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
D. Stacker inside 1
[9]
[10]
[1]
[8]
[2]
[3]
[7]
[5]
[4]
[6]
fs503fs5004c
[1]
Intermediate roller open close motor (M25)
[6]
[2]
Stacker entrance motor (M13)
[7]
Paper exit arm home sensor (PS9)
Stacker empty sensor (PS20)
[3]
Paper exit arm motor (M23)
[8]
Alignment home sensor /Fr (PS31)
[4]
Paddle motor (M2)
[9]
Intermediate roller release solenoid (SD7)
[5]
Intermediate roller home sensor (PS33)
[10]
Alignment home sensor /Rr (PS8)
697
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
E. Stacker inside 2
[10]
[9]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[8]
[5]
[7]
698
[6]
fs503fs5005c
[1]
Alignment motor /Rr (M5)
[6]
[2]
Alignment motor /Fr (M22)
[7]
Rear stopper motor (M26)
Stapler movement motor (M11)
[3]
Stack assist guide motor (M24)
[8]
Stapler movement home sensor (PS11)
[4]
Stack assist home sensor (PS32)
[9]
Stapler rotation motor (M4)
[5]
Rear stopper home sensor (PS35)
[10]
Stapler rotation home sensor (PS14)
F.
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Stapler
[6]
[5]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
fs503fs5006c
[1]
[2]
Stapler ready sensor /Rr (PS46)
[4]
Stapler board (STB)
Stapler ready sensor /Fr (PS47)
[5]
Staple empty sensor /Rr (PS44)
Stapler home sensor /Rr (PS40)
Stapler home sensor /Fr (PS41)
[3]
Cartridge set sensor /Rr (PS42)
Staple empty sensor /Fr (PS45)
[6]
Stapler motor /Rr (M30)
Stapler motor /Fr (M31)
Cartridge set sensor /Fr (PS43)
699
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
15.7 SD-501
A. Horizontal conveyance section
(1) Entrance conveyance
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
15anf5c001na
[1]
Entrance gate solenoid (SD1)
[3]
Entrance sensor (PS1)
[2]
Entrance conveyance motor (M1)
[4]
Right side direction
(2) Horizontal conveyance
[5]
[6] [7]
[8]
[9]
[1]
[4]
700
[3]
[2]
[1]
Horizontal conveyance sensor /2 (PS3)
[6]
Roller release solenoid /4 (SD4)
[2]
Horizontal conveyance exit sensor (PS4)
[7]
Subtray exit sensor (PS11)
[3]
Horizontal conveyance motor (M2)
[8]
Front side direction
[4]
Horizontal conveyance gate solenoid (SD3)
[9]
Subtray paper full sensor (PS12)
[5]
Horizontal conveyance sensor /1 (PS2)
1
15anf5c002na
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. Right angle conveyance section
[1]
[7] [8]
[9]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
15anf5c003na
[1]
Right angle conveyance gate solenoid (SD2)
[6]
Front side direction
[2]
Right angle conveyance sensor /1 (PS5)
[7]
Roller release solenoid /2 (SD6)
[3]
Right angle conveyance motor (M6)
[8]
Right angle conveyance sensor /2 (PS6)
[4]
Overlap motor (M13)
[9]
Roller release solenoid /1 (SD5)
[5]
Overlap home sensor (PS17)
1
701
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
C. Folding section
(1) Top side /1
[10]
[1]
[9]
[2]
[8]
[3]
[7]
[4]
[6]
[5]
15anf5c004na
[1]
2nd folding blade motor (M19)
[6]
Roller release solenoid /3 (SD7)
[2]
Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr2 (PS49)
[7]
Folding sensor /2 (PS44)
[3]
Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr1 (PS18)
[8]
2nd folding blade home sensor /2 (PS23)
[4]
Folding entrance sensor (PS60)
[9]
2nd folding blade home sensor /1 (PS22)
[5]
Front side direction
[10]
Folding passage sensor (PS8)
(2) Top side /2
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
15anf5c005na
702
[1]
Folding sub scan alignment home sensor (PS56)
[3]
Folding sensor /1 (PS7)
[2]
Folding main scan alignment motor /Rr (M14)
[4]
Front side direction
1
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(3) Bottom side view
[12]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[1]
[2]
[7]
[3]
[6]
[5] [4]
15anf5c006na
[1]
1st folding blade motor (M18)
[7]
Front side direction
[2]
Folding conveyance motor (M4)
[8]
Folding main scan alignment motor /Fr (M7)
[3]
Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Rr (PS19)
[9]
Folding entrance motor (M3)
[4]
1st folding blade home sensor /2 (PS21)
[10]
Folding sub scan alignment exit motor (M8)
[5]
1st folding blade home sensor /1 (PS20)
[11]
Guide shaft home sensor (PS46)
[6]
Guide shaft motor (M25)
[12]
Folding exit home sensor (PS24)
1
703
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(4) Tri-folding exit
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3]
15anf5c007na
704
[1]
Tri-folding exit sensor (PS9)
[3]
Front side direction
[2]
Tri-folding paper full sensor (PS10)
[4]
Tri-folding exit clutch (CL1)
1
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(5) Others
[1]
[2]
15anf5c008na
[1]
Folding unit lock solenoid (SD8)
[2]
Front side direction
D. Saddle stitching section
(1) Bundle clip
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
15anf5c009na
[1]
Bundle sensor /1 (PS14)
[3]
Bundle clip motor (M11)
[2]
Bundle clip upper limit sensor (PS33)
[4]
Bundle clip lower limit sensor (PS30)
1
705
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(2) Front side
[7]
[1]
[6]
[2]
[3]
[5]
[4]
15anf5c010na
[1]
Clincher solenoid /Rt (SD9)
[5]
Saddle stitching paper sensor (PS13)
[2]
Saddle stitching alignment motor /Rt (M9)
[6]
Saddle stitching alignment motor /Lt (M16)
[3]
Bundle arm motor (M10)
[7]
Clincher solenoid /Lt (SD10)
[4]
Bundle arm home sensor (PS32)
(3) Rear side /1
[10]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[9]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[8]
[7]
706
15anf5c011na
[1]
Bundle arm assist upper limit sensor (PS39)
[6]
Stapler movement home sensor (PS25)
[2]
Saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Lt (PS29)
[7]
Back side direction
[3]
Bundle arm assist motor (M26)
[8]
Clincher up down motor (M20)
[4]
Stapler movement motor (M15)
[9]
Saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Rt (PS28)
[5]
Bundle arm assist home sensor (PS38)
[10]
Clincher up down home sensor (PS26)
1
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(4) Rear side /2
[3]
[1]
[2]
15anf5c012na
[1]
Saddle stitching press home sensor (PS27)
[2]
Saddle stitching press motor (M21)
[3]
Front side direction
(5) Stapler
[4]
[1]
[3]
[2]
15anf5c013na
[1]
Stapler empty switches /Rt (SW1) and /Lt
[3]
Stapler home sensors /Rt (HS1) and /Lt
[4]
Clincher start sensor /Rt (HS2) and /Lt (HS4)
(SW2)
[2]
Stapler motors /Rt (M29) and /Lt (M30)
(HS3)
1
707
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
E. Bundle processing section
(1) Bundle press stage/bundle press bottom side
[10]
[9]
[8]
[1]
[7]
[2]
[6]
[5]
[3]
[4]
708
[1]
Bundle press movement home sensor (PS36)
[6]
[2]
Bundle sensor /4 (PS54)
[7]
Bundle press motor (M23)
[3]
Bundle registration home sensor (PS34)
[8]
Bundle sensor /2 (PS15)
15anf5c014na
Bundle press home sensor (PS37)
[4]
Bottom side view
[9]
Front side direction
[5]
Bundle press lower limit sensor (PS47)
[10]
Trimmer registration sensor (PS55)
1
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(2) Bundle exit
[7]
[6]
[5]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
15anf5c015na
F.
[1]
Bundle tray set sensor (PS58)
[5]
Scraps box set sensor (PS40)
[2]
Trimmer scraps full sensor (PS41)
[6]
Scraps press home sensor (PS48)
[3]
Bundle tray paper full sensor (PS61)
[7]
Bundle registration plate home sensor (PS16)
[4]
Bundle exit sensor /2 (PS57)
Trimmer section
[8]
[7]
[9]
[6]
[10]
[1]
[2]
[5]
[4]
[3]
15anf5c022na
[1]
Trimmer press motor (M32)
[6]
Trimmer blade motor (M31)
[2]
Trimmer paddle motor (M33)
[7]
Trimmer press upper limit sensor (PS52)
[3]
Trimmer board replacement sensor (PS59)
[8]
Trimmer press home sensor (PS53)
[4]
Trimmer blade home sensor (PS50)
[9]
Trimmer board solenoid (SD11)
[5]
Trimmer blade upper limit sensor (PS51)
[10]
Front side direction
2
709
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
G. Left side
[1]
[10]
[2]
[9]
[8]
[3]
[7]
[4]
[6]
[5]
710
15anf5c017na
[1]
Bundle arm rotation home sensor (PS31)
[6]
Bundle exit motor (M5)
[2]
Bundle press stage up down limit sensor (PS45)
[7]
Bundle press movement motor (M17)
[3]
Bundle arm rotation motor (M22)
[8]
Bundle registration motor (M12)
[4]
Bundle press stage up down home sensor
[9]
Scraps removal fan motor (FM1)
(PS35)
[10]
Bundle press stage up down motor (M24)
[5]
Left side view
1
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
H. Front side
[1]
[6]
[2]
[3]
[5]
[4]
15anf5c018na
[1]
Front door sensor /Rt (PS42)
[4]
[2]
Front door switch /Rt (MS1)
[5]
Jam indication board /2 (JAMIB/2)
Front door sensor /Lt (PS43)
[3]
Jam indication board /1 (JAMIB/1)
[6]
Front door switch /Lt (MS2)
1
711
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
I.
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Rear side
[1]
[9]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[8]
[6]
[7]
15anf5c019na
712
[1]
DC power supply /1 (DCPS1)
[6]
Noise filter (NF1)
[2]
DC power supply /2 (DCPS2)
[7]
Power relay (RL1)
[3]
DC power supply /3 (DCPS3)
[8]
SD control board (SDCB)
[4]
Circuit breaker /1 (CBR1)
[9]
SD drive board (SDDB)
[5]
Circuit breaker /2 (CBR2)
1
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
15.8 PB-501
A. SC section
(1) Front side/Top side
[8]
[9]
[10]
[1]
[2]
[7]
[3]
[6]
[5]
[1]
SC alignment HP sensor (PS14)
[7]
[2]
SC paper detection sensor (PS16)
[8]
[3]
SC pressure arm solenoid (SD13)
[4]
a075f5c001ca
SC switchback conveyance motor (M12)
SC switchback spring pressure detection
sensor (PS13)
[4]
SC roller release motor (M18)
[9]
SC switchback release motor (M13)
[5]
SC roller release sensor (PS17)
[10]
SC switchback arm pressure detection
[6]
SC stopper solenoid (SD12)
sensor (PS12)
2
713
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(2) Rear side/Bottom side
[8]
[9]
[1]
[2]
[7]
[6]
[3]
[5]
[4]
a075f5c002ca
714
[1]
Clamp entrance movement motor (M19)
[6]
Clamp entrance roller release motor (M20)
[2]
Clamp entrance movement HP sensor (PS18)
[7]
SC bundle conveyance motor (M17)
[3]
SC alignment motor (M15)
[8]
SC entrance conveyance motor (M11)
[4]
FD alignment solenoid (SD11)
[9]
Straight gate solenoid (SD91)
[5]
Clamp entrance roller release sensor (PS19)
2
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. Clamp section
(1) Top side
[8]
[9]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[4]
a075f5c003ca
[1]
Clamp rotation motor (M23)
[6]
Clamp paper LED (LED21)
[2]
Clamp rotation HP sensor (PS24)
[7]
Cover paper table upper limit sensor /Rr (PS26)
[3]
Clamp rotation pressure sensor (PS25)
[8]
Clamp motor (M22)
[4]
Cover paper table upper limit sensor /Fr (PS27)
[9]
Clamp alignment HP sensor (PS21)
[5]
Clamp paper sensor (PS28)
(2) Left side
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
a075f5c004ca
[1]
Book thickness sensor (PS29)
[3]
Clamp HP sensor (PS22)
[2]
Clamp pressure sensor (PS23)
[4]
Clamp alignment motor (M21)
2
715
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
C. Pellet supply section
[9]
[10]
[1]
[8]
[7]
[6]
[2]
[5]
[4]
[3]
a075f5c005ca
716
[1]
Pellet supply arm motor (M34)
[6]
Pellet count sensor (PS37)
[2]
Exhaust fan /1 (M80)
[7]
Pellet supply motor (M33)
[3]
Pellet count LED (LED32)
[8]
Pellet remain sensor (PS36)
[4]
Pellet supply arm upper limit sensor (PS38)
[9]
Pellet supply door switch (MS1)
[5]
Pellet supply arm lower limit sensor (PS39)
[10]
Pellet supply door sensor (PS40)
2
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
D. Glue tank section
(1) Glue tank
[11]
[12]
[10]
[1]
[9]
[2]
[8]
[7]
[4]
[3]
[5]
[6]
a075f5c006ca
[1]
Glue tank heater (H1)
[7]
[2]
Glue apply roller heater (H2)
[8]
Glue tank up solenoid /2 (SD33)
Glue tank up solenoid /1 (SD31)
[3]
Glue tank temperature sensor /Lw (TH)
[9]
Cover paper glue up solenoid (SD32)
[4]
Glue tank temperature sensor /Md (TH3)
[10]
Glue apply roller temperature sensor (TH1)
[5]
Glue apply position detection sensor (PS32)
[11]
Glue tank temperature sensor /Up (TH2)
[6]
Glue apply position LED (LED31)
[12]
Glue apply roller motor (M32)
2
717
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(2) Glue tank unit movement
[1]
[2]
a075f5c007ca
[1]
718
Glue tank movement limit sensor (PS31)
2
[2]
Glue tank HP sensor (PS33)
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
E. Cover paper supply section
(1) Inside
[1]
[2]
[3]
[7]
[4]
[5]
[6]
a075f5c019ca
[1]
Cover paper tray upper limit sensor (PS74)
[5]
Cover paper tray fan /1 (M71)
[2]
Cover paper conveyance sensor /1 (PS75)
[6]
Cover paper empty sensor (PS71)
[3]
Cover paper pick up solenoid (SD71)
[7]
Cover paper tray fan /2 (M72)
[4]
Cover paper tray knob sensor (PS82)
(2) Rear side
[1]
[2]
[5]
[4]
[3]
a075f5c020ca
[1]
Cover paper pick up clutch (MC71)
[4]
Cover paper conveyance sensor /2 (PS76)
[2]
Cover paper separation clutch (MC72)
[5]
Cover paper conveyance sensor /3 (PS77)
[3]
Cover paper tray lift motor (M73)
2
719
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
F.
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Cover paper lift section
(1) cover paper table unit
[16]
[15]
[17]
[18]
[19]
[20]
[1]
[14]
[2]
[3]
[13]
[12]
[11]
[10]
720
[9]
[8]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[4]
a075f5c008ca
Cover paper folding plate position sensor (PS51)
[1]
Cover paper switchback sensor (PS44)
[11]
[2]
Cover paper sensor /Rt (PS45)
[12]
Cover paper sensor /Lt (PS46)
[3]
Cover paper lift solenoid (SD41)
[13]
Book exit motor (M42)
[4]
Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Rt (M43)
[14]
Cover paper alignment HP sensor (PS41)
[5]
Cover paper folding pressure sensor (PS52)
[15]
Cover paper conveyance arm HP sensor /Lt (PS43)
[6]
Cover paper folding motor /Rt (M48)
[16]
Cover paper folding motor/Lt (M49)
[7]
Cover paper folding plate encorder sensor (PS50)
[17]
Cover paper conveyance motor (M45)
[8]
Cover paper alignment motor (M41)
[18]
Cover paper folding plate HP sensor /Rt (M48)
[9]
Cover paper folding plate HP sensor /Lt (PS49)
[19]
Cover Paper conveyance arm HP sensor /Rt (PS42)
[10]
Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Lt (M44)
[20]
Cutter motor (M50)
2
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(2) Roller cutter assy
[2]
[3]
[1]
a075f5c009ca
[1]
Cutter HP switch (SW41)
[2]
Cutter end switch (SW42)
[3]
Cutter motor (M50)
2
721
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
G. Book stock section
(1) Rear side
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[11]
[6]
[10]
[7]
[9]
[8]
a075f5c010ca
722
[1]
Book conveyance belt up down motor (M63)
[7]
Book sensor /2 (PS67)
[2]
Book conveyance belt movement motor (M62)
[8]
Book movement motor (M64)
[3]
Book conveyance belt movement HP sensor (PS62)
[9]
Book stopper motor (M65)
[4]
Book conveyance belt motor (M61)
[10]
Book stopper HP sensor (PS68)
[5]
Book load limit sensor (PS65)
[11]
Book sensor /1 (PS66)
[6]
Cart set sensor (PS69)
2
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(2) Inside
[7]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
a075f5c011cb
[1]
Book conveyance belt lower limit sensor (PS64)
[5]
Book upper limit LED (LED61)
[2]
Book end sensor (PS61)
[6]
Book door solenoid (SD61)
[3]
Stacker door sensor (PS57)
[7]
Book conveyance belt HP sensor (PS63)
[4]
Stacker door switch (MS4)
2
723
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
H. Conveyance section and framework section
(1) Conveyance unit
[10]
[1]
[2]
[9]
[8]
[3]
[7]
[4]
[6]
[5]
a075f5c012cb
724
[1]
Sub tray exit solenoid (SD4)
[6]
Multi feed detection board /2 (MFDTB72)
[2]
Sub tray full sensor (PS5)
[7]
Entrance gate solenoid (SD1)
[3]
Entrance sensor (PS1)
[8]
Entrance conveyance motor (M1)
[4]
Cover paper entrance sensor (PS3)
[9]
Sub tray gate solenoid (SD3)
[5]
Waste box full sensor (PS80)
[10]
Sub tray exit sensor (PS4)
2
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(2) Right side
[8]
[1]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[2]
[3]
[4]
a075f5c013ca
[1]
Upper door switch (SW1)
[5]
Front door lock solenoid (SD80)
[2]
Multi feed detection board /1 (MFDTB71)
[6]
Front door switch (MS2)
[3]
Cover paper conveyance sensor /5 (PS79)
[7]
SC entrance sensor (PS2)
[4]
Cover paper conveyance sensor /4 (PS78)
[8]
Bypass gate solenoid (SD2)
2
725
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(3) Rear side
[12]
[13]
[14]
[15]
[11]
[10]
[1]
[2]
[9]
[8]
[7]
[6]
726
[5]
[4]
[3]
a075f5c014ca
[1]
PB drive board (PBDB)
[9]
DC power supply unit /2 (DCPU/2)
[2]
PB control board (PBCB)
[10]
Glue tank movement motor (M31)
[3]
Cover paper table up down motor /Rr (M47)
[11]
DC power supply unit /3 (DCPU/3)
[4]
Circuit breaker (CBR)
[12]
AC drive board (ACDB)
[5]
Noise filter (NF)
[13]
Intermediate conveyance motor (M2)
[6]
Cover paper table up down motor /Fr (M46)
[14]
Pellet supply cooling fan motor (M4)
[7]
Cover paper feed motor (M74)
[15]
Exhaust fan /2 (M81)
[8]
DC power supply unit /1 (DCPU/1)
2
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(4) Inside
[3]
[2]
[1]
a075f5c015ca
[1]
Cover paper table HP sensor /Fr (PS47)
[2]
Cover paper table HP sensor /Rr (PS53)
[3]
Waste box set sensor (PS81)
2
727
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
16. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
16. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
16.1 Main body
A. Connector in the board
(1) Printer control board
222(W : 18 pin)
216(W : 15 pin)
227(W : 10 pin)
214(W : 11 pin)
225(W : 16 pin)
223(W : 16 pin)
228(W : 26 pin) 401(W : 2 pin)
301(W : 2 pin)
224(W : 6 pin)
293(W : 10 pin)
325(W : 6 pin)
211(W : 15 pin)
422(W : 6 pin)
211(W : 15 pin)
212(W : 4 pin)
215(W : 20 pin)
324(W : 7 pin)
424(W : 4 pin)
210(W : 19 pin)
328(W : 6 pin)
323(W : 8 pin)
326(W : 4 pin)
229(W : 17 pin)
300(W : 2pin)
320(W : 16pin)
213(W : 34 pin)
322(W : 5 pin)
321(W : 4 pin)
220(GY : 34 pin)
200(W : 7 pin)
217(W : 15 pin)
327(W : 10 pin)
218(W : 9 pin)
1050fs5033c
(2) Image processing board
110 (W : 40 pin)
195 (GY : 40 pin)
103 (W : 4 pin)
124 (BK : 100 pin)
125 (W : 2 pin)
123 (BK : 100 pin)
134 (BK : 36 pin)
132 (W : 5 pin)
129 (W : 40 pin)
130 (W : 24 pin)
728
128 (W : 10 pin)
1050fs5034c
16. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(3) Overall control board
136 (W : 40 pin)
104 (W : 4 pin)
112 (BK : 100 pin)
113 (BK : 100 pin)
111 (W : 4 pin)
109 (BK : 120 pin)
139 (BK : 9 pin)
137 (W : 15 pin)
138 (W : 15 pin)
100 (W : 6 pin)
135 (W : 19 pin)
101 (W : 12 pin)
1050fs5035c
(4) AC drive board
420 (W : 18 pin)
35 (W : 5 pin)
36 (W : 10 pin)
411 (W : 11 pin)
410 (W : 34 pin)
100 (W : 8 pin)
442 (W : 9 pin)
440 (W : 4 pin)
1050fs5036c
729
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
16. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(5) Scanner drive board
620 (W : 3 pin)
623 (W : 7 pin)
621 (W : 3 pin)
622 (W : 4 pin)
600 (W : 6 pin)
610 (W : 15 pin)
1050fs5037c
(6) ADU drive board /1
528 (W : 6 : pin)
520 (W : 6 pin)
620 (W : 3 pin)
521 (GY : 28 pin)
510 (GY : 2 pin)
534 (W : 3 pin)
529 (W : 6 pin)
510 (GY : 15 pin)
513 (W : 2 pin)
523 (GY : 19 pin)
527 (GY : 30 pin)
512 (W : 6 pin)
531 (W : 10 pin)
524 (W : 6 pin)
526 (GY : 30 pin)
511 (W : 5 pin)
500 (W : 9 pin)
730
1050fs5038c
16. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(7) ADU drive board /2
594 (W : 6 pin)
590 (GY : 19 pin)
596 (W : 3 pin)
591 (GY : 2 pin)
592 (W : 6 pin)
593 (W : 6 pin)
595 (W : 5 pin)
1050fs5039c
(8) DC power supply /1
2 (W : 3 pin)
76 (W : 4 pin)
77 (W : 10 pin)
75 (W : 2 pin)
71 (W : 7 pin)
74 (W : 14 pin)
73 (W : 6 pin)
1050fs5040c
731
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
16. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(9) DC power supply /2
3 (W : 3 pin)
11 (W : 14 pin)
13 (W : 18 pin)
21 (W : 4 pin)
15 (W : 14 pin)
12 (W : 22 pin)
14 (W : 4 pin)
4 (W : 3 pin)
2 (W : 3 pin)
1 (W : 5 pin)
1050fs5041c
(10) High voltage unit /1
251 (W : 11 pin) 250 (W : 3 pin)
732
1050fs5056c
16. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(11) High voltage unit /2
650 (W : 4 pin)
651 (W : 11 pin)
1050fs5042c
(12) Operation board /1
707 (W : 4 pin)
711 (W : 6 pin)
706 (W : 5 pin)
710 (W : 5 pin)
704 (W : 28 pin)
705 (W : 7 pin)
709 (W : 2 pin)
1050fs5043c
733
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
16. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(13) Operation board /2
708 (W : 4 pin)
700 (W : 40 pin)
703 (W : 28 pin)
701 (W : 4 pin)
702 (W : 41 pin)
1050fs5044c
(14) Operation board /3
712 (W : 7 pin)
1050fs5045c
(15) OB inverter
713 (W : 7 pin)
714 (W : 3 pin) 715 (W : 3 pin)
1050fs5046c
(16) CCD board
170 (W : 50 pin)
1050fs5047c
(17) Polygon motor drive board
131 (W : 6 pin)
734
133 (W : 11 pin)
1050fs5048c
16. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(18) Laser drive board
56 (GY : 24 pin)
1050fs5049c
(19) Index board
51 (GY : 5 pin)
1050fs5050c
(20) L1 inverter
632 (W : 4 pin)
2 (W : 2 pin)
1050fs5051c
(21) Toner control sensor board
454 (W : 10 pin)
1050fs5057c
(22) Drum potential sensor board
457 (W : 5 pin)
458 (W : 4 pin)
1050fs5058c
735
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
16. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(23) Multi feed detection board /1
490 (W : 3 pin)
1050fs5052c
(24) Multi feed detection board /2
491 (W : 6 pin)
1050fs5053c
(25) Parameter board
141 (W : 40 pin)
142 (W : 20 pin)
736
1050fs5059c
16. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
(26) IC board
882 (BK : 160 pin)
881 (BK : 160 pin)
889 (BK : 9 pin)
893 (BK : 40 pin)
886 (BK : 4 pin)
885 (W : 4 pin)
897 (BK : 80 pin)
884 (B : 80 pin)
1050fs5054c
737
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
16. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
16.2 DF-603
16.2.1
Connector in the board
A. RADF control board
J1 (N.C.) J3 (N.C.)
5 (W : 3 pin)
7 (W : 12 pin)
3 (W : 7 pin)
4 (W : 4 pin)
6 (W : 4pin)
8 (GY : 34 pin)
J2 (N.C.)
2 (W : 8 pin)
9 (W : 5 pin)
1 (W : 4 pin)
10 (W : 6 pin)
17 (W : 4 pin)
14 (W : 6 pin)
16 (W : 3 pin)
15 (W : 9 pin)
13 (W : 6 pin)
11 (W : 6 pin)
12 (W : 7 pin)
df603fs5007c
B. Tray board
24 (W : 9 pin)
23 (W : 6 pin)
25 (W : 3 pin)
df603fs5008c
C. Multi feed detection board /1
26 (W : 3 pin)
27 (W : 2 pin)
738
df603fs5009c
16. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
D. Multi feed detection board /2
22 (W : 2 pin)
21 (W : 3 pin)
df603fs5010c
739
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
16. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
16.3 PF-701
16.3.1
Connector in the board
A. PFU control board
720 (W : 10 pin)
714 (W : 3 pin)
710 (W : 14 pin)
724 (W : 6 pin)
701 (W : 2 pin)
716 (GY : 4 pin)
723 (W : 6 pin)
722 (W : 10 pin)
N.C.
711 (GY : 28 pin)
N.C.
721 (GY : 22 pin)
SW1
717 (GY : 10 pin)
712 (GY : 14 pin)
715 (W : 6 pin)
713 (GY : 15 pin)
700 (W : 7 pin)
705 (GY : 15 pin)
SW1
ON
1
2
pf701fs5007c
NOTE
• Since the setting of DIP switch (SW1) is peculiar to the type, be sure not to change its setting.
740
16. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
16.4 FD-501
16.4.1
Connector in the board
A. FD control board
18 (W : 2 pin)
13 (GY : 9 pin)
17 (W : 8 pin)
9 (N.C.)
11 (GY : 6 pin)
7 (N.C.)
16 (W : 7 pin)
12 (N.C.)
8 (N.C.)
22 (N.C.)
20 (W : 4 pin)
15 (GY : 7 pin)
SW3
21 (N.C.)
5 (B : 40 pin)
2 (GY : 40 pin)
14 (GY : 18 pin)
1 (GY : 32 pin)
3 (GY : 16 pin)
4 (B : 32 pin)
ON
6 (B : 16 pin)
ON
SW3
1
2
C6500
3
4
1
2
3
1050
4
fd501fs5010c
2
741
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
16. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. Punch drive board
224 (GY : 20 pin)
210 (GY : 28 pin)
203 (GY : 18 pin)
201 (GY : 40 pin)
220 (GY : 24 pin)
219 (GY : 26 pin)
208 (GY : 9 pin)
222 (GY : 12 pin)
202 (GY : 32 pin)
206 (W : 4 pin)
221 (GY : 22 pin)
204 (GY : 40 pin)
223 (GY : 11 pin)
209 (GY : 34 pin)
215 (W : 8 pin)
211 (W : 4 pin)
217 (W : 9 pin)
207 (W : 6 pin)
216 (W : 12 pin)
205 (W : 5 pin)
fd501fs5011c
C. Folding drive board
500 (W : 4 pin)
508 (GY : 36 pin)
507 (GY : 15 pin)
501 (GY : 34 pin)
503 (GY : 16 pin)
506 (W : 6 pin)
505 (W : 12 pin)
742
fd501fs5012c
16. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
D. PI drive board
309 (W : 4 pin)
311 (GY : 26 pin)
314 (GY : 15 pin)
313 (GY : 8 pin)
306 (GY : 18 pin)
305 (GY : 16 pin)
318 (GY : 7 pin)
307 (GY : 20 pin)
315 (GY : 6 pin)
308 (W : 3 pin)
317 (GY : 4 pin)
300 (W : 2 pin)
303 (GY : 6 pin)
304 (GY : 28 pin) 301 (GY : 16 pin) 302 (GY : 32 pin)
fd501fs5013c
E. FD operation board
361 (GY : 26 pin)
fd501fs5014c
F.
Jam indicator board
370 (GY : 6 pin)
fd501fs5015c
743
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
16. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
G. DC power supply board
51 (W : 8 pin)
1 (W : 3 pin)
fd501fs5016c
H. Multi feed detection board /1, /2
490 (W : 3 pin)
fd501fs5025c
I.
Temperature sensor board
374 (GY : 4 pin)
fd501fs5026c
744
16. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
16.5 LS-501/502
16.5.1
Connector in the board
A. LS control board
22 (W : 2 pin) 5 (W : 9 pin)
11 (W : 6 pin)
21 (W : 4 pin)
24 (W : 12 pin)
2 (W : 15 pin)
6 (W : 3 pin)
23 (W : 11 pin)
30 (BL : 10 pin)
28 (W : 2 pin)
1 (W : 13 pin)
4 (W : 12 pin)
3 (W : 5 pin)
29 (W : 7 pin)
9 (W : 11 pin)
(N.C.) (N.C.)
26 (W : 5 pin)
8 (W : 8 pin)
27 (W : 4 pin)
12 (W : 6 pin)
25 (W : 6 pin)
13 (W : 7 pin)
14 (W : 2 pin)
10 (W : 10 pin)
20 (W : 4 pin)
19 (W : 3 pin)
18 (W : 7 pin)
15 (W : 12 pin) 17 (W : 6 pin)
7 (W : 14 pin)
16 (W : 13 pin)
ls502fs5005c
B. Relay board /1
4 (W : 17 pin)
1 (W : 3 pin)
2 (W : 2 pin)
3 (W : 4 pin)
ls502fs5006c
C. Relay board /2
4 (W : 17 pin)
1 (W : 3 pin)
2 (W : 2 pin)
3 (W : 4 pin)
ls502fs5007c
745
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
16. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
D. DC power supply
51 (W : 6 pin)
1 (W : 5 pin)
52 (W : 2 pin)
ls502fs5008c
746
16. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
16.6 FS-503
16.6.1
Connector in the board
A. FNS control board
19 (W : 4 pin)
9 (GY : 40 pin)
16 (W : 7 pin)
10 (GY : 3 pin) 12 (N.C.)
22 (GY : 20 pin)
20 (W : 4 pin)
23 (N.C.)
SW3
21 (W : 3 pin)
2 (GY : 40 pin)
14 (GY : 18 pin)
1 (GY : 32 pin)
3 (GY : 16 pin)
ON
ON
1 : ON
2 : ON
3 : ON
4 : ON
SW3
1
2
3
C6500
4
1 : ON
2 : OFF
3 : ON
4 : ON
SW3
1
2
3
4
1050
fs503fs5007c
2
747
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
16. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. FNS drive board
53 (W : 8 pin)
52 (W : 18 pin)
66 (W : 2 pin)
62 (GY : 16 pin)
71 (GY : 6 pin)
70 (W : 8 pin)
55 (GY : 15 pin)
61 (GY : 40 pin)
51 (W : 26 pin)
65 (GY : 3 pin)
56 (W : 22 pin)
64 (GY : 18 pin)
60 (W : 4 pin)
57 (GY : 40 pin)
58 (GY : 30 pin)
63 (GY : 32 pin)
54 (W : 15 pin)
59 (GY : 14 pin)
fs503fs5008c
C. Stapler board
4 (R : 3 pin)
2 (O : 3 pin)
3 (W : 3 pin)
5 (O : 3 pin)
1 (W : 7 pin)
fs503fs5009c
748
16. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
16.7 SD-501
16.7.1
Connector in the board
A. SD control board
19 (W : 4 pin)
18 (W : 2 pin)
17 (W : 8 pin)
10 (W : 3 pin) 12 (W : 8 pin) 9 (N.C.) 7 (W : 24 pin)
16 (W : 7 pin)
20 (W : 4 pin)
SW3
22 (N.C.)
24 (W : 2 pin)
23 (N.C.)
21 (N.C.)
2 (W : 40 pin)
3 (W : 16 pin)
14 (W : 18 pin)
4 (GY : 32 pin)
5 (GY : 40 pin)
6 (GY : 16 pin)
1 (W : 32 pin)
ON
1 2 3 4
1 : OFF
2 : ON
3 : ON
4 : ON
C6500
ON
1 2 3 4
1050
1 : OFF
2 : OFF
3 : ON
4 : ON
15anf5c020nb
2
749
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
16. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. SD drive board
101 (W : 6 pin) 153 (W : 36 pin)
144 (W : 30 pin)
164 (W : 8 pin)
148 (W : 6 pin)
143 (W : 6 pin)
141 (W : 15 pin) 154 (W : 12 pin)
165 (W : 14 pin)
147 (W : 8 pin)
162 (W : 6 pin)
142 (W : 11 pin)
155 (W : 8 pin)
146 (W : 22 pin)
157 (W : 12 pin)
145 (W : 36 pin)
140 (W : 40 pin)
120 (W : 32 pin)
170 (Y : 12 pin)
156 (GY : 14 pin)
152 (GY : 12 pin)
158 (W : 6 pin)
150 (W : 4 pin)
169 (W : 4 pin)
167 (W : 2 pin)
122 (W : 34 pin)
166 (W : 4 pin)
110 (W : 18 pin) 168 (W : 15 pin)
121 (W : 40 pin)
163 (W : 6 pin)
126 (W : 40 pin) 100 (W : 4 pin) 151 (W : 40 pin)
127 (W : 30 pin)
125 (W : 32 pin) 149 (W : 30 pin)
15anf5c021na
750
1
16. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
16.8 PB-501
16.8.1
Connector in the board
A. PB control board (PBCB)
VR4
33(GY:20 pin)
30(GY:30 pin)
5(GY:11 pin)
39(W:3 pin)
31(GY:24 pin)
32(GY:28 pin)
18(GY:36 pin)
22(W:2 pin)
15(GY:40 pin)
SW1
38(W:5 pin)
7(N.C.)
VR2
16(GY:38 pin)
13(N.C.)
21(GY:6 pin)
14(N.C.)
29(W:4 pin)
8(N.C.)
19(GY:34 pin)
3(N.C.)
53(N.C)
12(N.C.)
24(N.C.)
6(N.C.)
SW2
2(W:7 pin)
20(GY:24 pin)
36(GY:40 pin)
1(W:3 pin)
11(N.C.)
44(W:4 pin)
17(GY:36 pin)
9(N.C.)
23(N.C.)
34(W:9 pin)
4(GY:12 pin)
10(N.C.)
37(GY:18 pin)
62(GY:4 pin)
35(GY:38 pin)
ON
3 4 5
F
2
B C DE
0
1 : ON
2 : OFF
3 : OFF
4 : OFF
A
89
67
ON
1
SW1
DipSW
1
1 : OFF
2 : OFF
3 : OFF
4 : OFF
DipSW
2 3 4
C6500
1
2
3 4
1050
a075f5c016ca
NOTE
• Do not change the SW1 setting during maintenance and repair.
2
751
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
16. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. PB drive board (PBDB)
80(GY:26 pin)
57(GY:36 pin)
88(N.C.)
52(W:6 pin)
81(GY:22 pin)
71(W:12 pin)
54(GY:40 pin)
50(W:4 pin)
70(W:12 pin)
89(N.C.)
72(W:13 pin)
82(W:8 pin)
55(GY:38 pin)
90(N.C.)
83(GY:17 pin)
60(GY:6 pin)
79(N.C.)
86(W:15 pin)
58(GY:34 pin)
56(GY:36 pin)
85(GY:16 pin)
87(GY:24 pin)
74(W:6 pin)
59(GY:24 pin)
73(W:6 pin)
76(W:13 pin)
78(W:7 pin)
61(W:4 pin)
69(W:5 pin)
75(W:12 pin)
84(W:12 pin)
77(W:13 pin)
68(W:6 pin)
51(W:4 pin)
a075f5c017ca
C. AC drive board (ACDB)
41(W:7 pin)
45(W:6 pin)
40(W:3 pin)
43(W:3 pin)
46(W:2 pin)
42(W:5 pin)
752
2
a075f5c018ca
17. TIMING CHART
17. TIMING CHART
17.1 Main body
A. A4, life size, 2 single sided originals, single sided copy (1 copy), reversed paper exit, paper feed
tray /1, line speed 490 mm/sec
Time (sec)
Item
Paper feed sensor /1 (PS7)
Pre-registration sensor /1 (PS17)
Vertical conveyance sensor /1 (PS19)
Loop sensor (PS16)
ADU deceleration sensor (PS42)
Registration sensor (PS40)
Paper leading edge sensor (PS41)
Fusing exit sensor (PS22)
ADU accelerate sensor (PS49)
Reverse sensor /1 (PS48)
Reverse sensor /2 (PS47)
ADU reverse sensor /1 (PS46)
ADU reverse sensor /2 (PS45)
ADU exit sensor (PS43)
Paper exit sensor (PS3)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Transfer assist motor (M19)
Fusing motor (M1)
Paper feed motor (M4)
Separation clutch /1 (CL5)
Paper feed clutch /1 (CL4)
Pick-up solenoid /1 (SD3)
Pre-registration clutch /1 (CL1)
Vertical conveyance motor H
(M8)
L
Loop motor (M18)
H
L
Registration motor (M17)
Reverse/exit motor (M13)
Conveyance motor (M5)
Paper exit motor /1 (M9)
H
L
ADU conveyance motor /1 H
(M15)
L
ADU conveyance motor /2 H
(M16)
L
H
ADU reverse
F
L
paper exit motor
H
(M31)
R
L
H
Reverse motor
F
L
(M12)
H
R
L
ADU acceleration motor
H
L
Reverse/exit solenoid (SD7)
Drum motor (M2)
Developing motor (M3)
Charging
Developing bias
Erase lamp (EL)
Separation
Transfer
Drum claw solenoid (SD5)
Guide plate
Start button ON
1050fs5060c
753
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
17. TIMING CHART
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. A4, life size, 2 double sided originals, double sided copy (1 copy), straight paper exit, paper feed
tray /1, line speed 490 mm/sec
Time (sec)
Item
Paper feed sensor /1 (PS7)
Pre-registration sensor /1 (PS17)
Vertical conveyance sensor /1 (PS19)
Loop sensor (PS16)
ADU deceleration sensor (PS42)
Registration sensor (PS40)
Paper leading edge sensor (PS41)
Fusing exit sensor (PS22)
ADU accelerate sensor (PS49)
Reverse sensor /1 (PS48)
Reverse sensor /2 (PS47)
ADU reverse sensor /1 (PS46)
ADU reverse sensor /2 (PS45)
ADU exit sensor (PS43)
Paper exit sensor (PS3)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Transfer assist motor (M19)
Fusing motor (M1)
Paper feed motor (M4)
Separation clutch /1 (CL5)
Paper feed clutch /1 (CL4)
Pick-up solenoid /1 (SD3)
Pre-registration clutch /1 (CL1)
Vertical conveyance motor H
(M8)
L
Loop motor (M18)
H
L
Registration motor (M17)
Reverse/exit motor (M13)
Conveyance motor (M5)
Paper exit motor /1 (M9)
H
L
ADU conveyance motor /1 H
(M15)
L
ADU conveyance motor /2 H
(M16)
L
H
ADU reverse
F
L
paper exit motor
H
(M31)
R
L
H
Reverse motor
F
L
(M12)
H
R
L
ADU acceleration motor
H
L
Reverse/exit solenoid (SD7)
Drum motor (M2)
Developing motor (M3)
Charging
Developing bias
Erase lamp (EL)
Separation
Transfer
Drum claw solenoid (SD5)
Guide plate
Start button ON
1050fs5061c
754
Down
620 mm/s
V-VALID signal
Original exit sensor /Rt (PS314)
620 mm/s
Original paper exit motor /2
(M305)
F 465 mm/s
370 mm/s
370 mm/s
465 mm/s
R
620 mm/s
Reverse jam sensor /Lt (PS304)
Original reverse sensor (PS309)
620 mm/s
Original paper exit motor /1
F 465 mm/s
(M304)
250 mm/s
250 mm/s
465 mm/s
R 550 mm/s
620 mm/s
Original conveyance motor
F
465 mm/s
(M301)
465 mm/s
R
620 mm/s
Original conveyance sensor (PS308)
Original registration sensor /Lt (PS306)
R 550 mm/s
Original feed motor (M302) F 800 mm/s
465 mm/s
Original registration sensor /Rt (PS318)
Original empty sensor (PS305)
Original count sensor (PS310)
Tray up/down motor (M303)
Tray lower limit sensor (PS316)
Up
Time (sec)
Tray upper limit sensor (PS315)
Item
0
Start button ON
1st sheet of paper
scanned
1
2nd sheet of paper
scanned
3rd sheet of paper scanned
2
3
17.2 DF-603
A. A4, life size, single sided original, 3 originals
df603fs5011c
755
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Exit of the 3rd
sheet of paper
completed
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
17. TIMING CHART
756
Down
465 mm/s
800 mm/s
R 550 mm/s
F
F
V-VALID signal
Exit gate solenoid (SD304)
Original exit sensor /Rt (PS314)
Original reverse/exit sensor (PS313)
620 mm/s
Original paper exit motor /2
(M305)
F 465 mm/s
370 mm/s
250 mm/s
R 465 mm/s
620 mm/s
Reverse jam sensor /Lt (PS304)
Original reverse sensor (PS309)
Original conveyance motor
(M301)
620 mm/s
465 mm/s
465 mm/s
R
620 mm/s
620 mm/s
Original paper exit motor /1
(M304)
F 465 mm/s
250 mm/s
250 mm/s
465 mm/s
R
550 mm/s
620 mm/s
Original conveyance sensor (PS308)
Original registration sensor /Lt (PS306)
Original feed motor (M302)
Original registration sensor /Rt (PS318)
Original empty sensor (PS305)
Original count sensor (PS310)
Tray up/down motor (M303)
Tray lower limit sensor (PS316)
Up
Time (sec)
Tray upper limit sensor (PS315)
Item
0
Start button
ON
Front of the 1st sheet
of paper scanned
1
2
Back of the
1st sheet of
paper
scanned
Front of the 2nd
sheet of paper
scanned
3
Back of the
2nd sheet
of paper
scanned
4
Front of the 3rd sheet
of paper scanned
5
Back of the 3rd sheet
of paper scanned
6
7
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
17. TIMING CHART
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. A4, life size, double sided original, 3 originals
df603fs5012c
Time (sec)
Main body: Paper exit sensor (PS3)
PF exit conveyance motor (M41)
Pre-registration clutch /2 (CL3)
Forced separation clutch (CL11)
Pick-up solenoid /2 (SD15)
Paper feed clutch /2 (CL9)
Separation clutch /2 (CL10)
Paper feed motor (M40)
Exit sensor (PS99)
Loop sensor /2 (PS94)
Pre-registration sensor /2 (PS93)
Paper feed sensor /2 (PS78)
Item
0
Start button ON
1
2
3
4
17.3 PF-701
A. Tray 4, A4, 2 originals
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
5
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
17. TIMING CHART
pf701fs5008c
757
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
17. TIMING CHART
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
17.4 FD-501
A. Letter fold-in, A3, 2 originals, 2 copies, sub tray paper exit
Item
Time (sec)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Main body paper exit sensor (PS3)
Entrance conveyance motor (M1)
Punch conveyance motor (M2)
Punch registration motor (M13)
Alignment plate motor (M12) F
R
Punch drive motor (M10)
1st folding motor (M4)
1st folding release motor (M14)
2nd folding motor (M5)
2nd folding release motor (M15)
3rd folding motor (M6)
3rd folding release motor (M16)
Intermediate conveyance motor (M3)
Main tray paper exit motor (M17)
Roller solenoid /1 (SD5)
Roller solenoid /2 (SD6)
Roller solenoid /3 (SD7)
Roller solenoid /4 (SD8)
Folding gate solenoid (SD15)
Paper exit solenoid (SD12)
FD entrance sensor (PS1)
Punch conveyance sensor (PS5)
Punch registration sensor (PS6)
1st folding conveyance sensor (PS51)
2nd folding conveyance sensor (PS53)
3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54)
S size conveyance sensor (PS58)
Intermediate conveyance sensor (PS13)
Main tray paper exit sensor (PS18)
Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS16)
Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON
fd501fs5017c
758
17. TIMING CHART
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. Letter fold-out, A3, 2 originals, 2 copies, sub tray paper exit
Item
Time (sec)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Main body paper exit sensor (PS3)
Entrance conveyance motor (M1)
Punch conveyance motor (M2)
Punch registration motor (M13)
Alignment plate motor (M12) F
R
Punch drive motor (M10)
1st folding motor (M4)
1st folding release motor (M14)
2nd folding motor (M5)
2nd folding release motor (M15)
3rd folding motor (M6)
3rd folding release motor (M16)
Intermediate conveyance motor (M3)
Main tray paper exit motor (M17)
Roller solenoid /1 (SD5)
Roller solenoid /2 (SD6)
Roller solenoid /3 (SD7)
Roller solenoid /4 (SD8)
Folding gate solenoid (SD15)
Paper exit solenoid (SD12)
FD entrance sensor (PS1)
Punch conveyance sensor (PS5)
Punch registration sensor (PS6)
1st folding conveyance sensor (PS51)
2nd folding conveyance sensor (PS53)
3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54)
S size conveyance sensor (PS58)
Intermediate conveyance sensor (PS13)
Main tray paper exit sensor (PS18)
Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS16)
Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON
fd501fs5018c
759
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
17. TIMING CHART
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
C. Double parallel, A3, 2 originals, 2 copies, sub tray paper exit
Item
Time (sec)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Main body paper exit sensor (PS3)
Entrance conveyance motor (M1)
Punch conveyance motor (M2)
Punch registration motor (M13)
Alignment plate motor (M12) F
R
Punch drive motor (M10)
1st folding motor (M4)
1st folding release motor (M14)
2nd folding motor (M5)
2nd folding release motor (M15)
3rd folding motor (M6)
3rd folding release motor (M16)
Intermediate conveyance motor (M3)
Main tray paper exit motor (M17)
Roller solenoid /1 (SD5)
Roller solenoid /2 (SD6)
Roller solenoid /3 (SD7)
Roller solenoid /4 (SD8)
Folding gate solenoid (SD15)
Paper exit solenoid (SD12)
FD entrance sensor (PS1)
Punch conveyance sensor (PS5)
Punch registration sensor (PS6)
1st folding conveyance sensor (PS51)
2nd folding conveyance sensor (PS53)
3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54)
S size conveyance sensor (PS58)
Intermediate conveyance sensor (PS13)
Main tray paper exit sensor (PS18)
Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS16)
Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON
fd501fs5019c
760
17. TIMING CHART
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
D. Folding, A3, 2 originals, 2 copies, sub tray paper exit
Item
Time (sec)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Main body paper exit sensor (PS3)
Entrance conveyance motor (M1)
Punch conveyance motor (M2)
Punch registration motor (M13)
Alignment plate motor (M12) F
R
Punch drive motor (M10)
1st folding motor (M4)
1st folding release motor (M14)
2nd folding motor (M5)
2nd folding release motor (M15)
3rd folding motor (M6)
3rd folding release motor (M16)
Intermediate conveyance motor (M3)
Main tray paper exit motor (M17)
Roller solenoid /1 (SD5)
Roller solenoid /2 (SD6)
Roller solenoid /3 (SD7)
Roller solenoid /4 (SD8)
Folding gate solenoid (SD15)
Paper exit solenoid (SD12)
FD entrance sensor (PS1)
Punch conveyance sensor (PS5)
Punch registration sensor (PS6)
1st folding conveyance sensor (PS51)
2nd folding conveyance sensor (PS53)
3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54)
S size conveyance sensor (PS58)
Intermediate conveyance sensor (PS13)
Main tray paper exit sensor (PS18)
Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS16)
Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON
fd501fs5020c
761
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
17. TIMING CHART
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
E. Gate fold, A3, 2 originals, 2 copies, sub tray paper exit
Item
Time (sec)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Main body paper exit sensor (PS3)
Entrance conveyance motor (M1)
Punch conveyance motor (M2)
Punch registration motor (M13)
Alignment plate motor (M12) F
R
Punch drive motor (M10)
1st folding motor (M4)
1st folding release motor (M14)
2nd folding motor (M5)
2nd folding release motor (M15)
3rd folding motor (M6)
3rd folding release motor (M16)
Intermediate conveyance motor (M3)
Main tray paper exit motor (M17)
Roller solenoid /1 (SD5)
Roller solenoid /2 (SD6)
Roller solenoid /3 (SD7)
Roller solenoid /4 (SD8)
Folding gate solenoid (SD15)
Paper exit solenoid (SD12)
FD entrance sensor (PS1)
Punch conveyance sensor (PS5)
Punch registration sensor (PS6)
1st folding conveyance sensor (PS51)
2nd folding conveyance sensor (PS53)
3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54)
S size conveyance sensor (PS58)
Intermediate conveyance sensor (PS13)
Main tray paper exit sensor (PS18)
Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS16)
Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON
fd501fs5021c
762
F.
17. TIMING CHART
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Z-fold, A3, 2 originals, 2 copies, sub tray paper exit
Item
Time (sec)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Main body paper exit sensor (PS3)
Entrance conveyance motor (M1)
Punch conveyance motor (M2)
Punch registration motor (M13)
Alignment plate motor (M12) F
R
Punch drive motor (M10)
1st folding motor (M4)
1st folding release motor (M14)
2nd folding motor (M5)
2nd folding release motor (M15)
3rd folding motor (M6)
3rd folding release motor (M16)
Intermediate conveyance motor (M3)
Main tray paper exit motor (M17)
Roller solenoid /1 (SD5)
Roller solenoid /2 (SD6)
Roller solenoid /3 (SD7)
Roller solenoid /4 (SD8)
Folding gate solenoid (SD15)
Paper exit solenoid (SD12)
FD entrance sensor (PS1)
Punch conveyance sensor (PS5)
Punch registration sensor (PS6)
1st folding conveyance sensor (PS51)
2nd folding conveyance sensor (PS53)
3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54)
S size conveyance sensor (PS58)
Intermediate conveyance sensor (PS13)
Main tray paper exit sensor (PS18)
Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS16)
Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON
fd501fs5022c
763
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
17. TIMING CHART
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
G. PI cover insertion, A4, 2 originals, 2 copies, sub tray paper exit
Item
Time (sec)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Main body paper exit sensor (PS3)
Entrance conveyance motor (M1)
Punch conveyance motor (M2)
Punch registration motor (M13)
Alignment plate motor (M12) F
R
Punch drive motor (M10)
1st folding motor (M4)
1st folding release motor (M14)
2nd folding motor (M5)
2nd folding release motor (M15)
3rd folding motor (M6)
3rd folding release motor (M16)
Intermediate conveyance motor (M3)
Main tray paper exit motor (M17)
Roller solenoid /1 (SD5)
Roller solenoid /2 (SD6)
Roller solenoid /3 (SD7)
Roller solenoid /4 (SD8)
Folding gate solenoid (SD15)
Paper exit solenoid (SD12)
FD entrance sensor (PS1)
Punch conveyance sensor (PS5)
Punch registration sensor (PS6)
1st folding conveyance sensor (PS51)
2nd folding conveyance sensor (PS53)
3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54)
S size conveyance sensor (PS58)
Intermediate conveyance sensor (PS13)
Main tray paper exit sensor (PS18)
Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS16)
Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON
Start button ON
764
fd501fs5023c
17. TIMING CHART
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
H. Punch, A4, 2 originals, 2 copies, sub tray paper exit
Item
Time (sec)
0
1
2
3
Main body paper exit sensor (PS3)
Entrance conveyance motor (M1)
Punch conveyance motor (M2)
Punch registration motor (M13)
Alignment plate motor (M12) F
R
Punch drive motor (M10)
1st folding motor (M4)
1st folding release motor (M14)
2nd folding motor (M5)
2nd folding release motor (M15)
3rd folding motor (M6)
3rd folding release motor (M16)
Intermediate conveyance motor (M3)
Main tray paper exit motor (M17)
Roller solenoid /1 (SD5)
Roller solenoid /2 (SD6)
Roller solenoid /3 (SD7)
Roller solenoid /4 (SD8)
Folding gate solenoid (SD15)
Paper exit solenoid (SD12)
FD entrance sensor (PS1)
Punch conveyance sensor (PS5)
Punch registration sensor (PS6)
1st folding conveyance sensor (PS51)
2nd folding conveyance sensor (PS53)
3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54)
S size conveyance sensor (PS58)
Intermediate conveyance sensor (PS13)
Main tray paper exit sensor (PS18)
Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS16)
Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON
fd501fs5024c
765
766
Item
Time (sec)
Conveyance sensor /1 (PS7)
Conveyance sensor /2 (PS16)
Conveyance sensor /3 (PS17)
Coupling exit sensor (PS18)
Sub tray exit sensor (PS10)
1st gate solenoid (SD1)
2nd gate solenoid (SD10)
Latch ON
Front stopper
solenoid (SD9)
Latch OFF
Latch ON
Rear stopper
solenoid (SD3)
Latch OFF
Latch ON
Job partition
solenoid (SD2)
Latch OFF
Paper press solenoid /1 (SD6)
Paper press solenoid /2 (SD7)
Paper press solenoid /3 (SD8)
Entrance sensor (PS4)
Conveyance motor
1000 mm/s
(M2)
490 mm/s
1000 mm/s
Sub tray exit motor
(M3)
490 mm/s
Coupling conveyance motor (M6)
1300 mm/s
Grip conveyance
motor (M4)
1000 mm/s
490 mm/s
Grip conveyance home sensor (PS5)
Alignment motor (M7)
Alignment plate home sensor (PS12)
Shift unit motor (M5)
Shift unit home sensor (PS11)
0
Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON
1
2
3
4
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
17. TIMING CHART
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
17.5 LS-501/502
A. A4, straight mode, 3 originals, 1 copy set
ls502fs5009c
Item
Time (sec)
Conveyance sensor /1 (PS7)
Conveyance sensor /2 (PS16)
Conveyance sensor /3 (PS17)
Coupling exit sensor (PS18)
Sub tray exit sensor (PS10)
1st gate solenoid (SD1)
2nd gate solenoid (SD10)
Latch ON
Front stopper
solenoid (SD9)
Latch OFF
Latch ON
Rear stopper
solenoid (SD3)
Latch OFF
Latch ON
Job partition
solenoid (SD2)
Latch OFF
Paper press solenoid /1 (SD6)
Paper press solenoid /2 (SD7)
Paper press solenoid /3 (SD8)
Entrance sensor (PS4)
Conveyance motor
1000 mm/s
(M2)
490 mm/s
1000 mm/s
Sub tray exit motor
(M3)
490 mm/s
Coupling conveyance motor (M6)
1300 mm/s
Grip conveyance
motor (M4)
1000 mm/s
490 mm/s
Grip conveyance home sensor (PS5)
Alignment motor (M7)
Alignment plate home sensor (PS12)
Shift unit motor (M5)
Shift unit home sensor (PS11)
0
Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON
1
2
3
B. A3, shift mode, 2 originals, 2 copies set
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
4
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
17. TIMING CHART
ls502fs5010c
767
768
Item
Time (sec)
Conveyance sensor /1 (PS7)
Conveyance sensor /2 (PS16)
Conveyance sensor /3 (PS17)
Coupling exit sensor (PS18)
Sub tray exit sensor (PS10)
1st gate solenoid (SD1)
2nd gate solenoid (SD10)
Latch ON
Front stopper
solenoid (SD9)
Latch OFF
Latch ON
Rear stopper
solenoid (SD3)
Latch OFF
Latch ON
Job partition
solenoid (SD2)
Latch OFF
Paper press solenoid /1 (SD6)
Paper press solenoid /2 (SD7)
Paper press solenoid /3 (SD8)
Entrance sensor (PS4)
Conveyance motor
1000 mm/s
(M2)
490 mm/s
1000 mm/s
Sub tray exit motor
(M3)
350 mm/s
Coupling conveyance motor (M6)
1300 mm/s
Grip conveyance
motor (M4)
1000 mm/s
490 mm/s
Grip conveyance home sensor (PS5)
Alignment motor (M7)
Alignment plate home sensor (PS12)
Shift unit motor (M5)
Shift unit home sensor (PS11)
0
Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON
1
2
3
4
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
17. TIMING CHART
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
C. A4, Sub tray mode, 3 originals, 1 copy set
ls502fs5011c
Item
Time (sec)
Conveyance sensor /1 (PS7)
Conveyance sensor /2 (PS16)
Conveyance sensor /3 (PS17)
Coupling exit sensor (PS18)
Sub tray exit sensor (PS10)
1st gate solenoid (SD1)
2nd gate solenoid (SD10)
Latch ON
Front stopper
solenoid (SD9)
Latch OFF
Latch ON
Rear stopper
solenoid (SD3)
Latch OFF
Latch ON
Job partition
solenoid (SD2)
Latch OFF
Paper press solenoid /1 (SD6)
Paper press solenoid /2 (SD7)
Paper press solenoid /3 (SD8)
Entrance sensor (PS4)
Conveyance motor
1000 mm/s
(M2)
490 mm/s
1000 mm/s
Sub tray exit motor
(M3)
490 mm/s
Coupling conveyance motor (M6)
1300 mm/s
Grip conveyance
motor (M4)
1000 mm/s
490 mm/s
Grip conveyance home sensor (PS5)
Alignment motor (M7)
Alignment plate home sensor (PS12)
Shift unit motor (M5)
Shift unit home sensor (PS11)
0
Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON
1
2
3
D. A4, tandem mode, 3 originals, 1 copy set
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
4
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
17. TIMING CHART
ls502fs5012c
769
770
Time (sec)
Counter reset sensor (PS15)
Main tray exit sensor (PS10)
Stacker empty sensor (PS20)
Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
FNS entrance sensor (PS4)
Main body side paper exit sensor (PS3)
Intermediate roller release solenoid (SD7)
Main tray exit motor (M7)
Stacker entrance motor (M13)
Conveyance motor (M1)
Intermediate roller open close motor (M25)
Rear stopper motor (M26)
Paper exit opening motor (M8)
Stack assist guide motor (M24)
Alignment motor /Rr (M5)
Alignment motor /Fr (M22)
Tray up down motor (M3)
Signal while in FS operation
Item
0
Start button ON
1
2
3
4
5
6
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
17. TIMING CHART
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
17.6 FS-503
A. Sort, A4, 2 originals, 2 copies, Single side
fs503fs5010c
Time (sec)
L
H
Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)
Counter reset sensor (PS15)
Main tray exit sensor (PS10)
Stacker empty sensor (PS20)
Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
FNS entrance sensor (PS4)
Main body side paper exit sensor (PS3)
Intermediate roller release solenoid (SD7)
Sub tray exit motor (M6)
Main tray exit motor (M7)
Stacker entrance motor (M13)
Conveyance motor (M1)
Intermediate roller open close motor (M25)
Rear stopper motor (M26)
Paper exit opening motor (M8)
Stack assist guide motor (M24)
Alignment motor /Rr (M5)
Alignment motor /Fr (M22)
Tray up down motor (M3)
Signal while in FS operation
Item
1
2
3
4
5
B. Sub tray, A4, 2 original, 2 copies, single side
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
6
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
17. TIMING CHART
fs503fs5011c
771
772
Time (sec)
Counter reset sensor (PS15)
Main tray exit sensor (PS10)
Stacker empty sensor (PS20)
Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
FNS entrance sensor (PS4)
Main body side paper exit sensor (PS3)
Intermediate roller release solenoid (SD7)
Sub tray exit motor (M6)
Main tray exit motor (M7)
Stacker entrance motor (M13)
Conveyance motor (M1)
Intermediate roller open close motor (M25)
Rear stopper motor (M26)
Paper exit opening motor (M8)
Stack assist guide motor (M24)
Alignment motor /Rr (M5)
Alignment motor /Fr (M22)
Tray up down motor (M3)
Signal while in FS operation
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
17. TIMING CHART
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
C. Staple, A4, 2 originals, 2 copies, single side
fs503fs5012c
Time (sec)
Horizontal conveyance exit sensor (PS4)
Horizontal conveyance sensor /2 (PS3)
Horizontal conveyance sensor /1 (PS2)
Entrance sensor (PS1)
Entrance gate solenoid (SD1)
Entrance conveyance motor (M1)
Horizontal conveyance motor (M2)
Main body paper exit sensor (PS3)
Item
0
Main body start signal
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
17.7 SD-501
A. Coupling conveyance, A4, 3 sheets of paper, 2 set
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
17. TIMING CHART
15anf5c800na
1
773
774
1
Time (sec)
Roller release solenoid /4 (SD4)
Subtray exit sensor (PS11)
Horizontal conveyance sensor /1 (PS2)
Entrance sensor (PS1)
Horizontal conveyance gate solenoid (SD3)
Entrance gate solenoid (SD1)
Entrance conveyance motor (M1)
Horizontal conveyance motor (M2)
Main body paper exit sensor (PS3)
Item
0
Main body start signal
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
17. TIMING CHART
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. Subtray exit, A4, 3 sheets of paper, 2 set
15anf5c801na
17. TIMING CHART
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
C. Overlap tri-folding, A4S, 3 sheets of paper, 3 set
Time (sec)
0
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Entrance conveyance motor (M1)
Entrance sensor (PS1)
Right angle
conveyance motor
(M6)
F
R
F
Overlap motor (M13)
R
Right angle conveyance gate solenoid (SD2)
Roller release solenoid /1 (SD5)
Roller release solenoid /2 (SD6)
Right angle conveyance sensor /1 (PS5)
Right angle conveyance sensor /2 (PS6)
Folding entrance motor (M3)
H
Folding conveyance
motor (M4)
L
R
Folding main scan
alignment motor /Fr
(M7)
R
Folding sub scan
alignment exit motor
(M8)
R
Folding main scan
alignment motor /Rr
(M14)
R
1st folding blade motor
(M18)
2nd folding blade
motor (M19)
F
F
F
A
F
1st
folding
R
F
2nd
folding
R
Roller release solenoid /3 (SD7)
Tri-folding exit clutch (CL1)
Folding entrance sensor (PS60)
Folding sensor /1 (PS7)
Folding passage sensor (PS8)
Tri-folding exit sensor (PS9)
Exit
Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr1 (PS18)
Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr2 (PS49)
Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Rr (PS19)
1st folding blade home sensor /1 (PS20)
1st folding blade home sensor /2 (PS21)
2nd folding blade home sensor /1 (PS22)
2nd folding blade home sensor /2 (PS23)
Folding exit home sensor
(PS24)
Folding sub scan alignment home sensor (PS56)
Main body start signal
15anf5c802na
1
775
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
17. TIMING CHART
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Time (sec)
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Item
Entrance conveyance motor (M1)
Entrance sensor (PS1)
F
R
F
Right angle
conveyance motor
(M6)
Overlap motor (M13)
R
Right angle conveyance gate solenoid (SD2)
Roller release solenoid /1 (SD5)
Roller release solenoid /2 (SD6)
Right angle conveyance sensor /1 (PS5)
Right angle conveyance sensor /2 (PS6)
Folding entrance motor (M3)
H
L
Folding conveyance
motor (M4)
R
F
R
F
R
F
A
R
F
1st
folding
1st
folding
R
F
2nd
folding
2nd
folding
R
Folding main scan
alignment motor /Fr
(M7)
Folding sub scan
alignment exit motor
(M8)
Folding main scan
alignment motor /Rr
(M14)
1st folding blade motor
(M18)
2nd folding blade
motor (M19)
Roller release solenoid /3 (SD7)
Tri-folding exit clutch (CL1)
Folding entrance sensor (PS60)
Folding sensor /1 (PS7)
Folding passage sensor (PS8)
Exit
Exit
Tri-folding exit sensor (PS9)
Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr1 (PS18)
Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr2 (PS49)
Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Rr (PS19)
1st folding blade home sensor /1 (PS20)
1st folding blade home sensor /2 (PS21)
2nd folding blade home sensor /1 (PS22)
2nd folding blade home sensor /2 (PS23)
Folding exit home sensor
(PS24)
Folding sub scan alignment home sensor (PS56)
15anf5c803na
776
1
17. TIMING CHART
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
D. Saddle stitching (trimmer), A3, 5 sheets of paper, 2 set
Time (sec)
Item
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
Entrance sensor (PS1)
Right angle
conveyance motor (M6)
Overlap motor (M13)
F
R
F
R
Right angle conveyance gate solenoid (SD2)
Right angle conveyance sensor /2 (PS6)
F
Folding conveyance
motor (M4)
R
Folding main scan alignment motor /Fr (M7)
Folding sub scan
alignment exit motor
(M8)
F
R
H
L
R
F
Folding main scan alignment motor /Rr (M14)
R
1st folding blade
motor (M18)
R
F
Folding
Folding
Folding
Folding
Guide shaft motor (M25)
Folding sensor /2 (PS44)
F
Saddle stitching alignment motor /Rt (M9)
R
Bundle arm motor
(M10)
R
Bundle clip motor (M11)
F
F
R
F
Saddle stitching alignment motor /Lt (M16)
R
Clincher up down motor
(M20)
R
A
F
Saddle stitching press motor (M21)
F
Bundle arm rotation
motor (M22)
R
Bundle arm assist
motor (M26)
R
F
Stapler motors /Rt (M29), /Lt (M30)
Staple
Clincher solenoids /Rt (SD9), /Lt (SD10)
Bundle sensor /1 (PS14)
Bundle exit motor (M5)
F
R
F
Bundle registration
motor (M12)
R
Bundle press
movement motor (M17)
R
Bundle press
motor (M23)
R
Bundle press stage up
down motor (M24)
R
F
F
F
Bundle sensor /2 (PS15)
Bundle registration plate home sensor (PS16)
Bundle press stage up down limit sensor (PS45)
Bundle sensor /4 (PS54)
Trimmer registration sensor (PS55)
Bundle exit sensor /2 (PS57)
Trimmer blade motor
(M31)
Trimmer press motor
(M32)
F
R
F
R
Main body start signal
15anf5c804na
1
777
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
17. TIMING CHART
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Time (sec)
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
Item
Entrance sensor (PS1)
F
R
F
R
Right angle conveyance motor (M6)
Overlap motor (M13)
Right angle conveyance gate solenoid (SD2)
Right angle conveyance sensor /2 (PS6)
Folding conveyance
F
motor (M4)
R
F
R
H
L
R
F
R
Folding main scan alignment motor /Fr (M7)
Folding sub scan
alignment exit motor
(M8)
Folding main scan alignment motor /Rr (M14)
F
1st folding blade
motor (M18)
R
Guide shaft motor (M25)
Folding
Folding sensor /2 (PS44)
F
R
F
Saddle stitching alignment motor /Rt (M9)
R
Bundle arm motor
(M10)
F
Bundle clip motor (M11)
R
F
R
A
F
R
Saddle stitching alignment motor /Lt (M16)
Clincher up down motor
(M20)
Saddle stitching press motor (M21)
F
R
F
R
Bundle arm rotation
motor (M22)
Bundle arm assist
motor (M26)
Stapler motors /Rt (M29), /Lt (M30)
Staple
Clincher solenoids /Rt (SD9), /Lt (SD10)
Bundle sensor /1 (PS14)
F
R
F
R
F
R
F
R
F
R
Bundle exit motor (M5)
Bundle registration
motor (M12)
Bundle press
movement motor (M17)
Bundle press
motor (M23)
Bundle press stage up
down motor (M24)
Bundle sensor /2 (PS15)
Bundle registration plate home sensor (PS16)
Bundle press stage up down limit sensor (PS45)
Bundle sensor /4 (PS54)
Trimmer registration sensor (PS55)
Exit
Exit
Bundle exit sensor /2 (PS57)
F
Trim
Trim
R
F
R
Trimmer blade motor
(M31)
Trimmer press motor
(M32)
15anf5c805na
778
1
Sub tray exit sensor (PS4)
Entrance sensor (PS1)
Sub tray exit solenoid (SD4)
Bypass gate solenoid (SD2)
Entrance gate solenoid (SD1)
Entrance conveyance motor (M1)
0
Print start signal ON
1
2
3
4
5
6
17.8 PB-501
A. Sub tray paper exit, A4, originals, single side
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
7
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
17. TIMING CHART
15anf5c806c
2
779
780
2
Forward
Backward
Open
Close
Down
Up
Down
Up
Up
Down
Open
Close
Open
Close
Book conveyance belt motor (M61)
Open
Book conveyance belt
movement motor (M62)
Close
Book conveyance
Down
belt up down motor (M63) Up
Book end sensor (PS61)
Cover paper sensor /Lt (PS46)
Cover paper sensor /Rt (PS45)
Cutter motor (M50)
Cover paper alignment
motor (M41)
Cover paper conveyance
arm motor /Rt (M43)
Cover paper conveyance
arm motor /Lt (M44)
Cover paper table up
down motor /Fr (M46)
Cover paper folding motor
/Rt (M48)
Cover paper folding
motor /Lt (M49)
Glue tank up solenoid /1 (SD31)
Glue tank movement motor Forward
(M31)
Backward
Glue apply position detection
sensor (PS32)
Clamp paper sensor (PS28)
Clamp motor (M22)
Clamp alignment motor (M21)
Open
Close
Open
Close
Clamp rotation motor (M23) Left
Right
SC paper detection sensor (PS16)
SC pressure arm solenoid (SD13 )
FD alignment solenoid (SD11)
Clamp entranse roller release
motor (M20)
SC switchback conveyF
ance motor (M12)
R
SSC switchback release
F
motor (M13)
R
SC alignment motor(M15) Open
Close
SC roller release motor(M18)
SC entrance sensor (PS2)
Entrance sensor (PS1)
0
1
First book
2
3
(1)
4
6
Positioning (alignment)
to be trimmed
5
26
(40)
(1)
27
Clamp
28
Next book
29
Upright
30
31
32
Forward
(10)
33
Open
Backward
34
35
36
37
38
39
5 seconds waiting
Cover paper folding operation
(20)
40
41
42
43
Up
Book Release
(30)
Down
44
Rotation
45
46
48
Down of book
Positioning
(alignment)
47
49
A
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
17. TIMING CHART
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
B. Perfect Binding, A4, 40 originals, 2 copies, single side, PB cover paper supply
15anf5c807c
A
(40)
51
Positioning (alignment)
to be trimmed
50
52
53
Clamp
54
Upright
55
Positioning
(alignment)
56
Forward
57
58
60
Open
Returning to HP
Backward
59
61
62
64
65
5 seconds waiting
Cover paper folding operation
63
66
Down
67
Up
Book Release
68
Down
69
Rotation
70
71
73
Down of book
Positioning
(alignment)
72
74
75
76
77
78
79
81
82
83
84
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
80
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
17. TIMING CHART
15anf5c808c
2
781
782
2
Forward
Backward
Book conveyance belt move- Close
Open
ment motor (M62)
Book conveyance belt up down Down
Up
motor (M63)
Book end sensor (PS61)
Book conveyance belt motor (M61)
Cover paper sensor /Lt (PS46)
Cover paper sensor /Rt (PS45)
Cutter motor (M50)
Cover paper alignment motor (M41) Close
Open
Cover paper conveyance
Down
arm motor /Rt (M43)
Up
Cover paper conveyance
Down
arm motor /Lt (M44)
Up
Cover paper table up down Up
motor /Fr(M46)
Down
Cover paper folding motor /Rt(M48) Open
Close
Cover paper folding motor /Lt(M49) Open
Close
Glue tank up solenoid /1 (SD31)
Glue apply position detection sensor (PS32)
SC paper detection sensor (PS16)
Clamp alignment motor (M21) Open
Close
Open
Clamp motor (M22)
Close
Clamp rotation motor (M23) Left
Right
Clamp paper sensor (PS28)
Forward
Glue tank movement motor (M31) Backward
FD alignment solenoid (SD11)
SC switchback conveyance F
motor (M12)
R
SC alignment motor (M15) Open
Close
Up
Clamp entranse movement motor (M19)
Down
Clamp entranse roller release motor
(M20)
SC entrance sensor (PS2)
Entrance sensor (PS1)
Bypass gate solenoid (SD2)
Entrance gate solenoid (SD1)
0
2
First book
1
3
4
(1)
5
6
7
22
23
24
25
26
(40)
27
29
Positioning
(alignment)
Clamp
30
Next book
Change
Cover paper path
(1)
28
Upright
31
Positioning
(alignment)
32
Forward
33
35
Open
Returning to HP
(10)
34
Backward
36
37
38
40
41
5 seconds waiting
Cover paper folding operation
39
Down
42
43
Rotation
45
Down
Book Release
44
46
47
A
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
17. TIMING CHART
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
C. Perfect Binding, A4, 40 originals, 2 copies, single side, main body cover paper supply
15anf5c809c
A
48
49
50
Down
Positioning (alignment)
to be trimmed
Returning
to HP
Two pages
(40)
51
52
53
54
Change
Cover paper path
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
82
83
84
85
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
81
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
17. TIMING CHART
15anf5c810c
2
783
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
17. TIMING CHART
Blank page
784
H
I
1
300
301
308
302
309
303
310
304
311
305
312
306
313
307
314
2
SDB
34
35
84
87
85
161
81
92
45
44
131
162
40
46
3
30
32
31
33
100-1 5v0
100-2 5v0
100-3 5v0
100-4 S.G
100-5 S.G
100-6 S.G
SCANNER
PS51
4
3
10
12
710-1 5V1
-2 MONI_CLKout
-3 MONI_RXDin
-4 MONI_TXDout
-5 SGND
711-1 5V1
-2 ROM_RXDin
-3 Vpp
-4 ROM_TXDout
-5 ROM_RESET
-6 SGND
PS52 PS53
STATUS
INDICATOR
LAMP
A
35
36
38
12
OACB
SW
LED
5
39
40
VR
SW2
OB2
42
44
45
46
48
OACB
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
101-1 12v(HDD)
101-2 S.G
101-3 12v(CCD)
101-4 S.G
101-5 5v1(IMAGE)
101-6 5v1(IMAGE)
101-7 S.G
101-8 S.G
101-9 S.G
101-10 5v1(HDD/OP)
101-11 S.G
101-12 12V(OP)
6
56
57
58
59
60
61
SCB
62
63
64
PMDB
65
66
67
68
M4
OB INVB
69
70
71
72
73
PRCB
714-1 VH1
-2 NC
-3 VL1
Backlight /1
715-1 VH2
-2 NC
-3 VL2
Backlight /2
74
1
DATA
LED
7
75
77
78
10
11
8
90-2
Power switch
90-1
550
34
CN71-1 5V_IN
CN71-2 S.GND
CN71-3 /REM1
CN71-4 /REM2
CN71-5 /REM3
CN71-6 CUR_EM
CN71-7 AC_OFF
CN71-8 FAN_H/L
FT-1 24v3
CN77-1 P.GND
CN77-2 P.GND
CN77-3 P.GND
CN77-4 P.GND
CN77-5 P.GND
CN77-6 P.GND
CN77-7 P.GND
CN77-8 P.GND
CN77-9 P.GND
CN77-10 P.GND
CN76-1 24v3
CN76-1 24v3
CN76-3 P.GND
CN76-4 P.GND
CN75-1 36v
CN75-2 P.GND
CN74-1 24v2
CN74-2 24v2
CN74-3 24v2
CN74-8 24v2
CN74-9 24v2
CN74-10 24v2
CN74-4 P.GND
CN74-5 P.GND
CN74-6 P.GND
CN74-7 P.GND
CN74-11 P.GND
CN74-12 P.GND
CN74-13 P.GND
CN74-14 P.GND
Main power switch
138-1 5v0
138-2 POWER_RL
138-7 REM/5
138-6 REM/4
138-5 REM/3
138-10 POWER_EM
138-9 5v0_ACOFF
138-8 HT_RL
138-3 REM/1
138-4 REM/2
138-11 5v1_ACOFF
501
DCPS/2
504
701-1 X2
-2 Y1
-3 X1
-4 Y2
508
33
MS2
758-1
TRC1
7
708-1 5V1
-2 SGND
-3 12V4
-4 SGND
200V
OUT
32
Power supply
HV1
31
FM26 cooling fan /2
PRCB
30
6
104-1 5V1
-2 SGND
-3 12V4
-4 SGND
716-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
-15
-16
-17
-18
-19
-20
-21
-22
-23
-24
-25
-26
-27
-28
-29
-30
-31
-32
-33
-34
-35
-36
-37
-38
-39
-40
-41
For Option
CN73-1 12V0
CN73-2 12V0
CN73-3 12V3
CN73-4 12V3
CN73-5 12V3
CN73-6 12V3
CN73-7 S.GND
CN73-8 S.GND
CN73-9 S.GND
CN73-10 S.GND
CN73-11 S.GND
CN73-12 S.GND
Main relay
702-1 SGND
-2 CLK
-3 SGND
-4 Hsync
-5 Vsync
-6 SGND
-7 SGND
-8 SGND
-9 R_0
-10 R_1
-11 R_2
-12 SGND
-13 R_3
-14 R_4
-15 R_5
-16 SGND
-17 SGND
-18 SGND
-19 G_0
-20 G_1
-21 G_2
-22 SGND
-23 G_3
-24 G_4
-25 G_5
-26 SGND
-27 SGND
-28 SGND
-29 B_0
-30 B_1
-31 B_2
-32 SGND
-33 B_3
-34 B_4
-35 B_5
-36 SGND
-37 LCD_EN
-38 R/L("H")
-39 3.3V
-40 3.3V
-41 U/D("L")
502
5
700-A20 SGND
-A19 LCD_U/D
-A18 LCD_R/L
-A17 SGND
-A16 SGND
-A15 RXCLKIN+
-A14 RXCLKIN-A13 SGND
-A12 RXIN2+
-A11 RXIN2-A10 SGND
-A9 RXIN1+
-A8 RXIN1-A7 SGND
-A6 RXIN0+
-A5 RXIN0-A4 SGND
-A3 SGND
-A2 5V1
-A1 5V1
700-B20 CTS_IN
-B19 SGND
-B18 DSR_IN
-B17 SGND
-B16 RXD_IN
-B15 SGND
-B14 RTS_OUT
-B13 SGND
-B12 DTR_OUT
-B11 SGND
-B10 TXD_OUT
-B9 SGND
-B8 WT_LED
-B7 SHUT_LED
-B6 SW_SIG
-B5 SGND
-B4 SHUT_SIG
-B3 SW_LED
-B2 5V0
-B1 5V0
503
CN2-3
AC_NEU
FNS
ADF
ADUDB1
SDB
M21/RCDB
PRCB
FNS
ADF
ADUDB1
PRCB
6
HDD2
CN18-2
713-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
FT17
HDD2
FT101
PRCB
PFU
OACB
Power supply
FM25
cooling fan /1
705-1 12V2
-2 12V2
-3 SGND
-4 SGND
-5 RMT
-6 ALM
-7 BRT
712-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
4
706-1 BRT
-2 5V1
-3 DATA_LED
-4 GND
-5 MAIN_LED
-6 SUB_LED
RL1
CN72-1 5V0
CN72-2 5V0
CN72-3 5V0
CN72-4 S.GND
CN72-5 S.GND
CN72-6 S.GND
4
136-A1 SGND
136-A2 LCD_UD
136-A3 LCD_RL
136-A4 SGND
136-A5 SGND
136-A6 TXCLKOUT+
136-A7 TXCLKOUT136-A8 SGND
136-A9 TXOUT2+
136-A10 TXOUT2136-A11 SGND
136-A12 TXOUT1+
136-A13 TXOUT1136-A14 SGND
136-A15 TXOUT0+
136-A16 TXOUT0136-A17 SGND
136-A18 SGND
136-A19 LCD5V
136-A20 LCD5V
136-B1 RTS_OUT
136-B2 SGND
136-B3 DTR_OUT
136-B4 SGND
136-B5 TXD_OUT
136-B6 SGND
136-B7 CTS_IN
136-B8 SGND
136-B9 DSR_IN
136-B10 SGND
136-B11 RXD_IN
136-B12 SGND
136-B13 WT_LED
136-B14 SHUT_LED
136-B15 SW_SIG
136-B16 SGND
136-B17 SHUT
136-B18 SW_LED
136-B19 5V0
136-B20 5V0
41
Outlet
707-1 SUB_SW
-2 SGND
-3 N.C.
503
709-1 FOOT_SW
-2 SGND
CN10-4
704-A1
-A2
-A3
-A4
-A5
-A6
-A7
-A8
-A9
-A10
-A11
-A12
-A13
-A14
704-B1
-B2
-B3
-B4
-B5
-B6
-B7
-B8
-B9
-B10
-B11
-B12
-B13
-B14
Triac /2
G/Y
3
703-A14 12V3
-A13 12V3
-A12 12V3
-A11 SHUT_SIG
-A10 SW_LED
-A9 WT_LED
-A8 SHUT_LED
-A7 5V0
-A6 SW_SIG
-A5 SGND
-A4 Y2
-A3 X1
-A2 Y1
-A1 X2
703-B14 5V1_1
-B13 5V1_1
-B12 CTS_IN
-B11 SGND
-B10 DSR_IN
-B9 SGND
-B8 RXD_IN
-B7 SGND
-B6 RTS_OUT
-B5 SGND
-B4 DTR_OUT
-B3 SGND
-B2 TXD_OUT
-B1 SGND
507
505
160-6-1
C
T2
160-5-2
G
160-4-3
T1
160-3-4
TRC2
CN14-2
160-2-5
510
T2
160-1-6
3
CN138-12 PAT1
CN138-13 PAT2
CN138-14 PAT3
CN138-15 PAT4
G
APS
sensor /2
T1
666-1
506
666-2
APS
sensor /1
Noise filter /2
666-3
FT19
665-1
CN14-1
665-2
CN12-4
T1
Transformer /1
CN18-1
665-3
283-2
509
305-2
305-6
5
285-1
FT100
285-2
SW3
FT18
HTR1
CN12-1
11
Dehumidification heater/1
283-1
Dehumidification
heater switch
CN10-5
SW1
163-1-7
A
CN20-4
2
163-2-6
F/G
T2
305-1
19
753-6
D
284-2
305-5
10
284-1
FM19
NF2
HTR2
SCANNER
CN20-1
1
Dehumidification heater/2
L1
Transformer /2
FT16
753-5
FT42
622-4 SIG
Scanner home
sensor
NF1
650-3
Noise filter /1
650-2
FT13
650-1
Scanner cooling fan
FT15
622-1 5V
622-2 SIG
622-3 S.GND
M27
640-1-3
F/G
640-2-2
L1 INVB
621-3 P.GND
640-3-1
Exposure lamp
CBR
621-2 EM
632-4
632-3
Circuit breaker
621-1 CONT
601-7
631-4
FT11
631-5
632-2
E
631-3
631-2
FT14
CN19-1
163-3-5
601-6
623-2 CONT
G/Y
A
FT41
163-4-4
601-5
FT12
CN137-4 APS/5V
CN137-5 SIG
CN137-6 S.GND
CN137-7 LAMP_H/L
58
601-4
600-3 24V
600-4 24V
600-1 5V
600-2 S.G
600-5 P.G
600-6 P.G
632-1
Power plug
623-3 P.GND
631-1
FT10
163-5-3
59
601-3
2
163-6-2
51
163-7-1
126
128
601-2
620-3 W
B
623-1 24V
Scanner motor
F
620-2 V
1
CN137-1 APS/5V
CN137-2 SIG
CN137-3 S.GND
601-1
620-1 U
G
60
610-1 SCAN_CLK
610-2 SCAN_FR
610-3 SCAN_W23
610-4 SCAN_V0
610-5 SCAN_V1
610-6 SCAN_V2
610-7 LUMP_CONT
610-8 FAN_CONT
610-9 FAN_EM
610-10 HP_PS
610-11 LOVRUN_PS
610-12 TOP_PS
610-13 ROVRUN_PS
610-14 SCAN24V_FEM
610-15 S.GND
18. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
18.1 Main body 1/4
8
9
OB1
OACB 1/2
9
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
18. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
316
315
CN10-3
CN2-1
AC_HOT
A
DCPS/1
CN19-2
Triac /1
B
142
76
M1/M2/M3 FNS
319
318
317
C
320
PKB
D
LCDB
E
20
F
OB3
G
7
8
H
I
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
18. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Main body location list
Symbol
Part name
Location
—
Power plug
1-A
M27
Scanner motor
1-F
SDB
Scanner drive board
1-G
CBR
Circuit breaker
2-A
NF1
Noise filter /1
2-A
NF2
Noise filter /2
2-A
L1
Exposure lamp
2-E
L1 INVB
L1 inverter
2-F
FM19
Scanner cooling fan
2-F
PS51
Scanner home sensor
2-F
RL1
Main relay
3-A
TRC1
Triac /1
3-B
TRC2
Triac /2
3-C
SW3
Dehumidification heater switch
3-D
T1
Transformer /1
3-E
T2
Transformer /2
3-E
HTR1
Dehumidification heater /1
3-G
HTR2
Dehumidification heater /2
3-G
OACB
Overall control board
3-H
SW1
Main power switch
4-A
—
Outlet
4-C
OB1
Operation board /1
4-E
PS52
APS sensor /1
4-G
PS53
APS sensor /2
4-G
—
Status indicator lamp
4-G
FM25
Power supply cooling fan /1
5-A
FM26
Power supply cooling fan /2
5-A
DCPS/1
DC power supply /1
5-A
SW2
Power switch
5-D
OB2
Operation board /2
5-D
OB INVB
OB inverter
5-D
OB3
Operation board /3
5-G
LCDB
LCD board
6-D
PKB
Panel key board
7-D
—
Backlight /1
7-D
—
Backlight /2
7-D
1
2
3
I
4
115
114
116
HDD1
Polygon motor
118
119
117
120
M6
5
181
180
122
121
M31 M7
123
125
124
126
128
127
129
WRITE UNIT
321
322
328
334
323
329
335
324
330
336
331
337
325
326
332
338
327
333
339
131
132
182
133
134
135
M6 M31 M7
136
CN 123
CN 124
CN 112
CN 113
6
130
137
138
CSRC I/F
(RS232C)
139
FNS
OACB 2/2
2
140
PRCB
200
CCDB
IPB
PB
CN137-7 RXD
CN137-8 DSR(I)
CN137-9 RTS(O)
CN137-10 TXD
CN137-11 DTR(O)
CN137-12 CTS(I)
CN137-13 DDF_VV
CN137-14 COVER
7
173-8-1
173-7-2
173-6-3
173-5-4
173-4-5
173-3-6
173-2-7
173-1-8
ADUDB1
ADUDB2
550
HV1
M3
M2
M1
183
150 151 152 153 154 155
PCI RB
ICB
IC cooling fan FM24
DIMM
Compact Flash
RJ45
8
RS232C
USB
CN888-1 STROBE
CN888-2 D0
CN888-3 D1
CN888-4 D2
CN888-5 D3
CN888-6 D4
CN888-7 D5
CN888-8 D6
CN888-9 D7
CN888-10 PTRCLK
CN888-14 PBUSY
CN888-12 ACK
CN888-13 xFLAG
CN888-14 HBUSY
CN888-15~18 N.C.
CN888-19~27 S.GND
CN888-28~30 N.C.
CN888-31 INIT
CN888-32 NDVALID
CN888-33~35 N.C.
CN888-36 1284ACT
Amphenol 36pin
113
82-2
82-1
81-6
83-5
83-4
83-3
83-2
83-1
10-6
343-2
343-1
CN15-4 HT_RL
CN15-5 FAN_CONT
CN15-6 FAN_EM
CN15-10 REM/1
CN15-11 REM/2
CN15-14 AC_OFF
CN14-1 12v2
CN14-2 5v2
CN14-3 S.GND
CN14-4 S.GND
CN13-16 P.GND
CN13-17 P.GND
CN13-18 P.GND
CN13-5 24v1
CN13-6 5v2
CN13-7 5v2
CN13-8 5v2
CN13-9 5v2
CN13-10 S.GND
CN13-11 S.GND
CN13-12 S.GND
CN13-13 S.GND
CN13-14 P.GND
CN13-15 P.GND
CN13-3 24v1
CN13-4 24v1
CN13-1 24v1
CN13-2 24v1
CN12-12 S.GND
CN12-13 S.GND
CN12-14 S.GND
CN12-15 S.GND
CN12-16 S.GND
CN12-17 S.GND
CN12-18 P.GND
CN12-19 P.GND
CN12-20 P.GND
CN12-21 P.GND
CN12-22 24v1
8
CN885-1 TD+
CN885-2 TDCN885-3 RD+
CN885-4 CT
CN885-5 CT
CN885-6 RDCN885-7 N.C.
CN885-8 CHS
RJ45
111
PRCB
ADUDB1
ACDB
PFU
ADUDB1
PRCB
112
CN886-1 VBUS
CN886-2 -D
CN886-3 +D
CN886-4 S.GND
108
ACDB
PFU
109
CN80-1
S.GND
105
107
MS1
P.GND
5V
106
RL3
MS2
758-4
104
DPSB
103
Heater relay
Interlock
switch /1
758-3
99
101
CN80-2
Interlock
switch /2
CN1-1
CN1-2
CN1-3
CN1-4
CN1-5
CN1-6
CN1-7
CN1-8
CN1-9
CN1-10
CN1-11
CN1-12
CN1-13
CN1-14
CN1-15
CN1-16
CN1-17
CN1-18
CN1-19
CN1-20
CN1-21
CN1-22
CN1-23
CN1-24
CN1-25
CN1-26
CN1-27
CN1-28
CN1-29
CN1-30
CN1-31
CN1-32
CN1-33
CN1-34
CN1-35
CN1-36
CN1-37
CN1-38
CN1-39
CN1-40
LDB
96
100
Power supply
cooling fan /3
CN 899
95
98
OACB
97
FM27
CN887-1 GND
CN887-2 12V
CN887-3 12Vout
CN887-4 GND
CN887-5 GND
CN887-6 5Vout
94
CN12-1 24v1
CN12-2 24v1
CN12-3 24v1
CN12-4 12v2
CN12-5 12v2
CN12-6 5v2
CN12-7 5v2
CN12-8 5v2
CN12-9 5v2
CN12-10 5v2
CN12-11 -5v
CN21-1 24v2
CN21-2 24v2
CN21-3 P.GND
CN21-4 P.GND
DCPS/2
DPSB
M6
M4
SDB
HV1
SDB
ADUDB1
93
S.GND CN170-50
TG
-49
TGOUT
-48
CLAMP
-47
ACLAMP
-46
PRDKEEP -45
S.GND
-44
LCLK+
-43
LCLK-42
S.GND
-41
RCK-40
RCK+
-39
S.GND
-38
S.GND
-37
TCK+
-36
TCK-35
S.GND
-34
S.GND
-33
SCLK
-32
SEN
-31
SDI
-30
SDO
-29
S.GND
-28
AD_D0-27
AD_D0+
-26
S.GND
-25
AD_D1-24
AD_D1+
-23
S.GND
-22
AD_D2-21
AD_D2+
-20
S.GND
-19
LVDSCLK- -18
LVDSCLK+ -17
S.GND
-16
ADRST
-15
APR
-14
PDWN
-13
S.GND
-12
+5V1
-11
+5V1
-10
+5V1
-9
+5V1
-8
+5V1
-7
+5V1
-6
S.GND
-5
+12V
-4
+12V
-3
+12V
-2
S.GND
-1
90
92
CN110-1 S.GND
CN110-2 TG
CN110-3 TG_OUT
CN110-4 CLAMP
CN110-5 A_CLAMP
CN110-6 PRDKEEP
CN110-7 S.GND
CN110-8 +LCLK
CN110-9 -LCLK
CN110-10 S.GND
CN110-11 -RCK
CN110-12 +RCK
CN110-13 S.GND
CN110-14 S.GND
CN110-15 +TCK
CN110-16 -TCK
CN110-17 S.GND
CN110-18 S.GND
CN110-19 SCLK
CN110-20 SEN
CN110-21 SDI
CN110-22 SDO
CN110-23 S.GND
CN110-24 -AD_D0
CN110-25 +AD_D0
CN110-26 S.GND
CN110-27 -AD_D1
CN110-28 +AD_D1
CN110-29 S.GND
CN110-30 -AD_D2
CN110-31 +AD_D2
CN110-32 S.GND
CN110-33 -LVDSCLK
CN110-34 +LVDSCLK
CN110-35 S.GND
CN110-36 ADRST
CN110-37 APR
CN110-38 LVDSPDN
CN110-39 S.GND
CN110-40 +5V1
CN110-41 +5V1
CN110-42 +5V1
CN110-43 +5V1
CN110-44 +5V1
CN110-45 +5V1
CN110-46 S.GND
CN110-47 +12V(CCD)
CN110-48 +12V(CCD)
CN110-49 +12V(CCD)
CN110-50 S.GND
91
PRCB
M3
ADUDB1
ACDB
ADUDB1
87
89
ACDB
PFU
ADUDB1
ACDB
ADUDB1
51-1
CN11-6 12v1-1
CN11-7 12v1-2
CN11-8 S.GND
CN11-9 S.GND
CN11-10 S.GND
CN11-11 S.GND
CN11-12 S.GND
CN11-13 S.GND
CN11-14 S.GND
CN11-4 5v1
CN11-5 5v1
Coil
CN103-1 +5V1
CN103-2 S.GND
CN103-3 S.GND
CN103-4 +12V(HDD)
OACB
88
MS2
PFU
ADUDB1
PFU
86
CN195- 1 RST
CN195- 2 S.GND
CN195- 3 D7
CN195- 4 D8
CN195- 5 D6
CN195- 6 D9
CN195- 7 D5
CN195- 8 D10
CN195- 9 D4
CN195-10 D11
CN195-11 D3
CN195-12 D12
CN195-13 D2
CN195-14 D13
CN195-15 D1
CN195-16 D14
CN195-17 D0
CN195-18 D15
CN195-19 S.GND
CN195-20 N.C.(KEY pin)
CN195-21 DMARQ
CN195-22 S.GND
CN195-23 DIOW
CN195-24 S.GND
CN195-25 DIOR
CN195-26 S.GND
CN195-27 IDRDY
CN195-28 CSEL
CN195-29 DMACK
CN195-30 S.GND
CN195-31 INT0
CN195-32 Reserved
CN195-33 DA1
CN195-34 PDAIG
CN195-35 DA0
CN195-36 DA2
CN195-37 CS0
CN195-38 CS1
CN195-39 DASP
CN195-40 S.GND
84
PRCB
OACB
ADUDB1
PFU
ADF
FNS
OACB
85
190-1-12
190-2-11
190-3-10
162
190-4-9
CN11-1 5v1
CN11-2 5v1
CN11-3 5v1
316
758-2
H
190-5-8
82
190-6-7
142
161
190-7-6
81
141
190-8-5
M21
80
190-9-4
PRCB
ADUDB1
OACB
PFU
DCPS/1,/2
OACB
ADF
OACB
79
190-10-3
B
190-11-2
CN1-6
AC_NEU
190-12-1
CN1-5
AC_NEU
191-3-12
INDEXB
191-4-11
CN10-2
191-5-10
CN1-3
AC_HOT
7
CN889-1 N.C
CN889-2 RXD
CN889-3 TXD
CN889-4 N.C
CN889-5 GND
CN889-6 N.C
CN889-7 RTS
CN889-8 CTS
CN889-9 N.C
CN134-1 STROBE
CN134-2 D0
CN134-3 D1
CN134-4 D2
CN134-5 D3
CN134-6 D4
CN134-7 D5
CN134-8 D6
CN134-9 D7
CN134-10 PTRCLK
CN134-14 PBUSY
CN134-12 ACK
CN134-13 xFLAG
CN134-14 HBUSY
CN134-15~18 N.C.
CN134-19~27 S.GND
CN134-28~30 N.C.
CN134-31 INIT
CN134-32 NDVALID
CN134-33~35 N.C.
CN134-36 1284ACT
CN1-2
AC_HOT
6
24V
Amphenol
36pin
CN125-1 VBUS
CN125-2 -D
CN125-3 +D
CN125-4 S.GND
8
5
CN 898
USB
L
191-6-9
CN10-1
191-7-8
131-6
191-8-7
131-1
CN3-2
4
758-1
G
131-2
3
CN111-1 TD+
CN111-2 TDCN111-3 RD+
CN111-4 CT
CN111-5 CT
CN111-6 RDCN111-7 N.C.
CN111-8 CHS
E
131-5
191-9-6
173-5-1
191-10-5
173-2-4
173-5-1
172-9-1
131-3
191-11-4
172-7-3
172-4-6
131-4
FT103
191-12-3
173-1-5
CN3-1
191-13-2
RL2
191-14-1
Sub relay
CN130-A1 ENB
CN130-A2 ALM1
CN130-A3 S/HB1
CN130-A4 S/H1
CN130-A5 S.GND
CN130-A6 LD+5V
CN130-A7 LD+5V
CN130-A8 LPR5V
CN130-A9 S.GND
CN130-A10 -VIDEO2
CN130-A11 +VIDEO2
CN130-A12 S.GND
CN130-B1 LOAD
CN130-B2 DACLK
CN130-B3 DI
CN130-B4 S.GND
CN130-B5 ALM2
CN130-B6 S/HB2
CN130-B7 S/H2
CN130-B8 ALMRST
CN130-B9 S.GND
CN130-B10 -VIDEO1
CN130-B11 +VIDEO1
CN130-B12 S.GND
173-3-3
194-13
173-4-2
194-12
172-5-5
172-6-4
172-8-2
2
CN139-1 DCD
CN139-2 RXD
CN139-3 TXD
CN139-4 DTR
CN139-5 GND
CN139-6 DSR
CN139-7 RTS
CN139-8 CTS
CN139-9 RI
135-1 DF_CVR
135-2 ERR_T
135-3 PVV
135-4 TNVV
135-5 B_VV
135-6 S_VV
135-7 5V_MON
135-8 EE_VV
135-9 PRI_RST
135-10 RST_CONT
135-11 RXD
135-12 S.GND
135-13 RTS
135-14 S.GND
135-15 ERR_R
135-16 TXD
135-17 S.GND
135-18 CTS
135-19 S.GND
F
63
194-11
D
CONT 172
CLK 171
PLL_LK 170
62
36V
52
24V
192-1-13
P.GND
194-10
7
FT23
192-2-12
194-9
FT102
192-3-11
1
192-4-10
A
192-5-9
FT22
CN132-1 INDPR
CN132-2 S.GND
CN132-3 IND
CN132-4 S.GND
CN132-5 5V
C
POLYGON MOTOR
DRIVE BOARD
18.2 Main body 2/4
315
9
93
78-1A 78-1B 79-1B 79-1A
78
CN80-4
A
78-2A 78-2B 79-2B 79-2A
CN80-3
156 157
B
201
319
318
317
320
36
42
C
HDD2
37
D
DF
DF-603
48
55
82
90
9
E
F
G
H
I
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
1050e/1050eP
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
18. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P
/1050e/1050eP
18. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006
Main body location list
Symbol
Part name
Location
RL2
Sub relay
2-A
L
Coil
2-A
M21
Polygon motor
2-D
INDEXB
Index board
2-C
LDB
Laser drive board
2-C
IPB
Image processing board
2-E
DCPS/2
DC power supply /2
3-A
HDD1
Hard disk /1
3-C
FM27
Power supply cooling fan /3
5-A
CCDB
CCD board
5-C
PB
Parameter board
6-F
RL3
Heater relay
7-A
MS2
Interlock switch /2
7-A
PCI RB
PCI relay board
7-D
MS1
Interlock switch /1
8-A
HDD2
Hard disk /2
8-C
ICB
IC board
8-D
FM24
IC cooling fan
8-F
1
2
3
I
Key counter
4
4
5
H
CN18-3
CN450-8
FM2
FM3
FM12
2
FM6
FM7
FM8
FM29
FM18
8
Pump cooling fan
Paper exit cooling fan /3
Paper exit cooling fan /2
Cooling fan /1
Cooling fan /2
Cooling fan /3
IPB cooling fan
Suction fan /1
Suction fan /2
Suction fan /3
Suction fan /4
Polygon cooling fan
FAN
TS2 Thermostat /2
L4
L2
508
Fusing heater lamp /2
L3
6
462-1
FUSING UNIT
TS1
Fusing heater lamp /3
450-3
450-1
7
97
100
106
108
113
114
10
502
504
507
8
11
5
6
35-1 24V
35-2 KEY_SIG
35-3 S.GND
35-4 C_DRIVE
35-5 P.GND
410-B2 HFAN2_CONT
410-B3 HFAN_FEM
410-B4 HFAN3_CONT
410-B5 HFAN3_FEM
410-B6 SFAN_CONT
410-B7 SFAN_FEM
410-B8 WRITE F1_CONT
410-B9 WRITE F2_CONT
410-B10 WRITE F_FEM
410-B11 POLYGON F_CONT
410-B12 N.C
410-B13 POLYGON F_FEM
410-B14 S.GND
410-B15 KEY_CONT
410-B16 KEY_24FEM
410-B17 TC_DRV
171-13-1
171-12-2
171-11-3
172-9-1
172-8-2
172-7-3
171-7-7
171-6-8
171-5-9
171-4-10
171-10-4
171-9-5
171-8-6
88-5-7
88-3-9
L3_CONT
AC5V_FEM
AC12V_FEM
DH_CONT
CN77B
9
213-B5 POLYGON F_FEM
213-B4 S.GND
213-B8 MCOOL F1/F2_FEM
213-B7 POLYGON F_CONT
424-3 WEBM_D3
424-4 WEBM_D4
424-1 WEBM_D1
424-2 WEBM_D2
223-7 TH4+
223-8 TH4-
223-5 TH3+
223-6 TH3-
223-3 TH2+
223-4 TH2-
223-1 TH1+
223-2 TH1-
221-3 5V
221-5 FJAM_PS
221-7 S.GND
221-6 FIX_SET_N
221-4 FEXIT_PS
208-2 FUSING ROLLER_SIG
221-1 FIX_SET_P
221-2 5V
208-3 GND
208-6 GND
322-5 N.C.
322-3 VFDW_MC
322-4 VF_MC
322-2 VFUP_MC
322-1 24V
222-A7 VF_DWPS
222-A8 VF_PS
222-A6 VF_UPPS
222-A9 VF_DOOR_PS
222-A3 T2VFIN_PS
222-A2 T1VFIN_PS
222-A1 5V
222-A5 LOOP_PS
222-A4 S.GND
321-3 24V
321-4 T2LKSD_CONT
321-1 24V
321-2 T1LKSD_CONT
320-A4 UPT1M_CONT
320-A3 UPT1M24V
320-B4 T2FAN_CONT
220-B13 FAN/Rr EM
320-B6 P.GND
220-B12 FAN/Fr EM
320-B8 T2 SEP CL_CONT
253-1-13
254-1-13
253-11-3
254-11-3
451-15
253-10-4
253-3-11
2
2
254-10-4
254-3-11
253-7-7
254-7-7
253-4-10
253-8-6
254-8-6
254-9-5
251-17
251-10
251-19
251-20
251-8
251-4
251-2
251-23
251-3
251-6
2
2
465-3
465-2
465-1
464-3
464-2
464-1
272-1-2
2
264-1-3
272-2-1
22
Paper size VR /2
Pre-registration clutch /1
Pre-registration clutch /2
Vertical conveyance
clutch
Fusing jam
sensor
Fusing exit
sensor
Web
motor
Thermistor /4
250-24
VERTICAL
CONVEYANCE
Vertical conveyance
sensor /3
sensor /2
sensor /1
Door switch /1
Pre-registration
sensor /2
Pre-registration
sensor /1
Loop sensor
Tray lock solenoid /1
Paper lift motor /2
Paper feed assist
fan /Rr2
Paper feed assist
fan /Fr2
Separation clutch /2
Paper feed clutch /2
Pick-up solenoid /2
Remaining paper VR /2
Handle release sensor /2
Upper limit
Paper size
sensor /Rr2
Paper size
sensor /Fr2
Paper lift motor /1
Paper feed
assist fan /Rr1
Paper feed
assist fan /Fr1
Separation clutch /1
Paper feed clutch /1
Pick-up solenoid /1
Thermistor /1
268-2
268-1
273-3
273-2
265-3
265-2
265-1
275-3
275-1
276-1
276-2
276-3
277-2
277-1
271-3
271-2
270-3
270-2
270-1
PS22
213-B2 KEY_24FEM
213-B1 TCOP
320-B1 T2UPSD_CONT
220-B11 T2SIZE_VR
220-B10 A5V
220-B8 T2 REMAIN_VR
220-B6 T2GRIP_PS
220-B9 T2_0PS
220-B14 T2FEED_PS
220-B7 T2UP_PS
220-B5 T2SIZE_PS2
320-A8 T2 FEED CL_CONT
320-B2 24V
213-B13 HFAN3_FEM
213-B12 SFAN_CONT
213-B11 SFAN_FEM
213-B10 MCOOL F1_CONT
213-B16 HFAN2_CONT
213-B15 HFAN_FEM
213-A2 AC_ENB
213-A1 N.C.
213-A7
213-A6
213-A5
213-A4
213-A10 T1_CONT
213-A9 T2_CONT
213-A17 MRL_CONT
213-A16 MRL_SIG
213-A15 TC_CONT
213-A14 TC_24FEM
213-A13 ACV_EM
213-A12 ZERO_CROSS
228-B12 EM
327-9 CONT
222-B7 PFAN_EM
222-B13 N.C.
228-B12 FAN_EM
222-B5 HINF2_H/L
222-B6 HINF2_EM
222-B3 HINF1_H/L
222-B4 HINF1_EM
228-B6 GFAN_EM
228-B4 MF3H/L
228-B5 MF3EM
228-B2 MF2H/L
228-B3 MF2EM
228-A13 MF1H/L
228-B1 MF1EM
228-B11 EXDWFEM
327-8 P.GND
327-7 EXDWFAN_DRIVE
329-2 OP/FAN_EM
329-3 P.GND
329-1 OP/FAN_CONT
220-B1 T2_SET_P
220-B2 5V2
220-B3 T2SIZE_PS1
220-B4 S.GND
320-A2 UPT1M_CONT
320-A1 UPT1M24V
320-B3 T1FAN_CONT
220-A14 FAN/Rr EM
320-B5 P.GND
220-A13 FAN/Fr EM
320-B7 T1 SEP CL_CONT
250-19
Paper size VR /1
CL1 CL2 CL3
400-8 MRL_CONT
410-A8 T1_CONT
410-A9 T2_CONT
410-A10 T3_CONT
410-A11 L3_CONT
410-A12 AC5V_FEM
410-A13 AC12V_FEM
410-A14 DH_CONT
410-A15 DH_OPEN
410-A16 AC_ENB
410-A17 N.C
410-A1 MRL_CONT
410-A2 MRL_SIG
4